Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 8, 2016

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

HV Bancorp, Inc.

Huntingdon Valley Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Pennsylvania   6712   46-4351868

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

(267) 280-4000

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Travis J. Thompson, Esq.

President and Chief Executive Officer

HV Bancorp, Inc.

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

(267) 280-4000

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

Eric Luse, Esq.

Benjamin M. Azoff, Esq.

Luse Gorman, PC

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

(202) 274-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   x

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   x

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

  Amount to be
registered
  Proposed maximum
offering price per
share
  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price
  Amount of
registration fee

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  2,182,125 shares   $10.00   $ 21,821,250  (1)   $ 2,198

Participation Interests

  (2)           (2)

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) The securities of HV Bancorp, Inc. to be purchased by the Huntingdon Valley Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan and the Huntingdon Valley Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust are included in the amount shown for the common stock. Accordingly, no separate fee is required for the participation interests. The number of participation interests will be provided by amendment.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

HV Bancorp, Inc.

(Proposed Holding Company for Huntingdon Valley Bank)

Up to 1,897,500 shares of Common Stock

(Subject to Increase to up to 2,182,125 shares)

HV Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation and the proposed holding company for Huntingdon Valley Bank, is offering shares of common stock for sale at $10.00 per share in connection with the conversion of Huntingdon Valley Bank from the mutual to the stock form of organization. There is currently no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HVBC” upon conclusion of the stock offering. We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act.

We are offering up to 1,897,500 shares of common stock for sale at a price of $10.00 per share on a best efforts basis. We may sell up to 2,182,125 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares of common stock or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting subscribers. We must sell a minimum of 1,402,500 shares in order to complete the offering.

We are offering the shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” to eligible depositors of Huntingdon Valley Bank. Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the public in a “community offering,” with a preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery or Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering to the general public through a “syndicated community offering” managed by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.

The minimum number of shares of common stock you may order is 25 shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock that can be ordered by any person in the offering is 30,000 shares ($300,000), and no person, together with an associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 30,000 shares ($300,000) in the offering.

The offering is expected to expire at     :00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [extension date #1]. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities (the “Pennsylvania Department of Banking”) and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) may approve a later date, which may not be beyond [extension date #2]. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [extension date #1], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 2,182,125 shares or decreased to less than 1,402,500 shares. If the offering is extended past [extension date #1], we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period of time. If you do not respond during that period, your stock order will be cancelled and your deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled or your funds submitted will be returned promptly with interest at [interest rate]% per annum. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 2,182,125 shares or decreased to less than 1,402,500 shares, all funds submitted for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly with interest at [interest rate]% per annum. All subscribers will be resolicited and given an opportunity to place a new order within a specified period of time. Funds received in the subscription and the community offerings and, if applicable, the syndicated community offering will be held in a segregated account at Huntingdon Valley Bank and will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum until completion or termination of the offering.

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will assist us in selling our shares of common stock on a best efforts basis in the offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is not required to purchase any of the shares of common stock that are being offered for sale.

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per Share

 

     Minimum      Midpoint      Maximum      Adjusted Maximum  

Number of shares

     1,402,500         1,650,000         1,897,500         2,182,125   

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 14,025,000       $ 16,500,000       $ 18,975,000       $ 21,821,250   

Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent commissions

   $ 1,030,000       $ 1,030,000       $ 1,030,000       $ 1,030,000   

Selling agent commissions (1)(2)

   $ 165,795       $ 199,950       $ 234,105       $ 273,383   

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 12,829,205       $ 15,270,050       $ 17,710,895       $ 20,517,867   

Estimated net proceeds per share

   $ 9.15       $ 9.25       $ 9.33       $ 9.40   

 

(1) See “The Conversion and Offering—Marketing and Distribution; Compensation” for a discussion of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.’s compensation for this offering.
(2) Assumes all shares are sold in the subscription offering, and excludes reimbursable expenses and conversion agent fees, which are included in estimated offering expenses. If all shares of common stock are sold in the syndicated community offering, the maximum selling agent commissions and expenses would be $0.7 million at the minimum, $0.9 million at the midpoint, $1.0 million at the maximum and $1.1 million at the maximum, as adjusted. See “The Conversion and Offering—Marketing and Distribution; Compensation” for a discussion of fees to be paid to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and other FINRA member firms in the event that all shares are sold in a syndicated community offering.

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal.

Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15.

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

S ANDLER O’N EILL + P ARTNERS , L.P.

For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center, at [stock information number].

The date of this prospectus is [prospectus date].


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     15   

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA OF HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK

     32   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     34   

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     36   

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

     38   

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     39   

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     40   

CAPITALIZATION

     41   

PRO FORMA DATA

     42   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     46   

BUSINESS OF HV BANCORP, INC.

     61   

BUSINESS OF HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK

     62   

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

     85   

TAXATION

     96   

MANAGEMENT

     98   

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     109   

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

     110   

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF HV BANCORP, INC.

     132   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF HV BANCORP, INC.

     137   

TRANSFER AGENT

     139   

EXPERTS

     139   

LEGAL MATTERS

     139   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     139   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK

     F-1   

 

i


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary explains the significant aspects of Huntingdon Valley Bank’s mutual-to-stock conversion and the related offering of HV Bancorp, Inc. common stock. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For additional information before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the financial statements and the notes to the financial statements, and the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

In this prospectus, the terms “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to HV Bancorp, Inc. and Huntingdon Valley Bank, unless the context indicates another meaning. In addition, we sometimes refer to HV Bancorp, Inc. as “HV Bancorp,” and to Huntingdon Valley Bank as the “Bank.”

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Huntingdon Valley Bank is a mutual savings bank organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. We have offices in Montgomery, Bucks and Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania. We are a community-oriented bank offering a variety of financial products and services to meet the needs of our customers. We believe that our community orientation and personalized service distinguishes us from larger banks that operate in our market area.

Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public in our market area and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, primarily in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans (including multi-family loans), home equity loans and home equity lines of credit and, to a lesser extent, construction loans. We retain our loans in portfolio depending on market conditions, but we primarily sell our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. We also invest in various investment securities. Our revenue is derived principally from interest on loans and investments and loan sales. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and principal and interest payments on loans and securities.

At June 30, 2016, we had total assets of $181.8 million, total deposits of $141.8 million and total equity of $13.0 million.

Our executive office is located at 3501 Masons Mill Road, Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania 19006, and our telephone number at this address is 267-280-4000. Our website address is www.huntingdonvalleybank.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.

HV Bancorp, Inc.

The shares being offered will be issued by HV Bancorp, Inc. a newly formed Pennsylvania corporation that will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Huntingdon Valley Bank upon completion of Huntingdon Valley Bank’s mutual-to-stock conversion. HV Bancorp, Inc. was incorporated in December 2013, and has not engaged in any business to date. Upon completion of the conversion, HV Bancorp will register as a bank holding company and will be subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board.

HV Bancorp’s executive office is located at 3501 Masons Mill Road, Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania 19006, and its telephone number at this address is 267-280-4000.



 


Table of Contents

The Conversion and Our Organizational Structure

Pursuant to the terms of the plan of conversion, Huntingdon Valley Bank will convert from a mutual (meaning no stockholders) savings bank to a stock savings bank. As part of the conversion, HV Bancorp, the proposed holding company for Huntingdon Valley Bank, will offer for sale shares of its common stock in a subscription offering and, if necessary, a community offering and a syndicated community offering. Upon the completion of the conversion and stock offering, HV Bancorp will be 100% owned by stockholders and Huntingdon Valley Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of HV Bancorp. See “The Conversion and Offering” for a full description of the conversion.

Business Strategy

We intend to operate as a well-capitalized and profitable community bank dedicated to providing exceptional personal service to our individual and business customers. We believe that we have a competitive advantage in the markets we serve because of our knowledge of the local marketplace and our long-standing history of providing superior, relationship-based customer service. Our core business strategies are to:

 

    Continue to Originate and Sell Certain Residential Real Estate Loans. Residential mortgage lending has historically been a significant part of our business, and we recognize that originating one- to four-family residential real estate loans is essential to our status as a community-oriented bank. During the year ended June 30, 2016, we originated $161.2 million in one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale, selling $157.8 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale for gains on sale of $4.1 million. Similarly during the year ended June 30, 2015, we originated $155.1 million in one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale, selling $159.5 million in one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale for gains on sale of $3.8 million. We intend to continue to sell in the secondary market most of the long-term conforming fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate to increase non-interest income and manage the interest rate risk of our loan portfolio. We also intend to expand our portfolio of jumbo adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans in order to increase interest income and help manage our interest rate risk. At June 30, 2016, we had $16.0 million in jumbo adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans, which represented 22.3% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio. We originate these loans internally through our relationships with real estate brokers and purchase loans through our relationships with certain mortgage originators. All purchased loans must comply with our underwriting standards.

 

    Increase Commercial Real Estate Lending . In order to increase the yield on our loan portfolio and reduce the term to repricing, following our conversion we plan to increase our commercial real estate lending while maintaining what we believe are conservative underwriting standards. We will focus our commercial real estate lending on small businesses located in our market area, targeting owner-occupied businesses such as professional service providers. We also intend to partner with another local financial institution whereby we will sell them a participation interest in our commercial real estate loan originations in order to reduce our credit risk and control our costs as we grow our portfolio. These commercial real estate loans must comply with our underwriting standards.

 

   

Maintain High Asset Quality. Strong asset quality is critical to the long-term financial success of a community bank. We attribute our high asset quality to maintaining conservative underwriting standards, the diligence of our loan collection personnel and the stability of the local economy. At June 30, 2016, our non-performing assets to total assets ratio was 0.69%.

 



 

2


Table of Contents
 

Because substantially all of our loans are secured by real estate, and the level of our non-performing loans has been low in recent years, we believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb the probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio.

 

    Increase our Lower-Cost Core Deposits . NOW, passbook, checking and money market accounts are a lower cost source of funds than time deposits, and we have made a concerted effort to increase lower-cost transaction deposit accounts and reduce time deposits. Our ratio of core (non-time) deposits to total deposits has increased from 70.8% at June 30, 2015 to 73.5% at June 30, 2016. We plan to continue to aggressively market our core transaction accounts, emphasizing our high quality service and competitive pricing of these products. We also offer the convenience of technology-based products, such as remote deposit capture, internet banking, mobile banking and mobile capture.

 

    Expand our banking franchise as opportunities arise through acquisitions of other financial institutions. We currently operate from four full service and one limited service banking offices. In order to grow our assets to mitigate the increasing costs of regulatory compliance, we intend to evaluate expansion opportunities, primarily through potential acquisitions of local financial institutions. We would seek to expand our presence in Montgomery, Bucks or Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania. However, we currently have no understandings or agreements with respect to acquiring any financial institution.

These strategies are intended to guide our investment of the net proceeds of the offering. We intend to continue to pursue our business strategy after the conversion and the offering, subject to changes necessitated by future market conditions and other factors. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Strategy” for a further discussion of our business strategy.

Reasons for the Conversion and Offering

We believe the stock form of organization will provide us with access to additional resources to expand the products and services we offer our customers. Management believes that the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to take advantage of business opportunities and over time grow to achieve economies of scale that may not otherwise be available to us, while being committed to remaining an independent community bank. Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are to:

 

    increase our capital to enhance our financial strength and to support existing and future lending and deposit growth;

 

    enhance our lending capacity by increasing our regulatory lending limits;

 

    attract and retain qualified personnel by enabling us to establish stock-based benefit plans for our management and employees that will give them an opportunity and greater incentive to share in our long-term growth and success;

 

    enhance our community ties by providing depositors and members of our community with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in Huntingdon Valley Bank; and

 

    provide greater flexibility to structure and finance opportunities for expansion, including acquisitions of other financial institutions, although we have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such transactions.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2016, Huntingdon Valley Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes. As a result of the conversion, the proceeds from the stock offering will further improve our capital position.

See “The Conversion and Offering” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

Terms of the Offering

We are offering between 1,402,500 shares and 1,897,500 shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Huntingdon Valley Bank and to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans in a subscription offering. To the extent shares remain available, we may offer shares for sale in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery or Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania. We may also offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering to the general public in a syndicated community offering. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 2,182,125 shares as a result of demand for the shares of common stock in the offering or changes in market conditions. Unless the number of shares of common stock offered is increased to more than 2,182,125 shares or decreased to less than 1,402,500 shares, or the offering is extended beyond [extension date #1], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders once submitted. If the offering is extended past [extension date #1], we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period of time. If you do not respond during that period of time, your stock order will be cancelled and your deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled or your funds submitted will be returned promptly with interest at [interest rate]% per annum. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 2,182,125 shares or decreased to less than 1,402,500 shares, all subscribers’ stock orders will be cancelled, their deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled and funds delivered for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly with interest at [interest rate]% per annum. We will give these subscribers an opportunity to place new orders for a specified period of time.

The purchase price of each share of common stock to be offered for sale in the offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., our marketing agent in the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock but is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering.

How We Determined the Offering Range and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price

The amount of common stock we are offering for sale is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of HV Bancorp, assuming the conversion and offering are completed. RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of August 5, 2016, this market value was $16.5 million. Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $14.0 million and a maximum of $19.0 million. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by us will range from 1,402,500 shares to 1,897,500 shares. We may sell up to 2,182,125 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions without resoliciting subscribers. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.

The appraisal is based in part on Huntingdon Valley Bank’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in

 



 

4


Table of Contents

the offering and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded thrift holding companies with assets between $200 million and $550 million as of June 30, 2016 that RP Financial, LC. considers comparable to HV Bancorp. The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies.

 

Company Name

   Ticker Symbol    Exchange    Headquarters    Total Assets
at March 31,
2016
 
                    (in millions)  

Bay Bancorp, Inc.

   BYBK    Nasdaq    Columbia, MD    $ 463   

Equitable Financial Corp.

   EQFN    Nasdaq    Grand Island, NE      234   

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

   HBK    Nasdaq    Towson, MD      393   

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

   JXSB    Nasdaq    Jacksonville, IL      302   

MSB Financial Corp.

   MSBF    Nasdaq    Millington, NJ      380   

Prudential Bancorp, Inc.

   PBIP    Nasdaq    Philadelphia, PA      538   

Poage Bankshares, Inc.

   PBSK    Nasdaq    Ashland, KY      436   

United Community Bancorp

   UCBA    Nasdaq    Lawrenceburg, IN      518   

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.

   WAYN    Nasdaq    Wooster, OH      438   

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.

   WBKC    Nasdaq    Midland, MI      386   

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies and for HV Bancorp (on a pro forma basis) utilized by RP Financial, LC. in its appraisal. These ratios are based on HV Bancorp’s book value, tangible book value and net income as of and for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016. The peer group ratios are based on the latest date for which complete financial data are publicly available and stock prices as of August 5, 2016. Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 31.6% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 33.8% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a discount of 16.4% on a price-to-earnings basis. Compared to the median pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 30.1% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 33.0% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a discount of 5.4% on a price-to-earnings basis.

 

     Price-to-core
earnings

Multiple(1)
     Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 

HV Bancorp (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion):

       

Adjusted Maximum

     25.08x         70.67     70.67

Maximum

     21.37x         66.80        66.80   

Midpoint

     18.26x         62.85        62.85   

Minimum

     15.26x         58.14        58.14   

Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis):

       

Averages

     21.83x         91.89     94.99

Medians

     19.31x         89.87        93.80   

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings on a trailing twelve month basis for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016 for HV Bancorp and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016 for the peer group companies.

The independent appraisal does not indicate trading market value. Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the conversion and offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share purchase price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were utilized by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our pro forma appraised value for regulatory purposes and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion and Offering—Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Stock Offering

HV Bancorp will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the offering to Huntingdon Valley Bank. We anticipate that HV Bancorp will invest, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, approximately $6.4 million, $7.6 million, $8.9 million and $10.3 million, respectively, of the net proceeds from the stock offering in Huntingdon Valley Bank. Of the remaining funds, we intend that HV Bancorp will loan funds to our employee stock ownership plan to fund the plan’s purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering and retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering. Assuming we sell 1,650,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering and have net proceeds of $15.3 million, we anticipate that HV Bancorp will invest $7.6 million in Huntingdon Valley Bank, loan $1.3 million to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock and retain the remaining $6.3 million of the net proceeds.

HV Bancorp may use the remaining funds that it retains for investments, to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock (subject to compliance with regulatory requirements), to expand our banking franchise by acquiring financial institutions as opportunities arise, or for other general corporate purposes. Huntingdon Valley Bank may use the remaining net proceeds to fund new loans, enhance existing products and services and support the development of new products and services, invest in securities, or for general corporate purposes.

For more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering, see “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

  (i) first, to depositors with accounts at Huntingdon Valley Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on June 30, 2015;

 

  (ii) second, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including Huntingdon Valley Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and Huntingdon Valley Bank’s 401(k) plan), which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase up to 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering;

 

  (iii) third, to depositors with accounts at Huntingdon Valley Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on [supp eligible record date]; and

 

  (iv) fourth, to depositors of Huntingdon Valley Bank at the close of business on [member record date] and each borrower of Huntingdon Valley Bank as of January 15, 1992 whose loan remained outstanding as of the close of business on [member record date].

 



 

6


Table of Contents

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery or Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or after the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering to the general public through a syndicated community offering, which will be managed by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or the syndicated community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering. A detailed description of the subscription offering, the community offering and the syndicated community offering, as well as a discussion regarding allocation procedures, can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Conversion and Offering.”

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25.

Generally, no individual (or group of individuals exercising subscription rights through a single deposit account held jointly) may purchase more than 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock. If any of the following purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering combined, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock:

 

    your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse who reside with you;

 

    most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior position; or

 

    other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying accounts registered to the same address will be subject to the overall purchase limitation of 30,000 shares ($300,000). See the detailed descriptions of “acting in concert” and “associate” in the section of this prospectus headed “The Conversion and Offering—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Subject to FDIC, Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Federal Reserve Board approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations at any time. See the detailed description of the purchase limitations in the section of this prospectus headed “The Conversion and Offering—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 



 

7


Table of Contents

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

    personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to HV Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

    authorizing us to withdraw available funds from the types of Huntingdon Valley Bank deposit accounts identified on the stock order form.

Please do not submit cash or wire transfers. Huntingdon Valley Bank is not permitted to lend funds to anyone to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use any type of third-party check to pay for shares of common stock. Funds received in the subscription and community offerings and, if applicable, the syndicated community offering, will be held in a segregated account at Huntingdon Valley Bank and will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum until completion or termination of the offering. You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a Huntingdon Valley Bank retirement account. See “—Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings.”

You may subscribe for shares of common stock in the offering by delivering a signed and completed stock order form, together with full payment payable to HV Bancorp, Inc. or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your Huntingdon Valley Bank deposit accounts, provided that the stock order form is received before __:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the address noted on the stock order form or by hand-delivery to Huntingdon Valley Bank’s executive office located at 3501 Masons Mill Road, Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania. Hand delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location. You may not deliver this form to our other banking offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to Huntingdon Valley Bank’s offices. Once submitted, your order will be irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [extension date #1], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 2,182,125 shares or decreased to less than 1,402,500 shares.

For a complete description of how to purchase shares in the stock offering, see “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares.”

Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings May Take Additional Time

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account (“IRA”), or other retirement account. Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using funds in your IRA or other retirement account held at Huntingdon Valley Bank or elsewhere.

If you wish to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription or community offerings by using some or all of the funds in your IRA or other retirement account held at Huntingdon Valley Bank, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent custodian or trustee, such as a brokerage firm (not Huntingdon Valley Bank), before you place your stock order. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent custodian or trustee. As noted above, we recommend that you contact

 



 

8


Table of Contents

our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] offering deadline due to timing constraints and, possible limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

For a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares in the stock offering, see “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Using Retirement Account Funds.”

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

Federal regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. In addition, we intend to advise the appropriate federal agencies of any person who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. Adding the names of other persons who are not owners of your qualifying account(s) may result in the loss of your subscription rights. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all qualifying accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation if there is an oversubscription.

Purchases by Executive Officers and Directors

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 185,000 shares ($1.9 million) of common stock in the offering, representing 13.2% of shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range. However, there can be no assurance that any individual director or executive officer, or the directors and executive officers as a group, will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. The purchase price paid by them will be the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Our directors and executive officers will be subject to the same minimum purchase requirements and purchase limitations as other participants in the offering set forth under “—Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase.”

Purchases by our directors, executive officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been subscribed for in the offering. Any purchases made by our directors or executive officers, or their associates, for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold to complete the offering will be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution.

For more information on the proposed purchases of shares of common stock by our directors and executive officers, see “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers.”

Deadline for Orders of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

The deadline for submitting orders for shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings is __:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend the subscription offering and/or the community offering. If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by this time.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at __:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

For a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the stock offering, see “The Conversion and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Expiration Date.”

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

If we do not receive orders for at least 1,402,500 shares of common stock, we may take additional steps in order to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may:

 

    increase the purchase limitations; and/or

 

    seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond [extension date #1].

If we extend the offering past [extension date #1], we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period of time. If you do not respond during that period of time, your stock order will be cancelled and your deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled or your funds submitted will be returned promptly with interest at [interest rate]% per annum from the date the stock order was processed. If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and in our sole discretion some other large subscribers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the newly applicable limit.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

The board of directors of Huntingdon Valley Bank has approved the plan of conversion. In addition, the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking have conditionally approved the plan of conversion and the Federal Reserve Board has conditionally approved our holding company application. We cannot complete the conversion unless:

 

    the plan of conversion is approved by a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of Huntingdon Valley Bank (depositors and certain borrowers of Huntingdon Valley Bank) as of [member record date];

 

    we have received orders for at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered; and

 

    we receive the final approval required from the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking to complete the conversion and offering.

Any approval by the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking or the Federal Reserve Board does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion.

Our Dividend Policy

Our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. See “Our Dividend Policy.”

 



 

10


Table of Contents

Market for Common Stock

We anticipate that the common stock sold in the offering will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HVBC” following the completion of the stock offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. currently intends to make a market in the shares of our common stock, but is under no obligation to do so. See “Market for the Common Stock.”

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock

All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin the day following the completion of the conversion and offering. The conversion and offering are expected to be completed as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described above in “—Conditions to Completion of the Conversion.” Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased in the offering, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Possible Change in the Offering Range

RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, RP Financial, LC. determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 2,182,125 shares in the offering without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $14.0 million or above $21.8 million, then, after consulting with the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board, we may:

 

    terminate the stock offering, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds received in the offering with interest at [interest rate]% per annum;

 

    set a new offering range; or

 

    take such other actions as may be permitted by the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Federal Reserve Board, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

If we set a new offering range, we will promptly return funds, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum for funds received in the offering, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and commence a resolicitation. In connection with the resolicitation, we will notify subscribers of their right to place a new stock order for a specified period of time.

Possible Termination of the Offering

We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of members of Huntingdon Valley Bank that is being called to vote on the conversion, and at any time after member approval with the concurrence of the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. In addition, we must sell a minimum of 1,402,500 shares to complete the offering. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return funds, as described above.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

We expect our employee stock ownership plan, which is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all of our employees being established in connection with the conversion and stock offering, to purchase up to 8% of the shares of common stock that we sell in the offering. Purchases by the employee stock ownership plan in the offering will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares have been sold in the offering. If Eligible Account Holders subscribe for all of our common stock being sold in the offering, no shares will be available for our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and if market conditions warrant, in the judgment of these plans’ trustees, our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion.

We also intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans after completion of the conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required, and the stock-based benefit plans cannot be implemented until at least six months after the completion of the conversion pursuant to applicable federal regulations. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, federal conversion regulations would allow for the stock-based benefit plans to reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to not more than 4% of the shares sold in the offering, or up to 87,285 shares of common stock at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, for restricted stock awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans would also be permitted to reserve a number of shares equal to not more than 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering, or up to 218,213 shares of common stock at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, for the exercise of stock options granted to key employees and directors. If the stock-based benefit plans are adopted after 12 months from the date of the completion of the conversion, the 4% and 10% limitations described above would no longer apply, and we may adopt stock-based benefit plans encompassing more than 305,498 shares of our common stock assuming the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We have not yet determined whether we will present these plans for stockholder approval within or after 12 months following the completion of the conversion.

If 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion are awarded under a stock-based benefit plan and come from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience dilution of up to 3.85% of their ownership interest of HV Bancorp, Inc. If 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion are issued upon the exercise of options granted under a stock-based benefit plan and come from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience dilution of 9.09% of their ownership interest in HV Bancorp, Inc.

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and aggregate dollar value of grants that would be available under one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans are adopted within one year following the completion of the conversion and the offering. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all these shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of repurchased shares. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all employees. A portion of the stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees.

 



 

12


Table of Contents
    

 

Number of Shares to be Granted or Purchased (1)

    Dilution
Resulting
From
Issuance of
Shares for
Stock Benefit
Plans
   

 

Value of Grants (2)

 
   At
Minimum
of Offering
Range
     At
Maximum
of Offering
Range
     As a
Percentage

of Common
Stock to be
Issued
      At
Minimum
of

Offering
Range
     At
Maximum
of

Offering
Range
 
                             (In thousands)  

Employee stock ownership plan

     112,200         174,570         8.00     n/a (3)    $ 1,122       $ 1,746   

Stock awards

     56,100         87,285         4.00        3.85     561         873   

Stock options

     140,250         218,213         10.00        9.09     337         524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     308,550         480,068         22.00     12.28   $ 2,020       $ 3,142   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The stock-based benefit plans may award a greater number of options and shares, respectively, if the plans are adopted and approved by stockholders more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.
(2) The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $2.40 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; dividend yield of 0%; an expected option life of 10 years; a risk-free interest rate of 1.49%; and a volatility rate of 13.89%. The actual expense of stock options granted under a stock-based benefit plan will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted, which may or may not be the Black-Scholes model.
(3) Represents the dilution of stock ownership interest. No dilution is reflected for the employee stock ownership plan because these shares are assumed to be purchased in the offering.

Tax Consequences

Huntingdon Valley Bank and HV Bancorp have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, including an opinion that it is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase the common stock will be zero and, accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by depositors upon the distribution to them of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase the common stock and no taxable income will be realized by depositors as a result of the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights. Huntingdon Valley Bank and HV Bancorp have also received an opinion of BDO USA, LLP regarding the material Pennsylvania state tax consequences of the conversion. As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for purposes of federal or state income taxes to Huntingdon Valley Bank, HV Bancorp or persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Taxation” for additional information regarding taxes.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), which was signed into law on April 5, 2015, has made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.” We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and believe that we will continue to qualify as an emerging growth company for five years after the completion of the stock offering.

As an emerging growth company we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an emerging growth company, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial

 



 

13


Table of Contents

reporting, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act ( the “Dodd-Frank Act”), (iii) hold non-binding stockholder votes regarding annual executive compensation or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger or similar corporate transaction, (iv) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (v) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. However, we also will not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosures so long as we remain a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

We may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The telephone number is [stock information number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

 



 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Income from secondary mortgage market operations is volatile, and we may incur losses with respect to our secondary mortgage market operations that could negatively affect our earnings.

A key component of our strategy is to continue to sell in the secondary market the longer term, conforming fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that we originate, thereby earning non-interest income in the form of gains on sale. For the year ended June 30, 2016, loan sales made up approximately 76.8% of our non-interest income and 38.6% of our revenue. When interest rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans tends to fall and may reduce the number of loans we can originate for sale. Weak or deteriorating economic conditions also tend to reduce loan demand. If the loan demand for conforming fixed-rate residential mortgage loans decreases or we are unable to sell such loans for a profit, then our non-interest income would likely decline which would adversely affect our earnings.

Our business may be adversely affected by credit risk associated with residential property.

At June 30, 2016, $72.0 million, or 76.8%, of our total loan portfolio was secured by one- to four-family real estate. One- to four-family residential mortgage lending is generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict. A decline in residential real estate values as a result of a downturn in the Pennsylvania housing market could reduce the value of the real estate collateral securing these types of loans. As a result, we have increased risk that we could incur losses if borrowers default on their loans because we may be unable to recover all or part of the defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral. In addition, if borrowers sell their homes, they may be unable to repay their loans in full from the sale proceeds. For these reasons, we may experience higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses on our residential mortgage loans.

We have a high concentration of loans secured by real estate in our market area, which makes our business highly susceptible to downturns in the local economy and could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Unlike larger financial institutions that are more geographically diversified, we are a community banking franchise located in southeastern Pennsylvania. At June 30, 2016, a substantial amount of our mortgage loans were secured by real estate located in our primary market area in southeastern Pennsylvania. As a result, we have a greater risk of loan defaults and losses in the event of economic weakness in our market area, which may have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to timely repay their loans. A deterioration in economic conditions in the market area we serve could result in, among other things: (i) an increase in loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures; (ii) a decrease in the demand for loans by creditworthy borrowers; and (iii) a decline in the value of the collateral securing our loans. Consequently, a deterioration in economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

15


Table of Contents

Future changes in market interest rates may reduce our profits.

Our profitability, like that of most financial institutions, depends to a large extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and our interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. Accordingly, our results of operations depend largely on movements in market interest rates and our ability to manage our interest-rate-sensitive assets and liabilities in response to these movements. Factors such as inflation, recession and instability in financial markets, among other factors beyond our control, may affect interest rates.

If interest rates rise, and if rates on our deposits reprice upwards faster than the rates on our long-term loans and investments, we would experience compression of our interest rate spread, which would have a negative effect on our net interest income and profitability. Furthermore, increases in interest rates may adversely affect the ability of our borrowers to make loan repayments on adjustable-rate loans, as the interest owed on such loans would increase as interest rates increase. Conversely, decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce their borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk as we may have to redeploy such loan or securities proceeds into lower-yielding assets, which would also negatively impact our interest income.

Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect our ability to originate loans, the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains from the sale of our assets, all of which ultimately affect our earnings.

At June 30, 2016, our “rate shock” analysis indicates that our economic value of equity would decrease by $2.2 million, or 11.99%, if there was an instantaneous 200 basis point increase in market interest rates. However, our interest rate risk modeling techniques and assumptions likely may not fully predict or capture the impact of actual interest rate changes on our balance sheet or projected operating results. For further discussion of how changes in interest rates could impact us, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Interest Rate Risk.”

An increase in interest rates may reduce our mortgage banking revenues, which would negatively impact our non-interest income.

We sell residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, which provides a significant portion of our non-interest income. We generate mortgage revenues primarily from gains on the sale of mortgage loans to investors on a servicing-released basis. We also earn interest on loans held for sale while they are awaiting delivery to our investors. In a rising or higher interest rate environment, our originations of mortgage loans may decrease, resulting in fewer loans that are available to be sold to investors. This would result in a decrease in mortgage banking revenues. In addition, our results of operations are affected by the amount of non-interest expenses associated with mortgage banking activities, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, equipment and data processing expense and other operating costs. During periods of reduced loan demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected to the extent that we are unable to reduce expenses commensurate with the decline in mortgage loan origination activity.

If the prolonged low interest rate environment continues in the future, the average yield on our one- to four-family residential loan portfolio is likely to continue to decrease.

Historically, the substantial majority of our loans has consisted of longer-term (up to 30 years) fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. In recent years, while we have sold most of our newly

 

16


Table of Contents

originated fixed-rate conforming one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans will likely continue to comprise a large percentage of our interest-earning assets. At June 30, 2016, our one- to four-family residential mortgage loan portfolio totaled $72.0 million, or 76.8% of total loans. Traditionally one- to four-family residential mortgage loans have lower yields than commercial real estate or commercial and industrial loans because one- to four-family residential mortgage loans have less credit risk. Due to the prolonged low interest rate environment, the average yield on one- to four-family residential mortgage loans that we have originated for our portfolio in the past two years has decreased to 3.65%. In the future, as higher yielding one- to four-family residential mortgage loans that we currently hold in our portfolio are paid off or refinanced to lower rates, the average yield on our one- to four-family residential mortgage loan portfolio is likely to decrease if market interest rates remain at their current historically low levels.

Our business strategy includes growth, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

Our business strategy includes growth in assets, deposits and the scale of our operations. Achieving our growth targets will require us to attract customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market area. Our ability to successfully grow will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to attract and retain experienced employees, the continued availability of desirable business opportunities, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market area and our ability to manage our growth. Growth opportunities may not be available or we may not be able to manage our growth successfully. If we do not manage our growth effectively, our financial condition and operating results could be negatively affected.

Our commercial real estate loans generally carry greater credit risk than loans secured by owner occupied one- to four-family real estate, and these risks will increase if we succeed in our plan to increase this type of lending.

At June 30, 2016, $11.6 million, or 12.4%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans. Given their larger balances and the complexity of the underlying collateral, commercial real estate loans generally expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by owner occupied one- to four-family real estate. Also, many of our borrowers have more than one of these types of loans outstanding. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential real estate loan. Commercial real estate loans have greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans because repayment is generally dependent on income generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service.

If loans that are collateralized by real estate become troubled and the value of the collateral becomes significantly impaired, then we may not be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan. This could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses which would in turn adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Furthermore, a key component of our strategy is to increase our origination of commercial real estate loans to diversify our loan portfolio and increase our returns or yields on our loan portfolio, which will significantly increase our exposure to the risks inherent in these types of loans.

 

17


Table of Contents

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings and capital could decrease.

Lending is inherently risky and we are exposed to the risk that our borrowers may default on their obligations. A borrower’s default on its obligations may result in lost principal and interest income and increased operating expenses as a result of the allocation of management’s time and resources to the collection and work-out of the loan. In certain situations, where collection efforts are unsuccessful or acceptable work-out arrangements cannot be reached, we may have to charge-off the loan in whole or in part. In such situations, we may acquire real estate or other assets, if any, that secure the loan through foreclosure or other similar available remedies, and the amount owed under the defaulted loan may exceed the value of the assets acquired.

At June 30, 3016, our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.52%. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate other factors including, among other things, current economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, or if delinquencies or non-performing loans increase, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, which would require additions to our allowance and thereby decrease our net income.

In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and, based on their judgments and information available to them at the time of their review, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. An increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may reduce our net income and our capital, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If our non-performing assets increase, our earnings will be adversely affected.

At June 30, 2016, our non-performing assets, which consist of non-performing loans and other real estate owned, were $1.3 million, or 0.69% of total assets. Our non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various ways:

 

    we record interest income only on the cash basis or cost-recovery method for non-accrual loans and we do not record interest income for other real estate owned;

 

    we must provide for probable loan losses through a current period charge to the provision for loan losses;

 

    non-interest expense increases when we write down the value of properties in our other real estate owned portfolio to reflect changing market values;

 

    there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets, as well as carrying costs, such as taxes, insurance, and maintenance fees; and

 

    the resolution of non-performing assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract them from more profitable activity.

If additional borrowers become delinquent and do not pay their loans and we are unable to successfully manage our non-performing assets, our losses and troubled assets could increase significantly, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our nonconforming jumbo loan portfolio exposes us to increased credit risk.

A significant portion of our one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio consists of jumbo loans that do not conform to secondary market mortgage requirements, and therefore are not immediately saleable to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac because such loans exceed the maximum balance allowable for sale (generally $417,000 for single-family homes in our market area). At June 30, 2016, we had $38.6 million in jumbo loans, which represented 53.7% of our one- to four-family residential loan portfolio.

Jumbo one- to four-family residential loans may expose us to increased risk because of their larger balances, and because they cannot be immediately sold to government sponsored enterprises. Accordingly, if our nonconforming jumbo one- to four-family residential loans do not perform, it will have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If we are required to repurchase mortgage loans that we have previously sold, it would negatively affect our earnings.

Our loans sold in the secondary market have agreements that contain representations and warranties related to, among other things, the origination and characteristics of the mortgage loans. We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans that we have sold in cases of borrower default or breaches of these representations and warranties. If we are required to repurchase mortgage loans or provide indemnification or other recourse, this could significantly increase our costs and thereby affect our future earnings.

Our small size makes it more difficult for us to compete.

Our small asset size makes it more difficult to compete with other financial institutions which are generally larger and can more easily afford to invest in the marketing and technologies needed to attract and retain customers. Because one of our primary sources of income is the net interest income we earn on our loans and investments, less the interest we pay on deposits and other sources of funds, our ability to generate the revenues needed to cover our expenses and finance such investments is limited by the size of our loan and investment portfolios. Accordingly, we are not always able to offer new products and services as quickly as our competitors. Our lower earnings also make it more difficult to offer competitive salaries and benefits. In addition, our smaller customer base makes it difficult to generate meaningful non-interest income. Finally, as a smaller institution, we are disproportionately affected by the ongoing increased costs of compliance with banking and other regulations.

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we can, which could affect our ability to grow and remain profitable on a long-term basis. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area. If competition causes us to raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on our loans, our net interest margin and profitability could be adversely affected. For additional information see “Business of Huntingdon Valley Bank—Market Area” and “—Competition.”

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of new legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued industry consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually

 

19


Table of Contents

any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures than we do. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services than we can as well as better pricing for those products and services.

Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations and/or increase our costs of operations.

Huntingdon Valley Bank is, and HV Bancorp will be, subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve Board. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of federal deposit insurance fund and the depositors and borrowers of Huntingdon Valley Bank, rather than for our stockholders. Additionally, our mortgage banking business is subject to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”), the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), the Veterans’ Administration (“VA”), the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) and/or Fannie Mae with respect to originating, processing, selling and servicing mortgage loans. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. These regulations, along with existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance and monetary laws, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations. Further, changes in accounting standards, can be both difficult to predict and involve judgment and discretion in their interpretation by us and our independent accounting firm. These changes could materially impact, potentially even retroactively, how we report our financial condition and results of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act has significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies have been given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, many of which are not in final form. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks with $10 billion or less in assets continue to be examined for compliance with consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakened the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business will not be known until all regulations affecting community banks under the statute are implemented. As a result, at this time we do not know the full extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act will impact our business, operations or financial condition. However, compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations and policies has already resulted in changes to our business and operations, as well as additional costs, and has diverted management’s time from other business activities, which adversely affects our financial condition and results of operations.

 

20


Table of Contents

Cyber-attacks or other security breaches could adversely affect our operations, net income or reputation.

We regularly collect, process, transmit and store significant amounts of confidential information regarding our customers, employees and others and concerning our business, operations, plans and strategies. In some cases, this confidential or proprietary information is collected, compiled, processed, transmitted or stored by third parties on our behalf.

Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial and other transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber-attacks and mobile phishing. Mobile phishing, a means for identity thieves to obtain sensitive personal information through fraudulent e-mail, text or voice mail, is an emerging threat targeting the customers of popular financial entities. A failure in or breach of our operational or information security systems, or those of our third-party service providers, as a result of cyber-attacks or information security breaches or due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions, could adversely affect our business, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our operating costs or cause losses.

If this confidential or proprietary information were to be mishandled, misused or lost, we could be exposed to significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage, civil litigation and financial loss.

Physical, procedural and technological safeguards designed to protect confidential and proprietary information from mishandling, misuse or loss, do not provide absolute assurance that mishandling, misuse or loss of information will not occur, and if mishandling, misuse or loss of information does occur, that those events will be promptly detected and addressed. Similarly, when confidential or proprietary information is collected, compiled, processed, transmitted or stored by third parties on our behalf, our policies and procedures require that the third party agree to maintain the confidentiality of the information, establish and maintain policies and procedures designed to preserve the confidentiality of the information, and permit us to confirm the third party’s compliance with the terms of the agreement. As information security risks and cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to enhance our information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect our earnings.

Information technology systems are critical to our business. We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, securities, deposits, and loans. We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches, but such events may still occur and may not be adequately addressed if they do occur. In addition, any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services. Although we rely on security systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.

In addition, we outsource the majority of our data processing to third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

 

21


Table of Contents

The occurrence of any system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny or expose us to litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on our management team to implement our business strategy and execute successful operations and we could be harmed by the loss of their services.

We depend upon the services of the members of our senior management team to implement our business strategy and execute our operations. Our management team is comprised of experienced executives, with our top four executives possessing an average of 27 years of financial institution experience. Members of our senior management team and lending personnel who have expertise and key business relationships in our markets could be difficult to replace. The loss of these persons or our inability to hire additional qualified personnel, could impact our ability to implement our business strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to compete. See “Management.”

The cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses.

As a result of the completion of this offering, we will become a public reporting company. We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including the substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes Oxley Act”) requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we would expect to file with the SEC. Any failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. In addition, we may need to hire additional compliance, accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical knowledge, and we may not be able to do so in a timely fashion. As a result, we may need to rely on outside consultants to provide these services for us until qualified personnel are hired. These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert our management’s attention from our operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

We are subject to stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or limit our ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares.

The federal banking agencies have adopted a final rule implementing the regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel III”) and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which were effective for us on January 1, 2015, and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for calculating these ratios.

The new minimum capital requirements are: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from prior rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. Huntingdon Valley Bank has elected to opt out of the requirement under the final rule to include certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings for calculating its regulatory capital requirements. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and, when fully phased in, will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement began being phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.

We have analyzed the effects of these new capital requirements, and we believe that, upon completion of the offering, Huntingdon Valley Bank would meet all of these new requirements, including the full 2.5% capital conservation buffer, as if these new requirements had been in full effect as of June 30, 2016.

The application of more stringent capital requirements likely will result in lower returns on equity, and could require raising additional capital in the future, or result in regulatory actions if we are unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, change our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. The implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy, and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying dividends or repurchasing our shares. Specifically, beginning in 2017, Huntingdon Valley Bank’s ability to pay dividends to HV Bancorp will be limited if it does not have the capital conservation buffer required by the new capital rules, which may further limit HV Bancorp’s ability to pay dividends to stockholders. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Bank Regulation—Capital Requirements.”

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.

The USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions, including restrictions on conducting acquisitions or establishing new branches. During the last year, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. The policies and procedures we have adopted that are designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations may not be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.

 

23


Table of Contents

We face significant operational risks because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions.

We operate in diverse markets and rely on the ability of our employees and systems to process a high number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside our company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, breaches of our internal control systems and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. Insurance coverage may not be available for such losses, or where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of operational deficiencies or as a result of non-compliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, or customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. In the event of a breakdown in our internal control systems, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, we could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action, and/or suffer damage to our reputation.

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

We are a community bank and our reputation is one of the most valuable assets of our business. A key component of our business strategy is to rely on our reputation for customer service and knowledge of local markets to expand our presence by capturing new business opportunities from existing and prospective customers in our market area and contiguous areas. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers. If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees, by our inability to conduct our operations in a manner that is appealing to current or prospective customers, or otherwise, our business and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

Future acquisition activity could dilute book value.

Both nationally and in Pennsylvania, the banking industry is undergoing consolidation marked by numerous mergers and acquisitions. From time to time we may be presented with opportunities to acquire institutions and/or bank branches and we may engage in discussions and negotiations. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and trading values, and therefore, may result in the dilution of our book value per share.

A new accounting standard will likely require us to increase our allowance for loan losses and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has adopted a new accounting standard that will be effective for HV Bancorp and Huntingdon Valley Bank for fiscal year 2021. This standard, referred to as Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL, will require financial institutions to determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses on loans, and recognize the expected credit losses as allowances for loan losses. This will change the current method of providing allowances for loan losses that are probable, which would likely require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, and to greatly increase the types of data we would need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or expenses incurred to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

If our risk management framework does not effectively identify or mitigate our risks, we could suffer losses.

Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and appropriately balance risk and return. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor and report the types of risk to which we are subject, including credit risk, operations risk, compliance risk, reputation risk, strategic risk, market risk and liquidity risk. We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a framework of policies, procedures and reporting requirements. Management of our risks in some cases depends upon the use of analytical and/or forecasting models. If the models used to mitigate these risks are inadequate, we may incur losses. In addition, there may be risks that exist, or that develop in the future, that we have not appropriately anticipated, identified or mitigated. If our risk management framework does not effectively identify or mitigate our risks, we could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and we could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to one or more of these properties. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing defaulted loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous conditions or toxic substances are found on these properties, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage, civil fines and criminal penalties, regardless of when the hazardous conditions or toxic substances first affected any particular property. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses to address unknown liabilities and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Our loan foreclosure policy, which requires us to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on non-residential real property, may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on us.

Risks Related to the Offering

The future price of our common stock may be less than the purchase price in the stock offering.

If you purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, you may not be able to sell them at or above the purchase price in the stock offering. The purchase price in the offering is based upon an independent third-party appraisal of the pro forma market value of Huntingdon Valley Bank, pursuant to federal banking regulations and subject to review and approval by the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. Our aggregate pro forma market value as reflected in the final independent appraisal may exceed the market price of our shares of common stock after the completion of the offering, which may result in our stock trading below the initial offering price of $10.00 per share.

After the shares of our common stock begin trading, the trading price of the common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and will be influenced by many factors outside of our control, including prevailing interest rates, investor perceptions, securities analyst research reports and general industry, geopolitical and economic conditions. Publicly traded stocks, including stocks of financial institutions, often experience substantial market price volatility. These market fluctuations may not be related to the operating performance of particular companies whose shares are traded.

 

25


Table of Contents

We have broad discretion in using the proceeds of the stock offering. Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds of the offering may have an adverse effect on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.

We intend to invest between $6.4 million and $8.9 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $10.3 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) in Huntingdon Valley Bank. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering by our employee stock ownership plan. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term and other investments, repurchase shares of our common stock, pay dividends, or for other general corporate purposes. Huntingdon Valley Bank intends to use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, primarily one- to four-family residential and commercial real estate loans, enhance existing products and services, invest in securities, expand its banking franchise by acquiring other financial institutions as opportunities arise, or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. Also, certain of these uses, such as acquiring other financial institutions may require the approval of the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking or the Federal Reserve Board. We have not established a timetable for investing the net proceeds, and, accordingly, we may not invest the net proceeds at a time that is most beneficial to HV Bancorp, Huntingdon Valley Bank or our stockholders.

There may be a limited trading market in our common stock, which would hinder your ability to sell our common stock and may lower the market price of the stock.

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once trading begins. The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee stock ownership plan and our directors and executive officers, will be quite limited. As a result, it is unlikely that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue. If you purchase shares of common stock, you may not be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

The capital we raise in the stock offering will reduce our return on equity. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. For the year ended June 30, 2016, we had a return on equity of 8.69%, compared to an average return on equity of 6.12% based on trailing twelve-month

 

26


Table of Contents

earnings for all publicly traded, fully converted savings institutions as of the most recent date for which information is available. Following the stock offering, we expect our consolidated equity to increase from $13.0 million at June 30, 2016 to between $24.1 million at the minimum of the offering range and $30.9 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We expect our return on equity to remain relatively low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Although we anticipate increasing net interest income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will remain low due to the capital raised in the stock offering, higher expenses from the costs of being a public company, and added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans we intend to implement. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income, our return on equity may reduce the value of our shares of common stock.

You may not receive dividends on our common stock.

Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. The declaration and payment of future cash dividends will be subject to, among other things, our then current and projected consolidated operating results, financial condition, tax considerations, future growth plans, general economic conditions, and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. We may also be limited in the payment of dividends under statutory and regulatory provisions.

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses, which will reduce our net income.

We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase up to 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering with funds borrowed from HV Bancorp. The cost of acquiring the shares of common stock for the employee stock ownership plan in the first year following completion of the offering will be between $34,000 at the minimum of the offering range and $52,000 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We will record annual employee stock ownership plan expense equal to the fair value of shares of common stock committed to be released to employees. If shares of common stock appreciate in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan will increase.

We also intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans after the stock offering that would award participants (at no cost to them) shares of our common stock and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock. The number of shares reserved for awards of restricted stock or grants of stock options under any initial stock-based benefit plan may not exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares sold in the offering, if these plans are adopted within 12 months after the completion of the conversion. We may reserve shares of common stock for stock awards and stock options in excess of these amounts, provided the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year following the stock offering.

Assuming the market price of the common stock is $10.00 per share; the options are granted with an exercise price of $10.00 per share; the dividend yield on the stock is 0%; the expected option life is ten years; the risk free interest rate is 1.49% (based on the ten-year Treasury rate) and the volatility rate on the shares of common stock is 13.89% (based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions), the estimated grant-date fair value of the options using a Black-Scholes option pricing analysis is $2.40 per option granted. Assuming this value is amortized over a five-year vesting period, the corresponding annual expense associated with the stock options in the first year after the offering would be $94,000 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. In addition, assuming that all shares of restricted stock are awarded at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual expense associated with restricted stock awarded under the stock-based benefit plan would be $105,000 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range in the first year after the offering. Moreover, if we grant shares of common stock or options in excess of these amounts, such grants would increase our costs further.

 

27


Table of Contents

The fair value of the shares of restricted stock on the date granted under the stock-based benefit plan will be expensed by us over the vesting period of the shares. If the shares of restricted stock to be granted under the plan are repurchased in the open market (rather than issued directly from authorized but unissued shares by HV Bancorp) and cost the same as the purchase price in the stock offering, the reduction to stockholders’ equity due to the stock-based benefit plan would be between $561,000 at the minimum of the offering range and $873,000 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. To the extent we repurchase shares of common stock in the open market to fund the grants of shares under the plan, and the price of such shares exceeds the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would exceed the range described above. Conversely, to the extent the price of such shares is below the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would be less than the range described above.

The implementation of stock-based benefit plans is likely to dilute your ownership interest.

We intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans, which will allow participants to be awarded shares of common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock, following the stock offering. If these stock-based benefit plans are funded from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience a reduction in ownership interest totaling 12.28%. Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.

We have not determined whether we will adopt stock-based benefit plans more than one year following the stock offering. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than one year following the stock offering may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within one year, which would increase our costs and the dilution to other stockholders.

If we adopt stock-based benefit plans within one year following the completion of the stock offering, then we may grant shares of common stock or stock options under our stock-based benefit plans for up to 4% and 10%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares. The amount of stock awards and stock options available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans may exceed these amounts, provided the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. Although the implementation of stock-based benefit plans will be subject to stockholder approval, the determination as to the timing of the implementation of such plans will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses, which will reduce our income.” Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in “—The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest.”

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and state and federal law could prevent or impede the ability of stockholders to obtain representation on our board of directors, and may discourage hostile acquisitions of control of HV Bancorp, Inc., which could negatively affect our stock value.

Certain provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage attempts to acquire HV Bancorp, pursue a proxy contest for control of HV Bancorp, assume control of HV Bancorp by a holder of a large block of common stock, or remove HV Bancorp’s management, all of which stockholders might think are in their best interests. These provisions include:

 

28


Table of Contents
    restrictive requirements regarding eligibility for service on the board of directors, including residency requirements, age requirements, a prohibition on service by persons who are or have been the subject of certain legal or regulatory proceedings, a prohibition on service by persons who are party to agreements that may affect their voting discretion, and a prohibition on service by nominees or representatives (as defined in applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations) of another person who would not be eligible for service or of an entity the partners or controlling persons of which would not be eligible for service;

 

    the election of directors to staggered terms of three years;

 

    provisions requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations;

 

    a limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

    a prohibition on cumulative voting;

 

    a requirement that the calling of a special meeting by stockholders requires the request of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting;

 

    a requirement that directors may only be removed for cause and by two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast;

 

    the ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

    the board of directors’ ability to cause HV Bancorp to issue preferred stock;

 

    the ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws and the required stockholder vote to amend or repeal the bylaws;

 

    the ability of the board of directors to consider a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or acquire HV Bancorp; and

 

    the requirement of the vote of 75% of the votes entitled to be cast without approval of 80% of the board in order to amend certain provisions of the articles of incorporation, including those set forth above.

For further information, see “Restrictions on Acquisition of HV Bancorp, Inc.—HV Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.”

Federal regulations prohibit for three years following the completion of a mutual-to-stock conversion, the offer to acquire or the acquisition of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Huntingdon Valley Bank or HV Bancorp without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. In addition, the business corporation law of Pennsylvania, the state where HV Bancorp is incorporated, provides for certain restrictions on acquisition of HV Bancorp. See “Restrictions on Acquisitions of HV Bancorp, Inc.—Pennsylvania Corporate Law,” “—Huntingdon Valley Bank’s Articles of Incorporation” and “—Change in Control Regulations.”

 

29


Table of Contents

A significant percentage of our common stock will be held or controlled by our directors and executive officers and benefit plans.

Our board of directors and executive officers intend to purchase in the aggregate approximately 13.2% and 8.5% of our common stock at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. These purchases, together with the purchase by the employee stock ownership plan of 8.0% of the aggregate shares sold in the offering, as well as the potential acquisition of common stock through the stock-based benefit plans (assuming shares to fund such plans come from repurchased shares) could result in ownership by insiders of HV Bancorp, Inc. and Huntingdon Valley Bank of approximately 38.5% of the total shares issued in the offering at the minimum and approximately 35.2% of the total shares issued in the offering at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. The ownership by executive officers, directors and our stock benefit plans could result in actions being taken that are not in accordance with other stockholders’ wishes, and could prevent any action requiring a supermajority vote under our articles of incorporation and bylaws (including the amendment of certain protective provisions of our articles and bylaws discussed immediately above).

Our stock value may be negatively affected by federal regulations that restrict takeovers.

For three years following the stock offering, federal regulations prohibit any person from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our common stock without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC. See “Restrictions on Acquisition of HV Bancorp, Inc.” for a discussion of applicable federal regulations regarding acquisitions. Certain prospective investors may choose to purchase shares of a company if they believe that the company will be acquired, thereby potentially increasing its stock value. Because federal regulations will restrict any such acquisition for at least three years after the completion of the conversion, these regulations may negatively affect our stock value.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock could be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as modified by the JOBS Act. We are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act, including the additional level of review of our internal control over financial reporting that may occur when outside auditors attest to our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period. Taking advantage of any of these exemptions may adversely affect the value and trading price of our common stock.

 

30


Table of Contents

We have elected to delay the adoption of new and revised accounting pronouncements, which means that our financial statements may not be comparable to those of other public companies.

As an “emerging growth company” we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We may take other actions to meet the minimum required sales of shares if we cannot find enough purchasers in the community.

If we are not able to reach the minimum of the offering range, we may do any of the following: increase the maximum purchase limitations and allow all maximum purchase subscribers to increase their orders up to the new maximum purchase limitations; terminate the offering and promptly return all funds; set a new offering range, notify all subscribers of the opportunity to confirm, cancel or change their orders; or take such other actions as may be permitted, to the extent such permission is required, by the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.

You may not revoke your decision to purchase HV Bancorp common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order.

Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with the purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering, including any extension of the expiration date and consummation of a syndicated offering. Because completion of the conversion and offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, LC., among other factors, there may be one or more delays in completing the conversion and offering. Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond July 29, 2016, or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 2,182,125 shares or decreased to fewer than 1,402,500 shares.

The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.

If the subscription rights granted to certain current or former depositors and certain borrowers of Huntingdon Valley Bank are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights may be taxable in an amount equal to such value. Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination. We have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, that it is more likely than not that such rights have no value; however, such opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.

 

31


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

OF HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK

The following tables set forth selected historical financial and other data of Huntingdon Valley Bank for the years and at the dates indicated. The information at and for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 is derived in part from, and should be read together with, the audited financial statements and notes thereto of Huntingdon Valley Bank beginning at page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

     At June 30,  
     2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Selected Financial Condition Data:

     

Total assets

   $ 181,777       $ 167,298   

Cash and cash equivalents

     15,427         15,596   

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value

     33,281         38,088   

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     5,825         4,744   

Loans receivable, net

     93,450         83,319   

Loans held for sale at fair value

     24,676         16,261   

Deposits

     141,771         142,877   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     20,000         7,000   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,929         3,502   

Total Equity

   $ 12,971       $ 11,456   
     For the Years Ended
June 30,
 
   2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Selected Data:

     

Interest income

   $ 5,302       $ 5,057   

Interest expense

     746         785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     4,556         4,272   

Provision for loan losses

     9         79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     4,547         4,193   

Gain on sale of loans, net

     4,116         3,840   

Other non-interest income

     1,242         1,069   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest income

     5,358         4,909   

Non-interest expense

     8,354         8,339   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     1,551         763   

Income tax expense

     525         135   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,026       $ 628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents
     At or For the Years
Ended June 30,
 
     2016     2015  

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

    

Performance Ratios:

    

Return on average assets

     0.62     0.38

Return on average equity

     8.69     5.55

Interest rate spread (1)

     2.85     2.65

Net interest margin (2)

     2.90     2.68

Efficiency ratio (3)

     84.26     90.83

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     108.72     107.23

Asset Quality Ratios:

    

Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets

     0.69     1.33

Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans

     0.97     1.66

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans

     42.53     31.15

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans

     0.52     0.61

Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the year

     0.04     0.29

Capital Ratios: (4)

    

Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

     12.04     12.46

Tier 1 leverage (core) capital (to adjusted tangible assets)

     7.63     6.82

Tier 1 risk-based capital (to risk weighted assets)

     12.04     12.46

Total risk-based capital (to risk weighted assets)

     12.49     13.02

Average equity to average total assets

     7.10     6.76

Other Data:

    

Number of full service offices

     4        4   

Number of employees

     65        57   

 

(1) Represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the year.
(2) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the year.
(3) The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(4) Capital ratios are for Huntingdon Valley Bank.

 

33


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “indicate,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “target” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

    statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

    statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

    statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

    estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. We are under no duty to and do not take any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

    our ability to manage our operations under the current economic conditions nationally and in our market area;

 

    adverse changes in the financial services industry, securities and local real estate markets (including real estate values);

 

    significant increases in our loan losses, including as a result of our inability to resolve classified and non-performing assets or reduce risks associated with our loans, and management’s assumptions in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

 

    credit risks of lending activities, including changes in the level and trend of loan delinquencies and write-offs and in our allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses;

 

    competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

    our success in increasing our commercial real estate lending;

 

    our ability to attract and maintain deposits and our success in introducing new financial products;

 

    our ability to improve our asset quality even as we increase our commercial real estate lending;

 

    changes in interest rates generally, including changes in the relative differences between short-term and long-term interest rates and in deposit interest rates, that may affect our net interest margin and funding sources;

 

    fluctuations in the demand for loans;

 

    technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected;

 

34


Table of Contents
    changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

    declines in the yield on our assets resulting from the current low interest rate environment;

 

    risks related to a high concentration of loans secured by real estate located in our market area;

 

    our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

    changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including the Dodd-Frank Act and the JOBS Act, which could result in, among other things, increased deposit insurance premiums and assessments, capital requirements, regulatory fees and compliance costs, particularly the new capital regulations, and the resources we have available to address such changes;

 

    changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

    changes in our compensation and benefit plans, and our ability to retain key members of our senior management team and to address staffing needs in response to product demand or to implement our strategic plans;

 

    loan delinquencies and changes in the underlying cash flows of our borrowers;

 

    our ability to control costs and expenses, particularly those associated with operating as a publicly traded company;

 

    the failure or security breaches of computer systems on which we depend;

 

    the ability of key third-party service providers to perform their obligations to us; and

 

    other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and operational factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Because of these and a wide variety of other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

 

35


Table of Contents

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $12.8 million and $17.7 million, or $20.5 million if the offering range is increased by 15%.

We intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:

 

     Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
     1,402,500 shares     1,650,000 shares     1,897,500 shares     2,182,125 shares (1)  
     Amount      Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount      Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount      Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount      Percent
of Net
Proceeds
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Offering proceeds

   $ 14,025         $ 16,500         $ 18,975         $ 21,821      

Less offering expenses

     1,196           1,230           1,264           1,303      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Net offering proceeds (2)

   $ 12,829         100.0   $ 15,270         100.0   $ 17,711         100.0   $ 20,518         100.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Distribution of net proceeds:

                    

To Huntingdon Valley Bank

   $ 6,415         50.0   $ 7,635         50.0   $ 8,855         50.0   $ 10,259         50.0

To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan

   $ 1,122         8.7   $ 1,320         8.6   $ 1,518         8.6   $ 1,746         8.5

Retained by HV Bancorp

   $ 5,292         41.3   $ 6,315         41.4   $ 7,338         41.4   $ 8,513         41.5

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that all shares of common stock are sold in the subscription and community offerings.

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Huntingdon Valley Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings.

HV Bancorp intends to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering. HV Bancorp may also use the proceeds it retains from the offering:

 

    to invest in short-term securities and other securities consistent with our investment policy;

 

    to pay cash dividends to our stockholders;

 

    to repurchase shares of our common stock subject to compliance with applicable regulatory requirements;

 

    to expand our retail banking franchise by acquiring other financial institutions as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements to acquire any financial institution; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

 

36


Table of Contents

With the exception of the funding of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, HV Bancorp has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for each of the foregoing purposes. Initially, we intend to invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds in investment grade securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, and securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises. We may also invest the proceeds in one or more deposit accounts.

See “Our Dividend Policy” for a discussion of our expected dividend policy following the completion of the conversion. Under applicable federal regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval, or except to fund management recognition plans (which would require notification to the Federal Reserve Board) or tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans.

Huntingdon Valley Bank will receive a capital contribution equal to at least 50% of the net proceeds of the offering. We anticipate that HV Bancorp will invest $6.4 million, $7.6 million, $8.9 million and $10.3 million, respectively, of the net proceeds in Huntingdon Valley Bank at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range. Huntingdon Valley Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the stock offering:

 

    to fund primarily one- to four-family residential and commercial real estate loans;

 

    to enhance existing products and services and to support the development of new products and services;

 

    to invest in securities issued by U.S. government agencies and U.S. government sponsored enterprises, U.S. Treasury securities and other securities in accordance with our investment policy; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

Huntingdon Valley Bank has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for each of the foregoing purposes. Initially, a portion of the net proceeds may be invested in securities issued by U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises and U.S. Treasury securities. The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on many factors, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, the attractiveness of opportunities to expand our operations through acquiring other financial institutions, our ability to receive regulatory approval for any such expansion activities, and overall market conditions.

We expect our return on equity to decrease as compared to our performance in recent years, until we are able to reinvest effectively the additional capital raised in the stock offering. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—We have broad discretion in using the proceeds of the stock offering. Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.”

 

37


Table of Contents

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

Following completion of the stock offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends. In determining whether to pay a cash dividend and the amount of such cash dividend, the board of directors is expected to take into account a number of factors, including capital requirements, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, general economic conditions and whether retaining and investing the capital will provide our stockholders with a better overall return than paying a dividend. We cannot assure you that we will pay any dividends or that, if paid, they will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulations and policy, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends.

We will file a consolidated federal tax return with Huntingdon Valley Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions that we make to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and taxable for federal and state income tax purposes. Additionally, pursuant to bank regulations, during the three-year period following the stock offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

Pursuant to our articles of incorporation, we are authorized to issue preferred stock. If we issue preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of our shares of common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. For a further discussion concerning the payment of dividends on our shares of common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock of HV Bancorp, Inc.—Common Stock.” Dividends we can declare and pay will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Huntingdon Valley Bank, because initially we will have no source of income other than dividends from Huntingdon Valley Bank and earnings from the investment of the net proceeds retained by HV Bancorp from the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and interest payments received in connection with the loan to the employee stock ownership plan. Regulations of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking impose limitations on capital distributions by savings institutions. See “Regulation and Supervision—Pennsylvania Bank Regulation—Dividend Restrictions.”

Any dividends paid by Huntingdon Valley Bank to HV Bancorp, Inc. that would be deemed to be drawn from Huntingdon Valley Bank’s bad debt reserves, if any, would be taxable at the then-current tax rate applicable to Huntingdon Valley Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the bad debt reserves for such distribution. Huntingdon Valley Bank does not intend to make any distribution to HV Bancorp, Inc. that would create such a federal tax liability. See “Taxation.”

 

38


Table of Contents

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

HV Bancorp is a newly formed company and has never issued capital stock. Huntingdon Valley Bank, as a mutual institution, has never issued capital stock. HV Bancorp expects that that its common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HVBC.” Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the conversion and stock offering, but it is under no obligation to do so.

The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee stock ownership plan and our directors and executive officers, is likely to be quite limited. As a result, it is unlikely that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that, if you purchase shares of common stock, you will be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in the stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering which may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

 

39


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

At June 30, 2016, Huntingdon Valley Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized.” The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Huntingdon Valley Bank at June 30, 2016, and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of Huntingdon Valley Bank after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at $10.00 per share. The table assumes the receipt by Huntingdon Valley Bank of $6.4 million, $7.6 million, $8.9 million and $10.3 million, respectively at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

     Huntingdon Valley Bank
Historical at

June 30, 2016
    Pro Forma at June 30, 2016, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of (1)  
       1,402,500 Shares     1,650,000 Shares     1,897,500 Shares     2,182,125 Shares (2)  
     Amount      Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Equity

   $ 12,971         7.14   $ 17,703        9.41   $ 18,626        9.83   $ 19,549        10.26   $ 20,611        10.73
  

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Tier 1 leverage capital (3)(4)

   $ 12,951         7.63   $ 17,683        10.04   $ 18,606        10.49      $ 19,529        10.94   $ 20,591        11.44

Tier 1 leverage requirement

     8,483         5.00        8,804        5.00        8,865        5.00        8,926        5.00        8,996        5.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 4,468         2.63   $ 8,879        5.04   $ 9,741        5.49   $ 10,603        5.94   $ 11,595        6.44
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital (3)(4)

   $ 12,951         12.04   $ 17,683        15.96   $ 18,606        16.70   $ 19,529        17.43   $ 20,591        18.27

Tier 1 risk-based requirement

     8,607         8.00        8,864        8.00        8,913        8.00        8,961        8.00        9,018        8.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 4,344         4.04   $ 8,819        7.96   $ 9,693        8.70   $ 10,568        9.43   $ 11,573        10.27
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (3)(4)

   $ 13,438         12.49   $ 18,170        16.40   $ 19,093        17.14   $ 20,016        17.87   $ 21,078        18.70

Total risk-based requirement

     10,759         10.00        11,080        10.00        11,141        10.00        11,202        10.00        11,272        10.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 2,679         2.49   $ 7,090        6.40   $ 7,952        7.14   $ 8,814        7.87   $ 9,806        8.70
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital (3)(4)

   $ 12,951         12.04   $ 17,683        15.96   $ 18,606        16.70   $ 19,529        17.43   $ 20,591        18.27

Common equity tier 1 risk-based requirement

     6,993         6.50        7,202        6.50        7,241        6.50        7,281        6.50        7,327        6.50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 5,958         5.54   $ 10,481        9.46   $ 11,365        10.20   $ 12,248        10.93   $ 13,264        11.77
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of capital infused into Huntingdon Valley Bank:

   

               

Net proceeds

  

  $ 6,415        $ 7,635        $ 8,855        $ 10,259     

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan

   

    (561       (660       (759       (873  

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

   

    (1,122       (1,320       (1,518       (1,746  
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma increase

  

  $ 4,732        $ 5,655        $ 6,578        $ 7,640     
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) Pro forma capital levels assume that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering with funds we lend and that our stock-based benefit plan purchases 4% of the shares sold in the offering for restricted stock awards. Pro forma capital calculated under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund these plans. See “Management” for a discussion of the employee stock ownership plan.
(2) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(3) Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total average assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets
(4) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

 

40


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents the historical capitalization of Huntingdon Valley Bank at June 30, 2016 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of HV Bancorp, Inc. after giving effect to the conversion and offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.

 

    Huntingdon
Valley Bank at
June 30, 2016
    Pro Forma at June 30, 2016
Based upon the Sale in the Offering at $10.00 per Share
of
 
    1,402,500
Shares
    1,650,000
Shares
    1,897,500
Shares
    2,182,125
Shares (1)
 
  (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Deposits (2)

  $ 141,771      $ 141,771      $ 141,771      $ 141,771      $ 141,771   

Borrowings

    23,929        23,929        23,929        23,929        23,929   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and borrowings

  $ 165,700      $ 165,700      $ 165,700      $ 165,700      $ 165,700   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

         

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 2,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion)

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion); shares to be issued as reflected (3)

    —          14        17        19        22   

Additional paid-in capital (4)

    —          12,815        15,254        17,692        20,496   

Retained earnings (5)

    12,978        12,978        12,978        12,978        12,978   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (7     (7     (7     (7     (7

Less:

         

Common stock held by employee stock ownership plan (6)

    —          (1,122     (1,320     (1,518     (1,746

Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plans (7)

    —          (561     (660     (759     (873
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

  $ 12,971      $ 24,117      $ 26,261      $ 28,405      $ 30,870   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shares outstanding

    —          1,402,500        1,650,000        1,897,500        2,182,125   

Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets (2)

    7.14     12.50     13.46     14.40     15.46

Tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets (2)

    7.14     12.50     13.46     14.40     15.46

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the subscription and community offerings.
(2) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(3) No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of HV Bancorp common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under one or more stock-based benefit plans. If the plans are implemented within the first year after the closing of the offering, an amount up to 10% of the shares of HV Bancorp common stock sold in the offering will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the plans.
(4) On a pro forma basis, common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of HV Bancorp common stock to be outstanding.
(5) The retained income of Huntingdon Valley Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Regulation and Supervision.”
(6) Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the offering will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from HV Bancorp. The loan will be repaid principally from Huntingdon Valley Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since HV Bancorp will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on HV Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
(7) Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be purchased by one or more stock-based benefit plans in open market purchases by HV Bancorp. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As HV Bancorp accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares granted pursuant to the stock-based benefit plan, the credit to equity will be offset by a charge to non-interest expense. Implementation of the stock-based benefit plans will require stockholder approval.

 

41


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA

The following tables summarize historical data of Huntingdon Valley Bank and pro forma data of HV Bancorp at and for the year ended June 30, 2016. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the table, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.

The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:

 

    all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription offering;

 

    our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering with a loan from HV Bancorp. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest (at the prime interest rate, adjusted annually) over a period of 20 years;

 

    Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive a selling agent fee equal to 1.5% of the dollar amount of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering. Shares purchased by our employee stock benefit plans or by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families will not be included in calculating the shares of common stock sold for this purpose; and

 

    expenses of the stock offering, other than selling agent fees to be paid to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., will be $1.0 million.

Pro forma earnings on net proceeds have been calculated assuming the stock has been sold at the beginning of the year and the net proceeds have been invested at a yield of 1.01% for the year ended June 30, 2016. This represents the five-year U.S. Treasury Note rate as of June 30, 2016, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate generally required by federal regulations. The pro forma after-tax yield on the net proceeds from the offering is assumed to be 0.61% for the year ended June 30, 2016, based on an effective tax rate of 40%.

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. We adjusted the earnings figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

The pro forma table gives effect to the implementation of stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering. We also assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans as restricted stock awards that vest over a five-year period.

We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. In preparing the table below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the

 

42


Table of Contents

market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $2.40 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 13.89% for the shares of common stock, no dividend yield, an expected option life of 10 years and a risk-free interest rate of 1.49%. Finally, we assumed that 25% of the stock options were non-qualified options granted to directors, resulting in a tax benefit (at an assumed tax rate of 40%) in the form of a deduction equal to the grant- date fair value of the options.

We may reserve shares for the exercise of stock options and the grant of stock awards under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. In addition, we may grant options and award shares that vest more rapidly than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering,” we intend to contribute at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range approximately $6.4 million, $7.6 million, $8.9 million and $10.3 million, respectively, of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Huntingdon Valley Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering. We will use portions of the proceeds we retain to make a loan to the employee stock ownership plan. We will retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

The pro forma table does not give effect to: (i) withdrawals from deposit accounts to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering; (ii) our results of operations after the stock offering including any earnings from reinvestment and leveraging the net proceeds of the offering in loans and other investments offering different yields than the five-year U.S. Treasury Note rate; or (iii) changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.

The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock offering actually occurs and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with GAAP. We did not increase or decrease stockholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Pro forma stockholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of the bad debt reserve or the liquidation account we will establish in the conversion in the unlikely event we are liquidated.

 

43


Table of Contents
     At or for the year ended June 30, 2016
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
     1,402,500
Shares
    1,650,000
Shares
    1,897,500
Shares
    2,182,125
Shares (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Pro forma market capitalization

   $ 14,025      $ 16,500      $ 18,975      $ 21,821   

Gross proceeds of offering

     14,025        16,500        18,975        21,821   

Less: Expenses

     1,196        1,230        1,264        1,303   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds

     12,829        15,270        17,711        20,518   

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

     (1,122     (1,320     (1,518     (1,746

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)

     (561     (660     (759     (873
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted

   $ 11,146      $ 13,290      $ 15,434      $ 17,899   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2016

        

Consolidated net earnings:

        

Historical

   $ 1,026      $ 1,026      $ 1,026      $ 1,026   

Pro forma adjustments:

        

Income on adjusted net proceeds

     68        81        94        109   

Employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (34     (40     (46     (52

Stock awards (3)

     (67     (79     (91     (105

Stock options (4)

     (61     (71     (82     (94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $ 932      $ 916      $ 901      $ 883   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income per share:

        

Historical

   $ 0.80      $ 0.68      $ 0.59      $ 0.52   

Pro forma adjustments:

        

Income on adjusted net proceeds

     0.05        0.05        0.05        0.05   

Employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (0.03     (0.03     (0.03     (0.03

Stock awards (3)

     (0.05     (0.05     (0.05     (0.05

Stock options (4)

     (0.05     (0.05     (0.05     (0.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma income per share (5)

   $ 0.72      $ 0.60      $ 0.51      $ 0.44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price to pro forma net income per share

     13.89x        16.67x        19.61x        22.73x   

Number of shares used in income per share calculations (5)

     1,295,910        1,524,600        1,753,290        2,016,284   

At June 30, 2016

        

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Historical

   $ 12,971      $ 12,971      $ 12,971      $ 12,971   

Estimated net proceeds

     12,829        15,270        17,711        20,518   

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

     (1,122     (1,320     (1,518     (1,746

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)

     (561     (660     (759     (873
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity (6)

     24,117        26,261        28,405        30,870   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible equity (6)

   $ 24,117      $ 26,261      $ 28,405      $ 30,870   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share:

        

Historical

   $ 9.25      $ 7.86      $ 6.84      $ 5.95   

Estimated net proceeds

     9.15        9.25        9.33        9.40   

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

     (0.80     (0.80     (0.80     (0.80

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)

     (0.40     (0.40     (0.40     (0.40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (6)

     17.20        15.91        14.97        14.15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less intangible assets

     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible equity (6)

   $ 17.20      $ 15.91      $ 14.97      $ 14.15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma price to book value

     58.15     62.83     66.80     70.69

Pro forma price to tangible book value

     58.15     62.83     66.80     70.69

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations (6)

     1,402,500        1,650,000        1,897,500        2,182,125   

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that 8% of shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from HV Bancorp. Huntingdon Valley Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Huntingdon Valley Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt

 

(footnotes continued on following page)

 

44


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

  are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 718-40, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Huntingdon Valley Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective tax rate of 40%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 5,610, 6,600, 7,590 and 8,729 shares were committed to be released during the year ended June 30, 2016 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the year were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations.
(3) If approved by HV Bancorp’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the offering (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from HV Bancorp or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by HV Bancorp. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the year, and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective tax rate of 40%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering are awarded from authorized but unissued shares, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.85%.
(4) If approved by HV Bancorp’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the offering (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant are $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model is $2.40 for each option, and the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options is amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options. The actual expense of the stock options to be granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that all shares of common stock used to cover the exercise of stock options (equal to 10% of the shares sold in the offering) are authorized but unissued shares, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.09%.
(5) Income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and, in accordance with applicable accounting standards for employee stock ownership plans, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the period. See note 2, above.
(6) The retained income of Huntingdon Valley Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion and Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Regulation and Supervision.” The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.

 

45


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion and analysis reflects our financial information and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information in this section has been derived from the audited financial statements, which appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Huntingdon Valley Bank provided in this prospectus.

Overview

Huntingdon Valley Bank provides financial services to individuals and businesses from our main office in Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania, and from our three additional full-service banking offices located in Plumsteadville, Warrington and Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania. We also operate a limited service branch in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. We have a loan production office located in Warminster, Pennsylvania and a loan origination office in Montgomeryville, Pennsylvania. Our primary market area includes Montgomery, Bucks and Philadelphia Counties in Pennsylvania. Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public in our market area and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, primarily in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans (including multi-family loans), home equity loans and lines of credit and, to a lesser extent, construction loans. We retain our loans in portfolio depending on market conditions, but we primarily sell our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. We also invest in various investment securities. Our revenue is derived principally from interest on loans and investments and loan sales. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and principal and interest payments on loans and securities.

Our results of operations depend primarily on our net interest income which is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Our results of operations also are affected by our provisions for loan losses, non-interest income and non-interest expense. Non-interest income currently consists primarily of gains recognized from the sale of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, fees and service charges on deposit accounts, gain from hedging instruments and sales of securities. Non-interest expense currently consists primarily of expenses related to salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, data processing related operations, professional fees, real estate owned and other expenses.

Our results of operations also may be affected significantly by general and local economic and competitive conditions, changes in market interest rates, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authorities. We expect our return on equity to remain relatively low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. See “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Business Strategy

We intend to operate as a well-capitalized and profitable community bank dedicated to providing exceptional personal service to our individual and business customers. We believe that we have a competitive advantage in the markets we serve because of our knowledge of the local marketplace and our long-standing history of providing superior, relationship-based customer service. Our core business strategies are discussed below.

 

46


Table of Contents
    Continue to Originate and Sell Certain Residential Real Estate Loans. Residential mortgage lending has historically been a significant part of our business, and we recognize that originating one- to four-family residential real estate loans is essential to our status as a community-oriented bank. During the year ended June 30, 2016, we originated $161.2 million in one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale, selling $157.8 million in one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale for gains on sale of $4.1 million. Similarly during the year ended June 30, 2015, we originated $155.1 million in one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale, selling $159.5 million in one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale for gains on sale of $3.8 million. We intend to continue to sell in the secondary market most of the long-term conforming fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate to increase non-interest income and manage the interest rate risk of our loan portfolio. We also intend to expand our portfolio of jumbo adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans in order to increase interest income and help manage our interest rate risk. At June 30, 2016, we had $16.0 million in jumbo adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans, which represented 22.3% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio. We originate these loans internally through our relationships with real estate brokers and purchase loans through our relationships with certain mortgage originators. All purchased loans must comply with our underwriting standards.

 

    Increase Commercial Real Estate Lending . In order to increase the yield on our loan portfolio and reduce the term to repricing, following our conversion we plan to increase our commercial real estate lending while maintaining what we believe are conservative underwriting standards. We will focus our commercial real estate lending on small businesses located in our market area, targeting owner-occupied businesses such as professional service providers. We also intend to partner with another local financial institution whereby we will sell them a participation interest in our commercial real estate loan originations in order to reduce our credit risk and control our costs as we grow our portfolio. These commercial real estate loans must comply with our underwriting standards.

 

    Maintain High Asset Quality. Strong asset quality is critical to the long-term financial success of a community bank. We attribute our high asset quality to maintaining conservative underwriting standards, the diligence of our loan collection personnel and the stability of the local economy. At June 30, 2016, our non-performing assets to total assets ratio was 0.69%. Because substantially all of our loans are secured by real estate, and the level of our non-performing loans has been low in recent years, we believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb the probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio.

 

    Increase our Lower-Cost Core Deposits . NOW, passbook, checking and money market accounts are a lower cost source of funds than time deposits, and we have made a concerted effort to increase lower-cost transaction deposit accounts and reduce time deposits. Our ratio of core (non-time) deposits to total deposits has increased from 70.8% at June 30, 2015 to 73.5% at June 30, 2016. We plan to continue to aggressively market our core transaction accounts, emphasizing our high quality service and competitive pricing of these products. We also offer the convenience of technology-based products, such as remote deposit capture, internet banking, mobile banking and mobile capture.

 

   

Expand our banking franchise as opportunities arise through acquisitions of other financial institutions. We currently operate from four full service and one limited service

 

47


Table of Contents
 

banking offices. In order to grow our assets to mitigate the increasing costs of regulatory compliance, we intend to evaluate expansion opportunities, primarily through potential acquisitions of local financial institutions. We would seek to expand our presence in Montgomery, Bucks or Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania. However, we currently have no understandings or agreements with respect to acquiring any financial institution.

Anticipated Increase in Non-interest Expense

Following the completion of the conversion, our non-interest expense is expected to increase because of the increased costs associated with operating as a public company, and the increased compensation expenses associated with the purchase of shares of common stock by our employee stock ownership plan and the implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans, if approved by our stockholders, no earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. For further information, see “Summary—Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion;” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income;” and “Management —Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering.”

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expenses. We consider the accounting policies discussed below to be critical accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions that we use are based on historical experience and various other factors and are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, resulting in a change that could have a material impact on the carrying value of our assets and liabilities and our results of operations.

On April 5, 2015, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As an “emerging growth company” we may delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

The following represents our critical accounting policies:

Allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is the amount estimated by management as necessary to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses, which is charged to income. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses necessarily involves a high degree of judgment.

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date and is recorded as a reduction to loans. The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. All, or part, of the principal balance of loans receivable are charged off to the allowance as soon as it is determined that the repayment of all, or part, of the principal balance is highly unlikely.

 

48


Table of Contents

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated. Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance. The allowance is based on Huntingdon Valley Bank’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers pools of loans by loan class including commercial loans not considered impaired, as well as smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as residential mortgage, home equity, home equity lines of credit and consumer loans. These pools of loans are evaluated for loss exposure based upon historical loss rates for each of these categories of loans, adjusted for qualitative factors.

These qualitative risk factors include:

 

    Lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices;

 

    National, regional, and local economic and business conditions as well as the condition of various market segments, including the value of underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans;

 

    Nature and volume of the portfolio and terms of loans;

 

    Volume and severity of past due, classified and nonaccrual loans as well as and other loan modifications;

 

    Existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

 

    Effect of external factors, such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements.

Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluation. In addition, the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses. These agencies may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. A large loss could deplete the allowance and require increased provisions to replenish the allowance, which would adversely affect earnings.

 

49


Table of Contents

See Note 1 of the notes to the financial statements of Huntingdon Valley Bank included in this prospectus.

Deferred Tax Assets. We make estimates and judgments to calculate some of our tax liabilities and determine the recoverability of some of our deferred tax assets, which arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expenses. We also estimate a reserve for deferred tax assets if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. These estimates and judgments are inherently subjective. Historically, our estimates and judgments to calculate our deferred tax accounts have not required significant revision.

In evaluating our ability to recover deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our past operating results and our forecast of future taxable income. In determining future taxable income, we make assumptions for the amount of taxable income, the reversal of temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies, these assumptions require us to make judgments about future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage our business. Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require us to record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. An increase in the valuation allowance would result in additional income tax expense in the period and could have a significant impact on our future earnings.

Realization of a deferred tax asset requires us to exercise significant judgment and is inherently uncertain because it requires the prediction of future occurrences. Valuation allowances are provided to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we must estimate our taxable income in future years and the impact of tax planning strategies. If we were to determine that we would not be able to realize a portion of our net deferred tax asset in the future for which there is no valuation allowance, an adjustment to the net deferred tax asset would be charged to earnings in the period such determination was made. Conversely, if we were to make a determination that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets for which we had established a valuation allowance would be realized, the related valuation allowance would be reduced and a benefit to earnings would be recorded.

See Note 1 of the notes to the financial statements of Huntingdon Valley Bank included in this prospectus.

Investment Securities. Securities are evaluated on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when market conditions warrant such an evaluation, to determine whether declines in their value are other-than-temporary. To determine whether a loss in value is other-than-temporary, management utilizes criteria such as reasons underlying the decline, the magnitude and duration of the decline and whether or not management intends to sell or expects that it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security prior to an anticipated recovery of fair value. The term “other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value for a debt security is determined to be other-than-temporary, the other-than-temporary impairment is separated into (a) the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to a decrease in cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security (the credit losses) and (b) the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss).

 

50


Table of Contents

Real Estate Owned. Assets acquired through foreclosure consist of other real estate owned and financial assets acquired from debtors. Other real estate owned is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs. The fair value of other real estate owned is determined using current market appraisals obtained from approved independent appraisers, agreements of sale, and comparable market analyses from real estate brokers, where applicable. Changes in the fair value of assets acquired through foreclosure at future reporting dates or at the time of disposition will result in an adjustment to real estate owned and expense or sale of real estate owned, or net gain (loss) on sale of assets acquired through foreclosure, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements . Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A more detailed description of the fair values measured at each level of the fair value hierarchy and our methodology can be found in Note 12 of the financial statements of Huntingdon Valley Bank included in this prospectus.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . We use derivative instruments as part of our overall strategy to manage our exposure to market risks primarily associated with fluctuations in interest rates. As a matter of policy, we do not use derivatives for special purposes. All of our derivative instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are included in the statements of financial condition as mortgage banking derivatives. The fair value of our derivative instruments, other than Interest Rate Lock Commitments (“IRLC”), that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis is determined by utilizing quoted prices from dealers in such securities or third-party models utilizing observable market inputs. The changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are included in non-interest income in the statements of income.

To be announced securities (“TBAs”) are “forward delivery” securities considered derivative instruments under derivatives and hedging accounting guidance, (FASB ASC 815). We utilize TBAs to protect against the price risk inherent in derivative loan commitments. TBAs are valued based on forward dealer marks from our approved counterparties. We utilize a third-party market pricing service, which compiles current prices for instruments from market sources and those prices represent the current executable price. TBAs are recorded at fair value on the statements of financial condition in other assets and other liabilities with changes in fair value recorded in non-interest income in the statements of income.

Mortgage loan commitments known as interest rate locks that relate to the origination of a mortgage that will be held for sale upon funding are considered derivative instruments under the derivatives and hedging accounting guidance FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging . Loan commitments that are derivatives are recognized at fair value on the statements of financial condition as mortgage banking derivatives and as other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded as a gain in hedging instruments in non-interest income in the statements of income. Outstanding IRLCs are subject to interest rate risk and related price risk during the period from the date of issuance through the date of loan funding, cancellation or expiration. Loan commitments generally range between 30 and 90 days; however, the borrower is not obligated to obtain the loan. We are subject to fallout risk related to IRLCs, which is realized if approved borrowers choose not to close on the loans within the terms of the IRLCs. We have used best efforts commitments to substantially reduce these risks. See Note 9 Derivatives and Risk Management Activities in the financial statements of this prospectus.

 

51


Table of Contents

Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015

Total Assets. Total assets increased $14.5 million, or 8.7%, to $181.8 million at June 30, 2016 from $167.3 million at June 30, 2015. The increase was primarily the result of increases of $10.1 million in net loans and $8.4 million in loans held for sale, partially offset by a decrease of $3.7 million in investment securities.

Investment Securities. Investment securities decreased by $3.7 million, or 8.7%, to $39.1 million at June 30, 2016 from $42.8 million at June 30, 2015. The decrease was primarily due to maturities, calls, sales and principal repayments of $18.0 million, partially offset by purchases of $13.9 million in new securities. At June 30, 2016, our held-to-maturity portion of the securities portfolio, at amortized cost, was $5.8 million, and our available-for-sale portion of the securities portfolio, at fair value, was $33.3 million.

Net Loans. Net loans increased $10.1 million, or 12.2%, to $93.5 million at June 30, 2016 from $83.3 million at June 30, 2015. One- to four-family residential real estate loans increased $8.6 million, or 13.5%, to $72.0 million at June 30, 2016 from $63.4 million at June 30, 2015 as a result of our continued strategic emphasis on growing our adjustable-rate jumbo one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio. Construction loans increased $2.8 million to $3.2 million at June 30, 2016 from $365,000 at June 30, 2015 due primarily to one new residential construction loan totaling $1.8 million at June 30, 2016. Commercial real estate loans decreased $1.1 million, or 8.2%, to $11.6 million at June 30, 2016 from $12.7 million at June 30, 2015 as a result of strong competition in our market area in the current low interest rate environment.

Loans Held For Sale. Loans held for sale increased $8.4 million, or 51.7%, to $24.7 million at June 30, 2016 from $16.3 million at June 30, 2015, primarily due to an increased pipeline of one- to four-family residential real estate loan originations, all of which were conforming loans.

Cash and cash equivalents . Cash and cash equivalents decreased slightly to $15.4 million at June 30, 2016 from $15.6 million at June 30, 2015, as we maintained a strong liquidity position in anticipation of funding future loan commitments.

Deposits. Deposits decreased $1.1 million, or 0.8%, to $141.8 million at June 30, 2016 from $142.9 million at June 30, 2015. Our core deposits (consisting of NOW, money market, pass book and statement and checking accounts) increased $3.1 million, or 3.1%, to $104.3 million at June 30, 2016 from $101.2 million at June 30, 2015 as a result of a $3.1 million increase in municipal deposits. Certificates of deposit decreased $4.2 million, or 10.1%, to $37.5 million at June 30, 2016 from $41.7 million at June 30, 2015. The decrease in certificates of deposit resulted primarily from a $2.5 million reduction in deposits held by credit unions and banks through deposit listing services.

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank increased $13.0 million, or 185.7%, to $20.0 million at June 30, 2016 from $7.0 million at June 30, 2015 primarily to fund our loan growth and mortgage operations.

Total Equity. Total equity increased $1.5 million, or 13.2%, to $13.0 million at June 30, 2016 from $11.5 million at June 30, 2015. This increase resulted from an increase in net income of $1.0 million and a decrease of accumulated other comprehensive loss of $489,000 for the year ended June 30, 2016.

 

52


Table of Contents

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015

General. Net income increased $398,000, or 63.4%, to $1.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $628,000 for the year ended June 30, 2015. The increase in net income was primarily due to an increase in non-interest income of $449,000 primarily from mortgage operations and an increase in net interest income of $284,000.

Interest Income. Total interest income increased $245,000, or 4.8%, to $5.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $5.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. The increase was primarily the result of a $265,000 increase in interest and fees on loans, partially offset by a $78,000 decrease in interest on mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. The average yield on our interest-earning assets increased 19 basis points to 3.37% for the year ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the year ended June 30, 2015 as a result of the change in the mix of our average assets to higher yielding loans. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in the average balance of our interest-earning assets which decreased by $1.9 million to $157.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the prior year.

Interest and fees on loans increased $265,000, or 6.3%, to $4.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $4.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. This increase resulted from a $7.7 million increase in the average balance of loans to $100.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $92.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2015, due to our focus on increasing our portfolio of adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential mortgages. However, the increase in interest and fees on loans was partially offset by an 8 basis points decrease in the average yield on loans to 4.44% for the year ended June 30, 2016 from 4.52% for the year ended June 30, 2015, due to pay-offs of higher-yielding existing loans during the current low interest rate environment and lower yields earned on new loan originations.

Interest and dividends on investments, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations decreased $56,000, or 7.0%, to $743,000 for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $799,000 for the year ended June 30, 2015. This decrease was primarily due to a $78,000 decrease in interest on mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations for the year ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the prior year. The average yield on investment securities decreased 11 basis points to 1.77% for the year ended June 30, 2016 from 1.88% for the year ended June 30, 2015, due to the current low interest rates on shorter-term securities in our portfolio, which generally bear interest at lower rates than longer-term securities. Partially offsetting the decrease in the average yield on investment securities was a $466,000 increase in the average balance of investment securities to $40.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $40.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2015.

Interest on interest-earning deposits increased $36,000, or 46.8%, to $113,000 for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $77,000 for the year ended June 30, 2015 due to an increase in the average yield on interest-earning deposits of 40 basis points to 0.70% for the year ended June 30, 2016 from 0.30% for the year ended June 30, 2015. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in the average balance of interest-earning deposits of $9.9 million to $16.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $26.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2015.

Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased $39,000, or 5.0%, to $746,000 for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $785,000 for the year ended June 30, 2015, due to a $72,000 decrease in interest on deposits, partially offset by an increase of $34,000 in interest on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

 

53


Table of Contents

Interest on deposits decreased $72,000, or 10.0%, to $649,000 for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $721,000 for the year ended June 30, 2015 due to decreases in the average balance of deposits and the average cost of deposits. The average balance of interest-bearing deposits decreased by $4.7 million to $133.9 million during the year ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the prior year primarily as a result of a $5.5 million decrease in the average balance of certificates of deposit, which was partially offset by a $2.4 million increase in the average balance of NOW deposit accounts. The change in the mix of deposits was due to the current low interest rate environment and our decision not to compete with other banks that offer higher rates on deposits. The average cost of deposits decreased by 4 basis points to 0.48% for the year ended June 30, 2016 from 0.52% for the year ended June 30, 2015, due primarily to the decrease in the average cost of certificates of deposit. The average cost of certificates of deposit decreased by 3 basis points to 1.10% during the year ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the prior year, reflecting downward repricing in the current low interest rate environment.

Interest on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank increased $34,000, or 56.7%, to $94,000 for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $60,000 for the year ended June 30, 2015 as a result of increases in the average balance and average cost of Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The average balance of Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased by $1.9 million to $8.9 million during the year ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the prior year due to an increase in loan funding requirements. In addition, the average cost of Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased by 20 basis points to 1.06% for the year ended June 30, 2016 from 0.86% for the year ended June 30, 2015, due primarily to increases in advance rates.

Net Interest Income . Net interest income increased $284,000, or 6.6%, to $4.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $4.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 as we increased our interest income and reduced our interest expense. Our interest rate spread increased by 20 basis points to 2.85% for the year ended June 30, 2016 from 2.65% for the year ended June 30, 2015. Our net interest margin increased by 22 basis points to 2.90% for the year ended June 30, 2016 from 2.68% for the year ended June 30, 2015.

Provision for Loan Losses. We establish a provision for loan losses, which is charged to operations, in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level we consider necessary to absorb credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimated at the balance sheet date. In determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, we consider past and current loss experience, evaluations of real estate collateral, current economic conditions, volume and type of lending, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay a loan and the levels of non-performing loans. The amount of the allowance is based on estimates, and actual losses may vary from such estimates as more information becomes available or economic conditions change. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as circumstances change as more information becomes available. The allowance for loan losses is assessed on a quarterly basis and provisions are made for loan losses as required in order to maintain the allowance.

Provision for loan losses decreased by $70,000to $9,000 for the year ended June 30, 2016, from $79,000 for the year ended June 30, 2015. The primary factors that contributed to the decrease in the provision for loan losses were a decrease in our historical loss factors on loans collectively evaluated for impairment and decreases in non-performing loans and net charge-offs. Non-performing loans decreased from $1.7 million at June 30, 2015 to $1.1 million as of June 30, 2016, a decrease of $664,000, or 40.2%. We recorded net charge-offs of $36,000 and $270,000 for the years ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively.

 

54


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Income . Non-interest income increased $449,000, or 9.1%, to $5.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $4.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. The increase was primarily related to an increase of $276,000 in our gain on sale of loans, net and an increase of $269,000 in the gain from hedging instruments. Gain on sale of loans, net increased $276,000, or 7.2%, to $4.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $3.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 primarily as a result of an increase in premiums earned as a result of changing our type of commitments from best efforts delivery to mandatory sales, partially offset by a decrease in loans sold from $159.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 to $157.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. Gain from hedging instruments increased $269,000, or 114.5%, to $504,000 for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $235,000 for the year ended June 30, 2015 due to increased volume associated with hedging, which increased to $133.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $54.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2015.

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $15,000, or 0.2%, to $8.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $8.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. The increase primarily reflected a $754,000 increase in salaries and employee benefits and a $164,000 increase in other expenses, partially offset by an $854,000 decrease in merger and stock conversion costs expense. Salaries and employee benefits increased $754,000, or 19.3%, to $4.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $3.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to increases of $565,000 in salary expense due to additional personnel added to our loan production departments (including underwriting, processing, closing and secondary marketing) in fiscal 2016 as a result of increased lending activity and $164,000 in additional bonus expense. Other expenses increased $164,000, or 16.1%, to $1.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 from $1.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 due to increased marketing expenses. Merger and stock conversion costs were $854,000 for the year ended June 30, 2015 and none for the year ended June 30, 2016 as the expenses were written off for the proposed merger and mutual-to-stock conversion which was terminated in January 2015.

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $525,000 for the year ended June 30, 2016 as compared to income tax expense of $135,000 for the year ended June 30, 2015. The increase in income tax expense was due to the increase in income before income taxes of $788,000 for the year ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the prior year. The effective tax rate was 33.8% for the year ended June 30, 2016 as compared to 17.7% for the year ended June 30, 2015 primarily as a result of applying our remaining state net operating loss carryforwards during fiscal 2015.

 

55


Table of Contents

Average Balances and Yields . The following table sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the years indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments have been made. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense.

 

    For the Years Ended June 30,  
  2016     2015  
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/

Expense
    Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/

Expense
    Yield/
Cost
 

Interest-earning assets:

           

Loans (1)

  $ 100,165      $ 4,446        4.44   $ 92,498      $ 4,181        4.52

Cash and cash equivalents

    16,068        113        0.70     26,033        77        0.30

Investment securities

    40,423        715        1.77     39,957        750        1.88

Restricted investment in bank stock

    676        28        4.14     702        49        6.98
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

    157,332        5,302        3.37     159,190        5,057        3.18
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-interest-earning assets

    8,930            8,206       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 166,262          $ 167,396       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Interest-bearing liabilities:

           

NOW accounts

  $ 30,178        38        0.13   $ 27,7988        35        0.13

Money market deposit accounts

    27,030        68        0.25     28,8866        711        0.25

Passbook and statement savings accounts

    34,441        105        0.30     33,341        97        0.29

Checking accounts

    3,511        12        0.34     4,379        17        0.39

Certificates of deposit

    38,696        426        1.10     44,196        501        1.13
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total deposits

  $ 133,856      $ 649        0.48   $ 138,600      $ 721        0.52
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    8,863        94        1.06     7,000        60        0.86

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    1,998        3        0.15     2,854        4        0.14
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  $ 144,717      $ 746        0.52   $ 148,454      $ 785        0.53
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-interest-bearing liabilities:

           

Checking

    8,336            7,119       

Other

    1,399            515       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

  $ 154,452          $ 156,088       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Equity

    11,810            11,308       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 166,262          $ 167,396       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income

    $ 4,556          $ 4,272     
   

 

 

       

 

 

   

Interest rate spread (2)

        2.85         2.65
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net interest-earning assets (3)

  $ 12,615          $ 10,736       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest margin (4)

        2.90         2.68
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

    108.72         107.23    
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

(1) Includes loans held for sale.
(2) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest-earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by total interest-earning assets.

 

56


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the years indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

     For the Years Ended
June 30, 2016 vs 2015
 
     Increase (Decrease) Due to      Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     Volume      Rate     
     (In thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

        

Loans

   $ 339       $ (74    $ 265   

Cash and cash equivalents

     (14      50         36   

Investment securities

     9         (44      (35

Restricted investment in bank stock

     (2      (19      (21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

   $ 332       $ (87    $ 245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

        

NOW accounts

     3         —           3   

Money market deposit accounts

     (3      —           (3

Passbook and statement savings accounts

     6         2         8   

Checking accounts

     (3      (2      (5

Certificates of deposit

     (61      (14      (75
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

     (58      (14      (72

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     18         16         34   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (1      —           (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   $ (41    $ 2       $ (39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 373       $ (89    $ 284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Management of Market Risk

General . The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. Consequently, our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Our assets, consisting primarily of mortgage loans, have longer maturities than our liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits. As a result, a principal part of our business strategy is to manage the impact of changes in market interest rates on net interest income and capital. We have an Asset/Liability and Investment Committee that is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the board of trustees. The Committee establishes and monitors the volume, maturities, pricing and mix of assets and funding sources with the objective of managing assets and funding sources to provide results that are consistent with liquidity, growth, risk limits and profitability goals.

As part of our ongoing asset-liability management, we intend to use the following strategies to manage our interest rate risk:

 

57


Table of Contents
  (i) invest in jumbo adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans which typically reprice in five or seven years;

 

  (ii) emphasize the marketing of our NOW, passbook, money market and checking accounts;

 

  (iii) sell our newly originated long-term, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans;

 

  (iv) increase our portfolio of commercial real estate loans which have higher yields and shorter terms than residential real estate loans; and

 

  (v) maintain a strong capital position.

We look at two types of simulations impacted by changes in interest rates, which are (1) net interest income and (2) changes in the economic value of equity.

Net Interest Income Analysis. We analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through our net interest income simulation model, the results of which are provided to us by an independent third party. Additionally, this model is validated by another third party on an annual basis. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We estimate what our net interest income would be for a one-year period based on current interest rates. We then calculate what the net interest income would be for the same period under different interest rate assumptions. The following table shows the estimated impact on net interest income for the one-year period beginning June 30, 2016 resulting from potential changes in interest rates, expressed in basis points. These estimates require certain assumptions to be made, including loan and mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, and deposit maturities and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain. As a result, no simulation model can precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income.

Although the net interest income table below provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such estimates are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.

 

Rate Shift (1)

  

Net Interest

Income

Year 1 Forecast

  

Year 1 Change

from Level

            (Dollars in thousands)

+400

   $5,840    17%

+300

   5,633    13%

+200

   5,421    8%

+100

   5,224    5%

0

   4,998   

-100

   4,757    -5%

 

(1) Expressed in basis points.

 

58


Table of Contents

The table above indicates that at June 30, 2016, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience an 8% increase in net interest income. In the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 5% decrease in net interest income.

Economic Value of Equity Analysis. We analyze the sensitivity of our financial condition to changes in interest rates through our economic value of equity model. This analysis measures the difference between predicted changes in the fair value of our assets and predicted changes in the present value of our liabilities assuming various changes in current interest rates. The table below represents an analysis of our interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in our economic value of equity, resulting from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in the yield curve (+100, +200, +300 and +400 basis points and -100 basis points) at June 30, 2016.

 

Change in

Interest Rates

(basis points) (1)

   Estimated
EVE (2)
   Estimated Increase
(Decrease) in EVE
   EVE as a Percentage of Fair
Value of Assets (3)
         EVE
Ratio (4)
   Increase
(Decrease)
(basis points)
      Amount    Percent      
(Dollars in thousands)

+400

   $13,635    $(4,613)    (25.28)%    7.51%    (216)

+300

   14,726    (3,522)    (19.30)%    8.04%    (163)

+200

   16,061    (2,187)    (11.99)%    8.67%    (100)

+100

   17,394    (854)    (4.68)%    9.29%    (38)

—  

   18,248    —      —      9.67%    —  

-100

   17,090    (1,159)    (6.35)%    9.08%    (59)

 

(1) Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
(2) EVE is the fair value of expected cash flows from assets, less the fair value of the expected cash flows arising from our liabilities adjusted for the value of off-balance sheet contracts.
(3) Fair value of assets represents the amount at which an asset could be exchanged between knowledgeable and willing parties in an arms-length transaction.
(4) EVE Ratio represents EVE divided by the fair value of assets.

The table above indicates that at June 30, 2016, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 6.35% decrease in our economic value of equity. In the event of a 200 basis points increase in interest rates, we would experience a decrease of 11.99% in economic value of equity.

The preceding income simulation analysis does not represent a forecast of actual results and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions, which are subject to change, including: the nature and timing of interest rate levels including the yield curve shape, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment/replacement of asset and liability cash flows, and others. Also, as market conditions vary, prepayment/refinancing levels, the varying impact of interest rate changes on caps and floors embedded in adjustable-rate loans, early withdrawal of deposits, changes in product preferences, and other internal/external variables will likely deviate from those assumed.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity Management . Liquidity describes our ability to meet the financial obligations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Liquidity is primarily needed to meet the borrowing and deposit withdrawal requirements of our customers and to fund current and planned expenditures. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and securities, and proceeds from sales, maturities and calls of securities. We also have the ability to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. Huntingdon Valley Bank had Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh advances of

 

59


Table of Contents

$20.0 million outstanding with unused borrowing capacity of $48.0 million as of June 30, 2016. Additionally, at June 30, 2016, we had the ability to borrow $3.0 million from the Atlantic Community Bankers Bank and we maintained a line of credit equal to 95% of the fair value of collateral held by the Federal Reserve Bank, which was $4.3 million at June 30, 2016. We have not borrowed against the credit lines with the Atlantic Community Bankers Bank and the Federal Reserve Bank for the year ended June 30, 2016.

The board of trustees is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawals of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies. We believe that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short and long-term liquidity needs as of June 30, 2016.

We monitor and adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of: (1) expected loan demand; (2) expected deposit flows; (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities; and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest-earning deposits and short-and intermediate-term securities.

While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, which include federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in other banks. The levels of these assets are dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At June 30, 2016, cash and cash equivalents totaled $15.4 million. Securities classified as available-for-sale, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $33.3 million at June 30, 2016.

Our cash flows are comprised of three primary classifications: cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities. Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities was $(6.2) million and $1.9 million for the years ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively. Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities, which consists primarily of disbursements for loans originations and the purchase of securities, offset by principal collections on loans and proceeds from maturing securities, was $(6.6) million and $(2.0) million for the years ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively. During the years ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, we sold $11.7 million and $6.8 million, respectively, in securities available-for-sale. Net cash provided by financing activities, consisting primarily of the proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, was $12.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 while net cash provided by financing activities was $381,000 for the year ended June 30, 2015.

We are committed to maintaining a strong liquidity position. We monitor our liquidity position on a daily basis. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds to meet our current funding commitments. Certificates of deposit due within one year of June 30, 2016, totaled $9.3 million, or 6.5%, of total deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including other deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or borrowings than we currently pay. We believe, however, based on past experience that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.

Capital Management. Huntingdon Valley Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At June 30, 2016, Huntingdon Valley Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See “Regulation and Supervision—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements” and Note 8 of the Notes to the Financial Statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. At June 30, 2016, we had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $28.0 million, unused lines of credit totaling $7.3 million and no stand-by letters of credit outstanding. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds available to meet our current lending commitments. Certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature in less than one year from June 30, 2016 totaled $9.3 million. Management expects that a substantial portion of the maturing certificates of deposit will be renewed. However, if a substantial portion of these deposits is not retained, we may utilize Federal Home Loan Bank advances or raise interest rates on deposits to attract new accounts, which may result in higher levels of interest expense.

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include data processing services, operating leases for equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds and deposit liabilities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Please refer to Note 1 to the Financial Statements for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 beginning on page F-1 for a description of recent accounting pronouncements that may affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than does inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

BUSINESS OF HV BANCORP, INC.

HV Bancorp, Inc. is incorporated in the State of Pennsylvania, and has not engaged in any business to date. Upon completion of the conversion, HV Bancorp will own all of the issued and outstanding stock of Huntingdon Valley Bank. We intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Huntingdon Valley Bank. HV Bancorp will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering and use a portion of the retained net proceeds to make a loan to the employee stock ownership plan. At a later date, we may use the net proceeds to pay dividends to stockholders and repurchase shares of common stock, subject to our planned growth, capital needs and regulatory limitations. We will invest our initial capital as discussed in “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

61


Table of Contents

After the conversion and the offering are complete, HV Bancorp, as the holding company of Huntingdon Valley Bank, will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations, which may include the acquisition of banking and financial services companies. See “Regulation and Supervision—Holding Company Regulation” for a discussion of the activities that are permitted for bank holding companies. We currently have no understandings or agreements to acquire other financial institutions although we may determine to do so in the future. We may also borrow funds for reinvestment in Huntingdon Valley Bank.

Following the offering, our cash flow will depend on earnings from the investment of the net proceeds from the offering that we retain, and any dividends we receive from Huntingdon Valley Bank. Huntingdon Valley Bank is subject to regulatory limitations on the amount of dividends that it may pay. See “Regulation and Supervision—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.” Initially, HV Bancorp, Inc. will neither own nor lease any property, but will instead pay a fee to Huntingdon Valley Bank for the use of its premises, equipment and furniture. At the present time, we intend to employ only persons who are officers of Huntingdon Valley Bank to serve as officers of HV Bancorp, Inc. We will, however, use the support staff of Huntingdon Valley Bank from time to time. We will pay a fee to Huntingdon Valley Bank for the time devoted to HV Bancorp by employees of Huntingdon Valley Bank; however, these persons will not be separately compensated by HV Bancorp. HV Bancorp may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.

BUSINESS OF HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK

General

Huntingdon Valley Bank is a mutual savings bank organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. We have offices in Montgomery, Bucks and Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania. We are a community-oriented bank offering a variety of financial products and services to meet the needs of our customers. We believe that our community orientation and personalized service distinguishes us from larger banks that operate in our market area.

Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public in our market area and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, primarily in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans (including multi-family loans), home equity loans and home equity lines of credit and, to a lesser extent, construction loans. We retain our loans in portfolio depending on market conditions, but we primarily sell our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. We also invest in various investment securities. Our revenue is derived principally from interest on loans and investments and loan sales. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and principal and interest payments on loans and securities.

Huntingdon Valley Bank was founded in 1871 as a building and loan association. In 1951, the association converted to a federal thrift charter, changed its name to “Huntingdon Valley Federal Savings & Loan Association” and became federally insured. In January 2000, we changed our corporate name to “Huntingdon Valley Bank.” On July 1, 2003, Huntingdon Valley Bank converted from a federally chartered mutual savings bank to a Pennsylvania chartered mutual savings bank.

At June 30, 2016, we had total assets of $181.8 million, total deposits of $141.8 million and total equity of $13.0 million.

 

62


Table of Contents

Our website address is www.huntingdonvalleybank.com. Information on this website should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

Market Area

We are headquartered in Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania, which is located in the northeast suburban area of metropolitan Philadelphia. We primarily serve communities located in Montgomery, Bucks and Philadelphia Counties in Pennsylvania from our executive office, four full service bank offices, one limited service office, a loan origination office and a loan production office.

Our markets are demographically attractive, close to the business and financial district of Center City Philadelphia, and within commuting distance of Northern New Jersey and New York City. Based on the United States Census, Philadelphia, Montgomery and Bucks Counties comprise the 1st, 3rd and 4th largest counties in Pennsylvania, respectively, in terms of population. In terms of median household income and median disposable income, Montgomery and Bucks Counties rank 2nd and 3rd in Pennsylvania in each category, based on the United States Census. The median value of owner occupied homes in Bucks County is nearly double the statewide median value, and home values in Bucks and Montgomery Counties rank 2nd and 3rd respectively of all the counties in Pennsylvania, based on the United States Census.

In 2014, the Philadelphia metropolitan area was the eighth largest total gross metropolitan product in the United States. The economy of our market area is heavily based on education, life sciences and social services. The city of Philadelphia is home to many Fortune 500 companies, including cable television and internet provider Comcast; insurance company Lincoln Financial Group; energy company UGI; food services company Aramark; paper and packaging company Crown Holdings Incorporated; diversified producer Rohm and Haas Company; and hospital management company Universal Health Services. The city is also home to many universities and colleges.

Competition

We face significant competition within our market both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market area has a high concentration of financial institutions, including large money center and regional banks, community banks and credit unions. Banks owned by large bank holding companies such as PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., Wells Fargo & Company, TD Bank, Santander and Citizens Financial Group, Inc. also operate in our market area. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we currently do not offer, such as trust services and private banking. Our competition for loans and deposits comes principally from commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from short-term money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies.

As of June 30, 2015 (the latest date for which information is available), our deposit market share was less than 1.0% of total deposits in each of Philadelphia County, Montgomery County and Bucks County, Pennsylvania.

Lending Activities

General. Our principal lending activity is the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, and, to a lesser extent, commercial business loans, construction loans and consumer loans. Our primary business has been the origination and sale of one- to four-family residential real estate loans, most of which have been fixed-rate loans. We currently sell in the secondary market most of the fixed-rate conforming one- to

 

63


Table of Contents

four-family residential real estate loans that we originate, generally on a servicing-released, limited or no recourse basis, while retaining adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans, primarily jumbo loans, in order to manage the duration and time to repricing of our loan portfolio. Following the completion of the conversion, we intend to increase our emphasis on commercial real estate lending, in an effort to diversify our overall loan portfolio and increase the overall yield earned on our loans.

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, by type of loan at the dates indicated, excluding loans held for sale.

 

     At June 30,     At June 30,  
     2016     2015  
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Residential:

          

One- to four-family

   $ 71,980         76.75   $ 63,425         75.70

Home equity & HELOCs

     6,448         6.87     6,662         7.95

Commercial real estate

     11,620         12.39     12,662         15.11

Commercial business

     558         0.59     634         0.76

Construction

     3,179         3.39     365         0.44

Consumer

     10         0.01     31         0.04
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     93,795         100.00     83,779         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred loan origination costs

     142           54      

Loans in process

     —             —        

Allowance for loan losses

     (487        (514   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total loans receivable, net

   $ 93,450         $ 83,319      
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Loan Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at June 30, 2016. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in the year ending June 30, 2017. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment date and do not reflect the impact of prepayments and scheduled principal amortization.

 

     One- to
Four-Family
Real Estate
Loans
     Home
Equity &
HELOCs
     Commercial
Real Estate
Loans
     Commercial
Business
Loans
     Construction
Loans
     Consumer
Loans
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Due During the Years Ending June 30,

                                                

2017

   $ 71       $ 328       $ 210       $ 558       $ 2,975       $ 10       $ 4,152   

2018

     350         58         2,042         —           —           —           2,450   

2019

     146         78         1,397         —           —           —           1,621   

2020 to 2021

     74         556         1,347         —           204         —           2,181   

2022 to 2026

     1,467         363         2,596         —           —           —           4,426   

2027 to 2031

     4,925         891         487         —           —           —           6,303   

2032 and beyond

     64,947         4,174         3,541         —           —           —           72,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 71,980       $ 6,448       $ 11,620       $ 558       $ 3,179       $ 10       $ 93,795   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our fixed and adjustable-rate loans at June 30, 2016 that are contractually due after June 30, 2017.

 

     Due After June 30, 2017  
     Fixed      Adjustable      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Residential:

        

One- to four-family

   $ 49,335       $ 22,574       $ 71,909   

Home equity & HELOCs

     6,120         —           6,120   

Commercial real estate

     10,671         739         11,410   

Commercial business

     —           —           —     

Construction

     204         —           204   

Consumer

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 66,330       $ 23,313       $ 89,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending . At June 30, 2016, we had $72.0 million of loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate, representing 76.8% of our total loan portfolio. In addition, at June 30, 2016, we had $24.7 million of residential mortgages held for sale. We primarily originate fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans, but depending on market conditions and borrower preferences, we also offer adjustable-rate loans. At June 30, 2016, 68.6% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans were fixed-rate loans, and 31.4% of such loans were adjustable-rate loans.

Our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans typically have terms of 10 to 30 years and are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac guidelines when the loan balance meets such guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.” We generally originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits, which as of June 30, 2016 was generally $417,000 for single-family homes in our market area. We typically sell most of our fixed-rate conforming loans on a servicing-released basis. We also originate loans above the lending limit for conforming loans, which are referred to as “jumbo loans,” that we retain in our portfolio. Jumbo loans that we originate typically have 15 to 30 year terms and maximum loan-to-value ratios of 80%. At June 30, 2016, we had $38.6 million in jumbo loans, which represented 53.7% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Our average loan size for jumbo loans was $543,000 at June 30, 2016. We also offer FHA, USDA and VA loans, all of which we originate for sale on a servicing-released, non-recourse basis in accordance with FHA, USDA and VA guidelines. Virtually all of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans are secured by properties located in our market area.

We generally limit the loan-to-value ratios of our mortgage loans without private mortgage insurance to 80% of the sales price or appraised value, whichever is lower. Loans where the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance may be made with loan-to-value ratios up to 90%.

Our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans carry terms to maturity ranging from 10 to 30 years and generally have fixed rates for initial terms of five or seven years, and adjust annually thereafter at a margin, which in recent years has been tied to a margin above the LIBOR rate. The maximum amount by which the interest rate may be increased or decreased is generally 5% for the first adjustment period and 2% per adjustment period thereafter, with a lifetime interest rate cap of generally 5% over the initial interest rate of the loan. We typically hold in portfolio our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

Although adjustable-rate mortgage loans may reduce to an extent our vulnerability to changes in market interest rates because they periodically re-price, as interest rates increase the required payments due from the borrower also increase (subject to rate caps), increasing the potential for default by the

 

65


Table of Contents

borrower. At the same time, the ability of the borrower to repay the loan and the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. Upward adjustments of the contractual interest rate are also limited by our maximum periodic and lifetime rate adjustments. Moreover, the interest rates on most of our adjustable-rate loans do not adjust for up to seven years after origination. As a result, the effectiveness of adjustable-rate mortgage loans in compensating for changes in market interest rates generally may be limited.

We offer on a limited basis one- to four-family residential real estate loans secured by non-owner occupied properties. Generally, we require personal guarantees from the borrowers on these properties, and we will not make loans in excess of 85% loan to value on non-owner-occupied properties.

We have not offered but may offer “interest only” mortgage loans on permanent one- to four-family residential real estate loans (where the borrower pays interest for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan). We also have not offered and will not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on the loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We have not had a “subprime lending” program for one- to four-family residential real estate loans ( i.e. , loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios), or “Alt-A” loans (i.e., loans that generally target borrowers with better credit scores who borrow with alternative documentation such as little or no verification of income).

We generally require title insurance on all of our one- to four-family residential real estate mortgage loans, and we also require that borrowers maintain fire and extended coverage casualty insurance (and, if appropriate, flood insurance) in an amount at least equal to the lesser of the loan balance or the replacement cost of the improvements. Substantially all of our residential real estate mortgage loans have a mortgage escrow account from which disbursements are made for real estate taxes and flood insurance. We do not conduct environmental testing on residential real estate mortgage loans unless specific concerns for hazards are identified by the appraiser used in connection with the origination of the loan. If we identify an environmental problem on land that will secure a loan, the environmental hazard must be remediated before the closing of the loan.

When underwriting residential real estate loans, we review and verify each loan applicant’s employment, income and credit history and, if applicable, our experience with the borrower. Our policy is to obtain credit reports and financial statements on all borrowers and guarantors, and to verify references. Properties securing real estate loans are appraised by board-approved independent appraisers. Appraisals are subsequently reviewed by our loan underwriting department.

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. We also offer home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, both of which are secured by either first mortgages or second mortgages on owner occupied one- to four-family residences. At June 30, 2016, outstanding home equity loans and equity lines of credit totaled $6.4 million, or 6.9% of total loans outstanding. At June 30, 2016, the unadvanced portion of home equity lines of credit totaled $7.3 million. At June 30, 2016, $2.4 million of our home equity loans and lines of credit were in a junior lien position.

The underwriting standards utilized for home equity loans and home equity lines of credit include a title review, the recordation of a lien, a determination of the applicant’s ability to satisfy existing debt obligations and payments on the proposed loan, and the value of the collateral securing the loan. The loan-to-value ratio for our home equity loans and our lines of credit is generally limited to 80% when combined with the first security lien, if applicable. Home equity loans are offered with fixed rates of interest and with terms up to 20 years. Our home equity lines of credit generally have 30-year terms and adjustable rates of interest, subject to a contractual floor, which are indexed to the prime rate.

 

66


Table of Contents

Commercial Real Estate Lending . We also offer commercial real estate loans, including a limited amount of multi-family loans. At June 30, 2016, we had $11.6 million in commercial real estate loans, representing 12.4% of our total loan portfolio.

Our commercial real estate loans generally have initial terms of five years and amortization terms of 20 to 25 years, with a balloon payment due at the end of the initial term. The maximum loan-to-value ratio of our commercial real estate loans is generally 75%. Our commercial real estate loans are typically secured by medical, retail, industrial, warehouse, service, or other commercial properties. We originate a limited number of multi-family loans generally secured by apartment buildings. At June 30, 2016, the average loan balance of our outstanding commercial real estate loans was $497,000, and the largest of such loans was a $1.3 million loan secured by a medical office in our market area. This loan was performing in accordance with its terms at June 30, 2016.

We consider a number of factors in originating commercial real estate loans. We evaluate the qualifications and financial condition of the borrower, including project-level and global cash flows, credit history, and management expertise, as well as the value and condition of the property securing the loan. When evaluating the qualifications of the borrower, we consider the financial resources of the borrower, the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar property and the borrower’s payment history with us and other financial institutions. In evaluating the property securing the loan, the factors we consider include the net operating income of the mortgaged property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value of the mortgaged property and the debt service coverage ratio (the ratio of net operating income to debt service). We generally require a debt service ratio of at least 1.20x. All commercial real estate loans are appraised by outside independent appraisers approved by the board of trustees.

Personal guarantees are generally obtained from the principals of commercial real estate loan borrowers, although this requirement may be waived in limited circumstances depending upon the loan-to-value ratio and the debt service ratio associated with the loan. We require property, casualty and title insurance and flood insurance if the property is in a flood zone area.

Following the conversion, we intend to partner with another local financial institution whereby we will sell them a participation interest in our commercial real estate loan originations in order to reduce our credit risk and control our costs as we grow our portfolio.

Commercial real estate loans entail greater credit risks compared to one- to four-family residential real estate loans because they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property, as repayment of the loan generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service. Changes in economic conditions that are not in the control of the borrower or lender could affect the value of the collateral for the loan or the future cash flow of the property. Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced for commercial and multi-family real estate than residential properties.

Commercial Business Lending . At June 30, 2016, we had $558,000 of commercial business loans, representing 0.6% of our total loan portfolio. We offer regular lines of credit and revolving lines of credit with terms of up to 12 months to small businesses in our market area to finance short-term working capital needs such as accounts receivable and inventory. Our commercial lines of credit are typically adjustable-rate generally based on the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal, plus a margin. We generally obtain personal guarantees with respect to all commercial business lines of credit.

 

67


Table of Contents

We typically originate commercial business loans on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business, the experience and stability of the borrower’s management team, earnings projections and the underlying assumptions, and the value and marketability of any collateral securing the loan. Commercial business loans are generally secured by a variety of collateral, primarily accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself and the general economic environment in our market area. Therefore, commercial business loans that we originate have greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans or, generally, consumer loans. In addition, commercial business loans often result in larger outstanding balances to single borrowers, or related groups of borrowers, and also generally require substantially greater evaluation and oversight efforts.

Construction Lending . We originate construction loans for the purchase of developed lots and for the construction of single-family residences. Construction loans to individuals are made on the same general terms as our one- to four-family mortgage loans, but provide for the payment of interest only during the construction phase, which is usually six months. At the end of the construction phase, the loan converts to a permanent mortgage loan. Prior to making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent appraiser. We also review and inspect each project prior to disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan. Loan proceeds are disbursed after inspection of the project based on percentage of completion. At June 30, 2016, we had $3.2 million of construction loans, representing 3.4% of our total loan portfolio. At June 30, 2016, our largest construction loan was a $1.8 million loan secured by residential real estate. This loan was performing in accordance with its original terms at June 30, 2016.

The maximum loan-to-value of these loans is 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or the purchase price of the property, and all these loans include personal guarantees.

Construction financing generally involves greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction cost proves to be inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Moreover, if the estimated value of the completed project proves to be inaccurate, the borrower may hold a property with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment. Construction loans also expose us to the risks that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs and that repayment will depend on the successful operation or sale of the properties. In addition, some of these borrowers have more than one outstanding loan, so an adverse development with respect to one loan or credit relationship can expose us to significantly greater risk of non-payment and loss.

Consumer Lending. We offer on a limited basis consumer loans to individuals secured by deposit accounts. At June 30, 2016, our consumer loan portfolio totaled $10,000, or 0.01% of our total loan portfolio.

Loan Originations, Participations, Purchases and Sales

Most of our loan originations are generated by our loan personnel and from referrals from existing customers and real estate brokers. All loans we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures. While we originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans, our ability to generate each

 

68


Table of Contents

type of loan depends upon relative borrower demand and pricing levels established by competing banks, thrifts, credit unions, and mortgage banking companies. Our volume of loan originations is influenced significantly by market interest rates, and, accordingly, the volume of our loan originations can vary from period to period.

Consistent with our interest rate risk strategy, in the low interest rate environment that has existed in recent years, we have sold on a servicing-released basis most of the fixed-rate conforming one- to four-family residential mortgage loans that we have originated. We consider our balance sheet as well as market conditions on an ongoing basis in making decisions as to whether to hold loans we originate for investment or to sell such loans to investors, choosing the strategy that is most advantageous to us from a profitability and risk management standpoint. For the year ended June 30, 2016, we sold $157.8 million of residential one- to four-family real estate loans.

From time to time, we may purchase loan participations secured by properties within and outside of our primary lending market area in which we are not the lead lender. In these circumstances, we follow our customary loan underwriting and approval policies. At June 30, 2016, we had five participation loans for $2.3 million in which we were not the lead lender, of which one multi-family investment property, totaling $100,000, is not performing in accordance with its original terms. We also have participated out portions of loans from time to time that exceeded our loans-to-one borrower legal lending limit and for risk diversification.

We currently have an agreement with a mortgage origination company affiliated with a national home builder to purchase no more than $20.0 million of residential one- to four-family real estate loans, all of which are jumbo adjustable-rate loans. As of June 30, 2016, we have purchased $7.3 million of loans pursuant to this relationship. The homes are located in Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Delaware. These loans are originated pursuant to our underwriting guidelines and subject to our underwriting process when we purchase the loan. We intend to maintain this current relationship and in the future we will look for additional opportunities to expand our purchase of one- to four-family real estate loans from mortgage origination companies.

 

69


Table of Contents

The following table shows our loan originations, sales and repayment activities for the years indicated, including loans held for sale.

 

     For the Year Ended
June 30,
 
     2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Total loans at beginning of year (1)

   $ 100,040       $ 98,189   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loan originations:

     

Residential:

     

One- to four-family

     182,962         171,114   

Home equity & HELOCs

     2,989         298   

Commercial real estate

     1,198         2,399   

Commercial business

     —           —     

Construction

     2,970         460   

Consumer loans

     4         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans originated

     190,123         174,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and loan principal repayments:

     

Principal repayments

     13,914         12,973   

Loan sales

     157,778         159,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loan activity

     18,431         1,851   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans at end of year

   $ 118,471       $ 100,040   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes loans held for sale

Loans to One Borrower. Pursuant to applicable law, the aggregate amount of loans that we are permitted to make to any one borrower or a group of related borrowers is generally limited to 15% of Huntingdon Valley Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus (25% if the amount in excess of 15% is secured by “readily marketable collateral). This 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus was approximately $1.9 million as of June 30, 2016. At June 30, 2016, our largest credit relationship totaled $1.8 million, consisting of a construction loan secured by residential real estate. Our second largest relationship at June 30, 2016 was $1.8 million, consisting of loans secured by residential real estate in our market area. At June 30, 2016, both of these loan relationships were performing in accordance with their current terms.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority . Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by the board of trustees. In the approval process for residential loans, we assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the property securing the loan. To assess the borrower’s ability to repay, we review the borrower’s income and expenses and employment and credit history. In the case of commercial real estate loans, we also review projected income, expenses and the viability of the project being financed. We generally require appraisals of all real property securing loans. Appraisals are performed by independent licensed appraisers who are approved by our board of trustees. All real estate secured loans generally require fire, title and casualty insurance and, if warranted, flood insurance in amounts at least equal to the principal amount of the loan or the maximum amount available. Our loan approval policies and limits are also established by our board of trustees. All loans originated by Huntingdon Valley Bank are subject to our underwriting guidelines.

The following limitations apply to originations of residential real estate loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. An underwriter may approve loans up to $417,000. The Officer Loan Committee must approve “jumbo” loans (currently, loans between $417,000 and $650,000). The Executive Committee of the board of trustees must approve loans in excess of $650,000, up to and including $900,000. The board of trustees must approve loans in excess of $900,000.

 

70


Table of Contents

For commercial real estate loans, a minimum of two signatures is required on all loans not approved by the Officer Loan Committee or the board of trustees. Dual signature signing authority is limited to commercial real estate loans up to and including $250,000. Officer Loan Committee approval is required for all loans in excess of $250,000, up to and including $750,000. Board of trustees approval is required for all loans in excess of $750,000, up to and including our legal lending limit of $1.9 million.

Delinquencies, Non-Performing Assets and Classified Assets

Delinquency Procedures. When a loan is 15 days past due, we send the borrower a late notice. We generally also contact the borrower by phone if the delinquency is not corrected promptly after the notice has been sent. When the loan is 30 days past due, we mail the borrower a letter reminding the borrower of the delinquency, and attempt to contact the borrower personally to determine the reason for the delinquency in order to ensure that the borrower understands the terms of the loan and the importance of making payments on or before the due date. If necessary, subsequent delinquency notices are issued and the account will be monitored on a regular basis thereafter. By the 90th day of delinquency, we will send the borrower a final demand for payment and may recommend foreclosure. Loans are charged off when we believe that the recovery of principal is improbable. A summary report of all loans 30 days or more past due is provided to the board of trustees each month.

Delinquent Loans . The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies, including non-accrual loans, by type and amount at the dates indicated.

 

     Loans Delinquent For      Total  
     60-89 Days      90 Days and Over     
     Number      Amount      Number      Amount      Number      Amount  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

At June 30, 2016

                 

Residential:

                 

One- to four-family

     3       $ 317         5       $ 659         8       $ 976   

Home equity & HELOCs

     1         79         2         227         3         306   

Commercial real estate

     —           —           1         100         1         100   

Commercial business

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4       $ 396         8       $ 986         12       $ 1,382   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2015

                 

Residential:

                 

One- to four-family

     2       $ 156         12       $ 1,277         14       $ 1,433   

Home equity & HELOCs

     —           —           2         147         2         147   

Commercial real estate

     —           —           2         226         2         226   

Commercial business

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2       $ 156         16       $ 1,650         18       $ 1,806   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

Non-Performing Loans. Loans are automatically placed on non-accrual status when payment of principal or interest is more than 90 days delinquent. Loans are also placed on non-accrual status if collection of principal or interest in full is in doubt or if the loan has been restructured. Loans are classified as restructured when certain modifications are made to the loan terms and concessions are granted to the borrowers due to financial difficulty experienced by those borrowers. At June 30, 2016, we had no non-accruing troubled debt restructurings. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is fully reversed, and further income is recognized only to the extent received. The loan may be returned to accrual status if unpaid principal and interest are repaid so that the loan is less than 90 days delinquent. Non-performing loans decreased to $1.1 million, or 1.22% of total loans, at June 30, 2016 from $1.7 million, or 1.97% of total loans, at June 30, 2015. This decrease was due primarily to a $459,000 reduction in non-performing one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Non-performing one- to four-family residential real estate loans totaled $818,000 at June 30, 2016. Non-performing home equity loans and home equity lines of credit totaled $227,000 at June 30, 2016. Non-performing commercial real estate loans totaled $100,000 at June 30, 2016.

Other Real Estate Owned . Other real estate owned includes assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure and are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs at the date of foreclosure establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of the new cost basis or fair value less estimated selling costs. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in operations. We had $115,000 in other real estate owned at June 30, 2016 as compared to $574,000 as of June 30, 2015.

 

72


Table of Contents

Non-Performing Assets. The following table sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated. We had no accruing loans past due 90 days or more at June 30, 2016 or 2015. Additionally, we had no non-accruing troubled debt restructurings at June 30, 2016 or 2015.

 

     At June 30,  
     2016     2015  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

    

Residential:

    

One- to four-family

   $ 818      $ 1,277   

Home equity & HELOCs

     227        147   

Commercial real estate

     100        226   

Commercial business

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,145      $ 1,650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

   $ 1,145      $ 1,650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate owned

     115        574   

Other non-performing assets

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 1,260      $ 2,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Total non-performing loans to total loans

     1.22     1.97

Total non-performing loans to total assets

     0.63     0.99

Total non-performing assets to total assets

     0.69     1.33

Interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended June 30, 2016 had non-accruing loans been current according to their original terms amounted to $46,000. We recognized $68,000 of interest income for these loans for the year ended June 30, 2016.

 

73


Table of Contents

Other Loans of Concern. Other than $1.3 million of loans designated by management as “special mention,” or “substandard” but still performing there were no other loans at June 30, 2016 that are not already disclosed where there is information about possible credit problems of borrowers that caused management to have serious doubts about the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and that may result in disclosure of such loans in the future.

Classified Assets . Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the FDIC to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific allowance for loan losses is not warranted. Assets that do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as “special mention” by our management. At June 30, 2016, we had $598,000 of loans designated as “special mention.”

When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances in an amount deemed prudent by management to cover losses that were both probable and reasonable to estimate. General allowances represent allowances which have been established to cover accrued losses associated with lending activities that were both probable and reasonable to estimate, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the regulatory authorities, which may require the establishment of additional general or specific allowances.

In connection with the filing of our periodic regulatory reports and in accordance with our classification of assets policy, we regularly review the problem loans in our portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. Loans are listed on the “watch list” initially because of emerging financial weaknesses even though the loan is currently performing as agreed. Management reviews the status of each loan on our watch list on a quarterly basis with the full board of trustees. If a loan deteriorates in asset quality, the classification is changed to “special mention,” “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” depending on the circumstances and the evaluation. Generally, loans 90 days or more past due are placed on nonaccrual status and classified “substandard.”

 

74


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our amounts of classified assets and assets designated as special mention as of June 30, 2016 and 2015. The classified assets total at June 30, 2016 includes $1.1 million of non-performing loans.

 

     At June 30,  
     2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Classified assets:

     

Substandard

   $ 1,890       $ 2,809   

Doubtful

     —           —     

Loss

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

Total classified assets

   $ 1,890       $ 2,809   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Special Mention

   $ 598       $ 412   

The decrease in classified assets was due to a $919,000 reduction in substandard assets primarily due to an $833,000 decrease in substandard one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Substandard assets at June 30, 2016 consisted of $1.1 million in non-accrual loans and $745,000 in loans that were performing.

Allowance for Loan Losses

Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Loan Losses . The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses. We maintain the allowance at a level believed, to the best of management’s knowledge, to cover all known and inherent losses in the portfolio that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at each reporting date. Management reviews the allowance for loan losses on no less than a quarterly basis in order to identify those inherent losses and to assess the overall collection probability for the loan portfolio. The evaluation process includes, among other things, an analysis of delinquency trends, non-performing loan trends, the level of charge-offs and recoveries, prior loss experience, total loans outstanding, the volume of loan originations, the type, size and geographic concentration of the loans, the value of collateral securing the loan, the borrower’s ability to repay and repayment performance, the number of loans requiring heightened management oversight, local economic conditions and industry experience. Such risk factors are periodically reviewed by management and revised as deemed appropriate. The establishment of the allowance for loan losses is significantly affected by management’s judgment and uncertainties, and there is likelihood that different amounts would be reported under different conditions or assumptions. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the FDIC, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. These regulators may require us to make additional provisions for estimated loan losses based upon judgments different from those of management.

The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers pools of loans by loan class. These pools of loans are evaluated for loss exposure based upon historical loss rates for each of these categories of loans, adjusted for qualitative factors. These significant factors may include changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in existing general economic and business conditions affecting our primary lending areas, credit quality trends, collateral value, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business cycle and bank regulatory examination results. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.

 

75


Table of Contents

We will continue to monitor and modify our allowance for loan losses as conditions dictate. No assurances can be given that the level of allowance for loan losses will cover all of the inherent losses on the loans or that future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses will not be necessary if economic and other conditions differ substantially from the economic and other conditions used by management to determine the current level of the allowance for loan losses.

Allowance for Loan Losses . The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the years indicated.

 

     At or For the Years
Ended June 30,
 
   2016     2015  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 514      $ 705   

Charge-offs:

    

Residential:

    

One- to four-family

     —          (233

Home equity & HELOCs

     —          —     

Commercial real estate

     (34     (31

Commercial business

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer

     (3     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (37     (271
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

    

Residential:

    

One- to four-family

     —          —     

Home equity & HELOCs

     —          —     

Commercial real estate

     —          —     

Commercial business

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer

     1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (36     (270

Provision for loan losses

     9        79   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 487      $ 514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

     0.04     0.29

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of year

     42.53     31.15

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of year

     0.52     0.61

 

76


Table of Contents

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of the allowance in each category to the total allocated allowance at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

     At June 30,  
     2016     2015  
     Amount      Percent of
Allowance to

Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
    Amount      Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Residential:

              

One- to four-family

   $ 314         64.48     76.74   $ 219         42.61     75.71

Home equity & HELOCs

     18         3.70     6.87     19         3.70     7.95

Commercial real estate

     131         26.90     12.39     230         44.75     15.11

Commercial business

     23         4.72     0.59     45         8.75     0.76

Construction

     1         0.20     3.39     —           0.00     0.44

Consumer

     —           0.00     0.01     —           0.00     0.04
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total allocated allowance

     487             513        

Unallocated allowance

     —           0.00     0.00     1         0.19     0.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 487         100     100   $ 514         100     100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At June 30, 2016, our allowance for loan losses represented 0.52% of total loans and 42.53% of non-performing loans. There were $36,000 in net loan charge-offs during the year ended June 30, 2016.

Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, the existing allowance for loan losses may not be adequate and management may determine that increases in the allowance are necessary if the quality of any portion of our loan portfolio deteriorates as a result. Furthermore, as an integral part of its examination process, the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. The FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking may require that we increase our allowance based on its judgments of information available to it at the time of its examination. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses will adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Investment Activities

General. Our investment policy is established by the board of trustees. Our current investment policy authorizes us to invest in debt securities issued by the United States Government, agencies of the United States Government or United States Government-sponsored enterprises. The policy also permits investments in mortgage-backed securities, including pass-through securities, issued and guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, as well as investments in federal funds and deposits in other insured institutions. In addition, management is authorized to invest in investment grade state and municipal obligations, commercial paper and corporate debt obligations within regulatory parameters. We do not engage in any investment hedging activities or trading activities, nor do we purchase any high-risk mortgage derivative products, corporate junk bonds, and certain types of structured notes.

The objectives of the policy are to:

 

    enhance profitability within our overall asset/liability management objectives;

 

77


Table of Contents
    absorb funds when loan demand is low and infuse funds when demand is high;

 

    provide liquidity necessary to conduct our day-to-day business activities;

 

    add high credit quality assets to our balance sheet;

 

    improve our interest rate risk management by providing a method for maintaining an appropriate balance between the sensitivity to changes in interest rates of: 1) interest income from loans and investments; and 2) interest expense from deposits and borrowings;

 

    provide collateral for pledging requirements;

 

    generate a favorable return on investments without compromising other investment objectives; and

 

    evaluate and take advantage of opportunities to generate tax-exempt income when it is appropriate given our tax position.

Generally accepted accounting principles require that, at the time of purchase, we designate a security as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading, depending on our ability and intent to hold such security. Securities designated as available for sale are reported at fair value, while securities designated as held to maturity are reported at amortized cost. We do not maintain a trading portfolio. Establishing a trading portfolio would require specific authorization by the board of trustees.

At June 30, 2016, the held to maturity portfolio, which is carried at amortized cost, totaled $5.8 million, or 3.2%, of total assets and the available-for-sale portfolio, which is carried at fair value, totaled $33.3 million, or 18.3%, of total assets.

United States Governmental Securities.  We maintain these investments, to the extent appropriate, for liquidity purposes, at zero risk weighting for capital purposes and as collateral for borrowings. At June 30, 2016, United States government securities consisted of fixed-rate Small Business Administration (“SBA”) Participation Certificates.

Corporate Notes.  At time of purchase, we invest in investment grade corporate bonds, both fixed and floating rate instruments, and generally consisting of corporate bonds issued by large financial institutions.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations.  We invest in fixed rate collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) issued by Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae. A CMO is a type of mortgage-backed security that creates separate pools of pass-through rates for different classes of bondholders with varying maturities, called tranches. The repayments from the pool of pass-through securities are used to retire the bonds in the order specified by the bonds’ prospectus.

Ginnie Mae is a government agency within the Department of Housing and Urban Development and is intended to help finance government-assisted housing programs. Ginnie Mae securities are backed by loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration, or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration. The timely payment of principal and interest on Ginnie Mae securities is guaranteed by Ginnie Mae and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Freddie Mac is a private corporation chartered by the U.S. Government. Freddie Mac issues participation certificates backed principally by conventional

 

78


Table of Contents

mortgage loans. Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest and the ultimate return of principal on participation certificates. Fannie Mae is a private corporation chartered by the U.S. government with a mandate to establish a secondary market for mortgage loans. Fannie Mae guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on Fannie Mae securities.

Mortgage-Backed Securities.  We invest in mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae. We have not purchased privately-issued mortgage-backed securities. We invest in mortgage-backed securities to achieve positive interest rate spreads with minimal administrative expense, and to lower our credit risk as a result of the guarantees provided by Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae.

Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual payments will be greater or less than the prepayment rate estimated at the time of purchase, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or acceleration of any discount relating to such interests, thereby affecting the net yield on our securities. We periodically review current prepayment speeds to determine whether prepayment estimates require modification that could cause amortization or accretion adjustments. There is also reinvestment risk associated with the cash flows from such securities or in the event such securities are redeemed by the issuer. In addition, the market value of such securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates.

Municipal Securities.  We invest in fixed-rate investment grade bonds issued primarily by municipalities in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

Bank Certificates of Deposit.  We invest in certificates of deposit issued by geographically dispersed large financial institutions that are insured by the FDIC.

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and fair value of our securities portfolio (excluding Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh common stock) at the dates indicated.

 

     At June 30,  
     2016      2015  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Securities available-for-sale:

           

U.S. Government securities

   $ 1,493       $ 1,521       $ 2,958       $ 2,927   

Corporate notes

     8,423         8,327         5,822         5,683   

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     9,879         9,831         16,467         16,026   

Mortgage-backed securities

     6,980         7,009         7,033         6,888   

Municipal securities

     3,524         3,566         4,402         4,324   

Bank certificates of deposit

     2,994         3,027         2,249         2,240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 33,293       $ 33,281       $ 38,931       $ 38,088   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities held-to-maturity:

           

Municipal securities

   $ 5,825       $ 5,941       $ 4,744       $ 4,732   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities held-to-maturity

   $ 5,825       $ 5,941       $ 4,744       $ 4,732   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio at June 30, 2016 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. The municipal securities have not been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis.

 

    One Year
or Less
    More than One Year
through Five Years
    More than Five Years
through Ten Years
    More than
Ten Years
    Total Securities  
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Weighted
Average
Yield
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Securities available-for-sale:

                     

U.S. Government securities

  $ —          0.00   $ —          0.00   $ 97        3.32   $ 1,396        2.10   $ 1,493      $ 1,521        2.18

Corporate notes

    —          0.00     4,363        2.00     4,060        2.67     —          0.00     8,423        8,327        2.32

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    —          0.00     —          0.00     —          0.00     9,879        2.30     9,879        9,831        2.30

Mortgage-backed securities

    —          0.00     5        3.22     —          0.00     6,975        2.55     6,980        7,009        2.55

Municipal securities

    —          0.00     3,157        1.83     367        1.61     —          0.00     3,524        3,566        1.81

Bank certificates of deposit

    —          0.00     2,495        1.95     499        1.79     —          0.00     2,994        3,027        1.92
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

  $ —          —     $ 10,020        1.93   $ 5,023        2.52   $ 18,250        2.38   $ 33,293      $ 33,281        2.27
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities held-to-maturity:

                     

Municipal securities

  $ 518        1.64   $ 3,156        1.35   $ 2,151        2.46   $ —          0.00   $ 5,825      $ 5,941        1.78
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities held-to-maturity

  $ 518        1.64   $ 3,156        1.35   $ 2,151        2.46   $ —          0.00   $ 5,825      $ 5,941        1.78
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds

General. Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. We may also use borrowings, primarily Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh advances, to supplement cash flow needs, as necessary. In addition, we receive funds from scheduled loan payments, loan prepayments, retained income and income on earning assets. While scheduled loan payments and income on earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.

Deposits. Our deposits are generated primarily from residents, municipalities and businesses within our market area. We offer a selection of deposit accounts, including savings accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit and checking accounts. Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate. We have not in the past used, and currently do not hold, any brokered deposits. At June 30, 2016, our core deposits, which are deposits other than certificates of deposit, were $104.3 million, representing 73.5% of total deposits.

Interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts that we offer allows us to be competitive in generating deposits and to respond with flexibility to changes in our customers’ demands. Our ability to generate deposits is affected by the competitive market in which we operate, which includes numerous financial institutions of varying sizes offering a wide range of products. We believe that deposits are a stable source of funds, but our ability to attract and maintain deposits at favorable rates will be affected by market conditions, including competition and prevailing interest rates.

The following table sets forth the distribution of total deposits by account type for the years indicated.

 

     For the Years Ended June 30,  
     2016     2015  
     Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposit type:

              

NOW accounts – interest- bearing

   $ 30,178         22.55     0.13   $ 27,798         20.06     0.13

Money market deposit accounts

     27,030         20.19     0.25     28,886         20.84     0.25

Passbook and statement savings accounts

     34,441         25.73     0.30     33,341         24.06     0.29

Checking accounts

     3,511         2.62     0.34     4,379         3.16     0.39

Certificates of deposit

     38,696         28.91     1.10     44,196         31.89     1.13
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 133,856         100.00     0.48   $ 138,600         100.00     0.52
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2016, the aggregate amount of our outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $18.5 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of those certificates as of June 30, 2016.

 

     At
June 30, 2016
 
     (In thousands)  

Three months or less

   $ 2,745   

Over three months through six months

     1,384   

Over six months through one year

     8,180   

Over one year to three years

     4,673   

Over three years

     1,535   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18,517   
  

 

 

 

Borrowings. We may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh upon the security of our capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh and certain of our mortgage loans. Such advances may be made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. At June 30, 2016, we had $20.0 million in advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. At June 30, 2016, based on available collateral and our ownership of Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh stock, we had access to additional Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh advances of up to $48.0 million. Additionally, at June 30, 2016, we had the ability to borrow $3.0 million from the Atlantic Community Bankers Bank and we maintained a line of credit equal to 95% of fair value of collateral held by the Federal Reserve Bank, which was $4.3 million at June 30, 2016. We have not borrowed against the credit lines with the Atlantic Community Bankers Bank or the Federal Reserve Bank during the year ended June 30, 2016.

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our Federal Home Loan Bank advances at and for the periods shown:

 

     At or For the Years Ended
June 30,
 
     2016     2015  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at end of year

   $ 20,000      $ 7,000   

Average balance during year

   $ 8,863      $ 7,000   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

   $ 20,000      $ 7,000   

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

     0.86     0.78

Weighted average interest rate during year

     1.06     0.52

We have also entered into overnight repurchase agreements, which are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our securities sold under agreements to repurchase at and for the periods shown:

 

     At or For the Years Ended
June 30,
 
     2016     2015  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at end of year

   $ 3,929      $ 3,502   

Average balance during year

   $ 1,998      $ 2,854   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

   $ 3,929      $ 4,688   

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

     0.08     0.16

Weighted average interest rate during year

     0.15     0.14

 

82


Table of Contents

Properties

As of June 30, 2016, the net book value of our office properties (including leasehold improvements) was $1.4 million. The following table sets forth information regarding our offices (in thousands):

 

Location

   Leased or Owner      Year Acquired or Leased      Net Book Value of Real
Property
 

Administrative Offices:

        

Executive Office:

3501 Masons Mill Road

Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

     Leased         2011       $ 2   

Mortgage Production Office:

1388 W. Street Road

Warminster, PA 18974

     Leased         2010         60   

Mortgage Origination Office:

539 Bethlehem Pike

Montgomeryville, PA 18936

     Leased         2013         —     

Banking Offices:

        

Main Office:

2617 Huntingdon Pike

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

     Leased         2006         2   

Plumsteadville:

5725 Easton Road

Plumsteadville, PA 18949

     Owned         2002         1,181   

Warrington Plaza Shopping Center:

Route 611 & Street Road

Warrington, PA 18976

     Leased         1994         20   

Justa Farm Shopping Center:

1990 County Line Road

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

     Leased         1995         98   

Limited Service Office:

8580 Verree Road

Philadelphia, PA 19111

     Leased         2007         —     

Subsidiary Activities

Upon completion of the conversion, Huntingdon Valley Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of HV Bancorp. Huntingdon Valley Bank has no subsidiaries.

Legal Proceedings

We are not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. At June 30, 2016, we were not involved in any legal proceedings the outcome of which would be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

 

83


Table of Contents

Expense and Tax Allocation Agreements

Huntingdon Valley Bank will enter into an agreement with HV Bancorp to provide it with certain administrative support services, whereby Huntingdon Valley Bank will be compensated at not less than the fair market value of the services provided. In addition, Huntingdon Valley Bank and HV Bancorp will enter into an agreement to establish a method for allocating and for reimbursing the payment of their consolidated tax liability.

Employees

As of June 30, 2016 we had 65 full-time equivalent employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.

 

84


Table of Contents

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

General

Huntingdon Valley Bank is a savings bank organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The lending, investment, and other business operations of Huntingdon Valley Bank are governed by Pennsylvania law and regulations, as well as applicable federal law and regulations, and Huntingdon Valley Bank is prohibited from engaging in any operations not authorized by such laws and regulations. Huntingdon Valley Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s deposit insurance fund and depositors, and not for the protection of security holders. Huntingdon Valley Bank also is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, which is one of the 11 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

Under this system of regulation, the regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory, enforcement, rulemaking and examination activities and policies, including rules or policies that: establish minimum capital levels; restrict the timing and amount of dividend payments; govern the classification of assets; determine the adequacy of loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes; and establish the timing and amounts of insurance assessments and other fees. Moreover, as part of their examination authority, the banking regulators assign numerical ratings to banks and savings institutions relating to capital, asset quality, management, liquidity, earnings and other factors. These ratings are inherently subjective and the receipt of a less than satisfactory rating in one or more categories may result in enforcement action by the banking regulators against a financial institution. A less than satisfactory rating may also prevent a financial institution, such as Huntingdon Valley Bank or its holding company, from obtaining necessary regulatory approvals to access the capital markets, pay dividends, acquire other financial institutions or establish new branches.

In addition, we must comply with significant anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations, Community Reinvestment Act laws and regulations, and fair lending laws and regulations. Government agencies have the authority to impose monetary penalties and other sanctions on institutions that fail to comply with these laws and regulations, which could significantly affect our business activities, including our ability to acquire other financial institutions or expand our branch network.

As a bank holding company following the conversion, HV Bancorp will be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. It will be required to file certain reports with the Federal Reserve Board and will be subject to examination by and the enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve Board. HV Bancorp will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.

Any change in applicable laws or regulations, whether by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the operations and financial performance of HV Bancorp and Huntingdon Valley Bank.

 

85


Table of Contents

Set forth below is a brief description of material regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Huntingdon Valley Bank and HV Bancorp. The description is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed, and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Huntingdon Valley Bank and HV Bancorp.

Pennsylvania Bank Regulation

Activity Powers. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking will regulate the internal organization of Huntingdon Valley Bank, as well as our activities, including, deposit-taking, lending and investment. The basic authority for our activities is specified by Pennsylvania law and by regulations, policies and directives issued by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. The FDIC also regulates many of the areas regulated by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, and federal law limits some of the authority that the Pennsylvania Department of Banking grants to us.

Examination and Enforcement. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking regularly examines state chartered banks in such areas as reserves, loans, investments, management practices and other aspects of operations. Although the Pennsylvania Department of Banking may accept the examinations and reports of the FDIC in lieu of its own examinations, the current practice is for the Pennsylvania Department of Banking to conduct individual examinations. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking may order any savings bank to discontinue any violation of law or unsafe or unsound business practice and may direct any director, trustee, officer, attorney or employee of a savings bank engaged in an objectionable activity, after the Pennsylvania Department of Banking has ordered the activity to be terminated, to show cause at a hearing before the Pennsylvania Department of Banking why such person should not be removed.

Loans-to-One-Borrower Limitations. With certain specified exceptions, a Pennsylvania chartered savings bank may not make loans or extend credit to a single borrower and to entities related to the borrower in an aggregate amount that would exceed 15% of a bank’s capital funds. Under the Pennsylvania Banking Code, loans which are secured by collateral which has a market value of not less than 120% of the amount of the obligations secured by such collateral are partially excluded from the loan-to-one-borrower limitation.

Loans to Huntingdon Valley Bank’s Insiders . Pennsylvania law provides that we may make loans to our executive officers and directors and greater than 10% stockholders in accordance with federal regulations, as discussed below.

Dividends Restrictions. HV Bancorp is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiary, Huntingdon Valley Bank. There are various legal and regulatory restrictions on the extent to which Huntingdon Valley Bank can, among other things, finance or otherwise supply funds to, Huntingdon Valley Bank. Specifically, dividends from Huntingdon Valley Bank are the principal source of HV Bancorp’s cash funds and there are certain legal restrictions under Pennsylvania law and regulations on the payment of dividends by state-chartered banks. The Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board also have authority to prohibit HV Bancorp and Huntingdon Valley Bank from engaging in certain practices deemed to be unsafe and unsound. The payment of dividends could, depending upon the condition of HV Bancorp and Huntingdon Valley Bank, be deemed to constitute an unsafe and unsound practice.

The Pennsylvania Banking Code regulates the distribution of dividends by banks and states, in part, that dividends may be declared and paid only out of accumulated net earnings. In addition, we may not declare and pay dividends from the surplus funds that Pennsylvania law requires that we maintain.

 

86


Table of Contents

Each year we will be required to set aside as surplus funds a sum equal to not less than 10% of our net earnings until the surplus funds equal 100% of our capital stock. We may invest surplus funds in the same manner as deposits, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, dividends may not be declared or paid if a bank is in default in payment of any assessment due the FDIC. See “Our Dividend Policy.”

Minimum Capital Requirements. Regulations of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking impose on Pennsylvania chartered depository institutions, including Huntingdon Valley Bank, minimum capital requirements similar to those imposed by the FDIC on insured state banks. See “— Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements .”

Federal Bank Regulation

Capital Requirements . Federal regulations require state banks to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%; a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0%; a total capital to risk-based assets ratio of 8%; and a 4% Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. These capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of regulations implementing recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.

As noted, the risk-based capital standards for state banks require the maintenance of common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-weighted assets ratios of at least 4.5%, 6% and 8%, respectively. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests) are multiplied by a risk weight factor (from 0.0% to 200.0%) assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. Common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus, meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations. In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the Federal Reserve takes into consideration not only these numeric factors, but qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary.

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act required each federal banking agency to revise its risk-based capital standards for insured institutions to ensure that those standards take

 

87


Table of Contents

adequate account of interest-rate risk, concentration of credit risk, and the risk of nontraditional activities, as well as to reflect the actual performance and expected risk of loss on multi-family residential loans. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, along with the other federal banking agencies, adopted a regulation providing that the agencies will take into account the exposure of a bank’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing a bank’s capital adequacy. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon determination that an institution’s capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. As required by statute, the federal banking agencies adopted final regulations and Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement safety and soundness standards. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines address internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, credit underwriting, loan documentation, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. The agencies have also established standards for safeguarding customer information. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.

Investment Activities. All Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured banks, including savings banks, are generally limited in their equity investment activities to equity investments of the type and in the amount authorized for national banks, notwithstanding state law, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, a state bank may engage in state-authorized activities or investments not permissible for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) if it meets all applicable capital requirements and it is determined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation that such activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.

Interstate Banking and Branching. Federal law permits well capitalized and well managed holding companies to acquire banks in any state, subject to Federal Reserve Board approval, certain concentration limits and other specified conditions. Interstate mergers of banks are also authorized, subject to regulatory approval and other specified conditions. In addition, among other things, recent amendments made by the Dodd-Frank Act permit banks to establish de novo branches on an interstate basis provided that branching is authorized by the law of the host state for the banks chartered by that state.

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation. The regulations were amended to incorporate the previously mentioned increased regulatory capital standards that were effective January 1, 2015. An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-

 

88


Table of Contents

based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%, or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on payment of dividends, and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment. An undercapitalized bank’s compliance with a capital restoration plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to, an order by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

Transactions with Affiliates and Regulation W of the Federal Reserve Regulations. Transactions between banks and their affiliates are governed by federal law. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. In a holding company context, the parent bank holding company and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the bank (although subsidiaries of the bank itself, except financial subsidiaries, are generally not considered affiliates). Generally, Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation W limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10.0% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and with all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20.0% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus. Section 23B applies to “covered transactions” as well as to certain other transactions and requires that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans to, purchase of assets from, and issuance of a guarantee to an affiliate, and other similar transactions. Section 23B transactions also include the provision of services and the sale of assets by a bank to an affiliate. In addition, loans or other extensions of credit by the financial institution to the affiliate are required to be collateralized in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.

Sections 22(h) and (g) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on loans to a bank’s insiders, i.e., executive officers, directors and principal stockholders. Under Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve

 

89


Table of Contents

Act, loans to a director, an executive officer and to a greater than 10.0% stockholder of a financial institution, and certain affiliated interests of these persons, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated interests, may not exceed specified limits. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act also requires that loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons and also requires prior board approval for certain loans. In addition, the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by a financial institution to insiders cannot exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act places additional restrictions on loans to executive officers.

Enforcement. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has extensive enforcement authority over insured state savings banks, including Huntingdon Valley Bank. The enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist orders and remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations, breaches of fiduciary duty and unsafe or unsound practices.

Federal Insurance of Deposit Accounts. Huntingdon Valley Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Deposit accounts in Huntingdon Valley Bank are insured up to a maximum of $250,000 for each separately insured depositor.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation imposes an assessment for deposit insurance on all depository institutions. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned and certain adjustments specified by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, with less risky institutions paying lower rates. Assessment rates (inclusive of possible adjustments) currently range from 2  1 / 2 to 45 basis points of each institution’s total assets less tangible capital. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may increase or decrease the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment rulemaking. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s current system represents a change, required by the Dodd-Frank Act, from its prior practice of basing the assessment on an institution’s volume of deposits.

The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which has exercised that discretion by establishing a long range fund ratio of 2%.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Huntingdon Valley Bank. Future insurance assessment rates cannot be predicted.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule order or regulatory condition imposed in writing. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

 

90


Table of Contents

In addition to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended June 30, 2016, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.56 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.

Privacy Regulations. Federal regulations generally require that Huntingdon Valley Bank disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares a customer’s “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, Huntingdon Valley Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having their personal information shared with unaffiliated third parties and not to disclose account numbers or access codes to non-affiliated third parties for marketing purposes. Huntingdon Valley Bank currently has a privacy protection policy in place and believes that such policy is in compliance with the regulations.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, as implemented by federal regulations, a state member bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA does require the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in connection with its examination of a state savings bank, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution, including applications to acquire branches and other financial institutions. The CRA requires a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. Huntingdon Valley Bank’s latest federal CRA rating was “Satisfactory.”

USA Patriot Act. Huntingdon Valley Bank is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act, which gives federal agencies additional powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The USA PATRIOT Act contains provisions intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents, and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Other Regulations

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Huntingdon Valley Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Loan operations are also subject to state and federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

    Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

    Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

91


Table of Contents
    Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies; and

 

    Rules and regulations of the various federal and state agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal and state laws.

The deposit operations of Huntingdon Valley Bank also are subject to, among others, the:

 

    Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

    Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and

 

    Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

Federal Reserve System

The Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The Federal Reserve Board regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: for that portion of transaction accounts aggregating $110.2 million or less (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) the reserve requirement is 3.0%, and for amounts greater than $110.2 million the reserve requirement is 10.0% (which may be adjusted annually by the Federal Reserve Board to between 8.0% and 14.0%). The first $15.2 million of otherwise reservable balances (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements. Huntingdon Valley Bank is in compliance with these requirements.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

Huntingdon Valley Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 11 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Members of the Federal Home Loan Bank are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. Huntingdon Valley Bank was in compliance with this requirement at June 30, 2016. Based on redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. Huntingdon Valley Bank reviews for impairment, based on the ultimate recoverability, the cost basis of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh stock. As of June 30, 2016, no impairment has been recognized.

Holding Company Regulation

HV Bancorp, as a bank holding company, will be subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as administered by the Federal Reserve Board. HV Bancorp is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior Federal Reserve Board

 

92


Table of Contents

approval would be required for HV Bancorp to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of the bank or bank holding company.

A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in, or acquiring, direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services; (iii) providing securities brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property under certain conditions; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings association.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 authorizes a bank holding company that meets specified conditions, including that its depository institution subsidiaries are “well capitalized” and “well managed,” to opt to become a “financial holding company.” A “financial holding company” may engage in a broader array of financial activities than permitted a typical bank holding company. Such activities can include insurance underwriting and investment banking. HV Bancorp will not elect “financial holding company” status in connection with the conversion.

HV Bancorp will not be subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s consolidated capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies. Legislation was enacted in December 2014 requiring the Federal Reserve Board to generally extend its “Small Bank Holding Company” exemption from consolidated holding company capital requirements to bank and savings and loan holding companies of up to $1 billion in assets. Regulations implementing the new legislation were effective May 15, 2015. Consequently, bank holding companies with less than $1 billion in consolidated assets remain exempt from consolidated regulatory capital requirements, unless the Federal Reserve determines otherwise in particular cases.

A bank holding company is generally required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of then outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted an exception to that approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain other conditions. The Federal Reserve Board has issued guidance which requires consultation with the Federal Reserve Board prior to a redemption or repurchase in certain circumstances.

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the Federal Reserve Board’s policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board’s policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by using available resources to provide capital funds during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary.

 

93


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy. Under the prompt corrective action laws, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of HV Bancorp to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act makes depository institutions liable to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for losses suffered or anticipated by the insurance fund in connection with the default of a commonly controlled depository institution or for any assistance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to such an institution in danger of default.

HV Bancorp and Huntingdon Valley Bank will be affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of various agencies of the United States Government, including the Federal Reserve System. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, it is impossible for management to accurately predict future changes in monetary policy or the effect of such changes on the business or financial condition of HV Bancorp or Huntingdon Valley Bank.

HV Bancorp’s status as a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act will not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.

Federal Securities Laws

HV Bancorp common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the conversion and stock offering. HV Bancorp will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock issued in HV Bancorp’s public offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates of HV Bancorp may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of HV Bancorp will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If HV Bancorp meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of HV Bancorp that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of the outstanding shares of HV Bancorp, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, HV Bancorp may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging Growth Company Status

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.” We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and believe that we will continue to qualify as an “emerging growth company” for five years from the completion of the stock offering.

 

94


Table of Contents

We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company,” we choose to rely on such exemptions, we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Act, (iii) hold non-binding stockholder votes regarding annual executive compensation or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger or similar corporate transaction, (iv) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (v) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier. However, we will not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosure, regardless of the exemptions, so long as we remain a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to improve corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. We have policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and we review and document such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

Change in Control Regulations

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a bank holding company such as HV Bancorp unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquiror has the power, directly or indirectly, to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with HV Bancorp, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

95


Table of Contents

In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a bank holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “bank holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

TAXATION

Federal Taxation

General. HV Bancorp and Huntingdon Valley Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize material federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to HV Bancorp and Huntingdon Valley Bank.

Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, Huntingdon Valley Bank currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending June 30th for filing its federal income tax returns.

Bad Debt Reserves . Historically, Huntingdon Valley Bank has been subject to special provisions in the tax law regarding allowable tax bad debt deductions and related reserves. Tax law changes were enacted in 1996, pursuant to the Small Business Protection Act of 1996 (the “1996 Act”), that eliminated the use of the percentage of taxable income method for tax years after 1995 and required recapture into taxable income over a six-year period of all bad debt reserves accumulated after 1988. Huntingdon Valley Bank recaptured its excess reserve balance.

Currently, Huntingdon Valley Bank uses the specific charge-off method to account for bad debt deductions for income tax purposes.

Taxable Distributions and Recapture. At June 30, 2016, our total federal pre-base year reserve was approximately $1.7 million upon which no deferred taxes have been provided. Under current law, pre-base year reserves remain subject to recapture should Huntingdon Valley Bank make certain non-dividend distributions, repurchase any of its stock, pay dividends in excess of tax earnings and profits, or cease to maintain a bank charter.

Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, less an exemption amount, referred to as “alternative minimum taxable income.” The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent tax computed this way exceeds tax computed by applying the regular tax rates to regular taxable income. Net operating losses can, in general, offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. At June 30, 2016, Huntingdon Valley Bank had approximately $125,000 in alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards.

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. Generally, a financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. At June 30, 2016, Huntingdon Valley Bank had $560,000 of federal net operating loss carryforwards and had no Pennsylvania state net operating loss carryforwards available for future use.

 

96


Table of Contents

Capital Loss Carryovers. Generally, a financial institution may carry back capital losses to the preceding three taxable years and forward to the succeeding five taxable years. Any capital loss carryback or carryover is treated as a short-term capital loss for the year to which it is carried. As such, it is grouped with any other capital losses for the year to which carried and is used to offset any capital gains. Any undeducted loss remaining after the five year carryover period is not deductible. At June 30, 2016, Huntingdon Valley Bank had no capital loss carryover.

Corporate Dividends. We may generally exclude from our income 100% of dividends received from Huntingdon Valley Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.

Audit of Tax Returns. Huntingdon Valley Bank’s income tax returns have not been audited in the past five years.

State Taxation

Huntingdon Valley Bank currently files Pennsylvania Mutual Thrift Institution Income Tax returns. Generally, the income of savings institutions in Pennsylvania, which is calculated based on generally accepted accounting principles, subject to certain adjustments, is subject to Pennsylvania tax. Huntingdon Valley Bank had no Pennsylvania state tax net operating loss carryforwards at June 30, 2016.

 

97


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Shared Management Structure

The directors of HV Bancorp are the same persons who are the trustees of Huntingdon Valley Bank. In addition, each executive officer of HV Bancorp is also an executive officer of Huntingdon Valley Bank. We expect that HV Bancorp and Huntingdon Valley Bank will continue to have common executive officers and directors until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.

Executive Officers of HV Bancorp and Huntingdon Valley Bank

The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers of HV Bancorp and Huntingdon Valley Bank. Age information is as of June 30, 2016. The executive officers of HV Bancorp and Huntingdon Valley Bank are elected annually.

 

Name

     Age     

Position

Travis J. Thompson

     43      Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr.

     57      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

J. Chris Jacobsen

     48      Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Charles S. Hutt

     58      Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer

Directors of HV Bancorp and Trustees of Huntingdon Valley Bank

HV Bancorp currently has five directors and Huntingdon Valley Bank currently has five trustees. Directors and trustees serve three-year staggered terms so that one-third of the board is elected at each annual meeting. Trustees of Huntingdon Valley Bank will be elected by HV Bancorp as its sole stockholder. The following table states our board members’ names, their ages as of June 30, 2016, the years when they began serving as a trustee of Huntingdon Valley Bank and when their current terms expire.

 

Name(1)

  

Position(s) Held With Huntingdon Valley Bank

  

Age

  

Director/

Trustee

Since

  

Current
Term
Expires

Travis J. Thompson

   Chairman of the Board, President, and Chief Executive Officer    43    2007    2017

Scott W. Froggatt

   Trustee    56    1999    2017

Carl Hj. Asplundh, Jr.

   Trustee    81    1985    2018

Joseph F. Kelly

   Trustee    55    2012    2019

John D. Behm

   Trustee    49    2016    2019

 

(1) The mailing address for each person listed is 3501 Masons Mill Road, Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania 19006.

Board Independence

The board of directors of HV Bancorp has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of President and Chief Executive Officer Travis J. Thompson, is “independent” as defined in the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Mr. Thompson is not independent because he is one of

 

98


Table of Contents

our executive officers. In evaluating the independence of our independent directors, we found no transactions between us and our independent directors that are not required to be reported under “—Transactions With Certain Related Persons,” below, and that had an impact on our determination as to the independence of our directors.

The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers

The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below. With respect to directors, the biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the nominating and corporate governance committee and the board of directors to determine that the person should serve as a director. Each director is also a trustee of Huntingdon Valley Bank. Unless otherwise indicated, trustees and executive officers have held their positions as trustees and executive officers of Huntingdon Valley Bank for the past five years.

Directors

Carl Hj. Asplundh, Jr. began working for Asplundh Tree Expert Company in 1953. He is now retired. He was Chairman of the Board of that company from 1996 until 2000. At various times he served on the boards of Doylestown Hospital, The Heritage Conservancy of Bucks County, and Bryn Athyn Academy. Mr. Asplundh’s business and financial experience and contacts in the local community are among his qualifications to serve as a director.

John D. Behm is the co-founder and co-Managing Principal of the Philadelphia and Princeton offices of Cresa, a tenant-only commercial real estate firm. Mr. Behm began working at Cresa in 1996 and has worked on a variety of commercial real estate matters at Cresa, including process management, real estate administration, planning, managing and negotiating leases, building sales/purchases, build-to-suit projects, land sales/purchases, and renewals and dispositions for end users of space on a local, national and international basis. Mr. Behm’s commercial real estate and business experience and contacts in the local community are among his qualifications as a director.

Scott W. Froggatt is currently a Senior Vice President at Land Services USA, Inc., a large title insurance agency located in Philadelphia, a position he has held since August 2015. Previously, Mr. Froggatt was an Executive Vice President at Robert Chalphin Associates Inc., a title insurance agency. Mr. Froggatt worked for Robert Chalphin Associates since 1981. Prior to joining Robert Chalphin Associates, Mr. Froggatt was vice president/title insurance underwriting at UGT – MidAtlantic Inc., and vice president/audits, marketing, management and commercial closings at Stewart of Pennsylvania Inc. He has served on many committees for Pennsylvania Land Title Association, and has earned the designation of Associate Land Title Professional. He also is a Trustee of the Old School Baptist Meetinghouse. Mr. Froggatt’s business and financial experience and contacts in the local community are among his qualifications to serve as a director.

Joseph F. Kelly is currently President/Owner of J.M.J.M. Inc., a construction company, a position he has held since 1991. In addition, Mr. Kelly owns and manages several residential and commercial properties. Mr. Kelly has served on many homeowners and condominium association boards. He has worked in various capacities, including property management. He is also a licensed real estate builder owner salesperson. Mr. Kelly’s business experience, including experience with his construction company and as the owner/manager of residential and commercial properties, are among his qualifications to serve as a director.

 

99


Table of Contents

Travis J. Thompson was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of Huntingdon Valley Bank in January 2013 and Chairman of the Board in July 2016. From 2006 through 2012, Mr. Thompson was an executive officer of Suburban Marble & Granite Inc., first as its Chief Operating Officer and later as its President. From 1998 to 2006, Mr. Thompson was an associate, shareholder and managing shareholder at the law firm of Liederbach, Hahn, Foy, VanBlunk & Thompson PC, which merged into the law firm of Stark & Stark. Mr. Thompson was solicitor to Huntingdon Valley Bank for most of this period and represented several other local community banks in the late 1990s and early 2000s. Mr. Thompson’s business and legal experience, as well as his long relationship with Huntingdon Valley Bank, are among his qualifications to serve as a director.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr. was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on July 1, 2016. He was previously Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Huntingdon Valley Bank beginning in January 2010, and assumed the additional duties of Chief Operating Officer from January 2013 until June 2016. In his current position, Mr. O’Neill is responsible for Huntingdon Valley Bank’s finance, accounting and deposit operations, including policies and procedures, as well as coordination and maintenance of accounting and management reporting systems. Mr. O’Neill is also responsible for regulatory reporting, tax and cost accounting and Huntingdon Valley Bank’s investment portfolio. From 1999 to 2009, Mr. O’Neill held various positions with General Motors and General Motors Acceptance Corporation, including chief financial officer for General Motors’ wholly owned thrift subsidiary, vice president for financial reporting for GMAC Commercial Mortgage and divisional controller for GMAC Residential Mortgage.

Charles S. Hutt has been employed by Huntingdon Valley Bank since 2007. He was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer on July 1, 2016. Previously, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer beginning in January 2013. Between 2007 and 2013, Mr. Hutt was Senior Vice President of Residential Lending at Huntingdon Valley Bank. Mr. Hutt is responsible for Huntingdon Valley Bank’s lending portfolio, as well as for retail loan originations and sales operations.

J. Chris Jacobsen was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in June 2016. In his current position, Mr. Jacobsen is responsible for the retail branch network, information technology, compliance, marketing and human resources. Mr. Jacobsen has more than 25 years of banking experience, including serving as Senior Vice President/Retail Banking at Roxborough-Manayunk Bank from 2000 to 2003 when it was acquired by Citizens Bank. Following the acquisition, Mr. Jacobsen was appointed Senior Vice President/Business Strategy at Citizens Bank where he worked on mergers and acquisitions. In 2005, Mr. Jacobsen joined St. Edmond’s Federal Savings Bank and was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, a position he held until 2012 when the bank was acquired by Beneficial Bank where Mr. Jacobsen subsequently served as Market Director prior to joining Huntingdon Valley Bank.

Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors of HV Bancorp, Inc.

The board of directors of HV Bancorp, Inc. has met once since the restatement of its Articles of Incorporation to address certain organizational matters, and has established the following standing committees: the audit committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee. Each of these committees will operate under a written charter, which governs its composition, responsibilities and operations. Each member of each committee will satisfy the applicable independence requirements of Nasdaq and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

100


Table of Contents

Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures

In addition to establishing committees of our board of directors, HV Bancorp, Inc. will adopt several policies to govern the activities of both HV Bancorp, Inc. and Huntingdon Valley Bank including corporate governance policies and a code of business conduct and ethics. The corporate governance policies are expected to involve such matters as the following:

 

    the composition, responsibilities and operation of our board of directors;

 

    the establishment and operation of board committees, including audit, nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees;

 

    convening executive sessions of independent directors; and

 

    our board of directors’ interaction with management and third parties.

The code of business conduct and ethics, which is expected to apply to all employees and directors, will address conflicts of interest, the treatment of confidential information, general employee conduct and compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. In addition, the code of business conduct and ethics will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct, the avoidance of conflicts of interest, full and accurate disclosure and compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits publicly traded companies from making loans to their executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans made by federally insured financial institutions, such as Huntingdon Valley Bank, to their executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. The aggregate amount of our loans to our executive officers, trustees and their related parties was $888,000 at June 30, 2016. At June 30, 2016, all of our loans to trustees, executive officers and their related parties were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to Huntingdon Valley Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. These loans were performing according to their original terms at June 30, 2016, and were made in compliance with federal banking regulations.

Any transactions that would be required to be reported under this section of this Prospectus must be reviewed by our audit committee or another independent body of the board of trustees. In addition, any transaction with a trustee is reviewed by and subject to approval of the members of the board of trustees who are not directly involved in the proposed transaction to confirm that the transaction is on terms that are no more favorable than those that would be available to us from an unrelated third party through an arms-length transaction.

 

101


Table of Contents

Executive Officer Compensation

Summary Compensation Table. The table below summarizes the total compensation paid to or earned by our President and Chief Executive Officer, Travis J. Thompson, Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr., who serves as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Charles S. Hutt, who serves as our Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer, for the year ended June 30, 2016. Each individual listed in the table below is referred to as a Named Executive Officer.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and principal position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Bonus
($) (1)
     Non-Equity
Incentive
Compensation

($) (2)
     All Other
Compensation
($) (3)
     Total
($)
 

Travis J. Thompson

    President and Chief Executive Officer

     2016         180,000         150,000         —           2,187         332,187   

Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr.

    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

     2016         150,000         65,000         —           1,457         216,457   

Charles S. Hutt

    Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer

     2016         175,000         —           226,470         2,255         403,725   

 

(1) See “—Bonuses,” below, for a description of the amounts in this column.
(2) See “—Non-Equity Incentive Compensation,” below, for a description of the amount in this column.
(3) For the year ended June 30, 2016, no Named Executive Officer had perquisites, the aggregate value of which exceeded $10,000. The amounts in this column for each Named Executive Officer represent the employer contributions made by Huntingdon Valley Bank under the 401(k) Plan.

 

102


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

Huntingdon Valley Bank entered into individual employment agreements with Travis J. Thompson, Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr., Charles S. Hutt and J. Christopher Jacobsen, each of which (with the exception of Mr. Jacobsen’s agreement) has an initial term of three years. Mr. Jacobsen’s agreement has an initial term of one year. Commencing on the first anniversary date of the agreement and continuing on each anniversary date thereafter, the term of each agreement will renew for one year, unless written notice of non-renewal is provided by the board of trustees at least 30 days prior to any anniversary date. Prior to each notice period for non-renewal, the disinterested members of the board of trustees will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation of each executive for purposes of determining whether to take action regarding non-renewal of his employment agreement.

The employment agreements provide a base salary for each of Messrs. Thompson, O’Neill, Hutt and Jacobsen in the amounts of $200,000, $150,000, $175,000 and $150,000, respectively. The base salaries may be increased, but not decreased (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers). In addition to base salary, each executive will be entitled to participate in any bonus program and benefit plan made available to senior management employees, and will be reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses incurred.

In the event of each executive’s involuntary termination of employment for reasons other than cause, disability or death, or in the event of his resignation for “good reason,” (a “qualifying termination event”), the executive will receive a lump sum cash severance payment equal to the amount base salary that he would have earned had he remained employed for the duration of his “benefit period.” The benefit period for Mr. Thompson is 12 months or, if greater, the remaining term of his agreement as of the date of termination. For Messrs. O’Neill and Hutt, their benefit periods are each for the lesser of 24 months or the remaining term of their agreements as of the date of termination, provided, however that such periods shall be no less than 12 months. The benefit period for Mr. Jacobsen is 12 months. In addition, each executive will be entitled to receive life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by Huntingdon Valley Bank for the aforementioned benefit period or, if earlier, until the date on which the executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer and receives comparable health and welfare benefits. For purposes of the employment agreements, “good reason” is defined as: (1) a material reduction in base salary or benefits (other than reduction by Huntingdon Valley Bank that is part of a good faith, overall reduction of such benefits applicable to all employees); (2) a material reduction in the executive’s duties or responsibilities; (3) a relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment by more than 25 miles from the executive’s principal place of employment as of the initial effective date of the employment agreement; or (4) a material breach of the employment agreement by Huntingdon Valley Bank. In order to be entitled to the severance benefits set forth above, the executive will be required to enter into a release of claims against Huntingdon Valley Bank related to his employment.

If the executive’s qualifying termination event occurs on or after the effective date of a change in control of HV Bancorp or Huntingdon Valley Bank, the executive will be entitled to (in lieu of the payments and benefits described in the previous paragraph) a severance payment equal to three times (or one time for Mr. Jacobsen) the executive’s highest annual rate of base salary and bonus paid, or earned, during the calendar year of the change in control or either of the two calendar years immediately preceding the change in control. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 30 days following the executive’s date of termination. In addition, Huntingdon Valley Bank (or its successor) will continue to provide the executive with life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage provided to the executive immediately prior to his date of

 

103


Table of Contents

termination at no cost to the executive. Such continued coverage will cease upon the earlier of: (1) the date which is three years (or one year for Mr. Jacobsen) after the executive’s date of termination; or (2) the date on which the executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer and receives comparable health and welfare benefits.

In addition, if the executive dies while employed, the executive’s estate or beneficiary will be paid his base salary for one year following death, and his family will continue to receive non-taxable medical and dental coverage for one year after his death. The executive will not receive any additional compensation or benefits under his employment agreement in the event he becomes disabled.

Upon termination of employment (other than a termination in connection with a change in control), each executive will be required to adhere to one-year non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.

Bonuses

Discretionary Bonuses. The board of trustees has the authority to award discretionary bonus payments to the Named Executive Officers. While strict numerical formulas are not used to quantify the Named Executive Officers’ bonus payments, both company-wide and individually-based performance objectives are used to determine bonus payments. Company-wide performance objectives focus on earnings, growth, expense control and asset quality, which are customary metrics used by similarly-situated financial institutions in measuring performance. Individually-based performance objectives are determined based on the individual’s responsibilities and contributions to our successful operation. Both the company-wide and individually-based performance objectives are evaluated by the board of trustees on an annual basis and also as a trend of performance measured over the prior three years. The board of trustees also takes into consideration outside factors that impact our performance, such as national and local economic conditions, the interest rate environment, regulatory mandates and the level of competition in our primary market area.

Based on the foregoing, for the year ended June 30, 2016, Messrs. Thompson and O’Neill earned a bonus of $150,000 and $65,000, respectively, in recognition of their performance and efforts.

Non-Equity Incentive Compensation . In connection with our strategy of selling long-term, conforming fixed rate residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, Huntingdon Valley Bank established a bonus pool equal to 5.5% of the income earned in the form of gains on the sale of such residential mortgage loans for the calendar year ended December 31, 2015. The bonus pool was allocated to Mr. Hutt and his residential staff in January 2016, which resulted in Mr. Hutt receiving a bonus of $226,470.

Benefit Plans

401(k) Plan . Huntingdon Valley Bank maintains the Huntingdon Valley Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (the “401(k) Plan”). The Named Executive Officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan just like any other employee. Employees who are 21 or older and have completed two consecutive months of service are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan.

Under the 401(k) Plan a participant may elect to defer, on a pre-tax basis, up to 96% of his or her salary in any plan year, subject to limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. For 2016, the salary deferral contribution limit is $18,000, provided, however, that a participant over age 50 may contribute an

 

104


Table of Contents

additional $6,000, for a total contribution of $24,000. In addition to salary deferral contributions, Huntingdon Valley Bank may make during the plan year: (1) a discretionary matching contribution to each participant’s account based on a percentage of the participant’s salary deferral contribution; and/or (2) a profit sharing contribution that would be allocated to each participant’s account pro-rata on the basis of each participant’s compensation relative to the aggregate compensation of all participants. For the year ended June 30, 2016, Huntingdon Valley Bank made a $36,000 profit sharing contribution to the 401(k) Plan. A participant is always 100% vested in his or her salary deferral contributions. However, a participant will vest in his or her employer contributions at a rate of 20% per year after the completion of two years of credited service, such that the participant will be 100% vested upon completion of six years of credited service. The 401(k) Plan permits a participant to direct the investment of his or her own account into various investment options offered.

Generally, a participant (or participant’s beneficiary) may receive a distribution from his or her vested account beginning at retirement, age 59  1 2 (while employed with Huntingdon Valley Bank), death, disability or termination of employment, and elect for the distribution to be paid in the form of a lump sum, annuity or installment payments.

In connection with the conversion, we intend to allow participants to invest their account balances under the 401(k) Plan in HV Bancorp common stock. We may also allow participants to purchase HV Bancorp common stock in the open market through the 401(k) Plan.

ESOP. As part of the conversion, Huntingdon Valley Bank adopted the Huntingdon Valley Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) for eligible employees. Eligible employees who have attained age 21 and are employed with Huntingdon Valley Bank as of the closing date of the conversion will begin participation in the ESOP on the later of the effective of the ESOP or upon the first entry date commencing on or after the eligible employee’s completion of 1,000 hours of service during a continuous 12-month period.

The ESOP trustee is expected to purchase, on behalf of the ESOP, 8% of the total number of shares of HV Bancorp common stock issued in the offering. However, if Eligible Account Holders subscribe for all of the HV Bancorp common stock sold in the offering, no shares will be available to be purchased by the ESOP and if market conditions warrant, in the judgment of the ESOP trustee, the ESOP may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion. In either circumstance, we anticipate that the ESOP will fund the stock purchase with a loan from HV Bancorp equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The loan will be repaid principally through Huntingdon Valley Bank’s contribution to the ESOP and dividends payable on common stock held by the ESOP over the anticipated 20-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the ESOP loan is expected to be an adjustable rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal , on the closing date of the conversion. Thereafter the interest rate will adjust annually and will be the prime rate on the first business day of the calendar year, retroactive to January 1 of such year. See “Pro Forma Data.”

The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the ESOP in an unallocated suspense account, and shares will be released from the suspense account on a pro-rata basis as the loan is repaid. The trustee will allocate the shares released among participants on the basis of each participant’s proportional share of compensation relative to the total aggregate compensation paid to all participants. A participant will become vested in his or her account balance at a rate of 20% per year over a six-year period, beginning in the second year of credited service. Participants who were employed by Huntingdon Valley Bank immediately prior to the conversion will receive credit for vesting purposes for years of service prior to

 

105


Table of Contents

adoption of the ESOP. Participants also will become fully vested automatically upon normal retirement, death or disability, a change in control, or termination of the ESOP. Generally, participants will receive distributions from the ESOP upon separation from service. The ESOP reallocates any unvested shares forfeited upon termination of employment among the remaining participants.

The ESOP permits participants to direct the trustee as to how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to their accounts. The trustee votes unallocated shares and allocated shares for which participants do not provide instructions on any matter in the same ratio as those shares for which participants provide instructions, subject to fulfillment of the trustee’s fiduciary responsibilities.

Under applicable accounting requirements, Huntingdon Valley Bank will record a compensation expense for the ESOP at the fair market value of the shares as they are committed to be released from the unallocated suspense account to participants’ accounts, which may be more or less than the original issue price. The compensation expense resulting from the release of the common stock from the suspense account and allocation to plan participants will result in a corresponding reduction in HV Bancorp’s earnings.

Trustee Compensation

The following table sets forth for the year ended June 30, 2016 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to our trustees other than Travis J. Thompson.

Trustee Compensation Table

 

Name

   Fees earned
or paid in
cash

($)
     All Other
Compensation
($) (4)
     Total
($)
 

Carl Hj. Asplundh, Jr.

     15,400         —           15,400   

John D. Behm (1)

     7,150         —           7,150   

Scott W. Froggatt (2)

     31,200         —           31,200   

Joseph F. Kelly

     22,600         —           22,600   

Joseph F. Spanier (3)

     7,250         —           7,250   

 

(1) Mr. Behm was appointed to the board of trustees in February 2016.
(2) Mr. Froggatt served as Chairman of the board of trustees in fiscal 2016 and resigned as Chairman in July 2016.
(3) Mr. Spainer retired from the board of trustees in February 2016.
(4) For the year ended June 30, 2016, no trustee had perquisites, the aggregate value of which exceeded $10,000.

Trustee/Director Fees

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, each trustee was paid $1,250 for each regular board meeting attended. For each special meeting attended, each trustee was paid a fee of $400. The former chairman was also paid a monthly fee of $750. If the Chairman of the board is also an executive officer, no fees will be paid. Each member of a committee of the board of trustees received $400 per meeting attended; the chairman of each committee received $500 per meeting attended.

 

106


Table of Contents

Each person who serves as a director of HV Bancorp also serves as a trustee of Huntingdon Valley Bank and earns director and committee fees only in his or her capacity as a board or committee member of Huntingdon Valley Bank.

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering

Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. In accordance with applicable regulations, we anticipate that the plans will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted stock, not to exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering. These limitations will not apply if a plan is implemented more than one year after the conversion.

The stock-based benefit plans will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering and, if adopted within one year after the stock offering, would require the approval by stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of HV Bancorp. If any stock-based benefit plan is established after one year after the stock offering, it would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast.

The following additional restrictions would apply to a stock-based benefit plan only if the plan is adopted within one year after the stock offering:

 

    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

    any non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

    the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plan; and

 

    accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of HV Bancorp or Huntingdon Valley Bank.

These restrictions do not apply to plans adopted more than one year following the completion of the offering.

We have not yet determined whether we will present stock-based benefit plans for stockholder approval within one year following the completion of the conversion or whether we will present this plan for stockholder approval more than one year after the completion of the conversion. In the event of changes in applicable regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

 

107


Table of Contents

The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value (the closing market price of shares of common stock of HV Bancorp) as of the date grants are made. The following table presents the total value of all shares to be available for awards of restricted stock under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming the shares for the plan are purchased or issued in a range of market prices from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of grant.

 

Exercise Price

   56,100 Shares at
Minimum of
Range
   66,000 Shares at
Midpoint of
Range
   75,900 Shares
at Maximum of
Range
   87,290 Shares
at Maximum of
Range, as
Adjusted
$8.00    $448,800    $528,000    $607,200    $698,320
10.00    561,000    660,000    759,000    872,900
12.00    673,200    792,000    910,800    1,047,480
14.00    785,400    924,000    1,062,600    1,222,060

The grant-date fair value of the stock options granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be based, in part, on the closing price of shares of common stock of HV Bancorp on the date the options are granted. The fair value will also depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option-pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the stock options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the range of market prices for the shares are $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of the grant. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value. The Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 13.89% for the shares of common stock, no dividend yield, an expected option life of 10 years and a risk-free interest rate of 1.49%.

 

Share Price

   Grant Date
Fair Value Per

Option
   140,250 Options
Awarded at

Minimum of
Offering Range
   165,000 Options
Awarded at

Midpoint of
Offering Range
   189,750 Options
Awarded at

Maximum of
Offering Range
   218,213 Options
Awarded at

Maximum of
Offering Range,
as Adjusted
$8.00    $1.92    $269,280    $316,800    $364,320    $418,969
10.00    2.40    336,600    396,000    455,400    523,711
12.00    2.88    403,920    475,200    546,480    628,453
14.00    3.36    471,240    554,400    637,560    733,196

 

108


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following table sets forth information regarding intended common stock subscriptions by each of the directors and executive officers and their associates, and by all directors, officers and their associates as a group. However, there can be no assurance that any such person or group will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. In the event the individual maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons subscribing for the maximum amount may increase their purchase orders. Directors and officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the offering. This table excludes shares of common stock to be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, as well as any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. The directors and officers have indicated their intention to subscribe in the offering for an aggregate of 185,000 shares of common stock, equal to 13.2% of the number of shares of common stock to be sold in the offering at the minimum of the offering range, assuming shares are available. Purchases by directors, officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been subscribed for in the offering. The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale. Our directors and executive officers will be subject to the same minimum purchase requirements and purchase limitations as other participants in the offering set forth under “The Conversion and Offering—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” Subscriptions by management through our 401(k) Plan will be counted as part of the maximum number of shares such individuals may subscribe for in the offering.

 

Name and Title

   Number of
Shares(1)
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price(1)
     Percent at
Minimum of
Offering
Range
    Percent at
Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering
Range
 

Carl Hj. Asplundh, Jr., Director

     30,000       $ 300,000         2.1     1.4

Joseph F. Kelly, Director

     30,000         300,000         2.1        1.4   

John D. Behm, Director

     30,000         300,000         2.1        1.4   

Travis J. Thompson, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

     25,000         250,000         1.8        1.1   

Scott W. Froggatt, Director

     25,000         250,000         1.8        1.1   

J. Chris Jacobsen, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

     25,000         250,000         1.8        1.1   

Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

     15,000         150,000         1.1         

Charles S. Hutt, Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer

     5,000         50,000                
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

All directors and officers as a group (8 persons)

     185,000       $ 1,850,000         13.2     8.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Includes purchases by the named individual’s spouse and other relatives of the named individual living in the same household. Other than as set forth above, the named individuals are not aware of any other purchases by a person or entity that would be considered an associate of the named individuals under the plan of conversion.

 

109


Table of Contents

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

The board of trustees of Huntingdon Valley Bank has approved the plan of conversion. The plan of conversion must also be approved by Huntingdon Valley Bank’s members (depositors and certain borrowers as of the voting record date). A special meeting of members has been called for this purpose. The FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking have conditionally approved the plan of conversion and the Federal Reserve Board issued its conditional approval in connection with our holding company application. However, such approvals do not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking or the Federal Reserve Board.

General

The board of trustees of Huntingdon Valley Bank approved the plan of conversion on July 20, 2016. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, Huntingdon Valley Bank will convert from the mutual form of organization to the fully stock form of organization. In connection with the conversion, Huntingdon Valley Bank has organized a new Pennsylvania stock holding company named HV Bancorp, Inc. which will sell shares of common stock to the public in an initial public stock offering. When the conversion and related stock offering are completed, all of the capital stock of Huntingdon Valley Bank will be owned by HV Bancorp, and all of the common stock of HV Bancorp will be owned by stockholders.

HV Bancorp expects to retain between $5.3 million and $7.3 million of the net proceeds of the offering, or $8.5 million if the offering range is increased by 15% because of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions. Huntingdon Valley Bank will receive a capital contribution from HV Bancorp equal to at least 50% of the net proceeds of the offering. We anticipate that HV Bancorp will invest $6.4 million, $7.6 million, $8.9 million and $10.3 million, respectively, of the net proceeds at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering in Huntingdon Valley Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the sale of at least 1,402,500 shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, specifically our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members. If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, we may, in our discretion, offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the public, with a preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery or Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania. In addition, shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., acting as our agent.

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering or syndicated community offering. The community offering and/or syndicated community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering, and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by us with the approval of the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board. See “—Community Offering” and “—Syndicated Community Offering.”

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of HV Bancorp, assuming

 

110


Table of Contents

the conversion and stock offering are completed. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

The following is a brief summary of the conversion. We recommend reading the plan of conversion in its entirety for more information. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at the banking office of Huntingdon Valley Bank and as described in the section of this prospectus titled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.” The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to Huntingdon Valley Bank’s application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov . See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Reasons for the Conversion

Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are to:

 

    increase our capital to enhance our financial strength and to support existing and future lending and deposit growth;

 

    enhance our lending capacity by increasing our regulatory lending limits;

 

    attract and retain qualified personnel by enabling us to establish stock-based benefit plans for our management and employees that will give them an opportunity and greater incentive to share in our long-term growth and success;

 

    enhance our community ties by providing depositors and members of our community with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in Huntingdon Valley Bank; and

 

    provide greater flexibility to structure and finance opportunities for expansion, including acquisitions of other financial institutions, although we have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such transactions.

In the stock holding company structure, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions. Our current mutual structure prevents us from offering shares of our common stock as consideration for a merger or acquisition. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the acquisition consideration. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination thereof, and therefore will enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise. We have no current arrangements or agreements to acquire other banks, thrifts, credit unions, financial services companies or branch offices, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to consummate any acquisitions or establish any new branches. Lastly, mutual institutions cannot offer stock incentives to attract and retain highly qualified management personnel. While Huntingdon Valley Bank has not required these capital tools and stock incentives in the past, they will be essential to implementing our business strategy, and management believes that the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us.

 

111


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2016, Huntingdon Valley Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes. The proceeds from the stock offering will further improve our capital position.

Approvals Required

The affirmative vote of a majority of the total eligible votes of members of Huntingdon Valley Bank at a special meeting of members is required to approve the plan of conversion. A special meeting of members to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion has been set for                     , 2016. The plan of conversion also must be approved by the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, which issued their conditional approvals of the plan of conversion on                     , 2016. Additionally, on                     , 2016, the Federal Reserve Board conditionally approved our holding company application. We cannot consummate the conversion and the stock offering without satisfying the conditions contained in these approvals.

Effects of Conversion on Depositors, Borrowers and Members

Continuity. While the conversion is being accomplished, our normal business of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. Huntingdon Valley Bank will continue to be a Pennsylvania chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, while HV Bancorp will be regulated by the Federal Reserve Board. After the conversion, we will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The trustees serving Huntingdon Valley Bank at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Huntingdon Valley Bank and of HV Bancorp after the conversion.

Effect on Deposit Accounts. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of Huntingdon Valley Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the FDIC to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.

Effect on Loans. No loan outstanding from Huntingdon Valley Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

Effect on Voting Rights of Members. All of our depositors and certain borrowers are members of and have voting rights in Huntingdon Valley Bank as to all matters requiring membership action. Upon completion of the conversion, Huntingdon Valley Bank will cease to have members and former members will no longer have voting rights. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in Huntingdon Valley Bank will be vested in HV Bancorp as the sole stockholder of Huntingdon Valley Bank. The stockholders of HV Bancorp will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to HV Bancorp common stock.

Tax Effects. We have received opinions of counsel and our tax advisors with regard to the federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to Huntingdon Valley Bank or its members. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”

 

112


Table of Contents

Effect on Liquidation Rights. Each depositor of Huntingdon Valley Bank has both a deposit account in Huntingdon Valley Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Huntingdon Valley Bank based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Huntingdon Valley Bank. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Huntingdon Valley Bank without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all, respectively, of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Huntingdon Valley Bank, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

Consequently, depositors in a mutual savings bank normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that the savings bank is completely liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of Huntingdon Valley Bank after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

In the unlikely event that Huntingdon Valley Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, also would be paid first, followed by distribution of a “liquidation account” to depositors as of June 30, 2015 and [supp eligible record date] who continue to maintain their deposit accounts as of the date of liquidation, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to HV Bancorp as the holder of Huntingdon Valley Bank’s capital stock. Pursuant to federal rules and regulations, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution. See “—Liquidation Rights.”

Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued

The plan of conversion and federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation and one update, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $39,500, and will be reimbursed for its expenses up to $3,000. In the event that RP Financial, LC. is required to update the appraisal more than one time, it will receive an additional fee of $7,500 for each such update to the valuation appraisal.

We are not affiliated with RP Financial, LC., and neither we nor RP Financial, LC. has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other. RP Financial, LC. represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations or the applicable regulatory valuation guidelines or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial, LC. from serving in the role of our independent appraiser.

We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.

The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma impact of the offering. Consistent with applicable federal appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: (i) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (ii) the

 

113


Table of Contents

pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and (iii) the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC., subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial, LC. to account for differences between us and our peer group. Because RP Financial, LC. concluded that asset size is not a strong determinant of market value, RP Financial, LC. did not place significant weight on the pro forma price-to-assets approach in reaching its conclusions. RP Financial, LC. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-book value and price-to-earnings approaches in estimating pro forma market value.

The independent valuation states that as of August 5, 2016, the estimated pro forma market value of HV Bancorp ranged from $14.0 million to $19.0 million, with a midpoint of $16.5 million. Our board of directors decided to offer the shares of common stock for a price of $10.00 per share primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range will be 1,402,500 shares, the midpoint of the offering range will be 1,650,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range will be 1,897,500 shares, or 2,182,125 shares if the maximum amount is increased by 15% because of demand for shares or changes in market conditions.

The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC. in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements. RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:

 

    our present and projected operating results and financial condition;

 

    the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;

 

    certain historical, financial and other information relating to us;

 

    a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions;

 

    the impact of the conversion and the offering on our equity and earnings potential;

 

    our potential to pay cash dividends; and

 

    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

Included in the independent valuation were certain assumptions as to our pro forma earnings after the conversion that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock sold in the offering by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

The appraisal is based in part on Huntingdon Valley Bank’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded thrift holding companies with assets between $200 million and $550 million as of June 30, 2016 that RP Financial, LC. considers comparable to HV Bancorp. The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies.

 

114


Table of Contents

Company Name

   Ticker Symbol    Exchange    Headquarters    Total Assets
at March 31,
2016
                    (in millions)

Bay Bancorp, Inc.

   BYBK    Nasdaq    Columbia, MD    $463

Equitable Financial Corp.

   EQFN    Nasdaq    Grand Island, NE    234

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

   HBK    Nasdaq    Towson, MD    393

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

   JXSB    Nasdaq    Jacksonville, IL    302

MSB Financial Corp.

   MSBF    Nasdaq    Millington, NJ    380

Prudential Bancorp, Inc.

   PBIP    Nasdaq    Philadelphia, PA    538

Poage Bankshares, Inc.

   PBSK    Nasdaq    Ashland, KY    436

United Community Bancorp

   UCBA    Nasdaq    Lawrenceburg, IN    518

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.

   WAYN    Nasdaq    Wooster, OH    438

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.

   WBKC    Nasdaq    Midland, MI    386

In applying each of the valuation methods, RP Financial, LC. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of HV Bancorp with the peer group. RP Financial, LC. made downward adjustments for profitability, growth and viability of earnings, and liquidity of the shares. RP Financial, LC. made a slight upward adjustment for market area and made no adjustments for financial condition, asset growth, dividends, marketing of the issue, management, and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform. The downward adjustment applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings took into consideration HV Bancorp’s less favorable efficiency and expense coverage ratios, as well as the greater volatility associated with HV Bancorp’s earnings due to the significance of its mortgage banking operations on earnings. The downward adjustment applied for liquidity of the shares took into consideration HV Bancorp’s lower market capitalization and lower shares outstanding relative to the comparable peer group averages and medians. The upward adjustment applied for primary market area took into consideration Montgomery County’s generally more favorable demographic measures.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies and for HV Bancorp (on a pro forma basis) utilized by RP Financial, LC. in its appraisal. These ratios are based on HV Bancorp’s book value, tangible book value and net income as of and for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016. The peer group ratios are based on the latest date for which complete financial data are publicly available and stock prices as of August 5, 2016. Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 31.6% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 33.8% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a discount of 16.4% on a price-to-earnings basis. Compared to the median pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 30.1% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 33.0% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a discount of 5.4% on a price-to-earnings basis.

 

115


Table of Contents
     Price-to-core earnings
multiple(1)
     Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 

HV Bancorp (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion):

       

Adjusted Maximum

     25.08x         70.67     70.67

Maximum

     21.37x         66.80        66.80   

Midpoint

     18.26x         62.85        62.85   

Minimum

     15.26x         58.14        58.14   

Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis):

       

Averages

     21.83x         91.89     94.99

Medians

     19.31x         89.87        93.80   

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings on a trailing twelve month basis for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016 for HV Bancorp and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016 for the peer group companies.

Our board of trustees reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 

    our financial condition and results of operations;

 

    comparison of our financial performance ratios to those of other financial institutions of similar size; and

 

    market conditions generally and, in particular, for financial institutions.

All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. Our board of trustees also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial, LC. in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended with the approval of the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in our financial condition or market conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend our pro forma market value to less than $14.0 million or more than $21.8 million, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to our registration statement.

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Huntingdon Valley Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Huntingdon Valley Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 offering price per share.

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $21.8 million, which would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 2,182,125 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not increase the offering range above this level or decrease the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to fill unfilled orders in the offering.

 

116


Table of Contents

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $21.8 million, and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 2,182,125 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $14.0 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 1,402,500 shares, then we will promptly return, with interest at a rate of [interest rate]% per annum, all funds received in the offering and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations. After consulting with the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board, we may terminate the plan of conversion. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range and commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take other actions as permitted by the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board in order to complete the offering. In the event that we conduct a resolicitation, we will notify subscribers of their rights to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. Any resolicitation following the conclusion of the subscription and community offerings would not exceed 45 days unless further extended with the approval of the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board, for periods of up to 90 days.

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease a subscriber’s ownership interest, our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis and our pro forma earnings on an aggregate basis while increasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis and pro forma earnings on an aggregate basis, while decreasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “Pro Forma Data.”

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at our office and as specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the minimum, maximum and overall purchase limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders. Each depositor with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) on June 30, 2015 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of 30,000 shares ($300,000) of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter,

 

117


Table of Contents

unallocated shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of shares of our common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on June 30, 2015. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account, or including incomplete or incorrect information, could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all information had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also our trustees or executive officers of Huntingdon Valley Bank or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to their increased deposits in the 12 months preceding June 30, 2015.

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans. Our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, specifically our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock in the offering. Our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase up to 8% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in the stock offering. If Eligible Account Holders subscribe for all of our common stock being sold in the offering, no shares will be available for our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and if market conditions warrant, in the judgment of these plans’ trustees, our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion.

Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, each depositor with a Qualifying Deposit on [supp eligible record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [supp eligible record date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account, or including incomplete or incorrect information, could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all information had been disclosed.

 

118


Table of Contents

Priority 4: Other Members. To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor on the voting record date of [member record date] or each borrower of Huntingdon Valley Bank as of January 15, 1992 whose loan remained outstanding as of the close of business on [member record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Members”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, available shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Other Member whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her subscription bears to the total amount of subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unfilled.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Other Member must list on the stock order form all deposit and applicable loan accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [member record date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account, or including incomplete or incorrect information, could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Expiration Date . The subscription offering will expire at         :00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods of up to 90 days with the approval of the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each person eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

We will not execute orders in the stock offering until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase at least 1,402,500 shares within 45 days after the [expiration date] expiration date, and the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board have not consented to an extension, the stock offering will be terminated and all funds delivered to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest at a rate of [interest rate]% per annum, and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled. If an extension beyond [extension date #1] is granted by the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board, we will resolicit subscribers as described under “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Expiration Date.”

Community Offering

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of the Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to the public in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery or Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania (collectively, the “Community”).

 

119


Table of Contents

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in the Community, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among such persons whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of other members of the public, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in the manner described above for persons residing in the Community. In connection with the allocation process, orders received for shares of common stock in the community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community, together with an indication that this presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

Expiration Date. The community offering may begin at the same time as, during or after the subscription offering. We will not execute orders in the stock offering until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock. The community offering is expected to conclude at         :00 p.m., Eastern Time on [expiration date], but must terminate no more than 45 days following the expiration of the subscription offering, unless extended with regulatory approval. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [extension date #1]. If an extension beyond [extension date #1] is granted by the required regulatory agencies, we will resolicit persons whose orders we accept in the community offering, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders. If a person does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return purchase funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. These extensions may not go beyond [extension date #2], which is two years after the special meeting of members.

Syndicated Community Offering

Our board of directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated community offering in a manner that will achieve a widespread distribution of our shares of common stock to the general public. If a syndicated community offering is held, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will serve as sole book running manager and will assist us in selling our common stock on a best efforts basis. In such capacity, Sandler O’Neill &

 

120


Table of Contents

Partners, L.P. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms. Neither Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering.

In the syndicated community offering, any person may purchase up to 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” We retain the right to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the syndicated community offering. Unless otherwise permitted, accepted orders for our common stock in the syndicated community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering. Thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares per order basis until all shares have been allocated. Unless the syndicated community offering begins during the subscription offering or the community offering, the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as possible after the expiration of the subscription and community offerings. The syndicated community offering must terminate no more than 45 days following the expiration of the subscription offering.

The syndicated community offering will be conducted in accordance with certain Securities and Exchange Commission rules applicable to best efforts “min/max” offerings. Orders in the syndicated community offering will be submitted in substantially the same manner as utilized in the subscription and community offerings. Payments in the syndicated offering, however, must be made in immediately available funds (bank checks, money orders, Huntingdon Valley Bank deposit account withdrawal authorizations or wire transfers). Personal checks will not be accepted. If the closing of the stock offering does not occur, either as a result of not confirming receipt of at least $14.0 million in gross proceeds (the minimum of the offering range) or the inability to satisfy other closing conditions to the offering, the funds will be promptly returned with interest at a rate of [interest rate]% per annum.

The closing of the syndicated community offering, which will be simultaneous with the closing of the subscription and community offerings, is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among Huntingdon Valley Bank and HV Bancorp on one hand, and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. on the other hand.

Expiration Date. The syndicated community offering may begin concurrently with, during or after the subscription offering, and may terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, but must terminate no more than 45 days following the expiration of the subscription offering, unless extended with regulatory approval.

If for any reason we cannot conduct a syndicated community offering of shares of common stock, or in the event that we are unable to find purchasers from the general public to reach the minimum of the offering range, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, including an underwritten public offering, if possible. The FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Federal Reserve Board and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority must approve any such arrangements.

Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

The plan of conversion includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

    no person or entity, together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock in all categories of the offering combined, except that our tax-qualified employee benefit plans may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%);

 

121


Table of Contents
    the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by our senior officers and trustees/directors and their associates, in the aggregate, may not exceed 32% of the shares sold in the offering; and

 

    the minimum purchase by each person purchasing shares in the offering is 25 shares, to the extent those shares are available.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board, we may increase the individual or aggregate purchase limitations to an amount not to exceed 5.0% of the common stock sold in the offering. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount of common stock will be, and, in our sole discretion some other large subscribers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation will be to increase the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions. In the event that a purchase limitation is increased to 5.0% of the stock sold in the offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for shares of common stock exceeding 5.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering do not exceed in the aggregate 10.0% of the total shares of the common stock sold in the offering. Any such requests to purchase additional shares of common stock in the event that a purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion.

In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15% of the total number of shares of common stock offered in the offering, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:

 

    in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder, tax-qualified employee benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member levels, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and

 

    to fill unfulfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery or Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania.

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

  (1) any corporation or organization, other than Huntingdon Valley Bank, HV Bancorp or a majority-owned subsidiary of these entities, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or 10% or greater beneficial stockholder;

 

  (2) any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a fiduciary capacity, excluding any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a fiduciary capacity; and

 

  (3) any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either resides with the person or who is a trustee/director or officer of Huntingdon Valley Bank or HV Bancorp.

 

122


Table of Contents

The term “acting in concert” means:

 

  (1) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

  (2) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

In general, a person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated. Persons having the same address or exercising subscription rights through qualifying accounts registered to the same address generally will be assumed to be associates of, and acting in concert with, each other. We have the right to determine, in our sole discretion, whether purchasers are associates or acting in concert.

Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by our senior officers and directors and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Huntingdon Valley Bank or HV Bancorp for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of shares of our common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares,” “—Other Restrictions” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of HV Bancorp, Inc.”

Marketing and Distribution; Compensation

Subscription and Community Offerings. Offering materials have been initially distributed to certain persons by mail, with additional copies made available through our Stock Information Center.

To assist in the marketing of our shares of common stock, we have retained Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., which is a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. In its role as financial advisor, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will:

 

  (i) consult as to the financial and marketing implications of the plan of conversion and reorganization;

 

  (ii) review with our board of trustees the financial effect of the offering on us, based on the independent appraiser’s appraisal of the shares of common stock;

 

  (iii) review all offering documents, including this prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials;

 

123


Table of Contents
  (iv) assist in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the offering;

 

  (v) assist management in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors and other broker-dealers in connection with the offering; and

 

  (vi) provide such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the offerings.

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive a fee of 1.5% of the aggregate purchase price of all shares of common sold in the subscription offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive a fee of 2.5% of the aggregate purchase price of all shares of common sold in the community offering. No fee will be payable to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. with respect to shares purchased by officers, directors, employees or their immediate families and shares purchased by our tax-qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans.

Syndicated Offering. In the event that Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. sells shares of common stock through a group of broker-dealers in a syndicated community offering, they and any other broker-dealer will be paid a fee equal to 5.5% of the aggregate purchase price of total shares sold in the syndicated community offering,. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will serve as sole book-running manager in such an offering. All fees payable with respect to a syndicated community offering will be in addition to fees payable with respect to the subscription and community offerings.

Expenses. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. also will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees, in an amount not to exceed $100,000. The expenses may be increased to $115,000 if a syndicated offering is undertaken. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. has received an advance payment of $25,000, which will be credited against any reimbursement of expenses.

We will indemnify Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.’s engagement as our financial advisor and performance of services as our financial advisor.

Records Management. We have also engaged Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. to act as our records agent in connection with the stock offering. In its role as records agent, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will, among other things:

 

    consolidate deposit accounts and vote calculations;

 

    design and prepare proxy and stock order forms;

 

    organize and supervise the Stock Information Center;

 

    coordinate proxy solicitation and other services for our special meeting of members; and

 

    prepare and process other documents related to the stock offering.

For these services, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive a fee of $10,000, of which $5,000 has already been paid. We will also reimburse Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with these services not to exceed $30,000.

 

124


Table of Contents

Prospectus Delivery

To ensure that each purchaser in the subscription and community offerings receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the expiration of the offering in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we may not mail a prospectus any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand deliver a prospectus any later than two days prior to that date. We are not obligated to deliver a prospectus or order form by means other than U.S. Mail. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery of a prospectus in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Stock order forms will be distributed only if preceded or accompanied by a prospectus.

In the syndicated community offering, a prospectus and order form in electronic format may be made available on Internet sites or through other online services maintained by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. or one or more other members of the syndicate, or by their respective affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the syndicate member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The members of the syndicate may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Internet sites referenced in the preceding paragraph and any information contained in any other Internet site maintained by any member of the syndicate is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. or any other member of the syndicate in its capacity as selling agent or syndicate member and should not be relied upon by investors.

Solicitation of Offers by Officers and Directors

Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of Huntingdon Valley Bank may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

Procedure for Purchasing Shares

Expiration Date. The offering will expire at         :00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend it for up to 45 days. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without further approval or additional notice to subscribers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extension date #1] would require the approval of the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board. If the offering is extended past [extension date #1], we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period of time. If you do not respond during that period, your stock order will be cancelled and your deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be

 

125


Table of Contents

cancelled or your funds submitted will be returned promptly with interest at [interest rate]% per annum from the date your stock order was processed. No single extension will exceed 90 days. Aggregate extensions may not go beyond [extension date #2], which is two years after the special meeting of members. We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest at [interest rate]% per annum from the date of processing as described above.

We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion.

Use of Order Forms. In order to purchase shares of common stock, you must complete and sign an original stock order form and remit full payment. We will not be required to accept incomplete order forms, unsigned order forms, or orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. All order forms must be received , not postmarked, prior to __:00, Eastern Time, [expiration date]. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We have the right to permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms or waive immaterial irregularities. We do not represent, however, that we will do so. You may submit your order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the indicated address on the order form or by hand-delivery to Huntingdon Valley Bank’s executive office, located at 3501 Masons Mill Road, Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania. Please do not mail stock order forms to Huntingdon Valley Bank’s offices. Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent or unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [extension date #1], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 2,182,125 shares or decreased to less than 1,402,500 shares. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering.

If you are ordering shares in the subscription offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final, subject to the authority of our regulators.

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Huntingdon Valley Bank or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Payment for Shares. Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:

 

    personal check, bank check or money order, payable to HV Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

    authorization of withdrawal from the types of Huntingdon Valley Bank deposit accounts identified on the stock order form.

 

126


Table of Contents

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Huntingdon Valley Bank are provided in the order forms. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest will remain in the account. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be cancelled at the time of withdrawal without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the then current statement savings rate subsequent to the withdrawal.

In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s). Checks and money orders will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Huntingdon Valley Bank and will earn interest at a rate of [interest rate]% per annum from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed, at which time, a subscriber will be issued a check for interest earned.

Regulations prohibit Huntingdon Valley Bank from knowingly lending funds or extending credit to any person to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. You may not pay by wire transfer. You may not submit cash. We will not accept third-party checks (a check written by someone other than you) payable to you and endorsed over to HV Bancorp. You may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from a Huntingdon Valley Bank retirement account. See “—Using Retirement Account Funds” for information on using such funds. Once we receive your executed order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by the expiration date, in which event purchasers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders for a specified period of time.

We have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the offering. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

Our employee stock ownership plan will not be required to pay for any shares purchased in the offering until completion of the stock offering, provided there is a loan commitment from either an unrelated financial institution or HV Bancorp to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase at the time of the expiration of the subscription offering. In addition, if our 401(k) plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until the completion of the offering.

Using Retirement Account Funds. If you are interested in using your individual retirement account funds to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed individual retirement account such as a brokerage firm individual retirement account. By regulation, Huntingdon Valley Bank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in shares of our common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use your funds that are currently in a Huntingdon Valley Bank individual retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to a brokerage account. It may take several weeks to transfer your Huntingdon Valley Bank individual retirement account to an independent trustee, so please allow yourself sufficient time to take this action. There will be no

 

127


Table of Contents

early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [expiration date] end of the offering period, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock

All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin the day following the completion of the conversion and offering. The conversion and offering are expected to be completed as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described above in “—Conditions to Completion of the Conversion.” Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased in the offering, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

Federal and State regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, specifically the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering. Adding the names of other persons who are not owners of your qualifying account(s) may result in the loss of your subscription rights.

We intend to pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

Other Restrictions

Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any stock order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer

 

128


Table of Contents

shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (a) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion reside in the state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us, under the securities laws of the state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in the state; or (c) registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The telephone number is [stock information number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday, between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

Liquidation Rights

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of Huntingdon Valley Bank prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Huntingdon Valley Bank, including those of depositors of Huntingdon Valley Bank (to the extent of their deposit balances), would be paid first. Then, if there were any assets of Huntingdon Valley Bank remaining, members of Huntingdon Valley Bank would receive those remaining assets, pro rata, based upon the deposit balances in their deposit account in Huntingdon Valley Bank immediately prior to liquidation. In the unlikely event that Huntingdon Valley Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution of the “liquidation account” to qualifying depositors, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to HV Bancorp as the sole holder of Huntingdon Valley Bank capital stock. Pursuant to federal rules and regulations, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in these types of transactions, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution.

The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a special “liquidation account” for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to the total equity of Huntingdon Valley Bank as of the date of its latest balance sheet contained in this prospectus.

The purpose of the liquidation account is to provide Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who maintain their deposit accounts with Huntingdon Valley Bank after the conversion with a liquidation interest in the unlikely event of the complete liquidation of Huntingdon Valley Bank after the conversion. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder who continues to maintain his or her deposit account at Huntingdon Valley Bank, would be entitled, on a complete liquidation of Huntingdon Valley Bank after the conversion, to an interest in the liquidation account prior to any payment to the stockholders of HV Bancorp. Each Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50 or more held in Huntingdon Valley Bank on June 30, 2015. Each Eligible Account Holder would have a pro rata interest in the total liquidation account for each such deposit account, based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on June 30, 2015 bears to the balance of all such deposit accounts in Huntingdon Valley

 

129


Table of Contents

Bank on such date. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50 or more held in Huntingdon Valley Bank on [supp eligible record date]. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have a pro rata interest in the total liquidation account for each such deposit account, based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on [supp eligible record date] bears to the balance of all such deposit accounts in Huntingdon Valley Bank on such date.

If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing on or after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on June 30, 2015 or [supp eligible record date], respectively, or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be distributed to HV Bancorp, as the sole stockholder of Huntingdon Valley Bank.

Material Income Tax Consequences

Consummation of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and state income taxation that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction to Huntingdon Valley Bank, HV Bancorp, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that Huntingdon Valley Bank or HV Bancorp would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

Huntingdon Valley Bank and HV Bancorp have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which include the following:

 

  1. The conversion of Huntingdon Valley Bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  2. Huntingdon Valley Bank will not recognize any gain or loss upon the receipt of money from HV Bancorp in exchange for shares of common stock of Huntingdon Valley Bank.

 

  3. The basis and holding period of the assets received by Huntingdon Valley Bank, in stock form, from Huntingdon Valley Bank, in mutual form, will be the same as the basis and holding period in such assets immediately before the conversion.

 

  4.

No gain or loss will be recognized by account holders of Huntingdon Valley Bank, including Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, upon the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in Huntingdon Valley Bank, in stock form, in the same dollar amount and under the same terms as held

 

130


Table of Contents
  at Huntingdon Valley Bank, in mutual form. In addition, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an interest in a liquidation account in Huntingdon Valley Bank in exchange for their ownership interests in Huntingdon Valley Bank.

 

  5. The basis of the account holders deposit accounts in Huntingdon Valley Bank, in stock form, will be the same as the basis of their deposit accounts in Huntingdon Valley Bank, in mutual form. The basis of the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members interests in the liquidation account will be zero, which is the cost of such interest to such persons.

 

  6. It is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights have no value, based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at a price equal to its estimated fair market value, which will be the same price as the subscription price for the shares of common stock in the offering. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of HV Bancorp common stock, provided that the amount to be paid for HV Bancorp common stock is equal to the fair market value of HV Bancorp common stock.

 

  7. The basis of the shares of HV Bancorp common stock purchased in the offering will be the purchase price. The holding period of the HV Bancorp common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

  8. No gain or loss will be recognized by HV Bancorp on the receipt of money in exchange for shares of HV Bancorp common stock sold in the offering.

In the view of RP Financial, LC. (which is acting as independent appraiser of the value of the shares of HV Bancorp common stock in connection with the conversion), the subscription rights do not have any value for the reasons set forth above. RP Financial, LC.’s view is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to their value, and HV Bancorp could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

The Internal Revenue Service will not issue private letter rulings with respect to the issue of whether nontransferable rights have value. Unlike private letter rulings, an opinion of counsel or the view of an independent appraiser is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the Internal Revenue Service could disagree with the conclusions reached therein. Depending on the conclusion or conclusions with which the Internal Revenue Service disagrees, the Internal Revenue Service may take the position that the transaction is taxable to any one or more of Huntingdon Valley Bank, the members of Huntingdon Valley Bank, HV Bancorp, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who exercise their subscription rights. In the event of a disagreement, there can be no assurance that HV Bancorp or Huntingdon Valley Bank would prevail in a judicial or administrative proceeding.

 

131


Table of Contents

The federal tax opinion has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to HV Bancorp’s registration statement. An opinion regarding the Pennsylvania state income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion has been issued by BDO USA, LLP, tax advisors to Huntingdon Valley Bank and HV Bancorp.

Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale. All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or an executive officer of HV Bancorp or Huntingdon Valley Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or executive officer. Additionally, under the FDIC’s conditional approval to the conversion, shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a trustee or an officer of Huntingdon Valley Bank generally may not be sold for a period of three years following the closing of the conversion without the prior approval of the FDIC or unless the condition is waived by the FDIC, except in the event of the death of the director or officer. For restricted shares, our transfer agent will be given notice of restrictions on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of HV Bancorp also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, executive officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock, to purchases of our common stock to fund stock options by one or more stock-based benefit plans or to any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any stock-based benefit plans.

Federal regulations prohibit HV Bancorp from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following the conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, or to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by stockholders or tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF HV BANCORP, INC.

Although the board of directors of HV Bancorp is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of HV Bancorp after the conversion, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of HV Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws to protect the interests of HV Bancorp and its stockholders from takeovers which our board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Huntingdon Valley Bank, HV Bancorp or HV Bancorp’s stockholders.

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of HV Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Huntingdon Valley Bank’s Pennsylvania stock articles of

 

132


Table of Contents

incorporation, Pennsylvania corporation law and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and, with respect to provisions contained in HV Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and Huntingdon Valley Bank’s Pennsylvania stock articles of incorporation and bylaws, reference should be made in each case to the document in question, each of which is part of Huntingdon Valley Bank’s application for conversion filed with the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, and except for Huntingdon Valley Bank’s stock articles of incorporation and bylaws, HV Bancorp’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

HV Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

HV Bancorp articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of HV Bancorp more difficult.

Directors . The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of our directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including:

 

    a prohibition on service as a director by a person who is a director, officer or a 10% stockholder of a competitor of Huntingdon Valley Bank or any other subsidiary of HV Bancorp;

 

    a prohibition on service as a director by a person (i) who has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust that is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law, (ii) who is currently charged in an information, indictment or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime, (iii) against whom a financial or securities regulatory agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist, consent, other formal order, agreement or other written statement, which is subject to public disclosure by such agency;

 

    a prohibition on service as a director by a person who is party to any agreement, understanding or commitment with respect to how he or she would act or vote on any issue or question before the board of directors or that would otherwise impact his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties as a director;

 

    a prohibition on any director who does not agree in writing to comply with all of the HV Bancorp policies applicable to directors, in addition to written confirmation that such director is qualified to serve;

 

    a requirement that any person proposed to serve as director (other than the initial directors and other than directors who are also officers of HV Bancorp or Huntingdon Valley Bank) have maintained his or her principal residence within 25 miles of an office of HV Bancorp or Huntingdon Valley Bank, for a period of at least one year prior to his or her appointment or election to the board of directors;

 

133


Table of Contents
    a restriction on eligibility for election, re-election, appointment or re-appointment to the board of directors (excluding the current directors) if, at the time of such election, re-election, appointment or re-appointment, such person has reached the age of 72; however, the board of directors may waive this director qualification if the board of directors determines, by 2/3 vote, that such waiver is the best interest of the Corporation; and

 

    a prohibition on service by nominees or representatives (as defined in applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations) of another person who would not be eligible for service or of an entity the partners or controlling persons of which would not be eligible for service.

Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of HV Bancorp provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of HV Bancorp (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, sale of all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of HV Bancorp and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    the social and economic effect on the present and future customers and employees, the communities in which HV Bancorp and its subsidiaries operate or are located; and

 

    the ability of HV Bancorp to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

In addition, if any action is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders relating to mergers, consolidations, a share exchange, sale of assets, voluntary dissolution and winding up then approval by at least 75% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required unless at least two-thirds of the board of directors recommends such action in which case the action will require only the affirmative vote as is required by law. If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

Restrictions on Calling Special Meetings. The articles of incorporation provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called only by a majority of the total number of directors then in office, or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting. The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Limitation of Voting Rights. The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. The 10% limit shall not apply if, before the stockholder acquires shares in excess of the 10% limit, the acquisition is approved by 80% of the directors then in office.

 

134


Table of Contents

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office. The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by stockholders at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose.

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. The bylaws provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at an annual meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to HV Bancorp at least 110 days prior and not earlier than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the prior year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of HV Bancorp at the principal executive office of the corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, HV Bancorp will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of HV Bancorp, Inc.” The articles of incorporation authorize 20,000,000 shares of common stock and 2,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. HV Bancorp is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such shares. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of HV Bancorp. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Except as otherwise allowed by law, any amendment to the articles of incorporation must be approved by a majority of our board of directors and also by a majority of the outstanding shares of our voting stock; provided, however, that approval by at least 75% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions if such amendment did not receive the approval of 80% of the board of directors then in office:

 

  (i) the authorized amount of capital stock, the authority of the board to fix terms of preferred stock, the terms of common stock and preemptive rights;

 

  (ii) the limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (iii) the ability of the board of directors or a majority of the stockholders to call a special meeting;

 

  (iv) the ability of stockholders to act by unanimous written consent;

 

  (v) the ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

  (vi) the prohibition of cumulative voting and division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;

 

  (vii) the liability of directors and officers;

 

135


Table of Contents
  (viii) the requirement that not less than two-thirds of stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause;

 

  (ix) the ability of stockholders to approve certain corporate actions;

 

  (x) the ability of the board of directors to evaluate certain factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire HV Bancorp;

 

  (xi) the ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws and the required stockholder vote to amend or repeal the bylaws; and

 

  (xii) the provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 75% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation set forth in (i) through (xi) of this list and the provisions related to amendment of the articles of incorporation.

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors that HV Bancorp would have if there were no vacancies on the board of directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights”).

Pennsylvania Corporate Law

Under the PBCL, a registered corporation may not engage in a business combination with an interested stockholder except for certain types of business combinations as enumerated under Pennsylvania law. The PBCL defines a “business combination” generally to include, with respect to a corporation, certain sales, purchases, exchanges, leases, mortgages, pledges, transfers or dispositions of assets, mergers or consolidations, certain issuances or reclassifications of securities, liquidations or dissolutions or certain loans, guarantees or financial assistance, pursuant to an agreement or understanding between such corporation or any subsidiaries, on the one hand, and uninterested stockholder or an “affiliate” or “associate” thereof, on the other hand. An “interested stockholder” is defined generally to include any individual, partnership, association or corporation which is the beneficial owner, as defined, of at least 20% of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or which is an affiliate or associate of such corporation and at any time within the five-year period prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner of at least 20% of the outstanding voting stock.

Huntingdon Valley Bank’s Articles of Incorporation

The new articles of incorporation of Huntingdon Valley Bank provides that for a period of five years from the closing of the conversion and offering, no person (including a group acting in concert) other than HV Bancorp, Inc. may offer directly or indirectly to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 5% of any class of equity security of Huntingdon Valley Bank. This provision does not apply to any tax-qualified employee benefit plan of Huntingdon Valley Bank or HV Bancorp, or to an underwriter or member of an underwriting or selling group involving the public sale or resale of securities of Huntingdon Valley Bank or any of its subsidiaries, so long as after the sale or resale, no underwriter or member of the selling group is a beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 5% of any class of equity securities of Huntingdon Valley Bank. In addition, during this five-year period, all shares owned over the 5% limit may not be voted on any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.

 

136


Table of Contents

Conversion Regulations

Federal regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquiring stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion. Further, without the prior written approval of the FDIC, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. Federal regulations have defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a savings bank or its holding company, or an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding company’s behalf for resale to the general public are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.

Change in Control Regulations

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of an insured state savings bank or its parent holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. The Federal Reserve Board takes into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a state savings bank without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “bank holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the Federal Reserve Board that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with HV Bancorp, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that parties seeking to rebut control will be provided an opportunity to do so in writing.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF HV BANCORP, INC.

General

HV Bancorp is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. HV Bancorp currently expects to issue in the offering up to 2,182,125 shares of common stock. HV Bancorp will not issue shares of

 

137


Table of Contents

preferred stock in the stock offering. Each share of HV Bancorp common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock in accordance with the plan of conversion, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.

The shares of common stock of HV Bancorp will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.

Common Stock

Dividends. HV Bancorp cannot pay dividends on its common stock if, after giving effect to such distribution, (i) HV Bancorp would be unable to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business or (ii) HV Bancorp’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed, if HV Bancorp were to be dissolved at the time the distribution is measured, to satisfy the stockholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution. The holders of common stock of HV Bancorp will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If HV Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

Voting Rights. Upon consummation of the conversion, the holders of common stock of HV Bancorp will have exclusive voting rights in HV Bancorp. They will elect HV Bancorp’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Pennsylvania law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of HV Bancorp’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit absent certain exceptions discussed previously. If HV Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Amendments to the articles of incorporation generally require, in addition to majority approval by the board of directors, majority approval of the outstanding shares eligible to vote, and certain amendments may require the approval of 75% of the outstanding shares eligible to vote.

As a Pennsylvania stock savings bank, corporate powers and control of Huntingdon Valley Bank will be vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of Huntingdon Valley Bank and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of Huntingdon Valley Bank will be vested exclusively in the owner of the shares of capital stock of Huntingdon Valley Bank, which will be HV Bancorp, and voted at the direction of HV Bancorp’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of HV Bancorp will not have direct control of Huntingdon Valley Bank.

Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Huntingdon Valley Bank, HV Bancorp, as the holder of 100% of Huntingdon Valley Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Huntingdon Valley Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Huntingdon Valley Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of HV Bancorp, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of HV Bancorp available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

 

138


Table of Contents

Preemptive Rights. Holders of the common stock of HV Bancorp will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued, unless such preemptive rights are approved by the board of directors. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

Preferred Stock

None of the shares of HV Bancorp’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

TRANSFER AGENT

The transfer agent and registrar for HV Bancorp’s common stock will be                                ,                     ,                                 .

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Huntingdon Valley Bank as of June 30, 2016 and 2015, and for the years then ended, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of BDO USA, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, which is included herein and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to HV Bancorp setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.

LEGAL MATTERS

Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, D.C., counsel to HV Bancorp and Huntingdon Valley Bank, has issued to HV Bancorp its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. BDO USA, LLP has provided an opinion to us regarding the Pennsylvania state income tax consequences of the conversion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. by Silver, Freedman, Taff &Tiernan LLP, Washington, D.C.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

HV Bancorp has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including HV Bancorp. The statements

 

139


Table of Contents

contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

Huntingdon Valley Bank has filed an application for approval of the conversion with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and a notice of intent to convert with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. HV Bancorp has filed a bank holding company application with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia. This prospectus omits certain information contained in those applications and notices. The application may be inspected, without charge, at the offices of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities, Market Square Plaza, 17 N Second Street, Suite 1300, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17101, and the notice may be inspected, without charge, at the office of the Regional Director of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 350 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1200, New York, NY 10118-0110, New York, New York. The bank holding company application is available from the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, Ten Independence Mall, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19106-1574.

A copy of the plan of conversion is available without charge from Huntingdon Valley Bank at its offices.

In connection with the offering, HV Bancorp will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, HV Bancorp and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion, HV Bancorp has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.

 

140


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF

HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Statements of Financial Condition at June 30, 2016 and 2015

     F-3   

Statements of Income for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

     F-4   

Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

     F-5   

Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

     F-6   

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

     F-7   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-8   

* * *

Separate financial statements for HV Bancorp have not been included in this prospectus because HV Bancorp has not engaged in any significant activities, has no significant assets, and has no contingent liabilities, revenue or expenses.

All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Trustees

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Huntingdon Valley, PA

We have audited the accompanying statements of financial condition of Huntingdon Valley Bank as of June 30, 2016 and 2015 and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Bank is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Huntingdon Valley Bank as of June 30, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Philadelphia, PA

September 8, 2016

BDO USA, LLP, a Delaware limited liability partnership, is the U.S. member of BDO International Limited, a UK company limited by guarantee, and forms part of the international BDO network of independent member firms.

BDO is the brand name for the BDO network and for each of the BDO Member Firms.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Statements of Financial Condition

(in thousands)

 

June 30,

   2016     2015  

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 9,949      $ 5,875   

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     5,478        9,721   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     15,427        15,596   

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value

     33,281        38,088   

Investment securities held-to-maturity (fair value of $5,941 at June 30, 2016 and $4,732 at June 30, 2015)

     5,825        4,744   

Loans held for sale, at fair value

     24,676        16,261   

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $487 at June 30, 2016 and $514 at June 30, 2015

     93,450        83,319   

Bank-owned life insurance

     3,895        3,783   

Restricted investment in bank stock

     1,108        627   

Premises and equipment, net

     1,652        1,639   

Accrued interest receivable

     527        525   

Prepaid federal income taxes

     147        151   

Deferred income taxes, net

     26        781   

Prepaid expenses

     231        291   

Real estate owned

     115        574   

Mortgate banking derivatives

     1,492        732   

Other assets

     171        187   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 182,023      $ 167,298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

    

Liabilities

    

Deposits

   $ 141,771      $ 142,877   

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

     20,000        7,000   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,929        3,502   

Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance

     1,357        1,110   

Deferred gain on sale - leaseback of building

     326        342   

Other liabilities

     1,669        1,011   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     169,052        155,842   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

    

Retained earnings

     12,978        11,952   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (7     (496
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

     12,971        11,456   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 182,023      $ 167,298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Statements of Income

(in thousands)

 

Year ended June 30,

   2016      2015  

Interest Income

     

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 4,446       $ 4,181   

Interest and dividends on investments:

     

Taxable

     205         212   

Nontaxable

     163         134   

Interest on mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

     375         453   

Interest on interest-bearing deposits

     113         77   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Interest Income

     5,302         5,057   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest Expense

     

Interest on deposits

     649         721   

Interest on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

     94         60   

Interest on securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Interest Expense

     746         785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     4,556         4,272   

Provision for Loan Losses

     9         79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     4,547         4,193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Interest Income

     

Fees for customer services

     210         207   

Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

     112         111   

Gain on sale of loans, net

     4,116         3,840   

Gain on sale of available-for-sale securities

     21         9   

Gain from hedging instruments

     504         235   

Change in fair value of loans held-for-sale

     384         444   

Other

     11         63   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Interest Income

     5,358         4,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Interest Expense

     

Salaries and employee benefits

     4,669         3,915   

Occupancy

     977         944   

Federal deposit insurance premiums

     160         168   

Data processing related operations

     508         530   

Loss on sale of other real estate owned

     20         62   

Real estate owned expense

     274         323   

Professional fees

     561         522   

Merger and conversion costs

     —           854   

Other expenses

     1,185         1,021   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Interest Expense

     8,354         8,339   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     1,551         763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income Tax Expense

     525         135   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 1,026       $ 628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statement.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in thousands)

 

Year ended June 30,

   2016     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Comprehensive Income, Net of Taxes

    

Net income

   $ 1,026      $ 628   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

    

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities (pre-tax $831 and $190, respectively)

     501        113   

Reclassification for (gains) included in income (pre-tax ($21), and ($9), respectively) (1)

     (12     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     489        107   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income

   $ 1,515      $ 735   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts are included in gain on sale of available-for-sale securities on the statement of Income as a separate element within non-interest income. Income tax expense is included in the statements of income.

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Statements of Changes in Equity

(in thousands)

 

     Retained
Earnings
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  

Balance, July 1, 2014

   $ 11,324       $ (603   $ 10,721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     628         —          628   

Other comprehensive income

     —           107        107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2015

   $ 11,952       $ (496   $ 11,456   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1,026         —          1,026   

Other comprehensive income

     —           489        489   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2016

   $ 12,978       $ (7   $ 12,971   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended  
     June 30,  

Year ended June 30,

   2016     2015  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ 1,026      $ 628   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     190        225   

Impairment of real estate owned, net

     256        111   

Amortization of deferred loan fees

     (9     (5

Net amortization of securities premiums and discounts

     496        290   

Loss on sale of real estate owned

     20        62   

Gain on sale of available-for-sale securities

     (21     (9

Provision for loan losses

     9        79   

Expense for deferred income taxes

     413        123   

Amortization of deferred gain on sale-leaseback transaction

     (16     (16

Increase in value of bank owned life insurance

     (112     (111

Loans held for sale:

    

Originations, net of prepayments

     (161,693     (155,053

Proceeds from sales

     157,778        159,451   

Gain on sales

     (4,116     (3,840

Change in fair value of loans held for sale

     (384     (444

(Increase) decrease in:

    

Accrued interest receivable

     (2     12   

Prepaid federal income taxes

     4        65   

Mortgage banking derivatives

     (760     (158

Conversion costs

     —          474   

Prepaid and other assets

     76        (280

Other liabilities

     658        305   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (6,187     1,909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

    

Net Increase in loans receivable

     (10,444     (3,146

Activity in available-for-sale securities:

    

Proceeds from sales

     11,653        6,765   

Maturities and repayments

     5,415        5,684   

Purchases

     (11,905     (12,205

Activity in held to maturity securities:

    

Maturities and repayments

     899        250   

Purchases

     (1,980     —     

(Purchase) redemption of restricted investment in bank stock

     (481     244   

Proceeds from sale of real estate owned

     496        520   

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (203     (115
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

     (6,550     (2,003
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

    

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

     (1,106     3,537   

Net increase (decrease) in advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance

     247        (40

Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     427        (3,116

Proceeds from borrowings from FHLB

     16,000        —     

Repayment of borrowings from FHLB

     (3,000     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     12,568        381   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (169     287   

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of year

     15,596        15,309   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of year

   $ 15,427      $ 15,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplementary Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

    

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 753      $ 786   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

   $ 80      $ 130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplementary Schedule of Noncash Investing Activities

    

Transfer from loans to real estate owned

   $ 313      $ 836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The following is a description of the significant accounting policies of Huntingdon Valley Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank follows accounting standards set by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). The FASB sets accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) that are followed to ensure consistent reporting of financial condition, results of income, and cash flows.

The Bank has evaluated subsequent events through the date of issuance of the financial statements included herein.

Nature of Business

The Bank is a Pennsylvania mutual savings bank, organized in 1871, and currently provides residential and commercial loans to its general service area (Montgomery, Bucks and Philadelphia Counties of Pennsylvania) as well as offering a wide variety of savings, checking and certificate of deposit accounts to its retail and business customers.

Effective July 1, 2003, the Bank converted from a federally chartered mutual savings association regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision to a Pennsylvania-chartered mutual savings bank regulated by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities (“PADOB”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). After the conversion, the Bank’s deposits continue to be insured by the FDIC. Should the Bank fail to maintain its status as “well capitalized”, it could be subject to formal corrective actions by its primary banking regulator. Refer to Note 8, Regulatory Capital.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The accounting and reporting policies of the Bank conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Bank considers cash and cash equivalents to include cash, amounts due from banks, and interest-bearing deposits with banks with original maturities of three months or less.

Use of Estimates

In preparing financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, other-than-temporary impairments of securities, interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”), mandatory sales commitments, the valuation of mortgage loans held-for-sale, other real estate owned, and the valuation of deferred tax assets.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Investment Securities

Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase.

Securities that management has both the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as securities held-to-maturity and are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium or accretion of discount using the interest method.

Securities that may be sold prior to maturity for asset/liability management purposes, or that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, to changes in prepayment risk, to increase regulatory capital or other similar factors, are classified as securities available-for-sale and carried at fair value with any adjustments to fair value, after tax, reported as a separate component of retained earnings.

Interest and dividends on securities, including the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts, are reported in interest and dividends on securities using the interest method. Gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities are recorded on the trade date and are calculated using the specific-identification method.

Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other-than-temporary would be reflected in the statements of income. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) the intent and ability of the Bank to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value and (4) whether the Bank intends to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis.

For debt securities where the Bank has determined that other-than-temporary impairment exists and the Bank does not intend to sell the security or if it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the impairment is separated into the amount that is credit-related and the amount due to all other factors. The credit-related impairment is recognized in the statements of income, and is the difference between an investment’s amortized cost basis and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the investment’s effective interest rate. The non-credit related loss is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of income tax benefit. For debt securities classified as held-to-maturity, the amount of noncredit-related impairment is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and is accreted over the remaining life of the debt security as an increase in the carrying value of the investment.

Mortgage Banking Activities and Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale (“LHS”) are originated and held until sold to permanent investors. On December 31, 2014, management elected to adopt the fair value option in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , and record loans held for sale at fair value.

Loans held for sale originated on or subsequent to the election of the fair value option, are recorded in the statements of financial condition at fair value. The fair value is determined on a recurring basis by utilizing quoted prices from dealers in such securities. Gains and losses on loan sales are recorded in non-interest income and direct loan origination costs and fees are recognized when incurred and are included in non-interest income in the statements of income.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Risk Management and Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Bank’s principal market exposure is to interest rate risk, specifically long-term U.S. Treasury and mortgage interest rates due to their impact on the fair value of mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments. The Bank is subject to interest rate risk and price risk on its loans held for sale from the loan funding date until the date the loan is sold.

The Bank uses derivative instruments as part of its overall strategy to manage its exposure to market risks primarily associated with fluctuations in interest rates. As a matter of policy, the Bank does not use derivatives for special purposes. All of the Bank’s derivative instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are included in the statements of financial condition as mortgage banking derivatives. The changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are included in non-interest income in the statements of income.

To Be Announced Securities

To be announced securities (“TBAs”) are “forward delivery” securities considered derivative instruments under derivatives and hedging accounting guidance, (FASB ASC 815). The Bank utilizes TBAs to protect against the price risk inherent in derivative loan commitments.

TBAs are valued based on forward dealer marks from the Bank’s approved counterparties. The Bank utilizes a third-party market pricing service, which compiles current prices for instruments from market sources and those prices represent the current executable price.

TBAs are recorded at fair value on the statements of financial condition in other assets and other liabilities with changes in fair value recorded in non-interest income in the statements of income.

The fair value of the Bank’s derivative instruments, other than IRLCs, that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis is determined by utilizing quoted prices from dealers in such securities or third-party models utilizing observable market inputs.

Interest Rate Lock Commitments

Mortgage loan commitments known as interest rate locks that relate to the origination of a mortgage that will be held for sale upon funding are considered derivative instruments under the derivatives and hedging accounting guidance FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging . Loan commitments that are derivatives are recognized at fair value on the statements of financial condition as mortgage banking derivatives and as other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded as a gain in hedging instruments in non-interest income in the statements of income. Outstanding IRLCs are subject to interest rate risk and related price risk during the period from the date of issuance through the date of loan funding, cancellation or expiration. Loan commitments generally range between 30 and 90 days; however, the borrower is not obligated to obtain the loan. The Bank is subject to fallout risk related to IRLCs, which is realized if approved borrowers choose not to close on the loans within the terms of the IRLCs. The Bank uses best efforts commitments to substantially eliminate these risks. See Note 9 Derivatives and Risk Management Activities.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Loans Receivable

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of an allowance for loan losses and any deferred fees or costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the yield in (interest income) of the related loans.

The loans receivable portfolio is segmented into Residential, Commercial, Construction and Consumer loans. Within Residential loans, the following classes exist: One-to-four family loans and home equity and home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”). Within Commercial loans, the following classes exist: commercial real estate and commercial business loans.

The accrual of interest is discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing. A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest accrued in prior years is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Interest received on nonaccrual loans, including impaired loans, generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, according to management’s judgment as to the collectability of principal.

Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time, generally six months, and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt. The past due status of all classes of loans receivable is determined based on contractual due dates for loan payments.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the statement of financial condition date and is recorded as a reduction to loans. The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. All, or part, of the principal balance of loans receivable are charged off to the allowance as soon as it is determined that the repayment of all, or part, of the principal balance is highly unlikely.

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated. Management performs a monthly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance. The allowance is based on the Bank’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective; as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers pools of loans by loan class including commercial loans not considered impaired, as well as smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as residential mortgage, home equity, HELOC and other consumer loans. These pools of loans are evaluated for loss exposure based upon historical loss rates for each of these categories of loans, adjusted for qualitative factors.

These qualitative risk factors include:

 

1. Lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices.

 

2. National, regional, and local economic and business conditions as well as the condition of various market segments, including the value of underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans.

 

3. Nature and volume of the portfolio and terms of loans.

 

4. Volume and severity of past due, classified and nonaccrual loans as well as other loan modifications.

 

5. Existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations.

 

6. Effect of external factors, such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements.

Each factor is assigned a value to reflect improving, stable or declining conditions based on management’s best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation. Adjustments to the factors are supported through documentation of changes in conditions in a narrative accompanying the allowance for loan loss calculation.

Residential loans are secured by the borrower’s residential real estate in either a first or second lien position. Residential loans have varying loan rates depending on the financial condition of the borrower and the loan to value ratio.

The Bank makes commercial loans for real estate development and other business purposes required by the customer base. The Bank’s credit policies determine advance rates against the different forms of collateral that can be pledged against commercial loans. Typically, the majority of loans will be limited to a percentage of their underlying collateral values such as real estate values, equipment, eligible accounts receivable and inventory. Individual loan advance rates may be higher or lower depending upon the financial strength of the borrower and/or term of the loan. The assets financed through commercial loans are used within the business for its ongoing operation. Repayment of these kinds of loans generally comes from the cash flow of the business or the ongoing conversions of assets. Commercial mortgage loans include long-term loans financing commercial properties. Repayment of this kind of loan is dependent upon either the ongoing cash flow of the borrowing entity or the resale of or lease of the subject property. Commercial mortgage loans typically require a loan to value ratio of not greater than 80% and vary in terms.

The Bank also makes construction loans to finance the construction of residential and commercial structures. These loans are made to individuals or commercial customers and are typically secured by the land and structures under construction. Construction loans have an inherently higher risk of repayment due to potential unforeseen delays in completion and changes in market conditions during the construction.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Consumer loans are collateralized by certificate of deposits held by the Bank and present minimal risk. Overdraft deposits are reclassified as consumer loans and are included in the total loans on the statements of financial condition,

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management, in determining impairment, include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial real estate loans, commercial other and commercial construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

An allowance for loan losses is established for an impaired loan if its carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value. The estimated fair values of substantially all of the Bank’s impaired loans are measured based on the estimated fair value of the loan’s collateral.

For commercial and construction loans secured by real estate, estimated fair values are determined primarily through third-party appraisals. When a real estate secured loan becomes impaired, a decision is made regarding whether an updated certified appraisal of the real estate is necessary. This decision is based on various considerations, including the age of the most recent appraisal, the loan-to-value ratio based on the original appraisal and the condition of the property. Appraised values are discounted to arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value. The discounts also include estimated costs to sell the property.

For commercial loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, estimated fair values are determined based on the borrower’s financial statements, inventory reports, accounts receivable aging or equipment appraisals or invoices. Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets.

Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Bank does not separately identify individual residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, HELOCs and other consumer loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans have been modified and accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring.

Loans whose terms are modified are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Bank grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty. Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally involve a temporary reduction in interest rate or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date. Non-accrual troubled debt restructurings are generally restored to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after modification. Loans classified as troubled debt restructurings are designated as impaired.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The allowance calculation methodology includes further segregation of loan classes into risk rating categories. The borrower’s overall financial condition, repayment sources, guarantors and value of collateral, if appropriate, are evaluated annually for commercial loans or when credit deficiencies arise, such as delinquent loan payments, for commercial and consumer loans. Credit quality risk ratings include regulatory classifications of special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss. Loans classified as special mention have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If uncorrected, the potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects. Loans classified substandard have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They include loans that are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.

Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified substandard with the added characteristic that collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current conditions and facts, is highly improbable. Loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible and are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Loans not classified are rated pass.

In addition, Federal and State regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination, which may not be currently available to management. Based on management’s comprehensive analysis of the loan portfolio, management believes the current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Bank invests in bank-owned life insurance policies (“BOLI”) as a mechanism for funding various employee benefit costs. The Bank is the beneficiary of these policies that insure the lives of certain of its current and former officers. The Bank recognizes the cash surrender value under the insurance policies as an asset in the statement of financial condition. Changes in the cash surrender value are recorded in non-interest income in the statements of income.

Restricted Investment in Bank Stock

Restricted investment in bank stocks, which represents required investments in the common stock of correspondent banks, is carried at cost, and consists of common stock of the Atlantic Central Bankers Bank (“ACBB”) and Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB”) stock totaling $1,108,000 and $627,000 at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively.

Premises and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to income on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, in the case of leasehold improvements, the expected lease period, if shorter. When disposal of fixed assets occurs, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the asset accounts, and the gain or loss from these disposals is reflected in earnings.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

     Years  

Land improvements

     40   

Buildings

     15 to 40   

Leasehold improvements

     5 to 15   

Furniture and office equipment

     3 to 10   

Real Estate Owned

Real estate owned is comprised of property acquired through a foreclosure proceeding or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure and loans classified as in-substance foreclosure. A loan is classified as in-substance foreclosure when the Bank has taken possession of the collateral regardless of whether formal proceedings take place. Foreclosed assets initially are recorded at fair value, net of estimated selling costs, at the date of foreclosure establishing a new cost basis. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value minus estimated costs to sell. Real estate in the process of foreclosure totaled $886,000 and $604,000 as of June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Real estate secured by residential 1-4 family properties held in Other Real Estate Owned totaled $115,000 and $187,000 at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Real estate secured by commercial properties held in Other Real Estate Owned was $0 and $387,000, at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Revenues and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in real estate owned expenses, as part of non-interest expenses. In addition, any gain or loss realized upon disposal is included in gains or losses on real estate sold, as part of non-interest expense.

The following is a roll forward of activity in Real Estate Owned at June 30:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2016      2015  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 574       $ 431   

Properties transferred in

     313         836   

Recovery of impairment

     —           156   

Proceeds from properties sold

     (496      (520

Loss on sales of properties

     (20      (62

Impairment valuation reserves

     (256      (267
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 115       $ 574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

The Bank enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase. Reverse repurchase agreements are treated as financings, with the obligation to repurchase securities sold reflected as a liability in the statement of financial condition. The securities underlying the agreements remain in the asset accounts.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of the evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Bank accounts for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term “more likely than not” means that a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment.

As of June 30, 2016 and 2015, the Bank had no material unrecognized tax benefits or accrued interest and penalties. The Bank’s policy is to account for interest as a component of interest expense and penalties as a component of other expense. Federal and state tax years 2013 through 2015 were open for examination as of June 30, 2016.

Transfer of Financial Assets

Transfers of financials assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Bank, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Bank does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value of financial instruments is estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions. As more fully disclosed in Note 12, fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

2. Investment Securities

Investment securities available-for-sale at June 30, 2016 was comprised of the following:

 

     2016  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

U.S. Governmental securities

   $ 1,493       $ 28       $ —         $ 1,521   

Corporate notes

     8,423         40         (136      8,327   

Collateralized mortgage obligations – agency residential

     9,879         45         (93      9,831   

Mortgage-backed securities – agency residential

     6,980         44         (15      7,009   

Municipal securities

     3,524         42         —           3,566   

Bank CDs

     2,994         41         (8      3,027   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 33,293       $ 240       $ (252    $ 33,281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities held-to-maturity at June 30, 2016 was comprised of the following:

 

     2016  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

Municipal securities

   $ 5,825       $ 117       $ (1    $ 5,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,825       $ 117       $ (1    $ 5,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Investment securities available-for-sale at June 30, 2015 was comprised of the following:

 

     2015  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

U.S. Governmental securities

   $ 2,958       $ 17       $ (48    $ 2,927   

Corporate notes

     5,822         —           (139      5,683   

Collateralized mortgage obligations – agency residential

     16,467         9         (450      16,026   

Mortgage-backed securities – agency residential

     7,033         5         (150      6,888   

Municipal securities

     4,402         —           (78      4,324   

Bank CDs

     2,249         —           (9      2,240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 38,931       $ 31       $ (874    $ 38,088   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities held-to-maturity at June 30, 2015 was comprised of the following:

 

     2015  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

Municipal securities

   $ 4,744       $ 23       $ (35    $ 4,732   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,744       $ 23       $ (35    $ 4,732   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The scheduled maturities of securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 were as follows:

 

     2016  
     Available for Sale      Held to Maturity  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  

Due in one year or less

   $ —         $ —         $ 518       $ 520   

Due from one to five years

     10,020         10,105         3,156         3,176   

Due from five to ten years

     5,023         4,920         2,151         2,245   

Due after ten years

     18,250         18,256         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 33,293       $ 33,281       $ 5,825       $ 5,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Securities with a fair value of $3.3 million and $3.8 million at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes as required by law.

Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities for the year ended June 30, 2016 were $11.7 million. Gross realized gains on such sales were approximately $22,000 and gross realized losses on such sales were $1,000.

Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities for the year ended June 30, 2015 were $6.8 million. Gross realized gains on such sales were $10,000 and gross realized losses on such sales were $1,000.

The following tables summarize the unrealized loss positions of securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity at June 30, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016  
     Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
 

Available-for-sale:

  

U.S. Governmental securities

   $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —     

Corporate notes

     1,000         (13     3,677         (123     4,677         (136

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     —           —          5,792         (93     5,792         (93

Mortgage-backed securities

     —           —          1,885         (15     1,885         (15

Municipal securities

     —           —          —           —          —           —     

Bank CD’s

     249         (1     493         (7     742         (8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,249       $ (14   $ 11,847       $ (238   $ 13,096       $ (252
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held–to-maturity:

               

Municipal securities

   $ 506       $ (1   $ —         $ —        $ 506       $ (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 506       $ (1   $ —         $ —        $ 506       $ (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

     2015  
     Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
 

Available-for-sale:

  

U.S. Governmental securities

   $ —         $ —        $ 1,256       $ (48   $ 1,256       $ (48

Corporate notes

     1,983         (18     3,700         (121     5,683         (139

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     4,179         (62     10,014         (388     14,193         (450

Mortgage-backed securities

     164         (1     6,105         (149     6,269         (150

Municipal securities

     2,403         (32     1,921         (46     4,324         (78

Bank CD’s

     1,743         (7     248         (2     1,991         (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 10,472       $ (120   $ 23,244       $ (754   $ 33,716       $ (874
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held–to-maturity:

               

Municipal securities

   $ —         $ —        $ 3,105       $ (35   $ 3,105       $ (35
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ —        $ 3,105       $ (35   $ 3,105       $ (35
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2016 and 2015, the investment portfolio included five and eight U.S. Government securities, with total market values of $1.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively. Of these securities, zero and three were in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively. These securities are zero risk weighted for capital purposes and are guaranteed for repayment of principal and interest. As of June 30, 2016 and 2015, management found no evidence of OTTI on any of the U.S. Governmental securities held in the investment securities portfolio and the Bank has no intentions to sell the securities before a recovery of the cost has occurred.

At June 30, 2016 and 2015, the investment portfolio included sixteen and eleven Corporate notes with total market values of $8.3 million and $5.7 million, respectively. Of these securities, nine and eleven were in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively. At the time of purchase and as of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, these bonds continue to maintain investment grade ratings. As of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, management found no evidence of OTTI on any of the Corporate notes held in the investment securities portfolio and the Bank has no intentions to sell the securities before a recovery of the cost has occurred.

At June 30, 2016 and 2015, the investment portfolio included thirty-two and forty-one Collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs) with total market values of $9.8 and $16.0 million at June 30, 2016 and 2015. Of these securities, nineteen and thirty-five were in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively. The CMO portfolio is comprised of 100% agency (FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA) investment grade bonds. As of June 30, 2016 and 2015, management found no evidence of OTTI on any of the CMOs held in the investment securities portfolio and the Bank has no intentions to sell the securities before a recovery of the cost has occurred.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

At June 30, 2016 and 2015, the investment portfolio included nineteen and twenty-five Mortgage backed securities (MBS) with a total market value of $7.0 million and $6.9 million at the end of each period, respectively. Of these securities, four and fourteen were in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The MBS portfolio is comprised of 100% agency (FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA) investment grade bonds. As of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, management found no evidence of OTTI on any of the MBS held in the investment securities portfolio and the Bank has no intentions to sell the securities before a recovery of the cost has occurred.

At June 30, 2016 and 2015, the investment portfolio included twenty-four and twenty-five Municipal securities with a total market value of $9.5 million and $9.1 million, respectively. Of these securities, one and twenty were in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively. The Bank’s municipal portfolio issuers are located in Pennsylvania and were purchased and, as of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, continue to maintain investment grade ratings. Each of the municipal securities is reviewed quarterly for impairment. This includes research on each issuer to ensure the financial stability of the municipal entity. As of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, management found no evidence of OTTI on any of the Municipal securities held in the investment securities portfolio and the Bank has no intentions to sell the securities before a recovery of the cost has occurred.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The following table summarizes the municipal bond portfolio by issuer, type, source, purpose and lowest agency rating, classified as available for sale, as of June 30, 2016:

 

(Dollars in Thousands)                                  

Issuer

(Municipality)

  

Type

  

Source

  

Purpose

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
    

Rating

Carbon County Hospital Authority

   Revenue Bond    Ad Valorem Revenue    Healthcare Facility Improvement    $ 357       $ 365       AA

City of Wilkes-Barre

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    Refunding Bond Issue      497         509       AA

Philadelphia County IDA**

   Revenue Bond    Appropriations    Pension Funding      235         235       A2

Radnor Township

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    Recreational Facility Improvement      215         218       Aa1

Schuylkill Haven School District

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    Refunding Bond Issue      367         369       AA

Scranton School District

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    Refunding Bond Issue      509         509       AA

Springfield Township

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    Refunding Bond Issue      240         246       AA-

Warwick Township

   Revenue Bond    Water and Sewer Revenue    Refunding Bond Issue      300         302       Aa3

Warwick Township

   Revenue Bond    Water and Sewer Revenue    Refunding Bond Issue      300         302       Aa3

Wilkes-Barre Finance Authority

   General Obligation    Revenue College and University    Refunding Bond Issue      504         511       A
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

            $ 3,524       $   3,566      
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

** IDA = Industrial Development Authority

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The following table summarizes the municipal bond portfolio by issuer, type, source, purpose and lowest agency rating, classified as held to maturity, as of June 30, 2016:

 

(Dollars in Thousands)                                  

Issuer

(Municipality)

  

Type

  

Source

  

Purpose

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
    

Rating

Chichester School District

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    School Improvement      $509         $526       AA

Council Rock School District

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    School Improvement      544         548       AA

Langhorne Manor Boro

   Revenue Bond    Miscellaneous Revenue    Repayment Bank Loan      588         649       A-

Lansdale Borough

   General Obligation    Tax and General Revenue    Finance Capital Program      253         256       A2

Lower Moreland Twp. School District

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    Refunding Bond Issue      511         521       AA+

Middletown Township

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    Miscellaneous      575         579       AA+

Newtown Township

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    Refunding Bond Issue      381         381       Aa3

Oxford Area School District

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    Miscellaneous Revenue      507         506       AA

Pennridge School District

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    Refunding Bond Issue      500         503       AA

Philadelphia County IDA**

   Revenue Bond    Miscellaneous Revenue    Pension Funding      137         139       AA

Solebury Township

   General Obligation    Sewer Revenue    Swap Termination      273         275       A+

Solebury Township

   General Obligation    Sewer Revenue    Swap Termination      278         279       A+

Warrington Township

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    Public Improvements      355         359       Aa2

Warrington Township

   General Obligation    Ad Valorem Property Tax    Public Improvements      414         420       Aa2
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

              $5,825         $5,941      
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

** IDA = Industrial Development Authority

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

3. Loans Receivable

Loans receivable at June 30, 2016 and 2015 were comprised of the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2016      2015  

Residential:

     

One-to-four family

   $ 71,980       $ 63,425   

Home equity and HELOCs

     6,448         6,662   

Commercial:

     

Commercial real estate

     11,620         12,662   

Commercial business

     558         634   

Construction:

     3,179         365   

Consumer:

     10         31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     93,795         83,779   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less:

     

Unearned discounts, origination and commitment fees and costs

     142         54   

Allowance for loan losses

     (487      (514
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 93,450       $ 83,319   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Overdraft deposits are reclassified as consumer loans and are included in the total loans on the statements of financial condition. Overdrafts were $10,000 and $26,000 and at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has granted loans to related parties. The amount outstanding at June 30, 2016 and 2015 was $888,000 and $10,000 respectively. Originations to related parties and repayments from related parties during the year ended June 30, 2016 were $922,000 and $43,000, respectively. Originations to and repayments from related parties during the year ended June 30, 2015 totaled $24,000.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The following tables summarizes the activity in the allowance for loan losses by loan class for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 and information in regards to the recorded investment in loans receivable by loan class as of June 30, 2016:

 

     2016  

Allowance for Loan Losses

                                              

(Dollars in thousands)

   Beginning
Balance
     Charge-
offs
    Recoveries      (Credit)
Provisions
    Ending
Balance
     Ending
Balance:
Individually
Evaluated
for
Impairment
     Ending
Balance:
Collectively
Evaluated
for
Impairments
 

Residential:

                  

One-to-four family

   $ 219       $ —        $ —         $ 95      $ 314       $ —         $ 314   

Home equity and HELOCs

     19         —          —           (1     18         —           18   

Commercial:

                  

Commercial real estate

     230         (34     —           (65     131         39         92   

Commercial business

     45         —          —           (22     23         19         4   

Construction:

     —           —          —           1        1         —           1   

Consumer:

     —           (3     1         2        —           —           —     

Unallocated reserve

     1         —          —           (1     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 514       $ (37   $ 1       $ 9      $ 487       $ 58       $ 429   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2015  

Allowance for Loan Losses

                                              

(Dollars in thousands)

   Beginning
Balance
     Charge-
offs
    Recoveries      (Credit)/
Provisions
    Ending
Balance
     Ending
Balance:
Individually
Evaluated
for
Impairment
     Ending
Balance:
Collectively
Evaluated
for
Impairments
 

Residential:

                  

One-to-four family

   $ 412       $ (233   $ —         $ 40      $ 219       $ —         $ 219   

Home equity and HELOCs

     17         —          —           2        19         —           19   

Commercial:

                  

Commercial real estate

     235         (31     —           26        230         22         208   

Commercial business

     8         —          —           37        45         39         6   

Construction:

     —           —          —           —          —           —           —     

Consumer:

     —           (7     1         6        —           —           —     

Unallocated reserve

     33         —          —           (32     1         —           1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 705       $ (271   $ 1       $ 79      $ 514       $ 61       $ 453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

     2016  
     Loans Receivable  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Ending
Balance
     Ending
Balance:
Individually
Evaluated
for
Impairment
     Ending
Balance:
Collectively
Evaluated
for
Impairment
 

Residential:

        

One-to-four family

   $ 71,980       $ 818       $ 71,162   

Home equity and HELOCs

     6,448         227         6,221   

Commercial:

        

Commercial real estate

     11,620         760         10,860   

Commercial business

     558         193         365   

Construction:

     3,179         —           3,179   

Consumer:

     10         —           10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 93,795       $ 1,998       $ 91,797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2015  
     Loans Receivable  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Ending
Balance
     Ending
Balance:
Individually
Evaluated
for
Impairment
     Ending
Balance:
Collectively
Evaluated
for
Impairment
 

Residential:

        

One-to-four family

   $ 63,425       $ 1,408       $ 62,017   

Home equity and HELOCs

     6,662         212         6,450   

Commercial:

        

Commercial real estate

     12,662         554         12,108   

Commercial business

     634         209         425   

Construction:

     365         —           365   

Consumer:

     31         —           31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 83,779       $ 2,383       $ 81,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The following tables summarize information in regard to impaired loans by loan portfolio class as of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015:

 

     2016  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Record
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

With no related allowance recorded

              

Residential:

              

One-to-four family

   $ 818       $ 818       $ —         $ 684       $ 4   

Home equity and HELOCs

     227         227         —           176         —     

Commercial:

              

Commercial real estate

     557         600         —           582         35   

Commercial business

     —           —           —           —           —     

Construction:

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,602         1,645         —           1,442         39   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded

              

Residential:

              

One-to-four family

     —           —           —           —           —     

Home equity and HELOCs

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial:

              

Commercial real estate

     203         203         39         192         19   

Commercial business

     193         193         19         201         10   

Construction:

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     396         396         58         393         29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,998       $ 2,041       $ 58       $ 1,835       $ 68   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

     2015  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Record
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

With no related allowance recorded

              

Residential:

              

One-to-four family

   $ 1,408       $ 1,408       $ —         $ 1,354       $ 16   

Home equity and HELOCs

     212         212         —           237         —     

Commercial:

              

Commercial real estate

     259         302         —           190         40   

Commercial business

     —           —           —           —           2   

Construction:

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,879         1,922         —           1,781         58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded

              

Residential:

              

One-to-four family

     —           —           —           —           —     

Home equity and HELOCs

     —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial:

              

Commercial real estate

     295         295         22         350         27   

Commercial business

     209         209         39         209         14   

Construction:

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer:

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     504         504         61         559         41   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,383       $ 2,426       $ 61       $ 2,340       $ 99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

If these loans were performing under the original contractual rate, interest income on such loans would have increased approximately $46,000 and $113,000 for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The following table presents nonaccrual loans by classes of the loan portfolio as of June 30, 2016 and 2015:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2016      2015  

Residential:

     

One-to-four family

   $ 818       $ 1,277   

Home equity and HELOCs

     227         147   

Commercial:

     

Commercial real estate

     100         226   

Commercial business

     —           —     

Construction:

     —           —     

Consumer:

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,145       $ 1,650   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The following tables summarize the aggregate Pass and criticized categories of Special Mention, Substandard and Doubtful within the Bank’s internal risk rating system as of June 30, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Residential:

              

One-to-four family

   $ 70,874       $ —         $ 1,106       $ —         $ 71,980   

Home equity and HELOCs

     6,221         —           227         —           6,448   

Commercial:

              

Commercial real estate

     10,860         395         365         —           11,620   

Commercial business

     162         203         193         —           558   

Construction:

     3,179         —           —           —           3,179   

Consumer:

     10         —           —           —           10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 91,306       $ 598       $ 1,891       $ —         $ 93,795   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2015  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Residential:

              

One-to-four family

   $ 61,486       $ —         $ 1,939       $ —         $ 63,425   

Home equity and HELOCs

     6,450         —           212         —           6,662   

Commercial:

              

Commercial real estate

     12,044         170         448         —           12,662   

Commercial business

     182         242         210         —           634   

Construction:

     365         —           —           —           365   

Consumer:

     31         —           —           —           31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 80,558       $ 412       $ 2,809       $ —         $ 83,779   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The following tables present the segments of the loan portfolio summarized by aging categories as of June 30, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016  

(Dollars in thousands)

   30-59
Days
Past Due
     60-89
Days
Past Due
     Greater
than 90
Days
     Total
Past Due
     Current      Total Loans
Receivables
     Loans
Receivable
>90 Days
and
Accruing
 

Residential:

                    

One-to-four family

   $ 470       $ 317       $ 659       $ 1,446       $ 70,534       $ 71,980       $ —     

Home equity and HELOCs

     94         79         227         400         6,048         6,448         —     

Commercial:

                    

Commercial real estate

     —           —           100         100         11,520         11,620         —     

Commercial business

     —           —           —           —           558         558         —     

Construction:

     —           —           —           —           3,179         3,179         —     

Consumer:

     —           —           —           —           10         10         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 564       $ 396       $ 986       $ 1,946       $ 9 1, 849       $ 93,795       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2015  

(Dollars in thousands)

   30-59
Days
Past Due
     60-89
Days
Past Due
     Greater
than 90
Days
     Total
Past Due
     Current      Total Loans
Receivables
     Loans
Receivable
>90 Days
and
Accruing
 

Residential:

                    

One-to-four family

   $ 177       $ 156       $ 1,277       $ 1,610       $ 61,815       $ 63,425       $ —     

Home equity and HELOCs

     34         —           147         181         6,481         6,662         —     

Commercial:

                    

Commercial real estate

     —           —           226         226         12,436         12,662         —     

Commercial business

     242         —           —           242         392         634         —     

Construction:

     —           —           —           —           365         365         —     

Consumer:

     —           —           —           —           31         31         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 453       $ 156       $ 1,650       $ 2,259       $ 81,520       $ 83,779       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The Bank may grant a concession or modification for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial condition that it would not otherwise consider resulting in a modified loan that is then identified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). The Bank may modify loans through rate reductions, extensions of maturity, interest only payments, or payment modifications to better match the timing of cash flows due under the modified terms with the cash flows from the borrowers’ operations. Loan modifications are intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral. TDRs are considered impaired loans for purposes of calculating the Bank’s allowance for loan losses.

The Bank may identify loans for potential restructure primarily through direct communication with the borrower and evaluation of the borrower’s financial statements, revenue projections, tax returns, and credit reports. Even if the borrower is not presently in default, management will consider the likelihood that cash flow shortages, adverse economic conditions and negative trends may result in a payment default in the near future.

As of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, the Bank had two loans identified as TDRs totaling $357,000 and $379,000, respectively. In fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, two loans were restructured with rate modifications to lower the interest rate for a term of five years each. In 2015, one of the two loans was increased to fund property taxes on the related loan collateral and subsequently, in fiscal year 2015, one loan paid off in full. For the year ended June 30, 2015, the Bank identified an additional loan as a TDR. This loan was restructured with a rate modification to lower the interest rate for a term of five years. At June 30, 2016 and 2015, all of the TDRs were performing in compliance with their restructured terms and on an accrual status. There were no modifications to loans classified as TDRs in 2016.

The following table details the Bank’s TDRs that are on an accrual status and a non-accrual status at June 30, 2016:

 

     As of June 30, 2016  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Number of
Loans
     Accrual
Status
     Non-Accrual
Status
     Total TDRs  

Commercial real estate

     2       $ 357       $ —         $ 357   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2       $ 357       $ —         $ 357   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table details the Bank’s TDRs that are on an accrual status and a non-accrual status at June 30, 2015:

 

     As of June 30, 2015  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Number of
Loans
     Accrual
Status
     Non-Accrual
Status
     Total TDRs  

Commercial real estate

     2       $ 379       $ —         $ 379   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2       $ 379       $ —         $ 379   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

4. Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are summarized by major classification at June 30, 2016 and 2015 as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2016      2015  

Land

   $ 334       $ 334   

Land improvements

     477         477   

Office buildings and improvements

     711         711   

Leasehold improvements

     610         545   

Furniture and equipment

     2,633         2,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost

     4,765         4,562   

Accumulated depreciation

     (3,113      (2,923
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,652       $ 1,639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the year ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 was $190,000 and $225,000, respectively.

During the year ended June 30, 2007, the Bank sold the building that housed its corporate offices and one of its branch offices. At the time of settlement, the Bank entered into an operating lease agreement for the branch office portion of the building. Due to the sale-leaseback nature of the transaction, the Bank deferred the $486,000 gain on the sale. The deferred gain is being amortized into income by the straight-line method over the term of the operating lease (29 years and 11 months) as a reduction of rental expense. The amount amortized was $16,000 for both years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

5. Deposits

Deposits at June 30, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2016      2015  

NOW accounts – interest bearing

   $ 29,003       $ 30,755   

NOW accounts – non-interest bearing

     3,344         2,969   

Money market deposit accounts

     25,582         25,043   

Passbook and statement accounts

     32,934         34,861   

Checking accounts

     13,407         7,548   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal- core deposits

     104,270         101,176   

Certificates of deposit

     37,501         41,701   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 141,771       $ 142,877   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2016 , scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit for the periods are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

      

June 30, 2017

   $ 21,512   

June 30, 2018

     7,190   

June 30, 2019

     4,431   

June 30, 2020

     1,838   

June 30, 2021

     963   

June 30, 2022 and thereafter

     1,567   
  

 

 

 
   $ 37,501   
  

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit in denominations of $250,000 or more were $1.9 million at June 30, 2016 and 2015.

The Bank held deposits of approximately $2.5 million and $2.9 million for related parties at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Interest expense on deposits for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 is summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2016      2015  

NOW accounts

   $ 50       $ 52   

Money market deposits accounts

     68         71   

Passbook and statement accounts

     105         97   

Certificates of deposit

     426         501   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 649       $ 721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Borrowings

Under terms of its collateral agreement with the FHLB, the Bank maintains otherwise unencumbered qualifying assets (principally qualifying 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and U.S. government agency, and mortgage-backed securities) in the amount of at least as much as its advances from the FHLB. The Bank’s FHLB stock is also pledged to secure these advances.

The following table details the Bank’s fixed rate advances from the FHLB as of June 30, 2016, and 2015:

 

(Dollars in thousands)                    

Maturity

   Interest Rate     2016      2015  

07/16/2015

     0.57   $ —         $ 1,000   

06/03/2016

     0.59     —           2,000   

07/18/2016

     0.91     1,000         1,000   

07/27/2016

     0.58     10,000         —     

09/26/2017

     0.93     3,000         3,000   

11/30/2017

     0.98     1,000         —     

11/30/2017

     1.27     1,000         —     

07/16/2018

     1.41     1,000         —     

11/30/2018

     1.59     1,000         —     

06/03/2019

     1.26     2,000         —     
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 20,000       $ 7,000   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The Bank has borrowing facilities with the FHLB, including access to an “Open Repo Plus” line with a maturity up to three months as well as access to advances with maturities up to 30 years. The combined total of the facilities or maximum borrowing capacity (“MBC”) is approximately $68 million as of June 30, 2016. The Open Repo Plus line has a maximum limit of up to one half of the MBC. The MBC changes as a function of the Bank’s qualifying collateral assets, and the amount of funds received may be reduced by additional required purchases of FHLB stock. As of June 30, 2016 and 2015, the Bank had no borrowings outstanding under the Open Repo Plus line. The Bank had outstanding FHLB advances totaling and $20.0 and $7.0 million as of June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The Bank also has available lines of credit of $3.0 million with ACBB and a line equal to 95% of fair value of collateral held by the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”), which were $4.3 million at June 30, 2016 and $4.4 million at June 30, 2015. The Bank has not borrowed against its credit lines with ACBB and FRB for the year ended June 30, 2016 or 2015.

7. Securities Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase

The Bank has entered into overnight repurchase agreements, which are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, with a carrying value, including accrued interest, of $3.9 million and $3.5 million at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The fair value of the underlying collateral was $6.8 million at June 30, 2016 and 2015.

The maximum balance of repurchase agreements outstanding at any month-end during the year ended June 30, 2016, and for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 was $3.9 million and $4.7 million, respectively. The average balances outstanding for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 were $2.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively. The weighted average interest rate of the repurchase agreements was 0.08% and 0.16% at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

8. Regulatory Capital

Information presented for June 30, 2016 and 2015, reflects the Basel III capital requirements that became effective January 1, 2015 for the Bank. Under these capital requirements and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk- weightings and other factors.

Federal bank regulators require the Bank maintain minimum ratios of core capital to adjusted average assets of 4.0%, common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%, Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.0% and total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. At June 30, 2016, the Bank met all the capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject. At June 30, 2016, the Bank was “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be “well capitalized,” the Bank must maintain minimum leverage, common equity Tier 1 risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios of at least 5.0%, 6.5%, 8.0% and 10.0%, respectively. Management believes that no conditions or events have occurred since June 30, 2016 that would materially adversely change the Bank’s capital classifications. From time to time, we may need to raise additional capital to support the Bank’s further growth and to maintain its “well capitalized” status.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table (dollars in thousands):

 

     Actual     Capital Adequacy
Purposes
    To Be Well Capitalized
Under the Prompt
Corrective Action
Provision
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

As of June 30, 2016

               

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 13,438         12.5   $ > 8,607         > 8.0   $ > 10,759         > 10.0

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     12,951         12.0        > 6,455         > 6.0        > 8,607         > 8.0   

Tier I capital (to average assets)

     12,951         7.6        > 6,787         > 4.0        > 8,483         > 5.0   

Tier I common equity (to risk-weighted assets)

     12,951         12.0        > 4,842         > 4.5        > 6,993         > 6.5   

As of June 30, 2015

               

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 12,117         13.0   $ > 7,447         > 8.0   $ > 9,309         > 10.0

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     11,603         12.5        > 5,584         > 6.0        > 7,445         > 8.0   

Tier I capital (to average assets)

     11,603         6.8        > 6,810         > 4.0        > 8,513         > 5.0   

Tier I common equity (to risk-weighted assets)

     11,603         12.5        > 4,189         > 4.5        > 6,051         > 6.5   

As a licensed mortgagee, the Bank is subject to the rules and regulations of the Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”), Federal Housing Authority (“FHA”) and state regulatory authorities with respect to originating, processing and selling loans. Those rules and regulations, among other things, require the maintenance of minimum net worth levels (which vary based on the portfolio of FHA loans originated by the Bank). Failure to meet the net worth requirements could adversely impact the ability to originate loans and access secondary markets. As of June 30, 2016 and 2015, the Bank maintained the minimum required net worth levels.

The Bank must hold a capital conservation buffer, subject to a phase-in from January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2019, above its minimum risk-based capital requirements. As of June 30, 2016, the Bank’s is required to maintain a capital conservation buffer of 0.625%. The Bank’s conservation buffer was 4.49% as of June 30, 2016. Failure to maintain the full amount of the buffer will result in restrictions on the Bank’s ability to make capital distributions and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The phase-in requires the Bank to increase its capital conservation buffer from 0.625% as of June 30, 2016 to 2.50% as of June 30, 2019 and thereafter.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

9. Derivatives and Risk Management Activities

The Bank did not have any derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments, or subject to master netting and collateral agreements as of and for the year ended June 30, 2016. The following table summarizes the amounts recorded in the Bank’s statement of financial condition for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments as of June 30, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

June 30, 2016

                  
Asset Derivatives                   
    

Balance sheet

Presentation

   Fair Value      Notional
Amount
 

IRLCs

   Mortgage banking derivatives    $ 1,084       $ 30,006   

Mandatory sale commitments:

        

Related to interest rate and

        

Price risk for LHS

   Mortgage banking derivatives      408         7,046   

TBAs securities

   Mortgage banking derivatives      —           —     
Liability Derivatives                   
    

Balance sheet

Presentation

   Fair Value      Notional
Amount
 

IRLCs

   Other liabilities    $ 32       $ 4,572   

Mandatory sale commitments:

        

Related to interest rate and

        

Price risk for LHS

   Other liabilities      48         5,544   

TBAs securities

   Other liabilities      166         22,000   

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

June 30, 2015

                  
Asset Derivatives                   
    

Balance sheet

Presentation

   Fair Value      Notional
Amount
 

IRLCs

   Mortgage banking derivatives    $ 632       $ 19,469   

Mandatory sale commitments:

        

Related to interest rate and

        

Price risk for LHS

   Mortgage banking derivatives      77         2,043   

TBAs securities

   Mortgage banking derivatives      23         7,000   
Liability Derivatives                   
    

Balance sheet

Presentation

   Fair Value      Notional
Amount
 

IRLCs

   Other liabilities    $ —         $ —     

Mandatory sale commitments:

        

Related to interest rate and

        

Price risk for LHS

   Other liabilities      —           —     

TBAs securities

   Other liabilities      16         4,500   

The following table summarizes the amounts recorded in the Bank’s statements of income for derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments for the year ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

    

Statement of Income

Presentation

   Gain/(Loss)  
        June 30, 2016      June 30, 2015  

IRLCs

   Gain from hedging Instruments    $ 1,103       $ 152   

Mandatory sale commitments:

        

Related to interest rate and

        

Price risk for LHS

  

Gain/(loss) from hedging

Instruments

     52         (14

TBAs securities

  

(Loss)/gain from hedging

Instruments

     (651      97   

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The fair value of the Bank’s IRLCs and mandatory sales commitments are based upon the estimated fair value of the underlying mortgage loan (determined consistent with “Loans Held for Sale”), adjusted for (1) estimated costs to complete and originate the loan, and (ii) the estimated percentage of IRLCs that will result in a closed mortgage loan. The valuation of the Bank’s IRLCs approximates a whole-loan price, which includes the value of the related mortgage servicing.

10. Employee Benefits

The Bank maintains a retirement plan for all eligible employees, which allows participants to make contributions by salary reduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Participants can contribute up to 15% of their compensation, as defined, to the plan. The Bank’s contribution to the Plan is discretionary and will be determined on a yearly basis. The Bank contributed $36,000 to the Plan during the year ended June 30, 2016. The Bank did not contribute to the plan for the year ended June 30, 2015.

11. Income Taxes

The income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2016      2015  

Current:

     

Federal

   $ 4       $ (3

State

     108         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     112         12   

Deferred:

     

Federal

     413         123   

State

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     413         123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 525       $ 135   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The expense (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 differed from the federal income tax statutory rate due to the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2016     2015  
     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  

Tax at statutory rate

   $ 525         34.0   $ 259         34.0

State tax net of federal benefit

     72         4.7     10         1.3

Bank-owned life insurance

     (38      (2.5 %)      (38      (5.0 %) 

Tax-exempt interest

     (53      (3.6 %)      (44      (6.0 %) 

Other, net

     19         1.3     (52      (6.6 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 525         33.9   $ 135         17.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences in recording certain revenues and expenses for financial reporting purposes. The net deferred tax asset at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 consisted of the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2016      2015  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 165       $ 175   

Non-accrual interest

     30         33   

Depreciation

     —           2   

Deferred income

     111         116   

Accrued expenses

     85         64   

Capital loss carryover

     —           111   

Capitalized expenses

     8         83   

Unrealized loss on securities

     5         347   

Minimum tax credit carryover

     125         134   

Federal NOL carryover

     190         215   

Charitable contribution carryover

     10         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     729         1,286   

Valuation allowance

     —           (111
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     729         1,175   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Depreciation

   $ 7       $ —     

Fair value adjustment of interest rate lock commitments and mandatory sales commitments

     415         243   

Gain on fair value of loans

     281         151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     703         394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 26       $ 781   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the table above is the effect of certain temporary differences related to capital losses, as of June 30, 2015, for which no deferred tax expense or benefit was recognized. The realizability of deferred tax assets is dependent upon a variety of factors, including the generation of future taxable income, the existence of taxes paid and recoverable, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, and tax planning strategies. Based upon these and other factors, management believed it is more likely than not that the Bank will realize only certain benefits of the remaining net deferred tax assets. Therefore, a valuation allowance had been established on a portion of the deferred tax assets at June 30, 2015 relating to capital losses. There was no valuation allowance established for deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2016, as the capital loss carryforward expired during 2016. As of June 30, 2016, the gross NOL carryforward is $560,000, which will expire between 2034 and 2035.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The Bank has AMT credits of $125,000 and $134,000 as of June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which have an indefinite life.

Retained earnings include $1.7 million June 30, 2016 and 2015, for which no provision for federal income tax has been made. This amount represents deductions for bad debt reserves for tax purposes, which were only allowed to savings institutions that met certain criteria prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Small Business Job Protection Act (the Act) eliminated the special bad debt deduction granted solely to thrifts. Under the terms of the Act, there would be no recapture of the pre-1988 (base year) reserves. However, these pre-1988 reserves would be subject to recapture under the rules of the Internal Revenue Code if the Bank pays a cash dividend in excess of earnings and profits, or liquidates.

12. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Bank uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement”, the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Bank’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

Fair value guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value, which focuses on exit price in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. In such instances, determining the price at which willing market participants would transact at the measurement date under current market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires the use of significant judgment. The fair value is determined at a reasonable point within the range that is most representative of fair value under current market conditions. Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of the Bank’s financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Bank could have realized in sales transaction on the dates indicated. The estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective year-ends, and have not been reevaluated or updated for purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those respective dates. As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported at each year-end.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

In accordance with this guidance, the Bank groups its financial assets and financial liabilities generally measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

Level 1 – Valuation is based unadjusted on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 assets and liabilities generally include debt and equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. The valuation may be based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 – Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2016 and 2015 are summarized below:

 

     2016  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. governmental securities

   $ —         $ 1,521       $ —         $ 1,521   

Corporate notes

     —           8,327         —           8,327   

Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency residential

     —           9,831         —           9,831   

Mortgage-backed securities - agency residential

     —           7,009         —           7,009   

Municipal securities

     —           3,566         —           3,566   

Bank CDs

     —           3,027         —           3,027   

Loans Held for Sale

     —           24,676         —           24,676   

Price risk for LHS

     —           408         —           408   

TBA securities

     —           —           —           —     

Interest rate lock commitments

     —           1,084         —           1,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ 59,449       $ —         $ 59,449   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2015  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. governmental securities

   $ —         $ 2,927       $ —         $ 2,927   

Corporate notes

     —           5,683         —           5,683   

Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency residential

     —           16,026         —           16,026   

Mortgage-backed securities - agency residential

     —           6,888         —           6,888   

Municipal securities

     —           4,324         —           4,324   

Bank CDs

     —           2,240         —           2,240   

Loans Held for Sale

        16,261            16,261   

Price risk for LHS

     —           77         —           77   

TBA securities

     —           23         —           23   

Interest rate lock commitments

     —           632         —           632   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ 55,081       $ —         $ 55,081   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2016 are summarized below.

 

     2016  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Price risk for LHS

   $ —         $ 48       $ —         $ 48   

TBA securities

     —           166         —           166   

Interest rate lock commitments

     —           32         —           32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ 246       $ —         $ 246   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2015 are summarized below.

 

     2015  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

TBA securities

   $ —         $ 16       $ —         $ 16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ 16       $ —         $ 16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy used at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 are as follows:

 

     2016  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Impaired loans

   $         $         $ 338       $ 338   

Real estate owned

           115         115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $         $         $ 453       $ 453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2015  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Impaired loans

   $ —         $ —         $ 443       $ 443   

Real estate owned

     —           —           574         574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ —         $ 1,017       $ 1,017   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The following tables presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and for which the Bank has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value:

 

     Balances as of June 30, 2016  
     Qualitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Fair Value      Valuation
Techniques
  Unobservable
Input
   Range
(Weighted
Average)
 

Impaired loans

   $ 338       Appraisal of
collateral (1)
  Liquidation
expenses/
borrower
negotiations
    

 

5.0%-16.3

(11.2%

%

Other real estate owned

   $ 115       Appraisal of
collateral (1)
  Liquidation
expenses
    

 

7.0% to 8.0

(7.5%


     Balances as of June 30, 2015  
     Qualitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Fair Value      Valuation
Techniques
  Unobservable
Input
   Range
(Weighted
Average)
 

Impaired loans

   $ 443       Appraisal of
collateral (1)
  Liquidation
expenses/
borrower
negotiations
    

 

14.9%-24.6

(17.6%


Other real estate owned

   $ 574       Appraisal of
collateral (1)
  Liquidation
expenses
    

 

7.0% to 8.0

(7.7%


 

(1) Appraisals may be discounted for qualitative factors such as age of appraisal, interior condition of the property, and liquidation expenses. Fair value may also be based on negotiated settlements with the borrowers.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments, whether carried at cost or fair value, at June 30, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

                   Fair Value Measurements at
June 30, 2016
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
Level 1
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
 

Assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,427       $ 15,427       $ 15,427       $ —         $ —     

Investment securities available-for-sale

     33,281         33,281         —           33,281         —     

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     5,825         5,941         —           5,941         —     

Loans held for sale at fair value

     24,676         24,676         —           24,676         —     

Loans receivable, net

     93,450         93,907         —           —           93,907   

Restricted investment in bank stock

     1,108         1,108         —           —           1,108   

Accrued interest receivable

     527         527         —           527         —     

Price risk for LHS

     408         408         —           408      

TBA securities

     —           —           —           —           —     

Interest rate lock commitments

     1,084         1,084         —           1,084         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Deposits

   $ 141,771       $ 138,711       $ —         $ 138,711       $ —     

Advances from the FHLB

     20,000         20,040         —           20,040         —     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,929         3,929         —           3,929         —     

Price risk for LHS

     48         48         —           48         —     

TBA securities

     167         167         —           167         —     

Interest rate lock commitments

     32         32         —           32         —     

Accrued Interest Payable

     19         19            19      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet:

              

Commitments to extend credit

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

                   Fair Value Measurements at
June 30, 2015
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
Level 1
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
 

Assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,596       $ 15,596       $ 15,596       $ —         $ —     

Investment securities available-for-sale

     38,088         38,088         —           38,088         —     

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     4,744         4,732         —           4,732         —     

Loans held for sale at fair value

     16,261         16,261         —           16,261         —     

Loans receivable, net

     83,319         81,885         —           —           81,885   

Restricted investment in bank stock

     627         627         —           —           627   

Accrued interest receivable

     525         525         —           525         —     

Price risk for LHS

     77         77         —           77      

TBA securities

     23         23         —           23         —     

Interest rate lock commitments

     632         632         —           632         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Deposits

   $ 142,877       $ 143,862       $ —         $ 143,862       $ —     

Advances from the FHLB

     7,000         6,990         —           6,990         —     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,502         3,502         —           3,502         —     

TBA securities

     16         16         —           16         —     

Accrued Interest Payable

     11         11            11      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet:

              

Commitments to extend credit

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Bank since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Bank’s assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Bank’s disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful. There were no changes in methodologies or transfers between levels during the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

These short-term assets are valued at their face value, which approximate fair value.

Investments (Available for Sale and Held to Maturity)

Where quoted prices are available in an active market for identical instruments, investment securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 investment securities include highly liquid U.S. Treasury securities and most equity securities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Examples of such instruments, which would generally be classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, include certain Mortgage Backed Securities (MBS). In cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, investment securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Investment securities classified within Level 3 include certain equity securities that do not have readily available market prices, certain municipal bonds, certain Asset Backed Securities (ABS), and other less liquid investment securities.

Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

Effective December 31, 2014 (the “Election Date”), the Bank elected to adopt the fair value option for its loan held for sale portfolio in order to more accurately reflect the economic value of the mortgages held for sale on the Statements of Financial Condition. All mortgage loans held for sale originated subsequent to the Election Date are carried at fair value. All loans held for sale originated prior to the Election Date were sold prior to June 30, 2015.

Changes in fair value of loans held for sale are reported in non-interest income in the statements of income and amounted to $384,000 and $444,000 for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The Bank’s mortgage loans are generally classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The following table reflects the difference between the carrying amount of mortgage loans held for sale, measured at fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal amount that the Bank is contractually entitled to receive at maturity as of June 30, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

Loans held for sale                  Excess Carrying Amount  
     Carrying      Aggregate Unpaid      Over Aggregate Unpaid Principal  
     Amount      Principal Balance      Balance  

June 30, 2016

   $ 24,676       $ 23,848       $ 828   

June 30, 2015

   $ 16,261       $ 15,817       $ 444   

The Bank did not have any mortgage loans held for sale recorded at fair value that were 90 or more days past due and on non-accrual at June 30, 2016.

Interest Rate Lock Commitments (“IRLC”)

The fair value of the Bank’s IRLC instruments are based upon the underlying loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the probability of such commitments being exercised. Due to observable market data inputs used by the Bank, the Bank’s IRLCs are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

Mandatory Sales Commitments for Loans Held for Sale

Fair values for mandatory sales commitments are based on fair values of the underlying mortgage loans and the probability of such commitments being exercised. Due to the observable inputs used by the Bank, the Bank’s mandatory sales commitments (LHS) are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

To Be Announced Securities (“TBAs”)

TBAs are valued based on forward dealer marks from the Bank’s approved counterparties. The Bank utilizes a third party market pricing service which compiles current prices for instruments from market sources, and those prices represent the current executable price. Due to the observable inputs used by the Bank, the Bank’s TBAs are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

Loan Receivable, Net

Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. For loans that reprice frequently, the carrying value approximates fair value. The fair value of other type of loans is estimated by discounting expected cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with comparable credit ratings and for similar remaining maturities.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Impaired Loans

Impaired loans include those collateral-dependent loans and leases for which the practical expedient under ASC 310-40 was applied, resulting in a fair value adjustment to the loans. Impaired loans are evaluated and valued at the time the loan is identified as impaired, at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value is measured based on the value of the collateral securing these loans less cost to sell and is classified at Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of collateral is based on appraisals performed by qualified licensed appraisers hired by the Bank.

Restricted Investment in Bank Stock

The stock is carried at cost; which approximates fair value and considers the limited marketability of such securities.

Real Estate Owned (Cost or Fair Value)

Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. These assets are included in Level 3 fair value based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.

Accrued Interest Receivable and Accrued Interest Payable

The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and payable approximates their respective fair values.

Deposits

The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated discounting the contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits with comparable remaining maturities.

Advances from the FHLB

The fair value of advances is estimated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for borrowings with comparable terms, credit, and remaining maturities.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

The fair value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase is estimated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for borrowings with comparable terms, credit, and remaining maturities.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Commitments to Extend Credit

The majority of the Bank’s commitments to extend credit carry current market interest rates if converted to loans. Because commitments to extend credit are generally unassignable by either the Bank or the borrower, they only have value to the Bank and the borrower. The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

The Bank is involved in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. Management, after taking into consideration legal counsel’s evaluation of such actions, is of the opinion that the outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, operating results, or equity of the Bank.

The Bank is party to certain financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments are entered into in the normal course of business and include commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. In the opinion of management, market risk (interest rate changes) associated with these instruments is nominal.

Open mortgage loan commitments granted to loan applicants at June 30, 2016 and 2015 are $26.2 million and $18.5 million, respectively. Open commercial loan commitments granted to loan applicants at June 30, 2016 and 2015 are $1.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

At June 30, 2016 and 2015, the Bank had mandatory LHS commitments amounting to $30.1 million and $13.8 million, respectively. The Bank had mandatory TBAs amounting to $22.0 million and $7.0 million, respectively.

The undisbursed portion of open-ended HELOCs at June 30, 2016 and 2015 are $7.2 million, and $6.7 million, respectively. The undisbursed portion of open-ended commercial and commercial real estate lines of credit at June 30, 2016 and 2015 are $78,000 and $289,000, respectively.

There were no outstanding performance standby letters of credit at June 30, 2016 and 2015.

In the normal course of business, the Bank sells loans in the secondary market. As is customary in such sales, the Bank provides indemnification to the buyer under certain circumstances. This indemnification may include the obligation to repurchase loans or refund fees by the Bank, under certain circumstances. In most cases, repurchases and losses are rare, and no provision is made for losses at the time of sale. When repurchases and losses are probable and reasonably estimable, a provision is made in the financial statements for such estimated losses. There was no provision for losses from repurchases as of June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

Residential mortgage loans serviced for others at June 30, 2016 and 2015 are $5.6 million and $7.1 million, respectively.

The Bank is required to maintain certain average reserve balances as established by the FRB. The amounts of this reserve balance for the reserve computation period, which included June 30, 2016 and 2015, were $790,000 and $714,000, respectively, which were satisfied through the restriction of vault cash held at the Bank’s branches. No additional reserves were required to be maintained at the FRB of Philadelphia in excess of the required $25,000 clearing balance requirement.

In connection with the operation of certain branch and administrative offices, the Bank has entered into operating leases for periods ranging from 1 to 30 years. Total rental expense for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 were $466,000 and $407,000, respectively. As of June 30, 2016, future minimum lease payments under such operating leases are:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

      

2017

   $ 441   

2018

     364   

2019

     328   

2020

     209   

2021

     20   

Thereafter

     1,055   
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,417   
  

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

14. Concentrations

At June 30, 2016 and 2015, the Bank’s lending activities are concentrated in Southeastern Pennsylvania, with the largest concentration in Montgomery, Bucks and Philadelphia Counties. The performance of the Bank’s loan portfolio is affected by economic conditions in the borrowers’ geographic region.

Mortgage loans held for sale were sold to investors that made up over ten percent of gain on sale of loans as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Number of
Investors
     Percentage
of Mortgages
Sold
 

June 30, 2016

     2         51

June 30, 2015

     5         74

15. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Standards

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, Leases . The new leases standard applies a right-of-use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record, for all leases with a lease term of more than 12 months, an asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a liability to make lease payments. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a practical expedient is available whereby a lessee may elect, by class of underlying asset, not to recognize an ROU asset or lease liability. At inception, lessees must classify all leases as either finance or operating based on five criteria. Balance sheet recognition of finance and operating leases is similar, but the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement, as well as the effect on the statement of cash flows, differs depending on the lease classification.

The new leases standard requires a lessor to classify leases as either sales-type, direct financing or operating, similar to existing U.S. GAAP. Classification depends on the same five criteria used by lessees plus certain additional factors. The subsequent accounting treatment for all three lease types is substantially equivalent to existing U.S. GAAP for sales-type leases, direct financing leases, and operating leases. However, the new standard updates certain aspects of the lessor accounting model to align it with the new lessee accounting model, as well as with the new revenue standard under Topic 606.

Lessees and lessors are required to provide certain qualitative and quantitative disclosures to enable users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

The new leases standard addresses other considerations including identification of a lease, separating lease and nonlease components of a contract, sale and leaseback transactions, modifications, combining contracts, reassessment of the lease term, and remeasurement of lease payments. It also contains comprehensive implementation guidance with practical examples.

The amendments are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments are effective for all other entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. Specific transition requirements apply. The Bank is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of the new standard on the financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.   ASU 2016-13 requires credit losses on most financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain other instruments to be measured using an expected credit loss model (referred to as the current expected credit loss (CECL) model). Under this model, entities will estimate credit losses over the entire contractual term of the instrument (considering estimated prepayments, but not expected extensions or modifications unless reasonable expectation of a troubled debt restructuring exists) from the date of initial recognition of that instrument.

The ASU also replaces the current accounting model for purchased credit impaired loans and debt securities. The allowance for credit losses for purchased financial assets with a more-than insignificant amount of credit deterioration since origination (“PCD assets”), should be determined in a similar manner to other financial assets measured on an amortized cost basis. However, upon initial recognition, the allowance for credit losses is added to the purchase price (“gross up approach”) to determine the initial amortized cost basis. The subsequent accounting for PCD financial assets is the same expected loss model described above.

Further, the ASU made certain targeted amendments to the existing impairment model for available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities. For an AFS debt security for which there is neither the intent nor a more-likely-than-not requirement to sell, an entity will record credit losses as an allowance rather than a write-down of the amortized cost basis.

The Update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Bank is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of the new standard on the financial statements.

16. Merger-Conversion and Offering

On December 12, 2013, The Victory Bancorp, Inc. (“Victory Bancorp”), Huntingdon Valley Bank (“HV Bank”), and HV Bancorp, Inc. (“HV Bancorp”), a new corporation in formation to facilitate the mutual-to-stock conversion of HV Bank, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which Victory Bancorp would have merged with and into HV Bancorp, with HV Bancorp as the surviving entity (the “Merger”). Upon effectiveness of the Merger, each outstanding share of Victory Bancorp capital stock would have been converted into the right to receive shares of HV Bancorp capital stock.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Notes to Financial Statements Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

On January 21, 2015, the parties announced the termination of the Merger Agreement and withdrawal of the joint application for regulatory approval to merge that had been filed with the FDIC in May 2014. Due to policy concerns regarding mutual conversion/mergers that were raised by the FDIC staff during its review of the joint application, the FDIC indicated that it would not accept an updated joint application for further processing.

In connection with the transaction, HV Bank incurred $854,000 in total expenses relating to the transaction for the years ending June 30, 2015. All costs have been expensed as of June 30, 2015.

17. Subsequent Event - Adoption of Plan of Conversion

On July 20, 2016, the Board of Trustees of the Bank unanimously adopted a Plan of Conversion whereby the Bank will convert from the mutual form of ownership to a stock form of ownership. HV Bancorp will become the stock holding company of the Bank and will offer for sale shares of common stock to certain depositors and certain borrowers of the Bank and potentially others in a subscription and community offering. The proposed Plan of Conversion is subject to approval by the FDIC, the PADOB and by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast either in person or by proxy by members of the Bank. June 30, 2015 has been established as the eligibility record date for determining the eligible account holders entitled to receive nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for the conversion stock.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

 

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by HV Bancorp, Inc. or Huntingdon Valley Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of HV Bancorp, Inc. or Huntingdon Valley Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

Up to 1,897,500 shares

(Subject to Increase to up to 2,182,125 shares)

HV Bancorp, Inc.

(Proposed Holding Company for Huntingdon Valley Bank)

COMMON STOCK

par value $0.01 per share

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

S ANDLER O’N EILL + P ARTNERS , L.P.

 

 

[prospectus date]

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

 

 

Until [expiration date], all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

          Amount  

*

   Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses    $ 400,000   

*

   Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses      169,000   

*

   Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses (1)      373,383   

*

   Records Management Fees and Expenses      40,000   

*

   Appraisal Fees and Expenses      42,500   

*

   Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees      145,000   

*

   Filing Fees (NASDAQ, FINRA, PDOB and SEC)      64,972   

*

   Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses      12,000   

*

   Business Plan Fees and Expenses      40,000   

*

   Other      16,528   
     

 

 

 

*

   Total    $ 1,303,383   
     

 

 

 

 

* Estimated
(1) HV Bancorp, Inc. has retained Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis. Estimated at maximum of offering range, as adjusted, assuming 100% of the shares are sold in the subscription offering.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Article 7 of the Bylaws of HV Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) and Article 8 the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Persons Covered. Subject to, and in accordance with, the provisions of this Article VI, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, including actions by or in the right of the Corporation, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise.

6.2 Derivative Actions.

(a) In the case of a threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation against a person named in Section 6.1 by reason of such person holding a position named in Section 6.1, the Corporation shall indemnify such person if such person satisfies the standard in Section 6.2(b), for expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit.

(b) In the case of a threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation, a person named in Section 6.1 shall be indemnified only if:

(1) such person is successful on the merits or otherwise; or

(2) such person acted in good faith in the transaction that is the subject of the suit or action, and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation. However, such person shall not be indemnified in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person has been adjudged

 

II-1


Table of Contents

liable to the Corporation unless (and only to the extent that) the court of common pleas or the court in which the suit was brought shall determine, upon application, that despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper.

6.3 Third-Party Actions.

(a) In case of a threatened, pending, or completed suit, action, or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative), other than a suit by or in the right of the Corporation, together hereafter referred to as a third-party action, against a person named in Section 6.1 by reason of such person holding a position named in Section 6.1, the Corporation shall indemnify such person if such person satisfies the standard in Section 6.3(b), for amounts actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of the third-party action, including, but not limited to (i) expenses (including attorneys’ fees), (ii) amounts paid in settlement, (iii) judgments, and (iv) fines.

(b) In case of a third-party action, a person named in Section 6.1 shall be indemnified only if:

(1) such person is successful on the merits or otherwise; or

(2) such person acted in good faith in the transaction that is the subject of the third-party action and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of a third-party action by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a pleas of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, in itself, create a presumption that the person failed to satisfy the standard of this Section 6.3(b).

6.4 Determination That Standard Has Been Met. A determination that the standard of either Section 6.2(b) or 6.3(b) has been satisfied may be made by a court, or, except as stated in the record sentence of Section 6.2(b), the determination may be made by:

(1) the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors of the Corporation who were not parties to the action, suit, or proceeding;

(2) if such a quorum is not obtainable or if obtainable and a majority of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or

(3) the shareholders of the Corporation.

6.5 Proration. Anyone making a determination under Section 6.4 may determine that a person has met the standard as to some matters but not as to others, and may reasonably prorate amounts to be indemnified.

6.6 Advancement of Expenses. Reasonable expenses incurred by a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding described in Section 6.1 may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.

6.7 Other Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or pursuant to this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any insurance or other agreement, vote of shareholders or directors, or otherwise, both as to actions in their official capacity and as to actions in another capacity while holding an office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

6.8 Insurance. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.

6.9 Security Fund; Indemnity Agreements. By action of the Board of Directors (notwithstanding their interest in the transaction), the Corporation may create and fund a trust fund or fund of any nature, and may enter into agreements with its officers, directors, employees, and agents for the purpose of securing or insuring in any manner its obligation to indemnify or advance expenses provided for in this Article VI.

6.10 Modification. The duties of the Corporation to indemnify and to advance expenses to any person as provided in this Article VI shall be in the nature of a contract between the Corporation and each such person, and no amendment or repeal of any provision of this Article VI, and no amendment or termination of any trust fund or other fund created pursuant to Section 6.9 hereof, shall alter to the detriment of such person the right of such person to the advancement of expenses or indemnification related to a claim based on an act or failure to act which took place prior to such amendment, repeal, or termination.

6.11 Proceedings Initiated by Indemnified Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article VI, the Corporation shall not indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent for any liability incurred in an action, suit, or proceeding initiated by (which shall not be deemed to include counter-claims or affirmative defenses) or participated in as an intervenor or amicus curiae by the person seeking indemnification unless such initiation of or participation in the action, suit, or proceeding is authorized, either before or after its commencement, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

6.12 Savings Clause. If this Article VI or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director, officer, employee, and agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VI that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

If the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania are amended to permit further indemnification of the directors, officers, employees, and agents of the Corporation, then the Corporation shall indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI by the Board of Directors or the shareholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, employee, or agent existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The personal liability of the directors and officers of the Corporation for monetary damages for conduct in their capacities as such shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the PBCL as it exists on the effective date of these Articles of Incorporation or as such law may be thereafter in effect. No amendment, modification or repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of these Articles of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall adversely affect the rights provided hereby with respect to any claim, issue or matter in any proceeding that is based in any respect on any alleged action or failure to act occurring prior to such amendment, modification, repeal or adoption.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Not Applicable.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

 

  (a) List of Exhibits

 

  1.1    Engagement Letters between Huntingdon Valley Bank and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
  1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between Huntingdon Valley Bank, HV Bancorp, Inc., and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.*
  2    Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
  3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of HV Bancorp, Inc.
  3.2    Bylaws of HV Bancorp, Inc.
  4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of HV Bancorp, Inc.
  5    Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
  8.1    Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC
  8.2    Form of State Tax Opinion of BDO, USA, LLP
10.1    Employment Agreement between Huntingdon Valley Bank and Travis J. Thompson
10.2    Employment Agreement between Huntingdon Valley Bank and Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr.
10.3    Employment Agreement between Huntingdon Valley Bank and Charles S. Hutt
21    Subsidiaries of HV Bancorp, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2    Consent of RP Financial, LC.
23.3    Consent of BDO, USA, LLP
24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Huntingdon Valley Bank and RP Financial, LC.
99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.
99.4    Marketing Materials*
99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(6) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for

 

II-5


Table of Contents

indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the Village of Huntingdon Valley, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on September 7, 2016.

 

  HV BANCORP, INC.
  By:    

/s/ Travis J. Thompson

    Travis J. Thompson
    Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
    (Duly Authorized Representative)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors and officers of HV Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint Travis J. Thompson as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Travis J. Thompson may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Travis J. Thompson shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Travis J. Thompson

Travis J. Thompson

  

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

   September 7, 2016

/s/ Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr.

Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr.

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   September 7, 2016

/s/ Carl Hj. Asplundh, Jr.

Carl Hj. Asplundh, Jr.

   Director    September 7, 2016

/s/ John D. Behm

John D. Behm

   Director    September 7, 2016

/s/ Scott W. Froggatt

Scott W. Froggatt

   Director    September 7, 2016

/s/ Joseph F. Kelly

Joseph F. Kelly

   Director    September 7, 2016


Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 8, 2016

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

EXHIBITS

TO THE

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ON

FORM S-1

 

HV Bancorp, Inc.

Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

  1.1    Engagement Letters between Huntingdon Valley Bank and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
  1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between Huntingdon Valley Bank, HV Bancorp, Inc., and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.*
  2    Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
  3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of HV Bancorp, Inc.
  3.2    Bylaws of HV Bancorp, Inc.
  4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of HV Bancorp, Inc.
  5    Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
  8.1    Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC
  8.2    Form of State Tax Opinion of BDO, USA, LLP
10.1    Employment Agreement between Huntingdon Valley Bank and Travis J. Thompson
10.2    Employment Agreement between Huntingdon Valley Bank and Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr.
10.3    Employment Agreement between Huntingdon Valley Bank and Charles S. Hutt
21    Subsidiaries of HV Bancorp, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2    Consent of RP Financial, LC.
23.3    Consent of BDO, USA, LLP
24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Huntingdon Valley Bank and RP Financial, LC.
99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.
99.4    Marketing Materials*
99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 1.1

June 16, 2016

Huntingdon Valley Bank

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

 

        Attention:  

Mr. Travis J. Thompson

President and Chief Executive Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We understand that the Board of Directors of Huntingdon Valley Bank (the “Bank”) is considering the adoption of a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Bank will be converted into stock form and shares of the common stock (the “Shares”) of a newly organized stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) for the Bank will be offered and sold in a public offering. The Holding Company and the Bank are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (“Sandler O’Neill”) is pleased to assist the Company with the Offering and this letter is to confirm the terms and conditions of our engagement.

Under the terms of the Plan and applicable regulations, the Shares will be offered first to eligible depositors of the Bank and the Company’s tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans in a subscription offering (the “Subscription Offering”). Subject to the prior rights of subscribers in the subscription offering, the Shares will be offered in a community offering, with a preference given in the community offering to residents of the communities served by the Bank (the “Community Offering,” and together with the Subscription Offering, the “Subscription and Community Offering”). Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription and Community Offering may be offered to the general public by Sandler O’Neill on a best efforts basis (the “Syndicated Offering,” and together with the Subscription and Community Offering, the “Offering”).

OFFERING SERVICES

Sandler O’Neill will work with the Company and its management, counsel, accountants and other advisors on the Offering and anticipate that our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

1. Consulting as to the financial and securities market implications of the Plan;

2. Reviewing with the Board the financial impact of the Offering on the Company, based upon the independent appraiser’s appraisal of the Holding Company’s common stock;


 

Board of Directors

Huntingdon Valley Bank

June 16, 2016

Page 2

3. Reviewing all offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

4. Assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the Offering;

5. Assisting management in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors in connection with the Offering; and

6. Providing such other general advice and assistance as may be requested to promote the successful completion of the Offering.

Sandler O’Neill will act as exclusive marketing agent for the Company in the Subscription and Community Offering and will serve as sole manager of any Syndicated Offering. Sandler O’Neill may also seek to form a syndicate of registered dealers to assist in the Syndicated Offering (all such registered dealers participating in the Syndicated Offering, including Sandler O’Neill, the “Syndicate Member Firms”). Sandler O’Neill will consult with the Company in selecting any Syndicate Member Firms and the extent of their participation in the Offering. Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, Sandler O’Neill will endeavor to distribute the Shares among dealers in a fashion that best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the requirements of the Plan, which may result in limiting the allocation of stock to certain Syndicate Member Firms. It is understood that in no event shall any Syndicate Member Firm be obligated to take or purchase any Shares in the Offering.

FEES

For its services in the Subscription Offering, the Company agrees to pay to Sandler O’Neill a fee of 1.50% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in the Subscription Offering, excluding Shares purchased by or on behalf of (i) any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company established for the benefit of its directors, officers and employees, and (ii) any director, officer or employee of the Company or members of their immediate families (whether directly or through a personal trust).

For its services in the Community Offering, the Company agrees to pay to Sandler O’Neill a fee of 2.50% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in the Community Offering, excluding Shares purchased by or on behalf of any director, officer or employee of the Company or members of their immediate families (whether directly or through a personal trust).


 

Board of Directors

Huntingdon Valley Bank

June 16, 2016

Page 3

For its services in the Syndicated Offering, the Company agrees to pay to Sandler O’Neill and any other Syndicate Member Firms an aggregate fee of 5.50% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in the Syndicated Offering.

For purposes of this letter, the term “Actual Purchase Price” shall mean the price at which the Shares are sold in the Offering and the term “immediate family” shall mean a spouse and any children living in the same household as the director, officer or employee. All fees payable hereunder shall be due and payable in immediately available funds by wire transfer at the time of the closing of the Offering. If (a) Sandler O’Neill’s engagement hereunder is terminated for any of the reasons provided for under the second paragraph of the section of this letter captioned “Definitive Agreement,” or (b) the Offering is terminated by the Company, no fees shall be payable by the Company to Sandler O’Neill hereunder.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

In addition to any fees that may be payable to Sandler O’Neill hereunder and the expenses to be borne by the Company pursuant to the following paragraph, the Company agrees to reimburse Sandler O’Neill, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses; provided, however , such expenses shall not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate without the Company’s prior approval, which expense cap shall be increased to $115,000 if a Syndicated Offering is undertaken. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this letter. In recognition of the long lead times involved in the stock offering process, the Company agrees to make an advance payment to Sandler O’Neill in the amount of $25,000, payable upon execution of this letter, which shall be credited against any reimbursement of expenses payable hereunder. In the event that the advance payment exceeds the amount due in reimbursement of expenses hereunder, the excess shall be refunded to the Company.

As is customary, the Company will bear all other expenses incurred in connection with the Offering, including, without limitation, (i) the cost of obtaining all securities and bank regulatory approvals, including any required FINRA filing fees; (ii) the cost of printing and distributing the offering materials; (iii) the costs of blue sky qualification (including fees and expenses of blue sky counsel) of the shares in the various states; (iv) listing fees; and (v) all fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants, transfer agent and other advisors; and (vi) the establishment and operational expenses for the Conversion Center (e.g., postage, telephones, supplies, temporary employees, etc.). In the event Sandler O’Neill incurs any such fees and expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company will reimburse Sandler O’Neill for such fees and expenses whether or not the Offering is consummated.


 

Board of Directors

Huntingdon Valley Bank

June 16, 2016

Page 4

DUE DILIGENCE REVIEW

Sandler O’Neill’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this letter shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigation and inquiries relating to the Company and its directors, officers, agents and employees as Sandler O’Neill and its counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances. In this regard, the Company agrees that, at its expense, it will make available to Sandler O’Neill all information that Sandler O’Neill requests, and will allow Sandler O’Neill the opportunity to discuss with the Company’s management the financial condition, business and operations of the Company. The Company acknowledges that Sandler O’Neill will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of all information received from the Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents, independent accountants and counsel.

BLUE SKY MATTERS

Sandler O’Neill and the Company agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offering. The Company will cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offering, including Sandler O’Neill’s and any other broker-dealer’s participation therein, and shall furnish Sandler O’Neill a copy thereof addressed to Sandler O’Neill or upon which such counsel shall state Sandler O’Neill may rely.

CONFIDENTIALITY

Except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, Sandler O’Neill agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information”); provided, however , that Sandler O’Neill may disclose such information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising Sandler O’Neill in performing its services hereunder and who have been directed to comply with the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Sandler O’Neill in breach of the confidentiality provisions contained herein, (b) was available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to Sandler O’Neill by the Company, or (c) becomes available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to Sandler O’Neill to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation owed to the Company.

The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the financial models and presentations used by Sandler O’Neill in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to Sandler O’Neill and are protected under applicable copyright laws. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior written consent of Sandler O’Neill.


 

Board of Directors

Huntingdon Valley Bank

June 16, 2016

Page 5

INDEMNIFICATION

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold Sandler O’Neill, its affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Sandler O’Neill and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the Offering or the engagement of Sandler O’Neill pursuant to, or the performance by Sandler O’Neill of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party; provided, however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (i) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by Sandler O’Neill expressly for use therein, or (ii) is primarily attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Sandler O’Neill. If the foregoing indemnification is unavailable for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in the proportion that its financial interest in the Offering bears to that of Sandler O’Neill.

The Company agrees to notify Sandler O’Neill promptly of the assertion against it or any other person of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding relating to any transaction contemplated by this agreement. The Company will not, without Sandler O’Neill’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, action or proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not any Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party thereto, unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination (i) includes an explicit and unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from any liabilities arising out of such claim, action or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.


 

Board of Directors

Huntingdon Valley Bank

June 16, 2016

Page 6

DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT

Sandler O’Neill and the Company agree that (a) except as set forth in clause (b) below, the foregoing represents the general intention of the Company and Sandler O’Neill with respect to the services to be provided by Sandler O’Neill in connection with the Offering, which will serve as a basis for Sandler O’Neill commencing activities, and (b) the only legal and binding obligations of the Company and Sandler O’Neill with respect to the Offering shall be (1) the Company’s obligation to reimburse costs and expenses pursuant to the section captioned “Costs and Expenses,” (2) those set forth under the captions “Confidentiality” and “Indemnification,” and (3) as set forth in a duly negotiated and executed definitive Agency Agreement to be entered into prior to the commencement of the Subscription and Community Offering. Such Agency Agreement shall be in form and content satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill and the Company and their respective counsel and shall contain standard indemnification and contribution provisions consistent herewith.

Sandler O’Neill’s execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (i) Sandler O’Neill’s satisfaction with its investigation of the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, (ii) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill, (iii) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of Sandler O’Neill, (iv) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable, and (v) market conditions at the time of the Offering.

REPRESENTATIONS

The Company represents and warrants that it has all requisite power and authority to enter into and carry out the terms and provisions of this agreement, the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement does not breach or conflict with any agreement, document or instrument to which it is a party or bound and this agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

MISCELLANEOUS

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.


 

Board of Directors

Huntingdon Valley Bank

June 16, 2016

Page 7

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by signing and returning to Sandler O’Neill the duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith.

 

Very truly yours,

 

SANDLER O’NEILL & PARTNERS, L.P.

By:  

Sandler O’Neill & Partners Corp.,

the sole general partner

By:   /s/ Catherine A. Lawton
 

Catherine A. Lawton

An Officer of the Corporation

 

 

 

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first above written:

 

HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK

By:   /s/ Travis J. Thompson
 

Travis J. Thompson

President and Chief Executive Officer


June 16, 2016

Mr. Travis J. Thompson

President and Chief Executive Officer

Huntingdon Valley Bank

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

Dear Mr. Thompson:

We understand that the Board of Directors of Huntingdon Valley Bank (the “Bank”) is considering the adoption of a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Bank will be converted into stock form and shares of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of a newly organized stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) for the Bank will be offered and sold to the Bank’s eligible depositors and certain tax-qualified employee benefit plans in a subscription offering and, to the extent shares remain available, to members of the Bank’s community in a community offering and, under certain circumstances, to the general public in a syndicated community offering (collectively, the “Offering”). The Holding Company and the Bank are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (“Sandler O’Neill”) is pleased to act as records management agent (“Records Agent”) for the Bank in connection with the Offering. This letter is to confirm the terms and conditions of our engagement.

SERVICES AND FEES

In our role as Records Agent, we anticipate that our services will include the services outlined below, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

  I. Consolidation of Deposit Accounts and Vote Calculation

 

  II. Design and Preparation of Proxy Forms for Depositor Vote and Stock Order Forms for the Offering

 

  III. Organization and Supervision of the Conversion Center

 

  IV. Coordinate Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services

 

  V. Subscription Services

Each of these services is further described in Appendix A to this agreement.


 

Huntingdon Valley Bank

June 16, 2016

Page 2

For its services hereunder, the Company agrees to pay Sandler O’Neill a fee of $10,000. This fee is based upon the requirements of current regulations and the Plan as currently contemplated. Any unusual or additional items or duplication of service required as a result of a material change in the regulations or the Plan as currently contemplated or a material delay or other similar events may result in extra charges that will be covered in a separate agreement if and when they occur. All fees under this Agreement shall be payable in cash, as follows: (a) $5,000 payable upon execution of this Agreement, which shall be non-refundable; and (b) the balance upon the mailing of proxy and offering materials to the Bank’s eligible account holders.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

In addition to any fees that may be payable to Sandler O’Neill hereunder, the Company agrees to reimburse Sandler O’Neill, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, including, without limitation, travel, lodging, meals, telephone, postage, listings, forms and other similar expenses, up to a maximum of $30,000. It is understood that all expenses associated with the operation of the Conversion Center will be borne by the Company. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this agreement.

RELIANCE ON INFORMATION PROVIDED

The Company will furnish Sandler O’Neill with such information as Sandler O’Neill reasonably believes appropriate to its assignment (all such information so furnished being the “Records”). The Company recognizes and confirms that Sandler O’Neill (a) will use and rely primarily on the Records without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Records. The Company will also inform Sandler O’Neill within a reasonable period of time of any changes in the Plan that require changes in Sandler O’Neill’s services.

CONFIDENTIALITY

Except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, Sandler O’Neill agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information”); provided, however , that Sandler O’Neill may disclose such information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising Sandler O’Neill in performing its services hereunder and who have been directed to comply with the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Sandler O’Neill in breach of the confidentiality provisions contained herein, (b) was available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to Sandler


 

Huntingdon Valley Bank

June 16, 2016

Page 3

O’Neill by the Company, or (c) becomes available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to Sandler O’Neill to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation owed to the Company.

LIMITATIONS

Sandler O’Neill, as Records Agent, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be liable to any person or entity, including the Company, by reason of any error of judgment or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof unless caused by or arising out of its own willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence; (d) will not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (e) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

Anything in this agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall Sandler O’Neill be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if Sandler O’Neill has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

INDEMNIFICATION

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold Sandler O’Neill and its affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons (Sandler O’Neill and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the engagement of Sandler O’Neill pursuant to, and the performance by Sandler O’Neill of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from Sandler O’Neill’s willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.


 

Huntingdon Valley Bank

June 16, 2016

Page 4

REPRESENTATIONS

The Company represents and warrants that it has all requisite power and authority to enter into and carry out the terms and provisions of this agreement, the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement does not breach or conflict with any agreement, document or instrument to which it is a party or bound and this agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

MISCELLANEOUS

The following addresses shall be sufficient for written notices to each other:

 

        If to you:  

Huntingdon Valley Bank

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

Attention: Mr. Travis J. Thompson

        If to us:  

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Attention: General Counsel

The agreement and appendix hereto constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York.


 

Huntingdon Valley Bank

June 16, 2016

Page 5

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by signing and returning to Sandler O’Neill the duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith.

 

Very truly yours,

 

SANDLER O’NEILL & PARTNERS, L.P.

By:  

Sandler O’Neill & Partners Corp.,

the sole general partner

By:   /s/ Catherine A. Lawton
 

Catherine A. Lawton

An Officer of the Corporation

 

 

 

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first above written:

 

HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK

By:   /s/ Travis J. Thompson
 

Travis J. Thompson

President and Chief Executive Officer


APPENDIX A

OUTLINE OF RECORDS AGENT SERVICES

 

I. Consolidation of Deposit Accounts and Vote Calculation

 

  1. Consolidate files in accordance with regulatory guidelines and create central file.

 

  2. Our EDP format will be provided to your IT representatives.

 

  3. Vote calculation.

 

II. Design and Preparation of Proxy Forms for Depositor Vote and Stock Order Forms for the Offering

 

  1. Assist in designing proxy cards and stock order forms for voting and ordering stock.

 

  2. Prepare deposit account holder data for proxy cards and stock order forms.

 

III. Organization and Supervision of the Conversion Center

 

  1. Advising on the physical organization of the Conversion Center, including materials requirements.

 

  2. Assist in the training of all Bank personnel and temporary employees who will be staffing the Conversion Center.

 

  3. Establish reporting procedures.

 

  4. On-site supervision of the Conversion Center during the offering period.

 

IV. Coordinate Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services

 

  1. Act as or support proxy solicitor/tabulator.

 

  2. Act as or support inspector of election, it being understood that Sandler O’Neill will not act as inspector of election in the case of a contested election.

 

  3. If required, delete voting record date accounts closed prior to special meeting.

 

V. Subscription Services

 

  1. Produce list of depositors by state (Blue Sky report).

 

  2. Production of subscription rights and research books.

 

  3. Stock order form processing.

 

  4. Acknowledgment letter to confirm receipt of stock order.

 

  5. Daily reports and analysis.

 

  6. Proration calculation and share allocation in the event of an oversubscription.

 

  7. Produce charter shareholder list.

 

  8. Interface with Transfer Agent for issuance of initial ownership statements.

 

  9. Refund and interest calculations.

 

  10. Notification of full/partial rejection of orders.

 

  11. Production of 1099/Debit tape.

Exhibit 2

PLAN OF CONVERSION

OF

HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

     1   

  2. DEFINITIONS

     1   

  3. PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

     6   

  4. HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

     8   

  5. SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

     8   

  6. PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

     9   

  7. RETENTION OF OFFERING PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

     9   

  8. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

     10   

  9. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY) 10

     10   

10. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

     11   

11. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

     11   

12. COMMUNITY OFFERING

     12   

13. SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING

     12   

14. LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

     13   

15. PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

     15   

16. MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

     16   

17. UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

     17   

18. RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

     17   

19. ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

     17   

20. VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     19   

21. RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

     19   

22. REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

     19   

23. TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

     20   

24. REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

     20   

25. TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

     20   

26. STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     20   

27. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

     21   

28. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK

     22   

29. ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

     22   

30. CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

     23   

31. EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

     23   

32. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

     23   

33. CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

     23   

34. INTERPRETATION

     24   


PLAN OF CONVERSION OF

HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK

 

1. INTRODUCTION

This Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion of Huntingdon Valley Bank, a Pennsylvania-chartered mutual savings bank (the “Bank”), from the mutual to the capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”). As part of the Conversion, the Bank will become a Pennsylvania-chartered stock savings bank subsidiary of a new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) which will offer for sale Common Stock in the Offering on a priority basis to members and others pursuant to the terms of this Plan. The purpose of the Conversion is to convert the Bank to the capital stock form of organization and to raise capital in the Offering to support growth and achieve economies of scale in response to changing regulatory and market conditions, including higher compliance and operating costs associated with new federal bank regulations. The federal bank regulators have increased the minimum regulatory capital requirements for banks and savings associations, and the additional capital raised in the Conversion will enable the Bank to grow and also satisfy such new capital requirements. The Conversion will also provide the Bank and the Holding Company greater flexibility to effect corporate transactions, including mergers, acquisitions and branch expansions. The Holding Company will offer its Common Stock in the Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The subscription rights granted to Participants in the Subscription Offering are set forth in Sections 8 through 11 hereof. To the extent shares of Common Stock remain available for purchase after the completion of the Subscription Offering, the Holding Company may offer the remaining Common Stock for sale in a Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. All sales of Common Stock in any Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Trustees of the Bank and the Board of Directors of the Holding Company.

The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or other customers of the Bank (other than voting and liquidation rights as set forth herein). After the Conversion, the Bank’s insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the fullest extent provided by applicable law.

This Plan has been adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Bank. This Plan also must be approved by a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast by Voting Members at a Special Meeting to be called for that purpose. The Bank Regulators must approve this Plan before it is presented to Voting Members for their approval.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account Holder  – Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.

Acting in Concert  – The term Acting in Concert means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in


the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company that is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a Person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.

Affiliate  – Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.

Appraised Value Range  – The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued in the Conversion, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range. The maximum of the Appraisal Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect regulatory considerations, changes in market or financial conditions or demand for the Common Stock.

Associate  – The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of any such party) if the Person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the Person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares following the Conversion, a Person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an Associate of such plan, and except that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any Person who is related by blood or marriage to such Person and who lives in the same home as such Person or who is a Director or Officer of the Bank or the Holding Company, or any of their parents or subsidiaries.

Bank  – Huntingdon Valley Bank, Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania, in its mutual or stock form as indicated by the context.

Bank Regulators – The applicable regulatory agency or agencies responsible for reviewing and approving the Conversion, including the ownership of the Bank by the Holding Company.

Code  – The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2


Common Stock  – The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Holding Company. The Common Stock is not insured by the FDIC.

Community  – Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery and Philadelphia Counties, in Pennsylvania.

Community Offering  – The offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the Holding Company of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering. The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or upon conclusion of the Subscription Offering.

Control  – (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R. Part 238.

Conversion  – The conversion of the Bank to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including the Offering.

Deposit Account  – Any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW accounts, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.

Director  – A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank (in stock form) or the Holding Company or a member of the Board of Trustees of the Bank (in mutual form), as appropriate in the context.

Eligible Account Holder  – Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account.

Eligibility Record Date  – The date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, which is June 30, 2015.

Employees  – All Persons who are employed by the Bank or the Holding Company.

Employee Plans  – Any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Bank or the Holding Company, including any ESOP and 401(k) Plan.

ESOP  – The Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and related trust.

FDI C – The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering  – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters. A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering as an alternative to a Syndicated Community Offering.

 

3


Holding Company  – HV Bancorp, Inc., the Pennsylvania corporation formed for the purpose of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the Bank in connection with the Conversion. Shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company will be issued to Participants, and possibly others, in the Offering.

Independent Appraiser  – The independent appraiser retained by the Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Subscription Shares.

Liquidation Account  – The account established by the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their liquidation and other interests in the Bank immediately prior to the Conversion.

Member  – Any Person that qualifies as a member of the Bank pursuant to its articles of incorporation and bylaws.

Offering  – The offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of Common Stock in a Subscription Offering, Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, as the case may be.

Offering Range  – The range of the number of shares of Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering. The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range divided by the Subscription Price. The maximum and minimum of the Offering Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Offering Range.

Officer  – The term Officer means the president, any vice-president (but not an assistant vice-president, second vice-president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice-president), the secretary, the treasurer, the comptroller, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated. The term Officer also includes the chairman of the Board of Directors or Board of Trustees if the chairman is authorized by the charter or bylaws of the organization to participate in its operating management or if the chairman in fact participates in such management.

Order Form  – Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under this Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.

Other Member  – A Voting Member who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, and any borrower who qualifies as a Voting Member.

Participant  – Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member.

Person  – An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.

 

4


Plan  – This Plan of Conversion of the Bank as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

Prospectus  – The one or more documents used in offering the Subscription Shares.

Qualifying Deposit  – The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50, or (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.

Resident  – Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters shall determine residency under this provision. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan or trustees, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans or trusts, the circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Bank and Holding Company may utilize deposit or loan records of the Bank or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Bank and Holding Company. A Person must be a “Resident” for purposes of determining whether such Person “resides” in the Community as such term is used in this Plan.

SEC  – The Securities and Exchange Commission.

Special Meeting – The special meeting of Voting Members, and any adjournments thereof, held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

Subscription Offering  – The offering of Subscription Shares to Participants.

Subscription Price  – The price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering. The Subscription Price will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.

Subscription Shares  – Shares of Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering.

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder  – Any Person, other than Directors and Officers of the Bank and the Holding Company and their Associates (unless the Bank Regulators grant a waiver permitting a Director or Officer to be included) and their Associates, holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder.

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date  – The date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding approval of the application for conversion by the Bank Regulators. The Supplemental Eligibility Record Date will only occur if Bank Regulators have not approved the Conversion within 15 months after the Eligibility Record Date.

 

5


Syndicated Community Offering  – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, to members of the general public through a syndicate of broker-dealers. The Syndicated Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, or upon conclusion of the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan  – Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be “qualified” under Section 401 of the Code. The Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan, provided such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements. A “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan” is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan that is not so qualified.

Trustee  – a member of the Board of Trustees of the Bank.

Voting Member  – Any Person who at the close of business on the Voting Record Date is entitled to vote as a Member of the Bank.

Voting Record Date  – The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting.

 

3. PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

A. After approval of this Plan by the Board of Trustees of the Bank, this Plan together with all other requisite material shall be submitted to the Bank Regulators for approval. Copies of this Plan will be made available at each office of the Bank for inspection by members of the Bank. The Bank and Holding Company will publish notices of the adoption of the Plan and filing with the Bank Regulators of an application or applications to convert as required by applicable regulations.

B. Following approval of this Plan by the Bank Regulators, this Plan will be submitted to a vote of the Voting Members at the Special Meeting. The Bank will mail to all Voting Members, at their address appearing on the records of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date, a proxy statement in either long or summary form describing this Plan. The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Subscription Shares. Upon approval of this Plan by a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast by Voting Members, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion. The Conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of this Plan by Voting Members, unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and regulations.

 

6


C. The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations. Each of the steps set forth below shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intent of the Board of Trustees of the Bank, and applicable federal and state regulations and policy. Approval of this Plan by Voting Members also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan.

 

  (1) The Bank will convert its articles of incorporation to a Pennsylvania stock savings bank, which authorizes the issuance of capital stock;

 

  (2) The Holding Company will purchase all of the capital stock issued by the Bank in connection with its conversion from mutual to stock form, for at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering; and

 

  (3) The Holding Company will issue the Common Stock in the Offering as provided in this Plan.

D. Prior to the Offering, the Holding Company shall register the issuance of the Subscription Shares with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities.

E. The Holding Company will offer for sale the Subscription Shares in the Offering.

F. The Board of Directors of the Bank may determine for any reason at any time prior to the issuance of the Subscription Shares not to utilize a holding company form of organization in the Conversion. If the Board of Directors determines not to complete the Conversion utilizing a holding company form of organization, the stock of the Bank will be issued and sold in accordance with this Plan. In such case, the Holding Company’s registration statement will be withdrawn from the SEC, the Holding Company’s application will be withdrawn from Bank Regulators, and the Bank will take steps necessary to complete the Conversion, including filing any necessary documents with the Bank Regulators and will issue and sell the Subscription Shares in accordance with this Plan. In such event, any subscriptions or orders received for Subscription Shares of the Holding Company shall be deemed to be subscriptions or orders for common stock of the Bank, and the Bank shall take such steps as permitted or required by the Bank Regulators.

G. Upon completion of the Conversion, the legal existence of the Bank shall not terminate but the stock Bank shall be a continuation of the entity of the mutual Bank and all property of the mutual Bank, including its right, title and interest in and to all property of whatever kind and nature, whether real, personal, or mixed, and things and choses in action, and every right, privilege, interest and asset of every conceivable value or benefit then existing or pertaining to it, or which would inure to it, immediately by operation of law and without the necessity of any conveyance or transfer and without any further act or deed shall vest in the stock Bank. The stock Bank shall have, hold, and enjoy the same in its own right as fully and to the same extent as the same was possessed, held and enjoyed by the mutual Bank. The stock Bank at the time and the taking effect of the Conversion shall continue to have and succeed to all the rights, obligations and relations of the mutual Bank. All pending actions and other judicial or administrative proceedings to which the Bank was a party shall not be discontinued by reason of the Conversion, but may be prosecuted to final judgment or order in the same manner as if the Conversion had not been made and the stock Bank resulting from the Conversion may continue

 

7


the actions in its name notwithstanding the Conversion. Upon completion of the Conversion, each Person having a Deposit Account at the Bank prior to the Conversion will continue to have a Deposit Account, without further payment therefor, in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except for voting and liquidation rights) as in effect prior to the Conversion. All insured Deposit Accounts in the Bank will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law.

H. The home office and branch offices of the Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion. The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current offices of the Bank.

 

4. HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

The Board of Trustees of the Bank and the Board of Directors of the Holding Company will take all necessary steps to convert the Bank to stock form and complete the Offering. The Bank and Holding Company shall make timely applications to the Bank Regulators and filings with the SEC for any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion.

 

5. SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The Subscription Shares will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan. The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the Prospectus and proxy statement for the Special Meeting. The period for the Subscription Offering will be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days from the date offering materials are first mailed, unless extended. The Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC or any government agency. The Bank will not extend credit to any Person to purchase shares of Common Stock.

Any shares of Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in a Community Offering, a Syndicated Community Offering, a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators. The Community Offering, if any, will involve an offering of all unsubscribed shares directly to the general public with a preference to those natural persons residing in the Community. The Community Offering may begin simultaneously or later than the Subscription Offering.

If feasible, any shares of Common Stock remaining after the Subscription Offering period, and the Community Offering, if a Community Offering is conducted, may be offered and sold in a Syndicated Community Offering, a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering or in any manner approved by the Bank Regulators that will achieve a widespread distribution of the Common Stock. The issuance of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Common Stock in any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering is consummated, and only if the required minimum number of shares of Common Stock has been issued.

 

8


All sales of shares of Common Stock must be completed within 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless the offering period is extended by the Bank and the Holding Company with the approval of the Bank Regulators.

 

6. PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The total number of shares, or a range thereof, of Subscription Shares to be offered for sale in the Offering will be determined jointly by the Board of Trustees of the Bank and the Board of Directors of the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range and the Subscription Price. The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range divided by the Subscription Price. The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators, and the maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the Common Stock. The total number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering will be equal to the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price.

In the event that the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of Subscription Shares to be sold in the Offering is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of subscribers may be required, provided that up to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range will not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Holding Company and the Bank shall establish, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subscription Shares will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank, the Holding Company and the Bank Regulators, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of Subscription Shares to be sold in the Offering multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, hold a new Offering, or take such other action as the Bank Regulators may permit.

The Common Stock to be issued in the Offering shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

7. RETENTION OF OFFERING PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

The Holding Company may retain up to 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering. The Offering proceeds will provide additional capital to the Holding Company and the Bank for the future growth of the Bank’s assets, products and services in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment, and would facilitate expansion through acquisitions of financial

 

9


service organizations, diversification into other related businesses and for other business and investment purposes, including the possible payment of dividends and possible future repurchases of the Common Stock as permitted by applicable federal and state regulations and policy. Following the Conversion, the Bank may distribute additional capital to the Holding Company from time to time, subject to applicable regulations governing capital distributions.

 

8. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

A. Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 30,000 shares of Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the provisions of Section 14.

B. In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

C. Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on increased deposits made by such persons during the 12 months preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as permitted by the Bank Regulators.

 

9. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

The Employee Plans of the Holding Company and the Bank shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Subscription Shares, including any Subscription Shares sold in the Offering as a result of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Conversion. Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company

 

10


and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements. The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Bank, the Holding Company or a majority owned subsidiary of any such entity. Alternatively, if permitted by the Bank Regulators, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market after the Conversion.

 

10. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

A. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 30,000 shares of Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of the Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans and to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B. In the event that Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

 

11. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

A. Each Other Member shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 30,000 shares of Common Stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

11


B. In the event that such Other Members subscribe for a number of Subscription Shares which, when added to the Subscription Shares subscribed for by the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued, the available shares will be allocated to Other Members so as to permit each such subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Member has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

 

12. COMMUNITY OFFERING

If subscriptions are not received for all Subscription Shares offered for sale in the Subscription Offering, shares for which subscriptions have not been received may be offered for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program that may use a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities. Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof. In the event orders for Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares will be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general public, so that each Person in such category of the Community Offering may receive, to the extent possible, the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares they ordered. In addition, orders received for shares in the Community Offering from natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community will be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated to Persons in such category of the Community Offering on an equal-number-of-shares basis per order. The Bank and Holding Company shall use their best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Common Stock sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such stock. The Bank and Holding Company reserve the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Community Offering. Any Person may purchase up to 30,000 shares of Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

13. SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING

If feasible, the Board of Trustees of the Bank and the Board of Directors of the Holding Company may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Bank or Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the Common Stock, subject to the right of the Bank or Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Syndicated Community Offering. In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to 30,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

12


Unless the Bank Regulators permit otherwise, orders received for shares in a Syndicated Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal-number-of-shares basis per order.

Provided that the Subscription Offering has commenced, the Holding Company may commence the Syndicated Community Offering at any time, provided that the completion of the offer and sale of the Common Stock will be conditioned upon the approval of this Plan by Voting Members.

Alternatively, if feasible, the Board of Trustees of the Bank and the Board of Directors of the Holding Company may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Bank or Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the Common Stock, subject to the right of the Bank or Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. In the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, any Person may purchase up to 30,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14. Unless the Bank Regulators permit otherwise, orders received for shares in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal-number-of-shares basis per order.

Provided that the Subscription Offering has commenced, the Holding Company may commence the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering at any time, provided that the completion of the offer and sale of the Common Stock will be conditioned upon the approval of this Plan by Voting Members.

If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or Community Offering if any, cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription Offering, any Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, if possible, the Holding Company will make other arrangements for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range. Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the Bank Regulators.

 

14. LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Subscription Shares:

A. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Offering by any Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert shall not exceed 30,000 shares of Common Stock, except that the Employee Plans may subscribe for up to 10% of the Common Stock sold in the Offering.

 

13


B. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors and their Associates in the aggregate, shall not exceed 32% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering.

C. A minimum of 25 shares of Common Stock must be purchased by each Person purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however , that in the event the minimum number of shares of Common Stock purchased times the price per share exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.

D. If the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person or that Person’s Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above, the number of shares of Common Stock allocated to each such Person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that Person, and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a Person and that Person’s Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.

E. Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and the Board of Trustees of the Bank, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators and without further approval of Voting Members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in this Plan; provided , that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the shares sold in the Offering except as provided below. If the Bank or Holding Company increase the maximum purchase limitations, the Bank or Holding Company are only required to resolicit Participants who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and who indicated a desire to be resolicited on the Order Form, and may, in the sole discretion of the Holding Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers. In the event of such a resolicitation, the Holding Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to require such persons to supply immediately available funds for the purchase of additional shares of Common Stock. Such persons will be prohibited from paying with a personal check, but the Holding Company may allow payment by wire transfer. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering; provided , that orders for Common Stock exceeding 5% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering. Whether to fill any requests to purchase additional Subscription Shares in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Board of Trustees of the Bank and the Board of Directors of the Holding Company in their sole discretion.

For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and employees of the Bank and the Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A. and B. of this Section 14,

 

14


and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.

Each Person purchasing Common Stock in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.

 

15. PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

All payments for Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank, the Holding Company, or an agent of the Bank or the Holding Company, as described in the Order Form, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or prior to the expiration date of the Offering; provided, however , that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares in the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares of Common Stock at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Offering. Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Bank or, at the discretion of the Bank, at another insured depository institution.

Except as set forth in Section 14.E, payment for Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering shall be made by personal check, money order or bank draft. Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Bank on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from designated Deposit Accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber’s Deposit Account and will continue to earn interest therein, but may not be used by the subscriber during the Subscription and Community Offerings. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price per share. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on funds received by personal check, bank draft or money order will be paid by the Bank at not less than the passbook rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is processed by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering. If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal. The Bank is prohibited by regulation from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purchase of stock in the Offering, and therefore, will not do so.

 

15


16. MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

As soon as practicable after the registration statement prepared by the Holding Company has been declared effective by the SEC and the Bank Regulators have approved the Conversion, Order Forms will be distributed to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members at their addresses appearing on the records of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered.

Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a Prospectus describing the Holding Company, the Bank, the Common Stock and the Offering. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

A. A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Bank, the Holding Company or its agent, which date shall be not less than 20 days, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the Order Forms are mailed to a Participants by the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;

B. The Subscription Price per share for shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;

C. A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offering;

D. Instructions as to how each recipient of an Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

E. An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the Prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;

F. A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Bank, the Holding Company or its agent within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account at the Bank); and

G. A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Bank, the Holding Company or its agent, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company.

 

16


H. Certain legends stating that subscription rights may not be transferred and that shares of the Common Stock are not deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal government, and a certification stating that the subscriber is purchasing the shares for his or her own account.

Notwithstanding the above, the Bank or Holding Company reserve the right in its sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimilied order forms.

 

17. UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered or are not timely delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Bank, the Holding Company or its agent or are received by the Bank, the Holding Company or its agent after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment, unless waived by the Holding Company, for the shares of Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which deposit accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Participant to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Participant failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however , that the Bank or the Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Bank or Holding Company may specify. The interpretation by the Bank or the Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

18. RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

The Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which Participants entitled to subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside. However, no such Participant will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Participant resides in a foreign country, or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (A) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (B) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (C) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

19. ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

At the time of the Conversion the Bank shall establish a Liquidation Account in an amount equal to the Bank’s total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Offering. Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Bank for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and

 

17


Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance in relation to his Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided.

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the Bank (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts) each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock. No merger, consolidation, purchase of bulk assets with assumption of Deposit Accounts and other liabilities, or similar transactions with an FDIC-insured institution, in which the Bank is not the surviving institution shall be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving institution.

The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. For Deposit Accounts in existence at both the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account on each such record date. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.

If, at the close of business on any annual closing date, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero. The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the equity accounts of the Bank, except that the Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below the amount required for the Liquidation Account.

 

18


20. VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.

 

21. RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

A. All shares of Common Stock purchased by Directors or Officers of the Holding Company or the Bank in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section 21 or as may be approved by the Bank Regulators, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase in the Offering.

B. The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section 21 shall not apply to the following:

 

  (1) Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by the appropriate federal regulatory agency; and

 

  (2) Any disposition of such shares following the death of the person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan.

C. With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (1) Each certificate representing shares restricted by this section shall bear a legend giving notice of the restriction;

 

  (2) Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer; and

 

  (3) Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares.

 

22. REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

For a period of three years following the Conversion, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the Bank Regulators, any outstanding shares of Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or

 

19


purchases of Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director. As used herein, the term “negotiated transaction” means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative. The term “investment representative” shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.

 

23. TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

Each person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Bank following the Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights).

 

24. REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the securities issued in connection with the Conversion pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not deregister such securities for a period of at least three years thereafter, except that the requirement to maintain the registration of such securities for three years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market-maker to establish and maintain a market for the Common Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange.

 

25. TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by the Holding Company or the Bank of either a ruling or an opinion of counsel with respect to federal tax laws, and either a ruling, an opinion of counsel, or a letter of advice from their tax advisor with respect to applicable state tax laws, to the effect that consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Conversion and this Plan will not result in a taxable reorganization under the provisions of the applicable codes or otherwise result in any adverse tax consequences to the Holding Company or the Bank, or to the Account Holders receiving subscription rights before or after the Conversion, except in each case to the extent, if any, that subscription rights are deemed to have value on the date such rights are issued.

 

26. STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

A. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion, including without limitation, an ESOP. Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.

 

20


B. The Holding Company and Bank are authorized to enter into employment and other compensation agreements with their executive officers.

C. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock grant plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans no sooner than six months after the completion of the Conversion and Offering, provided that such plans conform to any applicable requirements of federal regulations. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the Conversion, the stock option plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 10% of the shares sold in the Offering and the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 4% of the shares sold in the Offering (unless the Bank’s tangible capital is less than 10% upon completion of the Offering in which case the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 3% of the shares sold in the Offering) for awards to employees and directors at no cost to the recipients. Shares for such plans may be issued out of authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or repurchased shares. Any stock option plan, restricted stock award plan or other Non Tax Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan implemented more than 12 months following the completion of the Conversion will not be subject to the foregoing restrictions.

 

27. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

 

  A.      (1) The articles of incorporation of the Bank may contain a provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of up to five years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the Bank, without the prior written approval of the Bank Regulators. In addition, such articles may also provide that for a period of up to five years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the articles of incorporation may only be called by the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.

 

   (2) For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Holding Company, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the Bank without the prior written consent of the Bank Regulators.

B. The Articles of Incorporation of the Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares of Common Stock, be entitled or permitted to any vote with respect to any shares held in excess of 10%. In addition, the Articles of Incorporation and

 

21


Bylaws of the Holding Company may contain provisions which prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors, provide for staggered terms for directors, limit the calling of special meetings, require supermajority shareholder votes to amend certain provisions of the articles of incorporation, allow the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock and increase the amount of authorized capital stock without shareholder approval, and provide for certain qualifications and restrictions for election as director, certain advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations and a fair price provision for certain business combinations.

C. The Bank may not voluntarily liquidate for a period of ten years following the Conversion.

D. For the purposes of this Section 27:

 

  (1) The term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;

 

  (2) The term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

 

  (3) The term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

 

  (4) The term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in Section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

28. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK

A. The Holding Company shall comply with any applicable regulation in connection with the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion. The Holding Company shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock, if such dividend or repurchase would reduce its capital below the amount then required for the Liquidation Account.

B. The Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account, or (ii) applicable federal or state regulatory capital requirements.

 

29. ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

By voting to approve this Plan, Voting Members will be voting to adopt the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws for the Holding Company and the stock articles of incorporation and Bylaws of the Bank.

 

22


30. CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date of the Conversion shall be the date of the closing of the sale of all shares of the Common Stock in the Offering after all requisite regulatory and Member approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received. The closing of the sale of all shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the closing.

 

31. EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

The Bank and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering, and such parties shall use their best efforts to assure that such expenses are reasonable.

 

32. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the Bank Regulators or otherwise at any time prior to solicitation of proxies from Voting Members to vote on this Plan by the Board of Trustees of the Bank, and at any time thereafter by the Board of Trustees of the Bank with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators. Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by Voting Members with the approval of the Bank Regulators shall not require further approval by Voting Members unless otherwise required by the Bank Regulators. The Board of Trustees of the Bank may terminate this Plan at any time prior to the Special Meeting to vote on this Plan, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators.

By adopting this Plan, Voting Members authorize the Board of Trustees of the Bank to amend or terminate this Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section 32.

 

33. CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:

A. Prior receipt by the Bank of rulings of the United States Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities, or opinions of counsel or tax advisers as described in Section 25;

B. The issuance of the Subscription Shares offered in the Offering; and

C. The completion of the Conversion within the time period specified in Section 3.

 

23


34. INTERPRETATION

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Bank shall be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

Dated: July 20, 2016.

 

24

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF

INCORPORATION OF

HV BANCORP, INC.

ARTICLE I NAME

The name of the corporation is HV Bancorp, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE

The address of the initial registered office of the Corporation in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is 3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401, Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania 19006.

 

ARTICLE III

NATURE OF BUSINESS

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended, of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the “PBCL”). The Corporation is incorporated under the provisions of the PBCL.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

A. Authorized Amount. The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is 22,000,000, of which 2,000,000 shall be serial preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (hereinafter the “Preferred Stock”), and 20,000,000 shall be common stock, par value $0.01 per share (hereinafter the “Common Stock”). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of shareholders. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor.

B. Common Stock. Except as provided in this Article IV (or in any resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant hereto), the exclusive voting power of the Corporation shall be vested in the Common Stock, with each holder thereof being entitled to one vote for each share of such Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive pro rata the remaining assets of the Corporation after the holders of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock have been paid in full any sums to which they may be entitled.

C. Authority of Board to Fix Terms of Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors shall have the full authority permitted by law to divide the authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock into series and to fix by resolution full, limited, multiple or fractional, or no voting rights, and such designations, preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations, restrictions, options, conversion rights, and other special or relative rights of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof that may be desired.

D. Preemptive Rights. Except as may be provided in a resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Stock, no holder of shares of capital stock of the Corporation as such shall have any preemptive or preferential right to purchase or subscribe to any part of any new or additional issue of capital stock of any class whatsoever of the Corporation, or of securities convertible into capital stock of any class whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized or issued.


ARTICLE V

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

Travis J. Thompson, Esq.

  

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon, PA 19006

ARTICLE VI

DIRECTORS

A. Directors and Number of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of a Board of Directors. Except as otherwise increased from time to time by the exercise of the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect additional directors, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in accordance with the Corporation’s Bylaws.

B. Initial Directors. The number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors of the Corporation is five (5), and the names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until their successors are elected and qualified, together with the classes of directorships to which such persons have been assigned, are:

 

Name

  

Address

  

Class

Travis J. Thompson

   3690 Sablewood Drive

Doylestown, PA 18902

   I(2017)

Scott W. Frogatt

   1385 Millcreek Road

Southampton, PA 18966

   I(2017)

Carl Hj. Asplundh

   6977 Phillips Mill Road

New Hope, PA 18938

   II (2018)

Joseph F. Kelly

   3 Swallow Road

Holland, PA 18966

   III (2019)

John D. Behm

   2114 Blue Stem Drive

New Hope, PA 18938

   III (2019)

C. Classification and Terms. The Board of Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible, with one class to be elected annually. The term of office of the initial directors shall be as follows: the term of directors of the first class shall expire at the first annual meeting of shareholders after the effective date of these Articles of Incorporation; the term of office of the directors of the second class shall expire at the second annual meeting of shareholders after the effective date of these Articles of Incorporation; and the term of office of the third class shall expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders after the effective date of these Articles of Incorporation; and, as to directors of each class, when their respective successors are elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of shareholders, directors elected to succeed those whose terms are expiring shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders (except to the extent necessary to ensure that the Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible) and when their respective successors are elected and qualified.

 

2


D. No Cumulative Voting. Shareholders of the Corporation shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

E. Vacancies. Except as otherwise fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof relating to the right to elect directors by the holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled by a majority vote of the directors then in office, whether or not a quorum is present, or by a sole remaining director, and any director so chosen shall serve until the term of the class to which he was appointed shall expire and until his successor is elected and qualified. When the number of directors is changed, the Board of Directors shall determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of directors shall be apportioned, provided that no decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

F. Removal. Except as otherwise required by law, and subject to the rights of any class or series of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors, any director (including persons elected by directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office by shareholders only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by shareholders at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders called expressly for such purpose.

ARTICLE VII

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS; ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING

A. Special Meetings of Shareholders. Except as otherwise required by law, and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of shareholders may be called by the Board of Directors of the Corporation pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, or upon the written request of not less than a majority of all of the shares entitled to vote at the particular meeting.

B. Action Without a Meeting. An action permitted to be taken by the shareholders of the Corporation at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting only if a unanimous written consent setting forth the action so taken is signed by all shareholders who would be entitled to vote at a meeting for such purpose and such consent is filed with the Secretary of the Corporation as part of the corporate records.

ARTICLE VIII

LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The personal liability of the directors and officers of the Corporation for monetary damages for conduct in their capacities as such shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the PBCL as it exists on the effective date of these Articles of Incorporation or as such law may be thereafter in effect. No amendment, modification or repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of these Articles of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall adversely affect the rights provided hereby with respect to any claim, issue or matter in any proceeding that is based in any respect on any alleged action or failure to act occurring prior to such amendment, modification, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE IX

RESTRICTIONS ON OFFERS AND ACQUISITIONS OF

THE CORPORATION’S EQUITY SECURITIES

A. Definitions .

(a) Acquire . The term “Acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise.

 

3


(b) Acting in Concert . The term “Acting in Concert” means (a) knowing participation in a joint activity or conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, or (b) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

(c) Affiliate . An “Affiliate” of, or a Person “affiliated with” a specified Person, means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

(d) Associate . The term “Associate” used to indicate a relationship with any Person means:

(i) Any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other organization (other than the Corporation or a Subsidiary of the Corporation), or any subsidiary or parent thereof, of which such Person is a director, officer or partner or member or is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities;

(ii) Any trust or other estate in which such Person has a 10% or greater beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, provided, however, such term shall not include any employee stock benefit plan of the Corporation or a Subsidiary of the Corporation in which such Person has a 10% or greater beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity;

(iii) Any relative or spouse of such Person (or any relative of such spouse) who has the same home as such Person or who is a director or officer of the Corporation or a Subsidiary of the Corporation (or any subsidiary or parent thereof); or

(iv) Any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 for which such Person or any Affiliate or Associate of such Person serves as investment advisor.

(e) Beneficial Owner (including Beneficially Owned) . A Person shall be considered the “Beneficial Owner” of any shares of stock (whether or not owned of record):

(i) With respect to which such Person or any Affiliate or Associate of such Person directly or indirectly has or shares (A) voting power, including the power to vote or to direct the voting of such shares of stock, and/or (B) investment power, including the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such shares of stock;

(ii) Which such Person or any Affiliate or Associate of such Person has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, and/or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time); or

(iii) Which are Beneficially Owned within the meaning of clauses (i) or (ii) above by any other Person with which such first-mentioned Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates either (A) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding, written or oral, with respect to acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of stock of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation or acquiring, holding or disposing of all or substantially all, or any Substantial Part, of the assets or business of the Corporation or a Subsidiary of the Corporation, or (B) is Acting in Concert. For the purpose only of determining whether a Person is the Beneficial Owner of a percentage specified in this Article IX of the outstanding Voting Shares, such shares shall be deemed to include any Voting Shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, options or otherwise and which are deemed to be Beneficially Owned by such Person pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Article IX A(e), but shall not include any other Voting Shares which may be issuable in such manner.

 

4


(f) Offer . The term “Offer” shall mean every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer or request or invitation for tender of, a security or interest in a security for value; provided that the term “Offer” shall not include (i) inquiries directed solely to the management of the Corporation and not intended to be communicated to shareholders which are designed to elicit an indication of management’s receptivity to the basic structure of a potential acquisition with respect to the amount of cash and or securities, manner of acquisition and formula for determining price, or (ii) non-binding expressions of understanding or letters of intent with the management of the Corporation regarding the basic structure of a potential acquisition with respect to the amount of cash and or securities, manner of acquisition and formula for determining price.

(g) Person . The term “Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, group or other entity. When two or more Persons act as a partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, syndicate, association or other group for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of shares of stock, such partnership, syndicate, associate or group shall be deemed a “Person.”

(h) Substantial Part . The term “Substantial Part” as used with reference to the assets of the Corporation or of any Subsidiary means assets having a value of more than 10% of the total consolidated assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the Corporation’s most recent fiscal year ending prior to the time the determination is being made.

(i) Subsidiary . “Subsidiary” means any corporation of which a majority of any class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Person in question.

(j) Voting Shares . “Voting Shares” shall mean shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors.

(k) Certain Determinations With Respect to Article IX . A majority of the directors shall have the power to determine for the purposes of this Article IX, on the basis of information known to them and acting in good faith: (A) the number of Voting Shares of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, (B) whether a Person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (C) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of “Beneficial Owner” as hereinabove defined, and (D) such other matters with respect to which a determination is required under this Article IX.

(l) Directors, Officers or Employees . Directors, officers or employees of the Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof shall not be deemed to be a group with respect to their individual acquisitions of any class of equity securities of the Corporation solely as a result of their capacities as such.

B. Restrictions. No Person shall directly or indirectly Offer to acquire or acquire the Beneficial Ownership of (i) more than 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of any class of an equity security of the Corporation, or (ii) any securities convertible into, or exercisable for, any equity securities of the Corporation if, assuming conversion or exercise by such Person of all securities of which such Person is the Beneficial Owner which are convertible into, or exercisable for, such equity securities (but of no securities convertible into, or exercisable for, such equity securities of which such Person is not the Beneficial Owner), such Person would be the Beneficial Owner of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the Corporation.

C. Exclusions. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) any Offer with a view toward public resale made exclusively to the Corporation by underwriters or a selling group acting on its behalf, (ii) any employee benefit plan or arrangement established by the Corporation or a Subsidiary of the Corporation and any trustee of such a plan or arrangement, and (iii) any other Offer or acquisition approved in advance by the affirmative vote of 80% of the members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors then in office.

D. Remedies. In the event that shares are acquired in violation of this Article IX, all shares Beneficially Owned by any Person in excess of 10% shall be considered “Excess Shares” and shall not be counted as shares entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any Person or counted as Voting Shares in connection with any matters submitted to shareholders for a vote, and the Board of Directors may cause such Excess Shares to be transferred to an independent trustee for sale on the open market or otherwise, with the expenses of such trustee to be paid out of the proceeds of the sale.

 

5


ARTICLE X

BOARD OF DIRECTORS CONSIDERATION OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

The Board of Directors of the Company, when evaluating any offer to: (a) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Company; (b) merge or consolidate the Company with another corporation or entity; or (c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, may, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, without limitation, those factors that directors of any subsidiary of the Company may consider in evaluating any action that may result in a change or potential change in the control of the subsidiary, and the social and economic effect of acceptance of such offer on the following: the Company’s present and future customers and employees and those of its subsidiaries; the communities in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate or are located; and the ability of the Company to fulfill its corporate objective as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable laws and regulations.

ARTICLE XI

STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL OF CERTAIN ACTIONS

Except as set forth in the following sentence, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to Subchapters C (Merger, Consolidation, Share Exchange, and Sale of Assets), D (Division) and F (Voluntary Dissolution and Winding Up) of Chapter 19 of the PBCL, or any successors thereto, shall be taken upon only the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the Voting Shares (as defined in Article IX hereof and after giving effect to Article IX D hereof), as well as such additional vote of the Preferred Stock as may be required by the provisions of any series thereof. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if any such action is recommended by at least two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors, the 75% stockholder vote set forth in the preceding sentence will not be applicable, and, in such event, the action will require only such affirmative vote as is required by law.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

A. Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in these Articles of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred upon shareholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. No amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of these Articles of Incorporation shall be made unless it is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation pursuant to a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and, to the extent required by applicable law, thereafter is approved by the holders of a majority (except as provided below) of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class, as well as such additional vote of the Preferred Stock as may be required by the provisions of any series thereof. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class, as well as such additional vote of the Preferred Stock as may be required by the provisions of any series thereof, shall be required to amend, adopt, alter, change or repeal any provision inconsistent with Articles IV, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI and XII hereof which has not been approved by the affirmative vote of 80% of the Corporation’s Board of Directors then in office. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in these Articles of Incorporation to the contrary, the Board of Directors has authority to the fullest extent permitted by the PBCL to amend these Articles of Incorporation without stockholder vote in accordance with Section 1914(c) of the PBCL, or any other section of the PBCL, that gives the Board of Directors authority to amend these Articles of Incorporation without stockholder vote, and any amendment thereto.

B. Bylaws. The Board of Directors, to the extent permitted by law, or shareholders may adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Such action by the Board of Directors shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Such

 

6


action by the shareholders shall require the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Voting Shares (as defined in Article IX hereof and after giving effect to Article IX D hereof), as well as such additional vote of the Preferred Stock as may be required by the provisions of any series thereof provided, however, that the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the Voting Shares (as defined in Article IX hereof and after giving effect to Article IX D hereof), voting together as a single class, as well as such additional vote of the Preferred Stock as may be required by the provisions of any series thereof, shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of the Bylaws.

 

7

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

HV BANCORP, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office and Registered Agent. The registered office of HV Bancorp, Inc. (“Corporation”) shall be located in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors upon filing of such notices as may be required by law, and the registered agent shall have a business office identical with such registered office.

1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may have other offices within or outside the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania at such place or places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

2.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place within or outside the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

2.2 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held each year on such date and time as may be determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of such meeting.

2.3 Organization and Conduct. Each meeting of the shareholders shall be presided over by the President, or if the President is not present, by the Chairman of the Board or any Executive Vice President or such other person as the directors may determine. The Secretary, or in his absence any Assistant Secretary or temporary Secretary, shall act as secretary of each meeting of the shareholders. In the absence of the Secretary, Assistant Secretary and any temporary Secretary, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person present to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairman of any meeting of the shareholders, unless prescribed by law or regulation or unless the Board of Directors has otherwise determined, shall determine the order of the business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussions as shall be deemed appropriate by him in his sole discretion.

2.4 Notice.

(a) Written notice of every meeting of shareholders shall be given by, or at the direction of, the Secretary of the Corporation or other authorized person to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting at least (i) ten days prior to the day named for a meeting that will consider a fundamental change under Chapter 19 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law (“PBCL”), or any successor thereto, or (ii) five days prior to the day named for a meeting in any other case. A notice of meeting shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted thereat, as well as any other information required by law.

(b) When a meeting of shareholders is adjourned, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting, other than by announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting or notice of the business to be transacted is required to be given by applicable law and such notice previously has not been given.

2.5 Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or any adjournment thereof, such date to be not more than 90 days and not less than (i) ten days in the case of a meeting that will consider a fundamental change under Chapter 19 of the PBCL, or any successor thereto, or (ii) five days in the case of a meeting for any other purpose, prior to the date of the meeting established by the Board of Directors.


2.6 Voting List. The officer or agent having charge of the transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall make a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and number of shares held by each. The list shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting for the purposes thereof.

2.7 Quorum. Except as otherwise required by law:

(a) The presence of shareholders entitled to vote at least a majority of the votes that all shareholders are entitled to cast on a particular matter to be acted upon at a meeting of shareholders shall constitute a quorum for the purposes of consideration and action on the matter.

(b) The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting can continue to do business until adjournment notwithstanding the general withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

2.8 Voting of Shares.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or to the extent that voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are limited or denied by the Articles of Incorporation, each shareholder, on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, shall have one vote for each share of stock registered in his name on the books of the Corporation.

(b) Except as otherwise provided by law, the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation or paragraph (c) of this Section 2.8, any corporate action to be taken by vote of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be authorized by receiving the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by all shareholders entitled to vote thereon and, if any shareholders are entitled to vote thereon as a class, upon receiving the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote as a class.

(c) Directors are to be elected by a plurality of votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is present. If, at any meeting of the shareholders, due to a vacancy or vacancies or otherwise, directors of more than one class of the Board of Directors are to be elected, each class of directors to be elected at the meeting shall be elected in a separate election by a plurality vote.

2.9 Proxies. Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may authorize another person to act for him by a proxy duly executed by the shareholder or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. The presence of, or vote or other action at a meeting of shareholders, by a proxy of a shareholder shall constitute the presence of, or vote or other action by, the shareholder for all purposes. No proxy shall be valid after three years from the date of execution unless a longer time is expressly provided therein.

2.10 Shareholder Proposals.

(a) At any annual meeting of the shareholders, unless otherwise required by law, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting: (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any shareholder of the Corporation who (1) is a shareholder of record on the date such shareholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 2.10(a) and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.10(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by shareholders.

 

2


To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders; provided , however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a shareholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of shareholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure. With respect to the first annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole shareholder of Huntingdon Valley Bank, notice by the shareholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of shareholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

A shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such shareholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder and any such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder or beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such shareholder and any material interest of such shareholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.10(a). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.10(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

(b) For purposes of subsection (a) of this Section 2.10, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued by a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsection (a) of this Section 2.10 shall apply to all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

2.11 Judges of Election.

(a) For each meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint judges of election, who need not be shareholders, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If judges of election are not so appointed, the presiding officer of the meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder shall, appoint judges of election at the meeting. The number of judges shall be one or three. A person who is a candidate for office to be filled at the meeting shall not act as a judge.

(b) The judges of election shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of

 

3


proxies, receive votes or ballots, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, determine the result and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. The judges of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three judges of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority shall be effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3.1 Number and Powers. The business affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of a Board of Directors of not less than five nor more than twenty-five, as set from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon it by these Bylaws and the Articles of Incorporation, all such powers of the Corporation as are not by statute or by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders, may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors.

3.2 Classification and Terms. The classification and terms of the directors shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, which provisions are incorporated herein with the same effect as if they were set forth herein.

3.3 Vacancies. All vacancies on the Board of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, which provisions are incorporated herein with the same effect as if they were set forth herein.

3.4 Removal of Directors. Directors may be removed in the manner provided in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, which provisions are incorporated herein with the same effect as if they were set forth herein.

3.5 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee may be held without notice at the principal place of business of the Corporation or at such other place or places, either within or outside the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, may from time to time appoint or as may be designated in the notice of the meeting. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of shareholders.

3.6 Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by a majority of the authorized number of directors, to be held at the principal place of business of the Corporation or at such other place or places as the Board of Directors or the person or persons calling such meeting may from time to time designate. Notice of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to such meeting if notice is given in person or by telephone, telegraph, telex, facsimile or other electronic transmission and at least five (5) days prior to such meeting if notice is given in writing and delivered by courier or by postage prepaid mail. Such notice need not specify the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by submitting a signed waiver of notice with the Secretary, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(b) Special meetings of any committee may be called at any time by such person or persons and with such notice as shall be specified for such committee by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such specification, in the manner and with the notice required for special meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

4


3.7 Action of Directors by Communications Equipment. One or more persons may participate in a meeting of directors, or of a committee thereof, by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

3.8 Quorum of and Action by Directors. A majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall be necessary at all meetings to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the acts of a majority of the directors present and voting at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board of Directors. Every director of the Corporation shall be entitled to one vote.

3.9 Registering Dissent. A director who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee thereof, at which action on a corporate matter is taken on which the director is generally competent to act, shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless his dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or unless he files his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or unless he delivers his dissent in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

3.10 Action by Directors Without a Meeting. Any action which may be taken at a meeting of the directors, or of a committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if, prior or subsequent to the action, a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken or to be taken, is signed by all of the directors in office, or by all of the members of the committee, as the case may be, and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. Such consent shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote.

3.11 Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors for their services as directors and a director may be a salaried officer of the Corporation.

3.12 Nominations of Directors.

(a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected only: (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (ii) by any shareholder of the Corporation who (1) is a shareholder of record on the date such shareholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 3.12(a) and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.12(a). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders; provided , however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a shareholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of shareholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure. With respect to the first annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole shareholder of Huntingdon Valley Bank, notice by the shareholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of shareholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

 

5


A shareholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of 3.13 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the shareholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such shareholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such shareholder; (iv) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.12(a). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(b) For purposes of subsections (a) of this Section 3.12, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued by a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsection (a) of this Section 3.12 shall apply to all shareholder nominations for election as a director at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

3.13 Director Qualifications.

(a) No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (i) if a financial or securities regulatory agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, against such person, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (ii) if such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; (iii) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime; or (iv) if such person did not, at the time of his or her first election or appointment to the Board of Directors, maintain his or her principal residence (as determined by reference to such person’s most recent tax returns, copies of which shall be provided to the Corporation for the sole purpose of determining compliance with this clause (iv)) within twenty-five (25) miles of a branch office maintained by the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof, for a period of at least one year prior to the date of his or her purported nomination, election or appointment to the Board of Directors. No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person is: (w) at the same time, a director, officer, employee or 10% or more stockholder of a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization, other than a subsidiary of the Corporation, that engages in financial services related business activities or solicits customers, whether through a physical presence or electronically, in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; (x) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporation’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy and confirm in writing his or her qualifications hereunder; (y) is a party to any agreement or arrangement with a party other than the Corporation or a subsidiary that (1) materially limits his or her voting discretion as a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (2) materially impairs his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of the Corporation; or (z) is the nominee or representative, as those terms are defined in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R §212.2(n) (or any successor provision), of a company or other entity of which any of the directors, partners, trustees or 10% stockholders would not be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors under this Section 3 (other than the residency requirement in Section (iv)).

 

6


(b) Other than the persons appointed as initial directors in the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation effective upon completion of the mutual to stock conversion of Huntingdon Valley Bank, no person shall be eligible for reelection, appointment or re-appointment to the Board of Directors if such person has attained 72 years of age. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may waive this director qualification if the Board of Directors determines, by 2/3 vote, that such waiver is the best interest of the Corporation.

(c) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 3.13 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited to determinations as to whether a person is a nominee or representative of a person, a company or a group, whether a person or company is included in a group, and whether a person is the representative, agent or nominee of a group acting in concert.

ARTICLE IV

EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

4.1 Executive Committee.

(a) The Board of Directors may appoint from the Board of Directors an Executive Committee of not less than three members, and may delegate to such committee, except as otherwise provided by law or the Articles of Incorporation, the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation in the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors in all cases in which specific directions shall not have been given by the Board, as well as the power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, provided, however, that the Executive Committee shall not have the power or authority of the Board of Directors with respect to the following: the submission to shareholders of any action requiring approval of shareholders by law; the creation or filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors; the adoption, amendment or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws; the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of Directors that by its terms is amendable or repealable only by the Board of Directors; action on matters committed by these Bylaws or resolution of the Board of Directors to another committee of the Board of Directors; the declaration of dividends; and approval of a transaction in which any member of the Executive Committee, directly or indirectly, has any material beneficial interest.

(b) Meetings of the Executive Committee shall be held at such times and places as the Chairman of the Executive Committee may determine. The Executive Committee, by a vote of a majority of its members, may appoint a Chairman and fix its rules of procedure, determine its manner of acting and specify what notice, if any, of meetings shall be given, except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors shall by resolution otherwise provide.

(c) The Executive Committee shall keep minutes of all business transacted by it. All completed action by the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at its meeting next succeeding such action or at its meeting held in the month following the taking of such action, and shall be subject to revision or alteration by the Board of Directors.

4.2 Audit Committee. The Board of Directors shall designate not less than three members of the Board of Directors who are not employed by the Corporation and who otherwise comply with the requirements of applicable law, regulation and listing requirements to constitute an Audit Committee, which shall receive and evaluate internal and independent auditor’s reports, monitor the Corporation’s adherence in accounting and financial reporting to generally accepted accounting principles and perform such other duties as may be delegated to it by the Board of Directors. Meetings of the Audit Committee shall be held at such times and places as the Chairman of the Audit Committee may determine. The Audit Committee, by a vote of a majority of its members, may fix its rules of procedure, determine its manner of acting and specify what notice, if any, of meetings shall be given, except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors shall by resolution otherwise provide.

 

7


4.3 Other Board Committees. The Board may, by resolutions passed by a majority of the Board of Directors, designate members of the Board to constitute other committees, which shall in each case consist of one or more directors and shall have and may execute such powers as may be determined and specified in the respective resolutions appointing them. A majority of all the members of any such committee may fix its rules of procedure, determine its manner of acting and fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice thereof, if any, shall be given, except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors shall by resolution otherwise provide.

4.4 Term. A majority of the Board of Directors shall have the power to change the membership of any committee of the Board of Directors at any time, to fill vacancies therein and to discharge any such committee or to remove any member thereof, either with or without cause, at any time.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Designations. The Board of Directors shall annually appoint a Chairman of the Board, a Chairman and President, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem appropriate. The Board of Directors shall designate one officer as the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and may designate another officer as the Chief Operating Officer. One individual may hold the position of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

5.2 Powers and Duties. The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties as are specified in these Bylaws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time authorize or determine. In the absence of action by the Board of Directors, the officers shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices.

5.3 Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, who shall be chosen from among the directors, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the Board of Directors.

5.4 Chief Executive Officer and President. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general executive powers and shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulations or practice to the office of the Chief Executive Officer, or imposed by these Bylaws. The President shall have general executive powers and shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulations or practice to the office of President, or imposed by these Bylaws. One individual may hold the positions of Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board.

5.5 Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors and shall give notice of all such meetings as required in these Bylaws, the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation or by law. The Secretary shall have custody of such minutes, the seal of the Corporation and the stock certificate records of the Corporation, except to the extent some other person is authorized to have custody and possession thereof by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

5.6 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall keep, or cause to be kept, the fiscal accounts of the Corporation, including an account of all monies received or disbursed.

5.7 Term; Removal. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office for a term of one year and until his successor has been selected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

5.8 Compensation. The officers of the Corporation shall receive such salary or compensation as may be determined by or under authority of the Board of Directors.

 

8


5.9 Delegation. In the case of absence or inability to act of any officer of the Corporation and of any person herein authorized to act in his place, the Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or any director or other person whom it may select.

5.10 Vacancies. Vacancies in any office arising from any cause may be filled by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Persons Covered. Subject to, and in accordance with, the provisions of this Article VI, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, including actions by or in the right of the Corporation, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise.

6.2 Derivative Actions.

(a) In the case of a threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation against a person named in Section 6.1 by reason of such person holding a position named in Section 6.1, the Corporation shall indemnify such person if such person satisfies the standard in Section 6.2(b), for expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit.

(b) In the case of a threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation, a person named in Section 6.1 shall be indemnified only if:

(1) such person is successful on the merits or otherwise; or

(2) such person acted in good faith in the transaction that is the subject of the suit or action, and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation. However, such person shall not be indemnified in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person has been adjudged liable to the Corporation unless (and only to the extent that) the court of common pleas or the court in which the suit was brought shall determine, upon application, that despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper.

6.3 Third-Party Actions.

(a) In case of a threatened, pending, or completed suit, action, or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative), other than a suit by or in the right of the Corporation, together hereafter referred to as a third-party action, against a person named in Section 6.1 by reason of such person holding a position named in Section 6.1, the Corporation shall indemnify such person if such person satisfies the standard in Section 6.3(b), for amounts actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of the third-party action, including, but not limited to (i) expenses (including attorneys’ fees), (ii) amounts paid in settlement, (iii) judgments, and (iv) fines.

(b) In case of a third-party action, a person named in Section 6.1 shall be indemnified only if:

(1) such person is successful on the merits or otherwise; or

(2) such person acted in good faith in the transaction that is the subject of the third-party action and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the

 

9


Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of a third-party action by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a pleas of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, in itself, create a presumption that the person failed to satisfy the standard of this Section 6.3(b).

6.4 Determination That Standard Has Been Met. A determination that the standard of either Section 6.2(b) or 6.3(b) has been satisfied may be made by a court, or, except as stated in the record sentence of Section 6.2(b), the determination may be made by:

(1) the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors of the Corporation who were not parties to the action, suit, or proceeding;

(2) if such a quorum is not obtainable or if obtainable and a majority of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or

(3) the shareholders of the Corporation.

6.5 Proration. Anyone making a determination under Section 6.4 may determine that a person has met the standard as to some matters but not as to others, and may reasonably prorate amounts to be indemnified.

6.6 Advancement of Expenses. Reasonable expenses incurred by a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding described in Section 6.1 may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.

6.7 Other Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or pursuant to this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any insurance or other agreement, vote of shareholders or directors, or otherwise, both as to actions in their official capacity and as to actions in another capacity while holding an office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.

6.8 Insurance. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.

6.9 Security Fund; Indemnity Agreements. By action of the Board of Directors (notwithstanding their interest in the transaction), the Corporation may create and fund a trust fund or fund of any nature, and may enter into agreements with its officers, directors, employees, and agents for the purpose of securing or insuring in any manner its obligation to indemnify or advance expenses provided for in this Article VI.

6.10 Modification. The duties of the Corporation to indemnify and to advance expenses to any person as provided in this Article VI shall be in the nature of a contract between the Corporation and each such person, and no amendment or repeal of any provision of this Article VI, and no amendment or termination of any trust fund or other fund created pursuant to Section 6.9 hereof, shall alter to the detriment of such person the right of such person to the advancement of expenses or indemnification related to a claim based on an act or failure to act which took place prior to such amendment, repeal, or termination.

6.11 Proceedings Initiated by Indemnified Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article VI, the Corporation shall not indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent for any liability incurred in an action, suit, or proceeding initiated by (which shall not be deemed to include counter-claims or affirmative defenses) or participated in as an intervenor or amicus curiae by the person seeking indemnification unless such initiation of or participation in the action, suit, or proceeding is authorized, either before or after its commencement, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

 

10


6.12 Savings Clause. If this Article VI or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director, officer, employee, and agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VI that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

If the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania are amended to permit further indemnification of the directors, officers, employees, and agents of the Corporation, then the Corporation shall indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI by the Board of Directors or the shareholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, employee, or agent existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VII

CAPITAL STOCK

7.1 Certificates. The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. Certificates of stock shall be issued in numerical order, and each shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by the President or a Vice President, and the Secretary or the Treasurer, or in such other manner as the Corporation may determine, and may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of such officers may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the Corporation itself or an employee of the Corporation. If an officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate ceases to be an officer before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the person were an officer on the date of issue. Each certificate of stock shall state:

(a) that the Corporation is incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania;

(b) the name of the person to whom issued;

(c) the number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, which such certificate represents; and

(d) the par value of each share represented by such certificate, or a statement that such shares are without par value.

7.2 Transfers.

(a) Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the stock transfer books of the Corporation, kept at the registered office of the Corporation or at its principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, and before a new certificate is issued the old certificate shall be surrendered for cancellation. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, open a share register in any state of the United States, and may employ an agent or agents to keep such register, and to record transfers of shares therein.

(b) Shares of stock shall be transferred by delivery of the certificates therefor, accompanied either by an assignment in writing on the back of the certificate or an assignment separate from the certificate, or by a written power of attorney to sell, assign and transfer the same, signed by the holder of said certificate. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.4 hereof, no shares of stock shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation until the outstanding certificates therefor have been surrendered to the Corporation.

 

11


(c) Article IX of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation imposes certain restrictions on offers and acquisitions of the Corporation’s equity securities.

7.3 Registered Owner. Registered shareholders shall be treated by the Corporation as the holders in fact of the stock standing in their respective names and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in any share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as expressly provided below or by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure whereby a shareholder of the Corporation may certify in writing to the Corporation that all or a portion of the shares registered in the name of such shareholder are held for the account of a specified person or persons. The resolution shall set forth:

(a) The classification of shareholder who may certify;

(b) The purpose or purposes for which the certification may be made;

(c) The form of certification and information to be contained therein;

(d) If the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and

(e) Such other provisions with respect to the procedure as are deemed necessary or desirable.

Upon receipt by the Corporation of a certification complying with the above requirements, the persons specified in the certification shall be deemed, for the purpose or purposes set forth in the certification, to be the holders of record of the number of shares specified in place of the shareholder making the certification.

7.4 Mutilated, Lost or Destroyed Certificates. In case of any mutilation, loss or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place upon receipt of proof of such mutilation, loss or destruction. The Board of Directors may impose conditions on such issuance and may require the giving of a satisfactory bond or indemnity to the Corporation in such sum as they might determine, or establish such other procedures as they deem necessary.

7.5 Fractional Shares or Scrip. The Corporation may (a) issue fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation; (b) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto; (c) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such shares are determined; or (d) issue scrip in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip aggregating a full share.

ARTICLE VIII

FISCAL YEAR; ANNUAL AUDIT

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the 30 th day of June of each year. The Corporation shall be subject to an annual audit as of the end of its fiscal year by independent public accountants appointed by and responsible to the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IX DIVIDENDS AND FINANCE

9.1 Dividends. Dividends may be declared by the Board of Directors and paid by the Corporation in accordance with the conditions and subject to the limitations imposed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Board of Directors may declare dividends payable only to shareholders of record at the close of business on any business day not more than 90 days prior to the date on which the dividend is paid.

9.2 Depositories. The monies of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation in such bank or banks or trust company or trust companies as the Board of Directors shall designate, and shall be drawn out only by check or other order for payment of money signed by such persons and in such manner as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

12


ARTICLE X

NOTICES

10.1 Notice. Whenever written notice is required to be given to any person pursuant to these Bylaws, it may be given to the person either personally or by sending a copy thereof by first class or express mail, postage prepaid, or by email, or courier service, charges prepaid to his address (or email address), in the case of shareholders, appearing on the books of the Corporation or, in the case of directors, supplied by them to the Corporation for the purpose of notice or, in the case of the Corporation, at the address of its principal executive offices. If the notice is sent by mail or courier service, it shall be deemed to have been given to the person entitled thereto when deposited in the United States mail or with a courier service for delivery to that person or, in the case of, email, when sent.

10.2 Written Waiver of Notice. Whenever any written notice is required to be given under these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of the notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, a meeting need be specified in the waiver of notice of the meeting.

10.3 Waiver of Notice by Attendance. Attendance of a person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting except where a person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE XI

SEAL

The corporate seal of the Corporation shall be in such form and bear such inscription as may be adopted by resolution of the Board of Directors, or by usage of the officers on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XII

BOOKS AND RECORDS

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account and shall keep minutes and proceedings of meetings of its shareholders and Board of Directors; and it shall keep at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of the shares held by each. Any books, records and minutes may be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

The Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed only as set forth in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, which are incorporated herein with the same effect as if they were set forth herein.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

In these Bylaws, unless otherwise indicated, defined terms in singular shall include the plural as well as vice versa, and the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders.

 

13

Exhibit 4

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA

 

   
No.    HV BANCORP, INC.   

Shares

 

      CUSIP:

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE

PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS

CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO

RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE

 

THIS CERTIFIES that      

is the owner of

 

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

HV Bancorp, Inc.

a Pennsylvania corporation

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of HV Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. THE CAPITAL STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY IS NOT AN ACCOUNT OF AN INSURABLE TYPE AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, HV Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

By:        [SEAL]   By:    
 

JANICE GARNER

CORPORATE SECRETARY

      

TRAVIS J. THOMPSON

PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


The Board of Directors of HV Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation requires that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to 75% of the shares entitled to vote if such amendment, additional alternation change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation has not been approved by the affirmative vote of 80% of the Company’s Board of Directors then in office.

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

        TEN COM –    as tenants in common       UNIF GIFT MIN ACT –                     Custodian                 

 

        TEN ENT –

 

  

 

as tenants by the entireties

         (Cust)                        (Minor)
        JT TEN –    as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common         

Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

 

            (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

For value received,                                                                   hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

 
    

 

 

(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

                                          Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                   Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated,                                         

 

In the presence of     Signature:
 

 

     

 

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

Exhibit 5

LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

Telephone (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER

(202) 274-2000

September 7, 2016

The Board of Directors

HV Bancorp, Inc.

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

 

  Re: HV Bancorp, Inc.
     Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), of HV Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”). We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and its Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), the Plan of Conversion of Huntingdon Valley Bank, certain resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock. We have also reviewed such other documents and made such other investigations as we have deemed appropriate. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as original documents and the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies thereof. The opinion expressed below is limited to the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and federal law.

Based on the foregoing and subject to the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that: following (i) execution and delivery of the Agency Agreement by the parties thereto, (ii) issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Agency Agreement, and (iii) receipt by the Company of the consideration for the Common Stock specified in the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors, we are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.

Very truly yours,

/s/ L USE G ORMAN                    

L USE G ORMAN , PC

Exhibit 8.1

LUSE GORMAN, PC

Attorneys at Law

5335 WISCONSIN AVENUE, N.W., SUITE 780

Washington, DC 20015

TELEPHONE (202) 274-2000

FACSIMILE (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

FORM OF FEDERAL TAX OPINION

Board of Trustees

Huntingdon Valley Bank

3501 Masons Mill Road

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

 

  Re: Federal Income Tax Opinion Relating to Conversion of Huntingdon Valley Bank from a Pennsylvania-Chartered Mutual Savings Bank into a Pennsylvania-Chartered Stock Savings Bank

Members of the Board Trustees:

In accordance with your request, set forth below is the opinion of this firm relating to the material federal income tax consequences of the proposed conversion (the “ Conversion ”) of Huntingdon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”) from a Pennsylvania-chartered mutual savings bank to a Pennsylvania-chartered stock savings bank (“ Stock Bank ”). In the Conversion, all of the Bank’s to-be-issued stock will be acquired by HV Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation (the “ Holding Company ”).

For purposes of this opinion, we have examined such documents and questions of law as we have considered necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to the: (1) Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”) relating to the proposed issuance of up to 2,182,125 shares (at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) of common stock, par value $0.01 per share; (2) applications or notices for approval/non-objection of the Conversion and the formation of a new bank holding company filed with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ Applications ”); (3) Plan of Conversion adopted by the Bank on July 20, 2016 (the “ Plan ”); (4) Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Bank; and (5) Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company. In such examination, we have assumed and have not independently verified the authenticity of all original documents, the accuracy of all copies, and the genuineness of all signatures. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.


Board of Trustees

Huntingdon Valley Bank

                     , 2016

Page 2

 

In issuing our opinion, we have assumed that the Plan has been duly and validly authorized and has been approved and adopted by the board of trustees of the Bank at a meeting duly called and held, that the Bank will comply with the terms and conditions of the Plan, and that the various representations and warranties that are provided to us are accurate, complete, true and correct. Accordingly, we express no opinion concerning the effect, if any, of variations from the foregoing. We specifically express no opinion concerning tax matters relating to the Plan under state and local tax laws and under federal income tax laws except on the basis of the documents and assumptions described above.

In issuing the opinion set forth below, we have relied solely on existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations (the “ Regulations ”) thereunder, current administrative rulings, notices and procedures, and court decisions. Such laws, regulations, administrative rulings, notices and procedures and court decisions are subject to change at any time. Any such change could affect the continuing validity of the opinions set forth below. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.

In rendering our opinion, we have assumed that the persons and entities identified in the Plan will at all times comply with applicable state and federal laws and the factual representations of the Bank. In addition, we have assumed that the activities of the persons and entities identified in the Plan will be conducted strictly in accordance with the Plan. Any variations may affect the opinions we are rendering. For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the factual representations provided to us by the Bank, which are incorporated herein by reference.

We emphasize that the outcome of litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and, although we have attempted in good faith to opine as to the probable outcome of the merits of each tax issue with respect to which an opinion was requested, there can be no assurance that our conclusions are correct or that they would be adopted by the Internal Revenue Service or a court.

BACKGROUND

The Bank is a mutual savings bank organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania that is in the process of converting to a Pennsylvania-chartered stock savings bank. As a Pennsylvania-chartered mutual savings bank, the Bank has no authorized capital stock. Instead the Bank, in mutual form, has a unique equity structure. A depositor in the Bank is entitled to payment of interest on his or her account balance as declared and paid by the Bank. A depositor has no right


Board of Trustees

Huntingdon Valley Bank

                     , 2016

Page 3

 

to a distribution of any earnings of the Bank, except for interest paid on the deposit balance, and such earnings become retained earnings of the Bank. However, a depositor has a pro-rata ownership interest in the net worth of the Bank based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her deposit account with the Bank receives solely the balance of his or her deposit account. In connection with and at the time of the Conversion, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will exchange their liquidation rights in the Bank for an interest in a liquidation account (“ Liquidation Account ”) established at the Stock Bank.

PROPOSED TRANSACTION

The Holding Company has been formed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for the purpose of the proposed transactions described herein, to engage in business as a bank holding company and to hold all of the stock of the Stock Bank. The Holding Company will issue shares of its voting common stock (“ Company Stock ”), upon completion of the mutual-to-stock conversion of the Bank, to persons purchasing such shares as described in greater detail below.

Following regulatory approval, the Plan provides for the offer and sale of shares of Common Stock in a Subscription Offering pursuant to nontransferable subscription rights on the basis of the following preference categories: (1) Eligible Account Holders of the Bank; (2) the Bank’s tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including the newly formed employee stock ownership plan and the Bank’s 401(k) plan; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the Bank; and (4) Other Members of the Bank, all as described in the Plan. The minimum amount of shares in the offering range must be sold. If shares remain after all orders are filled in the categories described above, the Plan calls for a community offering to the general public with a preference for members of the general public residing in Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery or Philadelphia Counties, Pennsylvania (“ Community Offering ”), followed by a syndicated community offering (“ Syndicated Community Offering ”) for the shares not sold in the Community Offering.

Pursuant to the Plan, all such shares will be issued and sold at a uniform price per share. The aggregate purchase price at which all shares of Common Stock will be offered and sold pursuant to the Plan will be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the Bank, as converted. The estimated pro forma market value will be determined by RP Financial, LC., an independent appraiser. The conversion of the Bank from mutual-to-stock form and the sale of newly issued shares of the stock of the Stock Bank to the Holding Company will be deemed effective concurrently with the closing of the sale of Common Stock.


Board of Trustees

Huntingdon Valley Bank

                     , 2016

Page 4

 

OPINION OF COUNSEL

Based solely upon the foregoing information, we render the following opinion:

1. The change in the form of operation of the Bank from a Pennsylvania-chartered mutual savings bank to a Pennsylvania-chartered stock savings bank, as described above, will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Code Section 368(a)(1)(F), and no gain or loss will be recognized to either the Bank or to Stock Bank as a result of such Conversion. See Rev. Rul. 80-105, 1980-1 C.B. 78. The Bank and Stock Bank will each be a party to a reorganization within the meaning of Code Section 368(b). Rev. Rul. 72-206, 1972-1 C.B. 104.

2. No gain or loss will be recognized by Stock Bank on the receipt of money from Holding Company in exchange for its shares or by Holding Company upon the receipt of money from the sale of Common Stock. Code Section 1032(a).

3. The assets of the Bank will have the same basis in the hands of Stock Bank as they had in the hands of the Bank immediately prior to the Conversion. Code Section 362(b).

4. The holding period of the Bank’s assets to be received by Stock Bank will include the period during which the assets were held by the Bank prior to the Conversion. Code Section 1223(2).

5. No gain or loss will be recognized by the account holders of the Bank upon the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in Stock Bank in the same dollar amount and under the same terms as their deposit accounts in the Bank and no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon receipt by them of an interest in the Liquidation Account of Stock Bank, in exchange for their ownership interests in the Bank. Code Section 354(a).

6. The basis of the account holders’ deposit accounts in the Stock Bank will be the same as the basis of their deposit accounts in the Bank surrendered in exchange therefor. The basis of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interests in the Liquidation Account of the Stock Bank will be zero, that being the cost of such property.

7. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Common Stock will be zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon the


Board of Trustees

Huntingdon Valley Bank

                     , 2016

Page 5

 

distribution to them of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Common Stock. No taxable income will be realized by the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members as a result of the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights. Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182.

8. It is more likely than not that the basis of the Common Stock to its stockholders will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code). The stockholder’s holding period will commence upon the exercise of the subscription rights. (Section 1223(5) of the Code).

9. For purposes of Section 381 of the Code, the Stock Bank will be treated as if there had been no reorganization. Accordingly, the taxable year of the Bank will not end on the effective date of the Conversion merely because of the transfer of assets of the Bank to the Stock Bank, and the tax attributes of the Bank will be taken into account by the Stock Bank as if there had been no reorganization. (Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-(1)(a)(2)).

10. The part of the taxable year of the Bank before the reorganization and the part of the taxable year of Stock Bank after the reorganization will constitute a single taxable year of Stock Bank. See Rev. Rul. 57-276, 1957-1 C.B. 126. Consequently, the Bank will not be required to file a federal income tax return for any portion of such taxable year solely by reason of the Conversion. Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2).

11. The tax attributes of the Bank enumerated in Code Section 381(c) will be taken into account by Stock Bank. Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2).

Notwithstanding any reference to Code Section 381 above, no opinion is expressed or intended to be expressed herein as to the effect, if any, of this transaction on the continued existence of, the carryover or carryback of, or the limitation on, any net operating losses of the Bank or its successor, Stock Bank, under the Code.

Our opinion under paragraph 7 above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. Our opinion under paragraphs 7 and 8 is based on the facts that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Common Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering. We also note that RP Financial, LC. has issued a letter dated September 7, 2016 stating that the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value. We further note that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past


Board of Trustees

Huntingdon Valley Bank

                     , 2016

Page 6

 

reached a different conclusion with respect to the value of nontransferable subscription rights. If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or Stock Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.

CONSENT

We hereby consent to the filing of the opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and as an exhibit to the Applications with respect to the Conversion, as applicable. We also hereby consent to the references to this firm in the prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement and the Applications.

USE OF OPINION

This opinion may not be quoted in whole or in part or otherwise referred to, nor is it to be filed with any governmental agency or other person without our prior written consent. We expressly consent to the use of and reliance on this opinion by BDO USA, LLP in issuing its state tax opinion to the Bank related to the Conversion.

 

Very truly yours,
 

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

Exhibit 8.2

The Board of Trustees (the “ Board ”)

Huntingdon Valley Bank

3501 Masons Mill Road

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

 

Re: State Tax Opinion Relating to Conversion of Huntingdon Valley Bank from a Pennsylvania-Chartered Mutual Savings Bank into a Pennsylvania-Chartered Stock Savings Bank

Members of the Board of Trustees:

You have requested our opinion in relation to the material Pennsylvania state tax consequences of the proposed conversion of Huntingdon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”), a Pennsylvania-chartered mutual savings bank, into a Pennsylvania-charted stock savings bank (the “ Stock Bank ’), and acquisition of to-be-issued common stock of the Stock Bank by HV Bancorp, Inc. (the “ Holding Company ”), a Pennsylvania corporation, (referred to collectively as the “ Conversion ,”) followed by an offering (the “ Offering ”) of the voting common stock of Holding Company (“ Holding Company Conversion Shares ”) to insiders and the public pursuant to the Plan, as described in the Federal Tax Opinion issued by Luse Gorman, PC and dated September [XX], 2016 (the “ Federal Tax Opinion ”). Any term not otherwise defined herein has the same meaning assigned to it for purposes of the Federal Tax Opinion.

In connection with the Conversion, the Stock Bank will issue deposit accounts in Stock Bank to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the Bank (collectively, the “ Account Holders ”) in the same dollar amount and under the same terms as their deposit accounts in the Bank, and Stock Bank will issue an interest in the Liquidation Account of Stock Bank to the Account Holders in exchange for their ownership interests in the Bank.


In connection with the Offering, the Holding Company will distribute nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Shares to the Account Holders, tax-exempt employee benefit plans of the Stock Bank, and Other Members (collectively, the “ Affiliates ”).

The conclusions set out herein are based upon our interpretations of the Pennsylvania state tax law existing as of the date hereof, which we believe to be relevant and material in relation to the Conversion and Offering, which law is subject to change on a retroactive basis. Other knowledgeable persons, including Commonwealth tax authorities, might reach different conclusions. Any change in such law could affect our conclusions. Further, our conclusions are predicated on the Federal Tax Opinion – the sole document we have reviewed in connection with rendering our opinion. If the facts or conclusions in the Federal Tax Opinion are incorrect, our conclusions, and therefore our opinions, might be different.

The following analysis is not intended as a discussion of the tax law beyond that which is essential to reach the conclusions set out herein with respect to the facts set out herein. Exceptions, alternatives and contrary rules may apply to another set of facts.

In accordance with applicable professional regulations, unless expressly stated otherwise, any written advice contained in, forwarded with, or attached to this opinion is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, by any person for the purpose of avoiding any penalties that may be imposed under the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”). Further, this opinion may not be quoted, in whole or in part, or otherwise referred to, nor is it to be filed with any governmental agency without our prior written consent, except that we do consent to the filing of this opinion with any governmental agency as required pursuant to the Conversion and Offering.

 

  I. O PINIONS

The following are our opinions in relation to the material Pennsylvania state tax consequences applicable to the Conversion and Offering:

 

  1. The Bank and the Stock Bank will not recognize taxable gain or loss under the Pennsylvania Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax (“ MTIT ”) as a result of the Conversion and the Stock Bank will succeed to the adjusted tax basis of the Bank in its assets for MTIT purposes.

 

  2. The Stock Bank will be subject to the MTIT and succeed to and continue the taxable year of the Bank for purposes of reporting MTIT, which will be the taxable year used for federal income tax purposes and no short taxable period will result from the Conversion or Offering.


  3. The MTIT net operating losses (“ MTIT NOLs ”) of the Bank preceding the Conversion will be available to the Stock Bank following the Conversion and Offering subject to carry-forward period limitations.

 

  4. The Holding Company will be subject to the Pennsylvania Corporate Net Income Tax (“ CNIT ”) but will not recognize taxable gain or loss for purposes of the CNIT as a result of the Conversion and Offering, unless the distribution of the subscription rights are subject to tax for federal income tax purposes.

 

  5. The Account Holders will not recognize taxable gain or loss upon the issuance of withdrawable deposit accounts in the Stock Bank in exchange for those in the Bank for purposes of the Pennsylvania Personal Income Tax (the “ PIT ”).

 

  6. It is more likely than not that the Account Holders will recognize no taxable gain or loss for purposes of the PIT upon receipt by them of an interest in the Liquidation Account of the Stock Bank in exchange for their ownership interests in the Bank.

 

  7. It is more likely than not that the Affiliates will recognize no taxable gain or loss for purposes of the PIT upon the distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Shares.

 

  8. It is more likely than not that the Affiliates will recognize no taxable gain or loss for purposes of the PIT upon the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Shares.

 

  9. None of the transactions pursuant to the Conversion or Offering will result in Pennsylvania Sales and Use Tax (the “ SUT ”) to the Bank, the Stock Bank or the Holding Company.

 

  10. None of the transactions pursuant to the Conversion or Offering will result in Pennsylvania Realty Transfer Tax (the “ RTT ”) to the Bank, the Stock Bank or the Holding Company.


  II. L AW AND A NALYSIS

 

  A. Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax (“MTIT”)

The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania imposes an income tax on mutual thrift institutions, which include: savings banks without capital stock incorporated by or under the statutes of the Commonwealth, building and loan associations, savings and loan associations incorporated under the statutes of the Commonwealth, federal savings and loan associations incorporated under the statutes of the United States, and savings institutions having capital stock and incorporated by or under the statutes of the Commonwealth or under the law of the United States or any other jurisdiction and located within the Commonwealth. 72 Pa. Stat. §§ 8501 (definition of “Mutual thrift institution” or “institution”) and 8502(a). Mutual thrift institutions subject to the MTIT are exempt from all other Pennsylvania state corporate taxes. 72 Pa. Stat. § 8502(e). Further, such institutions, any shares of stock in such institutions, and the property of such institutions “shall be exempt from all local taxation imposed by political subdivisions of this Commonwealth under the authority of the laws of this Commonwealth, except taxes on real estate or transfers thereof.” Id.

The starting point for purposes of determining taxable income under the MTIT is net income or loss on a separate company, unconsolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, where cost accounting is used instead of equity accounting for investments in a subsidiary. 72 Pa. Stat. § 8502(c). There are items of adjustment to the taxable income starting point none of which are pertinent to the MTIT tax effects of the Conversion. Id. Net income of a taxable year may be offset by NOLs from the three immediately preceding taxable years and must be apportioned when the institution is subject to tax in another state. 72 Pa. Stat. §§ 8502(d) and 8502.1(a). Under generally accepted accounting principles, no gain or loss is recognized by an entity upon a conversion from one form of entity to another or upon the issuance of its common shares in exchange for cash.

For purposes of the MTIT, the taxable year of an institution, or any consolidated group with which the institution participates in the filing of consolidated returns, is the taxable year actually used in reporting taxable income to the Federal Government. 72 Pa. Stat. § 8501 (definition of “Taxable year”). The Federal Tax Opinion concludes that, for federal income tax purposes, “[t]he part of the taxable year of the Bank before the reorganization and the part of the taxable year of Stock Bank after the reorganization will constitute a single taxable year of Stock Bank … [and] [c]onsequently, the Bank will not be required to file a federal income tax return for any portion of such taxable year solely by reason of the Conversion.”


Pennsylvania allows for succession to MTIT NOLs “[i]n the case of a change in ownership by purchase, liquidation, acquisition of stock or reorganization of an institution in the manner described in section 381 or 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.” 72 Pa. Stat. § 8502(e.1).  See also 61 Pa. Code § 158.3(b)(1). The succession to MTIT NOLs is determined on a separate company basis and is not impacted by the federal consolidated return rules. 72 Pa. Stat. § 8502(e.1). The Federal Tax Opinion concludes that “[t]he tax attributes of the Bank enumerated in Code Section 381(c) will be taken into account by Stock Bank,” but then qualifies that “no opinion is expressed or intended to be expressed herein as to the effect, if any, of this transaction on the continued existence of, the carryover or carryback of, or the limitation on, any net operating losses of the Bank or its successor, Stock Bank, under the Code.”

Based upon the foregoing, for purposes of the MTIT as it relates to the Bank and the Stock Bank, (i) the Stock Bank will be subject to the MTIT for Pennsylvania corporate tax purposes, (ii) no taxable gain or loss will be recognized by the Bank or the Stock Bank as a result of the Conversion and, as such, Stock Bank will succeed to the adjusted tax basis of the Bank in its assets for MTIT purposes, (iii) the Stock Bank will succeed to and continue the Bank taxable year used for federal income tax purposes, and (iv) the MTIT NOLs of the Bank preceding the Conversion will be available to the Stock Bank following the Conversion.

 

  B. Pennsylvania Corporation Net Income Tax (“CNIT”)

Pennsylvania imposes the CNIT on domestic and foreign corporations for the privilege of doing business, carrying on activities, or having capital employed or used or owning property in Pennsylvania. 72 Pa. Stat. §§ 7401(1) and 7402(a). A corporation subject to the CNIT is not subject to the Bank and Trust Company Shares Tax, the Title Insurance Companies Shares Tax, the Insurance Premiums Tax, or the MTIT. 72 Pa. Stat. § 7402(c).

The computation of the CNIT begins with federal taxable income before any NOLs and special deductions, as reported on federal form 1120 on a separate-company basis. 72 P.S. § 7401(3)1(a) and 61 Pa. Code § 153.11(a). Certain adjustments to federal taxable income are then made to arrive at income subject to CNIT. However, none of those adjustments are relevant to the CNIT tax effects of the Conversion or Offering. The Federal Income Tax Opinion concludes that “[n]o gain or loss will be recognized … by Holding Company upon the receipt of money from the sale of Holding Company


Conversion Shares.” However, the Federal Income Tax Opinion states that “[i]f the subscription rights are subsequently found to have value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company … may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.”

Based upon the foregoing, for purposes of the CNIT as it relates to the Holding Company, (i) the Holding Company will be subject to the CNIT for Pennsylvania corporate tax purposes, (ii) no taxable gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company as a result of the Offering, and (iii) the Holding Company will be subject to CNIT on the distribution of the subscription rights if subject to tax for federal income tax purposes.

 

  C. Pennsylvania Personal Income Tax (the “PIT”)

Pennsylvania imposes the PIT on “net gains or net income … derived from the sale, exchange or other disposition of property, including real property, tangible personal property, intangible personal property or obligations.” 72 Pa. Stat. §§ 7302 and 7303(a)(3). The amount subject to tax on the sale, exchange or other disposition of property is the amount by which the value received by the taxpayer is greater than his/her basis. 61 Pa. Code § 103.13(e).

A “sale, exchange or other disposition” does not include the exchange of stock or securities in a corporation a party to a reorganization in pursuance of a plan of reorganization, solely for stock or securities in such corporation or in another corporation a party to the reorganization.” 72 Pa. Stat. § 7303(a)(3)(iv). A reorganization includes “[a] mere change in identity, form, or place of organization however effected.” 72 Pa. Stat. § 7303(a)(3)(iv)(B)(VI). Pennsylvania does not define the term “stock or securities” for purposes of the PIT. However, the liquidation interests and the interests in the Liquidation Account received by the Account Holders do represent an ownership interest in the Stock Bank. Accordingly, we believe that an interest in the Liquidation Account will more likely than not constitute “stock or securities” for these purposes.

The PIT is not derived from the Code. Accordingly, the conclusions in the Federal Tax Opinion relating to the Affiliates generally have no application to a PIT analysis. However, the Code aside, the Federal Tax Opinion concludes that “[i]t is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Shares will be zero.” The Federal Tax Opinion further concludes that “[n]o gain or loss will be recognized by the account holders of the Bank upon the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in Stock Bank in the same dollar amount and under the same terms as their deposit accounts in the Bank.” The Federal Tax Opinion also


concludes that “no taxable income will be realized by the [Affiliates] as a result of their exercise of nontransferable subscription rights.” Lastly, the Federal Tax Opinion concludes that “[i]f the subscription rights are subsequently found to have value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company … may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.”

Based upon the foregoing, for purposes of the PIT, (i) the Account Holders will recognize no taxable gain or loss upon the issuance of withdrawable deposit accounts because the value received will be no greater than the their basis, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Affiliates will recognize no taxable gain or loss upon receipt by them of an interest in the Liquidation Account of the Stock Bank in exchange for their ownership interest in the Bank because it is more likely than not that the Liquidation Account represents stock or securities and the Conversion is a mere change in form, (iii) it is more likely than not that the Affiliates will recognize no taxable gain or loss upon the distribution of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Shares because it is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights will be zero (but the Affiliates may recognize income if the subscription rights are subsequently found to have value), and (iv) the Affiliates will recognize no taxable gain or loss on the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights because no taxable income will be realized.

 

  D. Pennsylvania Sales and Use Tax (the “SUT”)

Pennsylvania imposes the SUT on the transfer or acquisition of the ownership, custody or possession of tangible personal property. 72 Pa. Stat. §§ 7201(f) and (k) and 7202(a) and (b). Except for a transfer of inventory and stock in trade, Pennsylvania excludes the transfer of tangible personal property by a person not a vendor in an isolated transaction or sold by or purchased from a person who is a vendor but is not a vendor with respect to the tangible personal property transferred in such a transaction. 72 Pa. Stat. § 7204(1). Except for the transfer of inventory or stock in trade or motor vehicles, an isolated sale includes the transfer of an entire business by the owner thereof. 61 Pa. Code § 32.4(a)(2)(iii). A vendor is “[a]ny person maintaining a place of business in this Commonwealth, selling or leasing tangible personal property, or rendering services, the sale or use of which is subject to the tax.” 72 Pa. Stat. § 7201(p).

Based upon the foregoing, (i) none of the transactions pursuant to the Conversion will be subject to SUT under the isolated sale exclusion or because no tangible personal property will be transferred in connection therewith, and (ii) none of the transactions pursuant to the Offering will be subject to SUT because no tangible personal will be transferred in connection therewith.


  E. Pennsylvania Realty Transfer Tax (the “RTT”)

Pennsylvania imposes the RTT as a “stamp tax” on the transfers of real estate by deed. 72 Pa. Stat. § 8102-C. The tax is also imposed upon a person becoming an acquired company. 72 Pa. Stat. § 8102-C. An “acquired company” is defined as a “real estate company” as to which a change of ownership has occurred whereby the change of ownership does not affect the continuity of the company and of itself or together with prior changes has the effect of transferring, directly or indirectly, ninety per cent or more of the total ownership interest in the company within a period of three years. 72 Pa. Stat. § 8102-C.5. A “real estate company” is defined as:

A corporation or association which is primarily engaged in the business of holding, selling or leasing real estate ninety percent or more of the ownership interest in which is held by 35 or fewer persons and which: 1) derives sixty per cent or more of its annual gross receipts from the ownership or disposition of real estate; or 2) holds real estate, the value of which comprises ninety per cent or more of the value of its entire tangible asset holdings exclusive of tangible assets which are freely transferable and actively traded on an established market.

72 Pa. Stat. § 8101-C (definition of “Real estate company”).

Based upon the foregoing, no RTT will apply to the Conversion or Offering because (i) no real estate will be transferred by deed in connection therewith, and (ii) the Bank will not be regarded as a “real estate company” (and, therefore, will not be regarded as an “acquired company”) as it is not primarily engaged in the business of holding, selling or leasing real estate.

Very truly yours,

September     , 2016

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of July 1, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Huntingdon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”) and Travis J. Thompson (“ Executive ”). Any reference to the “Company” shall mean HV Bancorp, Inc., the stock holding company of the Bank, or any successor thereto.

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to assure itself of the continued services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , in order to induce Executive to remain in the employ of the Bank and to provide further incentive for Executive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Bank desires to set forth the rights and responsibilities of Executive and the compensation payable to Executive, as modified from time to time.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

During the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank (the “ Executive Position ”), and will perform the duties and will have all powers associated with such position as set forth in any job description provided to Executive by the Bank, and as may be set forth in the bylaws of the Bank. During the period provided in this Agreement, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank and in such capacity carry out such duties and responsibilities reasonably appropriate to that office.

 

2. TERM AND DUTIES.

(a) Term and Annual Renewal . The initial term of this Agreement and the period of Executive’s employment hereunder shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue for three (3) years thereafter. Commencing on first anniversary date following the Effective Date and continuing on each anniversary date thereafter (the “ Anniversary Date ”), this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be three (3) years unless written notice of non-renewal (“ Non-Renewal Notice ”) is provided to Executive at least 30 days prior to any such Anniversary Date, in which event this Agreement shall terminate at the end of 24 months following such Anniversary Date. Prior to each notice period for non-renewal, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “ Board ”) will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to take action regarding non-renewal of the Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. Reference herein to the term of this Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.


(b) Change in Control . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Bank or the Company has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction that would be considered a Change in Control as defined under Section 5 hereof, the term of this Agreement shall be extended automatically for three (3) years following the effective date of the Change in Control.

(c) Membership on Other Boards or Organizations . During the period of his employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive will devote all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties under this Agreement, including activities and duties related to the Executive Position. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, subject to the approval of the Board, Executive may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, community and charitable organizations, provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, adversely affect the reputation of the Bank or any other affiliates of the Bank (as determined by the Board), or present any conflict of interest.

(d) Continued Employment Following Expiration of Term . Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

 

3. COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s performance of the responsibilities and duties set forth in this Agreement, the Bank will provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement. The Bank will pay Executive a salary of $200,000.00 per year (“ Base Salary ”). Such Base Salary will be payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Bank. During the term of this Agreement, the Board may consider increasing, but not decreasing (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers of the Bank and in a percentage not in excess of the percentage decrease for other senior officers), Executive’s Base Salary as the Board deems appropriate. Any change in Base Salary will become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to participate in any bonus plan or arrangement of the Bank or the Company in which senior management is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of the other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

(c) Benefit Plans . Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites offered to employees and officers of the Bank. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive also will be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans including but not limited to retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements. Executive shall also be entitled to annual reimbursement for premiums paid on disability and life insurance policies already in place at the time of this Agreement up to a maximum annual reimbursement of $5,000.00.

 

2


(d) Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement measured on a calendar year basis, in accordance with the Bank’s customary practices, as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for officers. Any unused paid time off during an annual period will be treated in accordance with the Bank’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.

(e) Expense Reimbursements . The Bank will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such organizations as Executive and the Board mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon substantiation of such expenses in accordance with applicable policies and procedures of the Bank. All reimbursements pursuant to this Section 3(e) shall be paid promptly by the Bank and in any event no later than 30 business days following the date on which the expense was incurred.

 

4. TERMINATION AND TERMINATION PAY.

Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement which governs the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:

(a) Death . Executive’s employment under this Agreement will terminate upon his death during the term of this Agreement, in which event Executive’s estate or beneficiary shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death for a period of one (1) year following Executive’s death (payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Bank). In addition, for one (1) year following Executive’s death, the Bank will continue to provide non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his family immediately prior to Executive’s death. Such continued benefits will be fully paid for by the Bank.

(b) Disability . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of Executive’s “Disability” as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. “ Disability ” shall mean Executive’s permanent and totally physical or mental impairment that restricts Executive from performing all the essential functions of normal employment. Executive shall not receive additional compensation or benefits under this Agreement due to Disability, except for already vested benefits.

(c) Termination for Cause . The Board may immediately terminate Executive’s employment at any time for “Cause.” Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause, except for benefits that have vested prior to the date of termination for Cause. Termination for “ Cause ” shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

(i) material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

3


(ii) willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

(iii) incompetence (in determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the banking industry);

(iv) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

(v) intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

(vi) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Bank employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference; or

(vii) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

(d) Voluntary Termination by Executive . Executive may voluntarily terminate employment during the term of this Agreement upon at least 30 days prior written notice to the Board. Upon Executive’s voluntary termination without “Good Reason” (as defined below), Executive shall have no right to receive any compensation or benefits under this Agreement, except for benefits that have vested prior to the date of termination.

(e) Termination Without Cause or With Good Reason .

 

  (i) The Board may immediately terminate Executive’s employment at any time for a reason other than Cause (a termination “ Without Cause ”), and Executive may, by written notice to the Board, terminate this Agreement at any time within 90 days following an event constituting “Good Reason,” as defined below (a termination “ With Good Reason ”); provided, however, that the Bank shall have 30 days to cure the “Good Reason” condition, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. Any termination of Executive’s employment, other than termination for Cause, shall have no effect on or prejudice the vested rights of Executive under the Bank’s qualified or non-qualified retirement, pension, savings, thrift, profit-sharing or bonus plans, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs in which Executive was a participant.

 

  (ii)

In the event of termination as described under Section 4(e)(i) and subject to the requirements of Section 4(e)(v), the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment

 

4


  equal to the amount of Base Salary that would have been earned by Executive had he remained employed with the Bank for the greater of: (A) 12 months; or (B) the remaining term of this Agreement (the “ Benefit Period ”). Such payment shall be made to Executive within 30 days following Executive’s date of termination, and will be subject to applicable withholding taxes.

 

  (iii) In addition, the Bank will continue to provide to Executive life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his termination under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of the Bank as of Executive’s date of termination. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (A) the completion of the Benefit Period; or (B) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), shall run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein.

 

  (iv) Good Reason ” exists if, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

 

  (A) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits provided in this Agreement (other than a reduction or elimination of Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Bank as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law));

 

  (B) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

  (C) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 25 miles from the Bank’s main office location as of the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (D) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

 

  (v)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4(e) unless and until Executive executes a release of his claims against the Bank and any affiliate, and

 

5


  their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ ADEA ”), but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement. In order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the ADEA, the release shall be provided to Executive no later than the date of his Separation from Service (as defined in Section 11(c) hereof) and Executive shall have no fewer than 21 days to consider the release, and following Executive’s execution of the release, Executive shall have seven (7) days to revoke said release.

 

  (f) Effect on Status as a Director . In the event of Executive’s termination of employment under this Agreement for any reason, such termination shall also constitute Executive’s resignation from the Board, as well as the board of directors of any affiliates of the Bank.

 

5. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a) Change in Control Defined . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (i) Merger : The Bank or the Company merges into or consolidates with another entity whereby the Bank or the Company is not the surviving entity, or the Bank or the Company merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

  (ii) Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership : There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

  (iii)

Change in Board Composition : During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of

 

6


  Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected to the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the Board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary federal regulator of the Company or the Bank shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

  (iv) Sale of Assets : The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred either: (i) upon the conversion of the Bank to stock form (as a stand alone stock bank or as the subsidiary of a mutual or stock holding company); or (ii) following the conversion of the Bank to a subsidiary of a mutual holding company, upon the subsequent conversion of any mutual holding company to stock form, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion.

(b) Change in Control Benefits . Upon the occurrence of Executive’s termination Without Cause or With Good Reason on or after the effective time of a Change in Control, the Bank (or any successor) shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as severance pay an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of Executive’s: (i) highest annual rate of Base Salary; and (ii) highest annual cash bonus paid to, earned by, Executive during the calendar year of the Change in Control or either of the two (2) calendar years immediately preceding the Change in Control. Such payments shall be made in a lump sum within 30 days following Executive’s date of termination, and will be subject to applicable withholding taxes. In addition, the Bank will continue to provide Executive with life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his date of termination at no cost to Executive. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (i) the date which is three (3) years from Executive’s date of termination or (ii) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Code shall not run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments and benefits provided in this Section 5(b) shall be payable to Executive in lieu of any payments or benefits that are payable under Section 4(e).

 

6. COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE.

(a) Non-Solicitation/Non-Compete . Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following his termination of employment with the Bank (other than a termination of employment following a Change in Control), Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:

 

7


  (i) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank, or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his or her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that has headquarters or offices within 25 miles of any location(s) in which the Bank has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office;

 

  (ii) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, joint venturer, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that competes with the business of the Bank or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that: (A) has a headquarters within 25 miles of the Bank’s headquarters (the “ Restricted Territory ”), or (B) has one or more offices, but is not headquartered, within the Restricted Territory, but in the latter case, only if Executive would be employed, conduct business or have other responsibilities or duties within the Restricted Territory; or

 

  (iii) solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank.

(b) Confidentiality . Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank, as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank. Executive will not, during or after the term of Executive’s employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Bank pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

8


(c) Information/Cooperation . Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may be reasonably required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between Executive and the Bank or any other subsidiaries or affiliates.

(d) Reliance . Except as otherwise provided, all payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 6, to the extent applicable. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 6, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines of business than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

7. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor of the Bank).

 

8. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind expressly provided elsewhere.

 

9. NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b) The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

9


10. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

11. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank’s Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits under this Agreement for any period after Executive’s termination for Cause.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

(c) Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary (with the exception of Section 4(c)(i)), Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Separation from Service ” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than 50 percent of the average level of bona fide services in the 36 months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11(c) shall not apply in the event of the Executive’s termination for Cause.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a “ specified employee ” (i.e., a “key employee” of a publicly traded company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued thereunder) and any payment under this Agreement is triggered due to Executive’s Separation from Service, then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, no payment shall be made during the first six (6) months following Executive’s Separation from Service. Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service. All subsequent payments shall be paid in the manner specified in this Agreement.

 

10


(e) If the Bank cannot provide Executive or Executive’s dependents any continued health insurance or other welfare benefits as required by this Agreement because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive or Executive’s beneficiary or estate in the event of death a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within 30 days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.

(f) To the extent not specifically provided in this Agreement, any compensation or reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid or provided no later than two and one-half (2.5) months after the calendar year in which such compensation is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d).

 

12. SEVERABILITY.

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

13. GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

14. ARBITRATION.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to the Bank and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Bank within 50 miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

15. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

To the extent that such payment(s) may be made without triggering penalty under Code Section 409A, all reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank provided that the dispute is resolved in Executive’s favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than 60 days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executive’s favor.

 

11


16. INDEMNIFICATION.

The Bank shall provide Executive (including Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators) for the term of the Agreement and for a period of six (6) years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by Executive in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of Executive having been a director or officer of the Bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board, as appropriate); provided, however, the Bank shall not be required to indemnify or reimburse Executive for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive.

 

17. NOTICE.

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

  To the Bank  

Huntingdon Valley Bank

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

Attention: Chairman of the Board

  To Executive:   Most recent address on file with the Bank

[Signature Page Follows]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK
By:   /s/ Scott Froggatt
Name:   Scott Froggatt
Title:   Chairman of the Board of Trustees

 

EXECUTIVE
/s/ Travis J. Thompson
Travis J. Thompson

 

13

Exhibit 10.2

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of July 1, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Huntingdon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”) and Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr. (“ Executive ”). Any reference to the “Company” shall mean HV Bancorp, Inc., the stock holding company of the Bank, or any successor thereto.

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to assure itself of the continued services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , in order to induce Executive to remain in the employ of the Bank and to provide further incentive for Executive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Bank desires to set forth the rights and responsibilities of Executive and the compensation payable to Executive, as modified from time to time.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

During the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank (the “ Executive Position ”), and will perform the duties and will have all powers associated with such position as set forth in any job description provided to Executive by the Bank, and as may be set forth in the bylaws of the Bank. During the period provided in this Agreement, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer or director of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank and in such capacity carry out such duties and responsibilities reasonably appropriate to that office.

 

2. TERM AND DUTIES.

(a) Term and Annual Renewal . The initial term of this Agreement and the period of Executive’s employment hereunder shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue for three (3) years thereafter. Commencing on first anniversary date following the Effective Date and continuing on each anniversary date thereafter (the “ Anniversary Date ”), this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be three (3) years unless written notice of non-renewal (“ Non-Renewal Notice ”) is provided to Executive at least 30 days prior to any such Anniversary Date, in which event this Agreement shall terminate at the end of 24 months following such Anniversary Date. Prior to each notice period for non-renewal, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “ Board ”) will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to take action regarding non-renewal of the Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. Reference herein to the term of this Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.


(b) Change in Control . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Bank or the Company has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction that would be considered a Change in Control as defined under Section 5 hereof, the term of this Agreement shall be extended automatically for three (3) years following the effective date of the Change in Control.

(c) Membership on Other Boards or Organizations . During the period of his employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive will devote all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties under this Agreement, including activities and duties related to the Executive Position. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, subject to the approval of the Board, Executive may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, community and charitable organizations, provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, adversely affect the reputation of the Bank or any other affiliates of the Bank (as determined by the Board), or present any conflict of interest.

(d) Continued Employment Following Expiration of Term . Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

 

3. COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s performance of the responsibilities and duties set forth in this Agreement, the Bank will provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement. The Bank will pay Executive a salary of $150,000.00 per year (“ Base Salary ”). Such Base Salary will be payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Bank. During the term of this Agreement, the Board may consider increasing, but not decreasing (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers of the Bank and in a percentage not in excess of the percentage decrease for other senior officers), Executive’s Base Salary as the Board deems appropriate. Any change in Base Salary will become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to participate in any bonus plan or arrangement of the Bank or the Company in which senior management is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of the other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

(c) Benefit Plans . Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites offered to employees and officers of the Bank. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive also will be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans including but not limited to retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

(d) Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement measured on a calendar year basis, in accordance with the Bank’s

 

2


customary practices, as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for officers. Any unused paid time off during an annual period will be treated in accordance with the Bank’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.

(e) Expense Reimbursements . The Bank will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such organizations as Executive and the Board mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon substantiation of such expenses in accordance with applicable policies and procedures of the Bank. All reimbursements pursuant to this Section 3(e) shall be paid promptly by the Bank and in any event no later than 30 business days following the date on which the expense was incurred.

 

4. TERMINATION AND TERMINATION PAY.

Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement which governs the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:

(a) Death . Executive’s employment under this Agreement will terminate upon his death during the term of this Agreement, in which event Executive’s estate or beneficiary shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death for a period of one (1) year following Executive’s death (payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Bank). In addition, for one (1) year following Executive’s death, the Bank will continue to provide non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his family immediately prior to Executive’s death. Such continued benefits will be fully paid for by the Bank.

(b) Disability . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of Executive’s “Disability” as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. “ Disability ” shall mean Executive’s permanent and totally physical or mental impairment that restricts Executive from performing all the essential functions of normal employment. Executive shall not receive additional compensation or benefits under this Agreement due to Disability, except for already vested benefits.

(c) Termination for Cause . The Board may immediately terminate Executive’s employment at any time for “Cause.” Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause, except for benefits that have vested prior to the date of termination for Cause. Termination for “ Cause ” shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

(i) material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

3


(ii) willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

(iii) incompetence (in determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the banking industry);

(iv) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

(v) intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

(vi) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Bank employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference; or

(vii) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

(d) Voluntary Termination by Executive . Executive may voluntarily terminate employment during the term of this Agreement upon at least 30 days prior written notice to the Board. Upon Executive’s voluntary termination without “Good Reason” (as defined below), Executive shall have no right to receive any compensation or benefits under this Agreement, except for benefits that have vested prior to the date of termination.

(e) Termination Without Cause or With Good Reason .

 

  (i) The Board may immediately terminate Executive’s employment at any time for a reason other than Cause (a termination “ Without Cause ”), and Executive may, by written notice to the Board, terminate this Agreement at any time within 90 days following an event constituting “Good Reason,” as defined below (a termination “ With Good Reason ”); provided, however, that the Bank shall have 30 days to cure the “Good Reason” condition, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. Any termination of Executive’s employment, other than termination for Cause, shall have no effect on or prejudice the vested rights of Executive under the Bank’s qualified or non-qualified retirement, pension, savings, thrift, profit-sharing or bonus plans, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs in which Executive was a participant.

 

  (ii)

In the event of termination as described under Section 4(e)(i) and subject to the requirements of Section 4(e)(v), the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment

 

4


  equal to the amount of Base Salary that would have been earned by Executive had he remained employed with the Bank for the lesser of: (A) 24 months; or (B) the remaining term of this Agreement, provided, however, that such period shall be no less than 12 months (the “ Benefit Period ”). Such payment shall be made to Executive within 30 days following Executive’s date of termination, and will be subject to applicable withholding taxes.

 

  (iii) In addition, the Bank will continue to provide to Executive life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his termination under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of the Bank as of Executive’s date of termination. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (A) the completion of the Benefit Period; or (B) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), shall run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein.

 

  (iv) Good Reason ” exists if, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

 

  (A) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits provided in this Agreement (other than a reduction or elimination of Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Bank as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law));

 

  (B) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

  (C) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 25 miles from the Bank’s main office location as of the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (D) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

 

  (v)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4(e) unless and until Executive

 

5


  executes a release of his claims against the Bank and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ ADEA ”), but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement. In order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the ADEA, the release shall be provided to Executive no later than the date of his Separation from Service (as defined in Section 11(c) hereof) and Executive shall have no fewer than 21 days to consider the release, and following Executive’s execution of the release, Executive shall have seven (7) days to revoke said release.

(f) Effect on Status as a Director . In the event of Executive’s termination of employment under this Agreement for any reason, such termination shall also constitute Executive’s resignation as a director of the Bank or the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, to the extent Executive is acting as a director of any of the aforementioned entities.

 

5. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a) Change in Control Defined . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (i) Merger : The Bank or the Company merges into or consolidates with another entity whereby the Bank or the Company is not the surviving entity, or the Bank or the Company merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

  (ii) Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership : There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

6


  (iii) Change in Board Composition : During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected to the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the Board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary federal regulator of the Company or the Bank shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

  (iv) Sale of Assets : The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred either: (i) upon the conversion of the Bank to stock form (as a stand alone stock bank or as the subsidiary of a mutual or stock holding company); or (ii) following the conversion of the Bank to a subsidiary of a mutual holding company, upon the subsequent conversion of any mutual holding company to stock form, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion.

(b) Change in Control Benefits . Upon the occurrence of Executive’s termination Without Cause or With Good Reason on or after the effective time of a Change in Control, the Bank (or any successor) shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as severance pay an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of Executive’s: (i) highest annual rate of Base Salary; and (ii) highest annual cash bonus paid to, earned by, Executive during the calendar year of the Change in Control or either of the two (2) calendar years immediately preceding the Change in Control. Such payments shall be made in a lump sum within 30 days following Executive’s date of termination, and will be subject to applicable withholding taxes. In addition, the Bank will continue to provide Executive with life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his date of termination at no cost to Executive. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (i) the date which is three (3) years from Executive’s date of termination or (ii) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Code shall not run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments and benefits provided in this Section 5(b) shall be payable to Executive in lieu of any payments or benefits that are payable under Section 4(e).

 

7


6. COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE.

(a) Non-Solicitation/Non-Compete . Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following his termination of employment with the Bank (other than a termination of employment following a Change in Control), Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:

 

  (i) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank, or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his or her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that has headquarters or offices within 25 miles of any location(s) in which the Bank has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office;

 

  (ii) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, joint venturer, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that competes with the business of the Bank or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that: (A) has a headquarters within 25 miles of the Bank’s headquarters (the “ Restricted Territory ”), or (B) has one or more offices, but is not headquartered, within the Restricted Territory, but in the latter case, only if Executive would be employed, conduct business or have other responsibilities or duties within the Restricted Territory; or

 

  (iii) solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank.

(b) Confidentiality . Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank, as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank. Executive will not, during or after the term of Executive’s employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Bank pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or any other similar

 

8


proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

(c) Information/Cooperation . Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may be reasonably required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between Executive and the Bank or any other subsidiaries or affiliates.

(d) Reliance . Except as otherwise provided, all payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 6, to the extent applicable. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 6, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines of business than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

7. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor of the Bank).

 

8. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind expressly provided elsewhere.

 

9. NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b) The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

9


10. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

11. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank’s Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits under this Agreement for any period after Executive’s termination for Cause.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

(c) Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary (with the exception of Section 4(c)(i)), Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Separation from Service ” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than 50 percent of the average level of bona fide services in the 36 months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11(c) shall not apply in the event of the Executive’s termination for Cause.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a “ specified employee ” (i.e., a “key employee” of a publicly traded company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued thereunder) and any payment under this Agreement is triggered due to Executive’s Separation from Service, then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, no payment shall be made during the first six (6) months

 

10


following Executive’s Separation from Service. Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service. All subsequent payments shall be paid in the manner specified in this Agreement.

(e) If the Bank cannot provide Executive or Executive’s dependents any continued health insurance or other welfare benefits as required by this Agreement because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive or Executive’s beneficiary or estate in the event of death a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within 30 days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.

(f) To the extent not specifically provided in this Agreement, any compensation or reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid or provided no later than two and one-half (2.5) months after the calendar year in which such compensation is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d).

 

12. SEVERABILITY.

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

13. GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

14. ARBITRATION.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to the Bank and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Bank within 50 miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

15. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

To the extent that such payment(s) may be made without triggering penalty under Code Section 409A, all reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank provided that the dispute is resolved in Executive’s favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than 60 days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executive’s favor.

 

11


16. INDEMNIFICATION.

The Bank shall provide Executive (including Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators) for the term of the Agreement and for a period of six (6) years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by Executive in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of Executive having been a director or officer of the Bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board, as appropriate); provided, however, the Bank shall not be required to indemnify or reimburse Executive for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive.

 

17. NOTICE.

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Bank   

Huntingdon Valley Bank

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

Attention: Travis J. Thompson, President and Chief Executive Officer

To Executive:    Most recent address on file with the Bank

[Signature Page Follows]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK
By:   /s/ Travis J. Thompson
Name: Travis J. Thompson
Title: President/CEO
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr.
Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr.

 

13

Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTION COPY

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of July 1, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Huntingdon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”) and Charles S. Hutt (“ Executive ”). Any reference to the “Company” shall mean HV Bancorp, Inc., the stock holding company of the Bank, or any successor thereto.

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to assure itself of the continued services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , in order to induce Executive to remain in the employ of the Bank and to provide further incentive for Executive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Bank desires to set forth the rights and responsibilities of Executive and the compensation payable to Executive, as modified from time to time.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

During the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank (the “ Executive Position ”), and will perform the duties and will have all powers associated with such position as set forth in any job description provided to Executive by the Bank, and as may be set forth in the bylaws of the Bank. During the period provided in this Agreement, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer or director of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank and in such capacity carry out such duties and responsibilities reasonably appropriate to that office.

2. TERM AND DUTIES.

(a) Term and Annual Renewal . The initial term of this Agreement and the period of Executive’s employment hereunder shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue for three (3) years thereafter. Commencing on first anniversary date following the Effective Date and continuing on each anniversary date thereafter (the “ Anniversary Date ”), this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be three (3) years unless written notice of non-renewal (“ Non-Renewal Notice ”) is provided to Executive at least 30 days prior to any such Anniversary Date, in which event this Agreement shall terminate at the end of 24 months following such Anniversary Date. Prior to each notice period for non-renewal, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “ Board ”) will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to take action regarding non-renewal of the Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. Reference herein to the term of this Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.


(b) Change in Control . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Bank or the Company has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction that would be considered a Change in Control as defined under Section 5 hereof, the term of this Agreement shall be extended automatically for three (3) years following the effective date of the Change in Control.

(c) Membership on Other Boards or Organizations . During the period of his employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive will devote all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties under this Agreement, including activities and duties related to the Executive Position. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, subject to the approval of the Board, Executive may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, community and charitable organizations, provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, adversely affect the reputation of the Bank or any other affiliates of the Bank (as determined by the Board), or present any conflict of interest.

(d) Continued Employment Following Expiration of Term . Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

3. COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s performance of the responsibilities and duties set forth in this Agreement, the Bank will provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement. The Bank will pay Executive a salary of $175,000.00 per year (“ Base Salary ”). Such Base Salary will be payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Bank. During the term of this Agreement, the Board may consider increasing, but not decreasing (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers of the Bank and in a percentage not in excess of the percentage decrease for other senior officers), Executive’s Base Salary as the Board deems appropriate. Any change in Base Salary will become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Board approved bonus plan attached hereto specifically designed for Executive. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of the other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement. The attached bonus plan is subject to annual review and approval by the Board of Trustees.

(c) Benefit Plans . Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites offered to employees and officers of the Bank. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive also will be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans including but not limited to retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

 

2


(d) Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement measured on a calendar year basis, in accordance with the Bank’s customary practices, as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for officers. Any unused paid time off during an annual period will be treated in accordance with the Bank’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.

(e) Expense Reimbursements . The Bank will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such organizations as Executive and the Board mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon substantiation of such expenses in accordance with applicable policies and procedures of the Bank. All reimbursements pursuant to this Section 3(e) shall be paid promptly by the Bank and in any event no later than 30 business days following the date on which the expense was incurred.

4. TERMINATION AND TERMINATION PAY.

Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement which governs the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:

(a) Death . Executive’s employment under this Agreement will terminate upon his death during the term of this Agreement, in which event Executive’s estate or beneficiary shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death for a period of one (1) year following Executive’s death (payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Bank). In addition, for one (1) year following Executive’s death, the Bank will continue to provide non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his family immediately prior to Executive’s death. Such continued benefits will be fully paid for by the Bank.

(b) Disability . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of Executive’s “Disability” as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. “ Disability ” shall mean Executive’s permanent and totally physical or mental impairment that restricts Executive from performing all the essential functions of normal employment. Executive shall not receive additional compensation or benefits under this Agreement due to Disability, except for already vested benefits.

(c) Termination for Cause . The Board may immediately terminate Executive’s employment at any time for “Cause.” Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause, except for benefits that have vested prior to the date of termination for Cause. Termination for “ Cause ” shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

(i) material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

3


(ii) willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

(iii) incompetence (in determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the banking industry);

(iv) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

(v) intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

(vi) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Bank employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference; or

(vii) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

(d) Voluntary Termination by Executive . Executive may voluntarily terminate employment during the term of this Agreement upon at least 30 days prior written notice to the Board. Upon Executive’s voluntary termination without “Good Reason” (as defined below), Executive shall have no right to receive any compensation or benefits under this Agreement, except for benefits that have vested prior to the date of termination.

(e) Termination Without Cause or With Good Reason .

 

  (i) The Board may immediately terminate Executive’s employment at any time for a reason other than Cause (a termination “ Without Cause ”), and Executive may, by written notice to the Board, terminate this Agreement at any time within 90 days following an event constituting “Good Reason,” as defined below (a termination “ With Good Reason ”); provided, however, that the Bank shall have 30 days to cure the “Good Reason” condition, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. Any termination of Executive’s employment, other than termination for Cause, shall have no effect on or prejudice the vested rights of Executive under the Bank’s qualified or non-qualified retirement, pension, savings, thrift, profit-sharing or bonus plans, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs in which Executive was a participant.

 

  (ii)

In the event of termination as described under Section 4(e)(i) and subject to the requirements of Section 4(e)(v), the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment

 

4


  equal to the amount of Base Salary that would have been earned by Executive had he remained employed with the Bank for the lesser of: (A) 24 months; or (B) the remaining term of this Agreement, provided, however, that such period shall be no less than 12 months (the “ Benefit Period ”). Such payment shall be made to Executive within 30 days following Executive’s date of termination, and will be subject to applicable withholding taxes.

 

  (iii) In addition, the Bank will continue to provide to Executive life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his termination under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of the Bank as of Executive’s date of termination. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (A) the completion of the Benefit Period; or (B) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), shall run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein.

 

  (iv) Good Reason ” exists if, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

 

  (A) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits provided in this Agreement (other than a reduction or elimination of Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Bank as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law));

 

  (B) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

  (C) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 25 miles from the Bank’s main office location as of the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (D) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

 

  (v)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4(e) unless and until Executive

 

5


  executes a release of his claims against the Bank and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ ADEA ”), but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement. In order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the ADEA, the release shall be provided to Executive no later than the date of his Separation from Service (as defined in Section 11(c) hereof) and Executive shall have no fewer than 21 days to consider the release, and following Executive’s execution of the release, Executive shall have seven (7) days to revoke said release.

(f) Effect on Status as a Director . In the event of Executive’s termination of employment under this Agreement for any reason, such termination shall also constitute Executive’s resignation as a director of the Bank or the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, to the extent Executive is acting as a director of any of the aforementioned entities.

5. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a) Change in Control Defined . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (i) Merger : The Bank or the Company merges into or consolidates with another entity whereby the Bank or the Company is not the surviving entity, or the Bank or the Company merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

  (ii) Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership : There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

6


  (iii) Change in Board Composition : During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected to the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the Board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary federal regulator of the Company or the Bank shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

  (iv) Sale of Assets : The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred either: (i) upon the conversion of the Bank to stock form (as a stand alone stock bank or as the subsidiary of a mutual or stock holding company); or (ii) following the conversion of the Bank to a subsidiary of a mutual holding company, upon the subsequent conversion of any mutual holding company to stock form, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion.

(b) Change in Control Benefits . Upon the occurrence of Executive’s termination Without Cause or With Good Reason on or after the effective time of a Change in Control, the Bank (or any successor) shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as severance pay an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of Executive’s: (i) highest annual rate of Base Salary; and (ii) highest annual cash bonus paid to, earned by, Executive during the calendar year of the Change in Control or either of the two (2) calendar years immediately preceding the Change in Control. Such payments shall be made in a lump sum within 30 days following Executive’s date of termination, and will be subject to applicable withholding taxes. In addition, the Bank will continue to provide Executive with life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his date of termination at no cost to Executive. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (i) the date which is three (3) years from Executive’s date of termination or (ii) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Code shall not run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments and benefits provided in this Section 5(b) shall be payable to Executive in lieu of any payments or benefits that are payable under Section 4(e).

 

7


6. COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE.

(a) Non-Solicitation/Non-Compete . Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following his termination of employment with the Bank (other than a termination of employment following a Change in Control), Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:

 

  (i) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank, or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his or her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that has headquarters or offices within 25 miles of any location(s) in which the Bank has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office;

 

  (ii) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, joint venturer, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that competes with the business of the Bank or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that: (A) has a headquarters within 25 miles of the Bank’s headquarters (the “ Restricted Territory ”), or (B) has one or more offices, but is not headquartered, within the Restricted Territory, but in the latter case, only if Executive would be employed, conduct business or have other responsibilities or duties within the Restricted Territory; or

 

  (iii) solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank.

(b) Confidentiality . Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank, as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank. Executive will not, during or after the term of Executive’s employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Bank pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or any other similar

 

8


proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

(c) Information/Cooperation . Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may be reasonably required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between Executive and the Bank or any other subsidiaries or affiliates.

(d) Reliance . Except as otherwise provided, all payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 6, to the extent applicable. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 6, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines of business than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

7. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS .

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor of the Bank).

8. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind expressly provided elsewhere.

9. NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b) The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

9


10. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

11. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank’s Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits under this Agreement for any period after Executive’s termination for Cause.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

(c) Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary (with the exception of Section 4(c)(i)), Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Separation from Service ” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than 50 percent of the average level of bona fide services in the 36 months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11(c) shall not apply in the event of the Executive’s termination for Cause.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a “ specified employee ” (i.e., a “key employee” of a publicly traded company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued thereunder) and any payment under this Agreement is triggered due to Executive’s Separation from Service, then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, no payment shall be made during the first six (6) months

 

10


following Executive’s Separation from Service. Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service. All subsequent payments shall be paid in the manner specified in this Agreement.

(e) If the Bank cannot provide Executive or Executive’s dependents any continued health insurance or other welfare benefits as required by this Agreement because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive or Executive’s beneficiary or estate in the event of death a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within 30 days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.

(f) To the extent not specifically provided in this Agreement, any compensation or reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid or provided no later than two and one-half (2.5) months after the calendar year in which such compensation is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d).

12. SEVERABILITY.

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

13. GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

14. ARBITRATION.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to the Bank and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Bank within 50 miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

15. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

To the extent that such payment(s) may be made without triggering penalty under Code Section 409A, all reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank provided that the dispute is resolved in Executive’s favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than 60 days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executive’s favor.

 

11


16. INDEMNIFICATION.

The Bank shall provide Executive (including Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators) for the term of the Agreement and for a period of six (6) years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by Executive in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of Executive having been a director or officer of the Bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board, as appropriate); provided, however, the Bank shall not be required to indemnify or reimburse Executive for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive.

17. NOTICE.

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

    To the Bank   

Huntingdon Valley Bank

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

Attention: Travis J. Thompson, President and Chief Executive Officer

    To Executive:    Most recent address on file with the Bank

[Signature Page Follows]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

HUNTINGDON VALLEY BANK
By:   /s/ Travis J. Thompson
Name: Travis J. Thompson
Title: President/CEO

 

EXECUTIVE
/s/ Charles S. Hutt
Charles S. Hutt

 

13


BONUS MATRIX

 

Base Salary

   $175,000

Incentives

  

25-100% of base salary based on the company and individual objectives related to:

•   Profitability

•   Loan Quality

•   Increasing the market reach through branch and loan officer recruiting

SCENARIOS/THRESHOLDS

 

Performance

Factor

   Results     Salary      Award     Weighting     Incentive     

Total

Compensation

 

Revenue & Margin

     Outstanding     175,000         100     75     131,250      

Quality and Compliance

     Outstanding     175,000         100     25     43,750      
    
 
* $200 million loan production at minimum of 50 basis
points.
  
  
    175,000         350,000   

 

Performance

Factor

   Results     Salary      Award     Weighting     Incentive     

Total

Compensation

 

Revenue & Margin

     Outstanding     175,000         75     75     98,437      

Quality and Compliance

     Outstanding     175,000         75     25     32,812      
    
 
* $175 million loan production at minimum of 50 basis
points.
  
  
    131,248         306,250   

 

Performance

Factor

   Results     Salary      Award     Weighting     Incentive     

Total

Compensation

 

Revenue & Margin

     Outstanding     175,000         25     75     32,812      

Quality and Compliance

     Outstanding     175,000         25     25     10,938      
    
 
* $150 million loan production at minimum of 50 basis
points.
  
  
    43,750         218,750   

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

The following is a list of the subsidiaries of HV Bancorp, Inc.:

 

Name

  

State of Incorporation

Huntingdon Valley Bank    Pennsylvania

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

LOGO

September 7, 2016

Board of Directors

HV Bancorp, Inc.

Board of Trustees

Huntingdon Valley Bank

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania 19006

Members of the Board Directors and the Board of Trustees:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates in such filings including the prospectus of HV Bancorp, Inc. We also consent to the reference to our firm being named as an expert in the prospectus.

Sincerely,

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Three Ballston Plaza

Arlington, VA 22201

www.rpfinancial.com

  

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

HV Bancorp, Inc.

Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated September 8, 2016, relating to the financial statements of Huntingdon Valley Bank, which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

September 8, 2016

BDO USA, LLP, a Delaware limited liability partnership, is the U.S. member of BDO International Limited, a UK company limited by guarantee, and forms part of the international BDO network of independent member firms.

BDO is the brand name for the BDO network and for each of the BDO Member Firms.

Exhibit 99.1

 

LOGO

June 15, 2016

 

Mr. Travis J. Thompson

President and Chief Executive Officer

Huntingdon Valley Bank

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania 19006

Dear Mr. Thompson:

This letter sets forth the agreement whereby Huntingdon Valley Bank, Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania (the “Company”), has engaged RP ®  Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) for independent conversion appraisal services in conjunction with the stock to be issued concurrent with the Company’s proposed mutual-to-stock conversion. The specific appraisal services to be rendered by RP Financial are described below.

The scope, timing and fee structure for these appraisal services are described below.

Description of Appraisal Services

RP Financial will conduct financial due diligence, including interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value of the Company in accordance with the applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines.

RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Company that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Company’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Company’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will incorporate an evaluation of the Company’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds both in the short term and over the longer term. A peer group analysis relative to certain relatively comparable publicly-traded companies will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Company relative to the peer group’s pricing ratios.

We will review pertinent sections of the applications and offering documents and conduct discussions with representatives of the Bank to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal, including the impact of key deal elements on the appraised value, such as dividend policy, use of proceeds and reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, characteristics of stock plans and charitable foundation contribution (if applicable).

 

 

Washington Headquarters

Three Ballston Plaza

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Arlington, VA 22201

E-Mail: mfaust@rpfinancial.com

  

Direct: (703) 647-6553

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594


 

Mr. Travis J. Thompson

June 15, 2016

Page 2

The original appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process, and there will be at least one updated appraisal that would be prepared at the time of the closing of the stock offering to determine the number of shares to be issued in accordance with the conversion regulations.

RP Financial agrees to deliver the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory application. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such valuation updates. Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates. RP Financial will also prepare the pro forma presentations for inclusion in the prospectus, reflecting the original appraisal and subsequent updates, as appropriate.

RP Financial expects to formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) for review and consideration. If appropriate, RP Financial will present subsequent updates to the Board. It is understood that this appraisal may be presented either in person or telephonically.

Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

The Company agrees to pay RP Financial a fixed fee of $32,000 for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and $7,500 for each subsequent update, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:

 

    $7,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;

 

    $25,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and,

 

    $ 7,500 for each valuation update that may be required, provided that the transaction is not delayed for reasons described below.

The Company will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the original appraisal and subsequent updates. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, reasonable counsel fees, computer and data services, and will not exceed $3,000 in the aggregate, without the Company’s authorization to exceed this level.

In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the conversion prior to delivery of the completed documents set forth above and payment of the respective progress payment fees, the Company agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after giving full credit to the initial retainer fee. RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $450 per hour for managing directors.


 

Mr. Travis J. Thompson

June 15, 2016

Page 3

If during the course of the proposed conversion, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, major changes in the appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to appraisals, major changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of applications by the regulators such that completion of the transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:

1. The Company agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Company to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information.

2. The Company represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

3.    (a) The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Company to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Company to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent. The Company will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Company at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.


 

Mr. Travis J. Thompson

June 15, 2016

Page 4

(b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter. In the event the Company elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Company shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Company does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Company’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.

(c) Subject to the Company’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Company: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, non-appealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.

(d) In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.

This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Virginia. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.

The Company and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the federal banking agencies or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Company.

******************************************************


 

Mr. Travis J. Thompson

June 15, 2016

Page 5

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter along with the initial retainer.

Sincerely,

 

LOGO

Marcus Faust

Managing Director

 

Agreed To and Accepted By:   

Travis J. Thompson /s/ Travis J. Thompson                            

President and Chief Executive Officer

For:    Huntingdon Valley Bank, Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania
Date Executed:         6/15/16                

Exhibit 99.2

 

LOGO

September 7, 2016

Boards of Directors

HV Bancorp, Inc.

Board of Trustees

Huntingdon Valley Bank

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 601

Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania 19006

 

Re:  

Plan of Conversion

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Members of the Board of Directors and the Board of Trustee:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Trustees of Huntingdon Valley Bank. Pursuant to the Plan, Huntingdon Valley Bank will convert from the mutual form of organization to the stock form of organization. In connection with the Plan, Huntingdon Valley Bank has organized a new Pennsylvania stock holding company named HV Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), which will sell shares of common stock in a public offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Huntingdon Valley Bank will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Plans including Huntingdon Valley Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”); (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community or syndicated community offerings but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

 

  (1) the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,

 

  (2) the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.

Sincerely,

 

LOGO

RP Financial, LC.

 

 

Washington Headquarters

Three Ballston Plaza

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Arlington, VA 22201

www.rpfinancial.com

  

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 99.3

PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT

STANDARD CONVERSION

HV Bancorp, Inc. | Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania

PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:

Huntingdon Valley Bank | Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania

Dated as of August 5, 2016

 

LOGO

1100 North Glebe Road Suite 600

Arlington, Virginia 22201

703.528.1700

rpfinancial.com


LOGO

August 5, 2016

Board of Directors

HV Bancorp, Inc.

Board of Trustees

Huntingdon Valley Bank

3501 Masons Mill Road, Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania 19006

Members of the Board of Directors:

At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction described below.

This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements stipulated in the Code of Federal Regulations and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and accepted by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities (the “Department”), and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.

Description of Plan of Conversion

The Board of Trustees of Huntingdon Valley Bank, Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania (““HV Bank” or the “Bank”) adopted the plan of conversion on July 20, 2016, incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, the Bank will convert from a Pennsylvania-chartered mutual savings bank to a Pennsylvania-chartered stock savings bank and become a wholly-owned subsidiary of HV Bancorp, Inc. (“HV Bancorp” or the “Company”), a Pennsylvania corporation formed by HV Bank. HV Bancorp will offer 100% of its common stock to qualifying depositors of the Bank in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plans including HV Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory guidelines governing mutual-to-stock conversions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to the public at large in a community offering and/or a syndicated community offering. Going forward, HV Bancorp will own 100% of the Bank’s stock, and the Bank will initially be HV Bancorp’s sole subsidiary. A portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of common stock will be used to purchase all of the then to be issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company.

 

Washington Headquarters   
Three Ballston Plaza    Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600    Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201    Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com    E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com


Board of Directors

August 5, 2016

Page 2

 

At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Bank, a loan to the newly-formed ESOP and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, HV Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.

RP ® Financial, LC.

RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. For its appraisal services, RP Financial is being compensated on a fixed fee basis for the original appraisal and for any subsequent updates, and such fees are payable regardless of the valuation conclusion or the completion of the conversion offering transaction. We believe that we are independent of the Bank and the other parties engaged by HV Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.

Valuation Methodology

In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of the Bank and the Company, including the prospectus as filed with the FRB, the FDIC, the Department and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have conducted a financial analysis of the Bank that has included a review of audited financial information for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 through June 30, 2016 and a review of various unaudited information and internal financial reports through June 30, 2016. We have also conducted due diligence related discussions with HV Bank’s management; BDO USA, LLP, HV Bank’s independent auditor; Luse Gorman, PC, HV Bank’s conversion counsel; and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., HV Bank’s financial and marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering. All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

We have investigated the competitive environment within which HV Bank operates and have assessed the Bank’s relative strengths and weaknesses. We have monitored all material regulatory and legislative actions affecting financial institutions generally and analyzed the potential impact of such developments on HV Bank and the industry as a whole to the extent we were aware of such matters. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on the Bank’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of HV Bank. We have reviewed the economy and demographic characteristics of the primary market area in which the Bank currently operates. We have compared HV Bank’s financial performance and condition with publicly-traded thrift institutions evaluated and selected in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrifts and thrift holding companies, including the market for new issues.


Board of Directors

August 5, 2016

Page 3

 

The Appraisal is based on HV Bank’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by the Bank and its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by the Bank, or its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of HV Bank. The valuation considers HV Bank only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the Bank’s liquidation value.

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for the Bank and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local and national economy, the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability, and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Bank’s value alone. It is our understanding that HV Bank intends to remain an independent institution and there are no current plans for selling control of the Bank as a converted institution. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which the Company’s stock, immediately upon completion of the offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.

Valuation Conclusion

It is our opinion that, as of August 5, 2016, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion equaled $16,500,000 at the midpoint, equal to 1,650,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $14,025,000 and a maximum value of $18,975,000. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 1,402,500 at the minimum and 1,897,500 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a super maximum value of $21,821,250 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the super maximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 2,182,250.

Limiting Factors and Considerations

The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common


Board of Directors

August 5, 2016

Page 4

 

stock in the conversion will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of HV Bancorp immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the public stock offering.

The valuation prepared by RP Financial, in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines, was based on the financial condition and operations of HV Bank as of June 30, 2016, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.

RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its financial institution clients.

The valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of HV Bank, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift stocks, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market in general, the market for thrift stocks and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update.

 

Respectfully submitted,
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
LOGO
Marcus Faust
Managing Director
LOGO
Gregory E. Dunn
Director


RP ® Financial, LC.    TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HV Bancorp, Inc.

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania

 

DESCRIPTION

       PAGE
NUMBER
 
CHAPTER ONE   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS   

Introduction

         I.1   

Plan of Conversion

         I.1   

Strategic Overview

         I.2   

Balance Sheet Trends

         I.4   

Income and Expense Trends

         I.7   

Interest Rate Risk Management

         I.10   

Lending Activities and Strategy

         I.11   

Asset Quality

         I.14   

Funding Composition and Strategy

         I.14   

Legal Proceedings

         I.15   

CHAPTER TWO

  MARKET AREA ANALYSIS   

Introduction

       II.1   

National Economic Factors

       II.1   

Market Area Demographics

       II.5   

Regional Economy

       II.7   

Unemployment Data

       II.11   

Deposit Trends

       II.12   

Competition

       II.13   

CHAPTER THREE

  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS   

Peer Group Selection

     III.1   

Financial Condition

     III.5   

Income and Expense Components

     III.8   

Loan Composition

     III.11   

Interest Rate Risk

     III.13   

Credit Rate Risk

     III.15   

Summary

     III.17   

 

i


RP ® Financial, LC.    TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HV Bancorp, Inc.

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania

(continued)

 

DESCRIPTION

        PAGE
NUMBER
CHAPTER FOUR    VALUATION ANALYSIS   

Introduction

   IV.1

Appraisal Guidelines

   IV.1

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

   IV.1

Valuation Analysis

   IV.2

1. Financial Condition

   IV.2

2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

   IV.4

3. Asset Growth

   IV.5

4. Primary Market Area

   IV.6

5. Dividends

   IV.7

6. Liquidity of the Shares

   IV.8

7. Marketing of the Issue

   IV.8

A. The Public Market

   IV.8

B. The New Issue Market

   IV.12

C. The Acquisition Market

   IV.13

8. Management

   IV.16

9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

   IV.16

Summary of Adjustments

   IV.17

Valuation Approach

   IV.17

1. Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)

   IV.18

2. Price-to-Book (“P/B”)

   IV.19

3. Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)

   IV.21

Comparison to Recent Offerings

   IV.21

Valuation Conclusion

   IV.21

 

ii


RP ® Financial, LC.    LIST OF TABLES

 

LIST OF TABLES

Huntingdon Valley Bancorp, Inc.

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania

 

TABLE
NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE
1.1  

Historical Balance Sheet Data

   I.5
1.2  

Historical Income Statements

   I.8
2.1  

Summary Demographic Data

   II.6
2.2  

Market Area Largest Employers – Greater Philadelphia

   II.9
2.3  

Market Area Largest Employers – Montgomery County

   II.11
2.4  

Unemployment Trends

   II.12
2.5  

Deposit Summary

   II.13
2.6  

Market Area Deposit Competitors

   II.14
3.1  

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

   III.3
3.2  

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

   III.6
3.3  

Income as a Pct. of Avg. Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

   III.9
3.4  

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

   III.12
3.5  

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

   III.14
3.6  

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

   III.16
4.1  

Market Area Unemployment Rates

   IV.7
4.2  

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

   IV.14
4.3  

Market Pricing Comparatives

   IV.15
4.4  

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

   IV.20

 

iii


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.1

 

I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Introduction

Huntingdon Valley Bank (“HV Bank” or the “Bank”), chartered in 1871, is a Pennsylvania-chartered mutual savings bank headquartered in Huntingdon Valley, Pennsylvania. HV Bank serves the Philadelphia metropolitan area through an administrative office, four full service branch offices, a limited service branch office, a mortgage center and a loan origination office. The Bank’s primary market area includes Montgomery, Bucks and Philadelphia counties in Pennsylvania. A map of the Bank’s office locations is provided in Exhibit I-1. HV Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system and its deposits are insured up to the maximum allowable amount by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). As of June 30, 2016, HV Bank had total assets of $182.0 million, total deposits of $141.8 million and total equity of $13.0 million, equal to 7.13% of total assets. The Bank’s audited financial statements are incorporated by reference as Exhibit I-2.

Plan of Conversion

On July 20, 2016, the Board of Trustees of the Bank adopted a plan of conversion, incorporated herein by reference, in which the Bank will convert from a Pennsylvania mutual savings bank to a Pennsylvania stock bank and become a wholly-owned subsidiary of HV Bancorp, Inc. (“HV Bancorp” or the “Company”), a newly formed Pennsylvania corporation.

HV Bancorp will offer its common stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans including HV Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory guidelines governing mutual-to-stock conversions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to members of the general public in a community offering and/or a syndicated community offering. A portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of the common stock will be used to purchase all of the then to be issued and outstanding capital stock of HV Bank and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.2

 

At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Bank, funding a loan to the newly-formed ESOP and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, HV Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.

Strategic Overview

HV Bank maintains a local community banking emphasis, with a primary strategic objective of meeting the borrowing and savings needs of its local customer base. Mortgage banking, which is largely an off-balance sheet activity, constitutes a significant component of the Bank’s operations. Beyond its mortgage banking activities, HV Bank’s operating strategy has been fairly reflective of a traditional thrift operating strategy in which 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and retail deposits have constituted the principal components of the Bank’s assets and liabilities, respectively. Lending diversification by the Bank has emphasized the origination of commercial real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. On a more limited basis, lending diversification by the Bank includes commercial business loans, construction loans and consumer loans. The Bank’s lending activities are supplemented with investments in securities, which comprise a less significant component of the Bank’s interest-earning asset composition. Mortgage-backed securities and municipal bonds comprise the largest components of the Bank’s current holdings of investment securities. Assets are primarily funded by retail deposits generated through the branch network, with supplemental funding provided by borrowings as an alternative funding source for purposes of funding loans held for sale, as well as for managing funding costs and interest rate risk.

The Bank’s lending markets were adversely impacted by the 2008 national recession and the resulting fallout from the financial crisis that occurred with the implosion of the housing market, pursuant to which the Bank experienced credit quality deterioration. Over the past five fiscal years, the Bank’s balance of non-performing assets peaked at $4.3 million or 2.74% of assets at fiscal yearend 2012. Since fiscal yearend 2012, the balance of non-performing assets has trended steadily lower to equal $1.3 million or 0.69% of assets at June 30, 2016.

Pursuant to the Bank’s mortgage banking activities, non-interest operating income and operating expenses are maintained at relatively high levels as a percent of assets and have a significant impact on the Bank’s earnings. Operating expenses and non-interest operating income have been increasing as a percent of average assets, which has been largely related to the growing


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.3

 

influence of the Bank’s mortgage banking activities on earnings. The Bank has maintained a relative stable net interest margin in recent years, in which the decline in the average yield on interest-earning assets has been fairly comparable to the decline in the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Overall, the Bank’s operating strategies have effectively reduced problem assets and improved core profitability. Growth in core earnings has been driven by the mortgage banking operation, which is viewed as a more volatile source of core earnings relative to earnings derived from the Bank’s retail and commercial banking operations.

The post-offering business plan of the Bank is expected to remain consistent with current strategic objectives. Specifically, HV Bank will continue to be an independent community-oriented financial institution with a commitment to local real estate financing with operations funded primarily by retail deposits. Growth strategies will continue to be implemented within the context of managing the Bank’s exposure to credit risk and interest rate risk.

The Bank’s Board of Directors has elected to complete a public stock offering to improve the competitive position of HV Bank. The capital realized from the stock offering will increase the Bank’s operating flexibility and allow for implementation of desired growth strategies. The additional funds realized from the stock offering will provide an alternative funding source to deposits and borrowings in meeting the Bank’s future funding needs, which may facilitate a reduction in HV Bank’s funding costs. Additionally, HV Bank’s higher equity-to-assets ratio will also better position the Bank to pursue expansion opportunities. Such expansion would most likely occur through the establishment or acquisition of additional banking offices. The Bank will also be in a better position to pursue growth through acquisition of other financial service providers following the stock offering, given its strengthened capital position and ability to offer its common stock as consideration .At this time, the Bank has no specific plans for expansion. The projected uses of proceeds are highlighted below.

 

    HV Bancorp, Inc. The Company is expected to retain up to 50% of the net offering proceeds. At present, funds at the Company level, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be primarily invested initially into liquid funds held as a deposit at the Bank. Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock and the payment of cash dividends.

 

    HV Bank. Approximately 50% of the net stock proceeds will be infused into the Bank in exchange for all of the Bank’s stock. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank are anticipated to become part of general operating funds and are expected to be primarily utilized to fund loan growth over time.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.4

 

Overall, it is the Bank’s objective to pursue growth that will serve to increase returns, while, at the same time, growth will not be pursued that could potentially compromise the overall risk associated with HV Bank’s operations.

Balance Sheet Trends

Table 1.1 shows the Bank’s historical balance sheet data for the past five fiscal years. From fiscal yearend 2012 through fiscal yearend 2016, HV Bank’s assets increased at a 3.95% annual rate. Asset growth during the period was largely due to loan growth, which was partially offset by a decline in investment securities. A combination of deposit growth and additional borrowings funded the Bank’s asset growth. A summary of HV Bank’s key operating ratios is presented in Exhibit I-3.

HV Bank’s loans receivable portfolio increased at a 7.64% annual rate from fiscal yearend 2012 through fiscal yearend 2016. The loans receivable portfolio showed a consistent upward trend since fiscal yearend 2012. The Bank’s higher loan growth rate compared to its asset growth rate provided for an increase in the loans-to-assets ratio from 44.65% at fiscal yearend 2012 to 51.34% at fiscal yearend 2016 Net loans receivable at June 30, 2016 totaled $93.5 million, versus $69.6 million at June 30, 2012. Additionally, loans held for sale, which consist of originations of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans, fluctuated from a low of $9.3 million or 6.06% of assets at fiscal yearend 2013 to a high of $24.7 million or 13.56% of assets at fiscal yearend 2016.

Trends in the Bank’s loan portfolio composition over the past two fiscal years show that the concentration of residential mortgage loans comprising total loans receivable increased slightly from 75.70% at fiscal yearend 2015 to 76.75% at fiscal yearend 2016. The increase in the concentration of residential mortgage loans was primarily due to growth of the residential mortgage loan portfolio and, to a lesser extent, decreases in all other loan types with the exception of construction loans. Commercial real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit constitute the primary types of lending diversification for the Bank, with both of those areas of lending diversification showing a decline in loans outstanding during fiscal year 2016. From fiscal yearend 2015 to fiscal yearend 2016, commercial real estate loans decreased from 15.11% of total loans to 12.39% of total loans and home equity loans and lines of credit decreased from 7.95% of total loans to 6.87% of total loans. Other areas of lending diversification for the Bank have been fairly limited over the past five fiscal years, consisting of residential construction loans, commercial business loans and other consumer loans. As of June 30, 2016, construction loans equaled 3.39% of total loans, commercial business loans equaled 0.59% of total loans and other consumer loans equaled 0.01% of total loans.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.5

 

Table 1.1

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Historical Balance Sheet Data

 

                                                                      6/30/12-
6/30/16
Annual.
Growth
Rate
 
                                                                     
     At June 30,    
     2012     2013     2014     2015     2016    
     Amount      Pct(1)     Amount      Pct(1)     Amount      Pct(1)     Amount      Pct(1)     Amount      Pct(1)     Pct  
     ($000)      (%)     ($000)      (%)     ($000)      (%)     ($000)      (%)     ($000)      (%)     (%)  

Total Amount of:

                           

Assets

   $ 155,914         100.00   $ 153,373         100.00   $ 165,894         100.00   $ 167,298         100.00   $ 182,023         100.00     3.95

Cash and cash equivalents

     11,261         7.22     7,073         4.61     15,309         9.23     15,596         9.32     15,427         8.48     8.19

Investment securities

     48,860         31.34     51,807         33.78     43,425         26.18     42,832         25.60     39,106         21.48     -5.41

Loans held for sale

     16,393         10.51     9,293         6.06     16,375         9.87     16,261         9.72     24,676         13.56     10.77

Loans receivable, net

     69,614         44.65     74,572         48.62     81,085         48.88     83,319         49.80     93,450         51.34     7.64

FHLB stock

     761         0.49     779         0.51     871         0.53     627         0.37     1,108         0.61     9.85

Bank-owned life insurance

     3,443         2.21     3,559         2.32     3,672         2.21     3,783         2.26     3,895         2.14     3.13

Real estate owned

     1,824         1.17     2,199         1.43     431         0.26     574         0.34     115         0.06     -49.89

Deposits

   $ 133,717         85.76   $ 133,540         87.07   $ 139,340         83.99   $ 142,877         85.40   $ 141,771         77.89     1.47

Borrowings

     8,204         5.26     7,031         4.58     13,618         8.21     10,502         6.28     23,929         13.15     30.68

Equity

   $ 11,628         7.46   $ 10,566         6.89   $ 10,721         6.46   $ 11,456         6.85   $ 12,971         7.13     2.77

Loans/Deposits

        52.06        55.84        58.19        58.32        65.92  

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.

Sources: HV Bank’s prospectus, audited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.6

 

The intent of the Bank’s investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity and to generate a favorable return within the context of supporting HV Bank’s overall credit and interest rate risk objectives. The Bank has maintained a higher level of cash and cash equivalents during the past three fiscal years for purposes of managing interest rate exposure, during a period when interest rates have been at historical lows. Over the past five fiscal years, the Bank’s level of cash and investment securities (inclusive of FHLB/ACBB stock) ranged from a low of 30.61% of assets at fiscal yearend 2015 to a high of 39.05% of assets at fiscal yearend 2012. The Bank maintained total cash and investments of $55.6 million or 30.56% of assets at June 30, 2016.

Mortgage-backed securities have comprised the largest concentration of the Bank’s investment holdings over the past five fiscal years and are generally purchased as a means to deploy excess liquidity at more favorable yields than other investment alternatives that are consistent with HV Bank’s investment philosophy. Mortgage-backed securities held by HV Bank consist of securities that are guaranteed or insured by government sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”). As of June 30, 2016, the mortgage-backed securities portfolio totaled $16.8 million and the entire portfolio was maintained as available for sale. Other investment securities held by the Bank at June 30, 2016 consisted of $9.4 million of municipal bonds, $1.5 million of U.S. Government agency securities, $8.3 million of corporate notes and $3.0 million of certificates of deposit (“CDs”) held in other financial institutions. With the exception of $5.8 million of municipal bonds, all investments were maintained as available for sale at June 30, 2016. As of June 30, 2016, investment securities maintained as available for sale had a net unrealized loss of $12,000. Exhibit I-4 provides detail of the Bank’s investment portfolio, as of fiscal yearend 2015 and fiscal yearend 2016. As of June 30, 2016, the Bank also held $1.1 million of FHLB/ACBB stock equal to 0.61% of assets and $15.4 million of cash and cash equivalents equal to 8.48% of assets.

The Bank also maintains an investment in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies, which cover the lives of some of the Bank’s current and former officers. The purpose of the investment is to provide funding for the Bank’s benefit plans. As of June 30, 2016, the cash surrender value of the Bank’s BOLI equaled $3.9 million or 2.14% of assets.

Over the past five fiscal years, HV Bank’s funding needs have been addressed through a combination of deposits, borrowings and internal cash flows. From fiscal yearend 2012 through fiscal yearend 2016, the Bank’s deposits increased at a 1.47% annual rate. The Bank recorded


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.7

 

deposit growth in fiscal years 2014 and 2015, while deposits declined slightly during fiscal years 2013 and 2016. Overall, total deposits increased from $133.7 million or 85.76% of assets at fiscal yearend 2012 to $141.8 million or 77.89% of assets at fiscal yearend 2016. Transaction and savings account deposits constitute the largest concentration of the Bank’s deposits.

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Bank to address funding needs and to support management of deposit costs and interest rate risk. From fiscal yearend 2012 through fiscal yearend 2016, borrowings ranged from a low of $7.0 million or 4.58% of assets at fiscal yearend 2013 to a high of $23.9 million or 13.15% of assets at fiscal yearend 2016. Most of the increase in borrowings during fiscal year 2016 was related to funding an increase in the balance of loans held for sale at fiscal yearend 2016. As of June 30, 2016, borrowings held by the Bank consisted of $20.0 million of FHLB advances and $3.9 million of overnight repurchase agreements.

The Bank’s equity increased at a 2.77% annual rate from fiscal yearend 2012 through fiscal yearend 2016, which was mostly attributable to retention of earnings. A slightly lower rate of capital growth relative to asset growth provided for a slightly decline the Bank’s equity-to-assets ratio from 7.46% at fiscal yearend 2012 to 7.13% at fiscal yearend 2016. All of the Bank’s capital is tangible capital and HV Bank maintained capital surpluses relative to all of its regulatory capital requirements at June 30, 2016. The addition of stock proceeds will serve to strengthen the Bank’s capital position, as well as support growth opportunities. At the same time, HV Bank’s ROE will initially be depressed following its stock conversion as the Bank’s pro forma capital position will be significantly higher following the infusion of net stock proceeds into capital.

Income and Expense Trends

Table 1.2 shows the Bank’s historical income statements for the past five fiscal years. The Bank’s reported earnings over the past five fiscal years ranged from a net loss of $123,000 or 0.08% of average assets during fiscal 2014 to net income of $1.0 million or 0.62% of average assets during fiscal 2016. Currently, revenues derived from sources of non-interest operating income are a more significant contributor to the Bank’s earnings relative to net interest income, which is attributable to the revenues generated from the Bank’s mortgage banking operations. Also as the result of the significance of the significance of the Bank’s mortgage banking activities relative to its asset size, the Bank’s operating expense ratios as a percent of average assets have been maintained at relatively high levels as well. Loan loss provisions and non-operating income and losses have had a varied impact on the Bank’s earnings over the past five fiscal years.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.8

 

Table 1.2

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Historical Income Statements

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
     2012     2013     2014     2015     2016  
     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)  
     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  

Interest income

   $ 5,545        3.66   $ 4,994        3.21   $ 5,123        3.21   $ 5,057        3.02   $ 5,302        3.19

Interest expense

     (1,211     -0.80     (982     -0.63     (839     -0.53     (785     -0.47     (746     -0.45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 4,334        2.86   $ 4,012        2.58   $ 4,284        2.68   $ 4,272        2.55   $ 4,556        2.74

Provision for loan losses

     (178     -0.12     (120     -0.08     (246     -0.15     (79     -0.05     (9     -0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provisions

   $ 4,156        2.74   $ 3,892        2.50   $ 4,038        2.53   $ 4,193        2.50   $ 4,547        2.73

Mortgage banking gains/Gain on sale of loans

   $ 1,774        1.17   $ 1,686        1.08   $ 2,204        1.38   $ 4,519        2.70   $ 5,004        3.01

Other non-interest operating income

     417        0.28     409        0.26     333        0.21     381        0.23     333        0.20

Operating expense

     (6,073     -4.01     (6,498     -4.17     (6,616     -4.14     (7,485     -4.47     (8,354     -5.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating income

   $ 274        0.18   ($ 511     -0.33   ($ 41     -0.03   $ 1,608        0.96   $ 1,530        0.92

Non-Operating Income/(Losses)

                    

Gain (loss) on sale of securities

   $ 528        0.35   $ 592        0.38   $ 6        0.00   $ 9        0.01   $ 21        0.01

Merger and conversion costs

     —          0.00     —          0.00     (186     -0.12     (854     -0.51     —          0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net non-operating income (loss)

   $ 528        0.35   $ 592        0.38   ($ 180     -0.11   ($ 845     -0.50   $ 21        0.01

Net income before tax

   $ 802        0.53   $ 81        0.05   ($ 221     -0.14   $ 763        0.46   $ 1,551        0.93

Income tax provision

     110        0.07     42        0.03     98        0.06     (135     -0.08     (525     -0.32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 912        0.60   $ 123        0.08   ($ 123     -0.08   $ 628        0.38   $ 1,026        0.62

Adjusted Earnings

                    

Net income

   $ 912        0.60   $ 123        0.08   ($ 123     -0.08   $ 628        0.38   $ 1,026        0.62

Add (Deduct): Non-operating income

     (528     -0.35     (592     -0.38     180        0.11     845        0.50     (21     -0.01

Tax effect (2)

     211        0.14     237        0.15     (72     -0.05     (338     -0.20     8        0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted earnings

   $ 595        0.39   ($ 232     -0.15   ($ 15     -0.01   $ 1,135        0.68   $ 1,013        0.61

Expense Coverage Ratio (3)

     0.71       0.62       0.65       0.57       0.55  

Efficiency Ratio (4)

     93.04       106.38       96.96       81.57       84.37  

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of average assets.
(2) Assumes a 40.0% effective tax rate.
(3) Expense coverage ratio calculated as net interest income before provisions for loan losses divided by operating expenses.
(4) Efficiency ratio calculated as operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest income before provisions for loan losses plus non-interest operating income.

Sources: HV Bank’s prospectus, audited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.9

 

Over the past five fiscal years, the Bank’s net interest income to average assets ratio ranged from a low of 2.55% during fiscal 2015 to a high of 2.86% during fiscal 2012. For 2016, the Bank’s net interest income to average assets ratio equaled 2.74%. The decline in the Bank’s net interest income ratio since fiscal 2012 has been largely attributable to interest rate spread compression that has resulted from a more significant decrease in the yield earned on interest-earnings assets relative to the cost of interest-bearing liabilities. As the result of the prolonged low interest rate environment, the decline in yield earned on less rate sensitive interest-earning assets became more significant relative to the decline in rate paid on more rate sensitive liabilities. While the prolonged low interest rate environment and relatively flat yield curve has resulted in interest rate spread compress for financial institutions in general, a shift in the Bank’s interest-earning asset composition towards a higher concentration of loans has facilitated maintenance of a relatively stable net interest margin over the past five fiscal years. The increase in the Bank’s net interest income ratio during fiscal 2016 was attributable to a wider yield-cost spread, which increased from 2.65% during fiscal 2015 to 2.85% during fiscal 2016. An increase in yield earned on interest-earning assets drove the increase in the Bank’s yield-cost spread during fiscal 2016, as the concentration of loans comprising interest-earning assets increased during fiscal 2016. The Bank’s net interest rate spreads and yields and costs for the past two fiscal years are set forth in Exhibit I-3 and Exhibit I-5.

Non-interest operating income has been a significant and growing contributor to the Bank’s earnings, which has been largely driven by increases in gains on sales of loans and other mortgage banking related gains (gain from hedging instruments and change in fair value of loans held-for-sale). Beyond the mortgage banking related gains, revenues derived from sources of non-interest operating income have been somewhat of a limited contributor to the Bank’s earnings. Throughout the period shown in Table 1.2, sources of non-interest operating income ranged from a low of $2.1 million or 1.34% of average assets during fiscal 2013 to a high of $5.3 million or 3.21% of average assets during fiscal 2016. Mortgage banking related gains accounted for 93.8% of the Bank’s non-interest operating income during fiscal 2016. Other than mortgage banking related gains, customer service fees and earnings on BOLI constitute the largest sources of non-interest operating income for the Bank.

Operating expenses represent the other major component of the Bank’s earnings, ranging from a low of $6.1 million or 4.01% of average assets during fiscal 2012 to a high of $8.4 million or 5.02% of average assets during fiscal 2016. Consistent with the Bank’s relatively high levels of non-interest operating income, the Bank’s relatively high operating expense ratios are largely attributable to the significance of its mortgage banking operation relative to its asset size.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.10

 

Overall, the general trends in the Bank’s ratios for net interest income, non-interest operating income and operating expenses since fiscal 2012 reflect an increase in core earnings, as indicated by the Bank’s efficiency ratio efficiency ratio (operating expenses as a percent of the sum of net interest income and non-interest operating income). HV Bank’s efficiency ratio improved from 93.04% during fiscal 2012 to 84.37% during fiscal 2016. The improvement in the Bank’s efficiency ratio was the result of an increase in the non-interest operating income ratio, which was partially offset by a decrease in the net interest income ratio and an increase in the operating expense ratio.

During the period covered in Table 1.2, loan loss provisions had a varied impact on the Bank’s earnings with the amount of loan loss provisions established becoming a less significant earnings factor during recent periods. Over the past five fiscal years, loan loss provisions established by the Bank ranged from a low of $9,000 or 0.01% of average assets during fiscal 2016 to a high of $246,000 or 0.15% of average asset during fiscal 2014. As of June 30, 2016, the Bank maintained valuation allowances of $487,000, equal to 0.52% of loans receivable and 42.53% of non-accruing loans. Exhibit I-6 sets forth the Bank’s loan loss allowance activity for the past two fiscal years.

Non-operating income and losses over the past five fiscal years have primarily consisted of gains on the sale of securities. Additionally, during fiscal years 2014 and 2015, the Bank recorded non-recurring losses related to the write-off of merger and conversion expenses. Overall, net non-operating income and losses ranged from a net loss of $845,000 or 0.50% of average assets during fiscal year 2015 to net non-operating income of $592,000 or 0.38% of average assets during fiscal year 2013. For fiscal year 2016 the Bank recorded non-operating income of $21,000 or 0.01% of average assets, which consisted entirely of gains on the sale of securities. Overall, the various items that comprise the Bank’s non-operating income and losses are not viewed to be part of the Bank’s core or recurring earnings base.

The Bank’s effective tax rate ranged from 33.85% during fiscal 2016 to a tax benefit of 51.85% during fiscal 2013. The Bank’s effective marginal tax rate on a fully taxable instrument approximates 40%.

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Bank’s balance sheet is liability-sensitive in the short-term (less than one year) and, thus, Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”) would decrease during periods of rising and higher interest rates. Comparatively, the Bank’s net interest income would increase during periods of rising interest


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.11

 

rates. As of June 30, 2016, an analysis of the Bank’s EVE and net interest income indicated that a 2.0% instantaneous and sustained parallel increase in the yield curve would result in an 11.99% decline in EVE and an 8.46% increase in net interest income over a one year period (see Exhibit I-7).

The Bank pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Bank manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through selling originations of 1-4 family fixed rate loans, retaining originations of ARM loans for its own portfolio, diversifying into other types of lending beyond 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans which consist primarily of shorter term fixed rate loans, maintaining most investments as available for sale and maintaining a relatively high level of liquidity in the prevailing low interest rate environment. As of June 30, 2016, of the Bank’s total loans due after June 30, 2017, ARM loans comprised 26.0% of those loans (see Exhibit I-8). The Bank also recently restructured the investment portfolio, in which the Bank invested in securities with shorter term maturities and durations. On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk has been pursued through increasing the concentration of lower cost and less interest rate sensitive transaction and savings account deposits comprising total deposits.

The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Bank’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Bank’s capital position will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.

Lending Activities and Strategy

HV Bank’s lending activities have traditionally emphasized 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and such loans continue to comprise the largest portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Beyond 1-4 family loans, lending diversification by the Bank has emphasized commercial real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. Pursuant to the Bank’s strategic plan, the Bank is pursuing a diversified lending strategy emphasizing commercial real estate loans as the primary area of targeted loan growth. On a more limited basis, other areas of lending diversification for the Bank include commercial business loans, residential construction loans and other consumer loans. Exhibit I-9 provides historical detail of HV Bank’s loan portfolio composition for the past two fiscal years and Exhibit I-10 provides the contractual maturity of the Bank’s loan portfolio by loan type as of June 30, 2016.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.12

 

1-4 Family Residential Loans. HV Bank’s residential lending activities are conducted through its mortgage banking operations, in which the large majority of residential mortgage originations are sold to the secondary market on a servicing released basis. Fixed rate loans that do not meet secondary market standards and ARM loans are retained in the loans receivable portfolio. ARM loans generally have fixed rates for initial terms of five or seven years and adjust annually thereafter at a margin indexed to the one year LIBOR. The retained fixed rate loans generally do not have materially higher risk characteristics, but are not saleable for minor underwriting or loan characteristic reasons. The Bank generally limits the loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio on 1-4 family residential without private mortgage insurance to 80%. As of June 30, 2016, the Bank’s outstanding balance of 1-4 family loans (excluding loans held for sale) equaled $72.0 million or 76.75% of total loans receivable.

Construction Loans. The Bank’s construction lending activities consist of financing for the purchase of developed lots and for the construction of single-family residences, which are extended to individuals for the construction and permanent financing of their personal residences. Construction loans to individuals are made on the same general terms as the Bank’s 1-4 family loans, but provide for the payment of interest only during the construction phase which is typically six months. At the end of the construction phase, the loan converts to a permanent mortgage loan. As of June 30, 2016, the Bank’s outstanding balance of construction loans equaled $3.2 million or 3.39% of total loans receivable.

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. The Bank’s 1-4 family lending activities include home equity loans and lines of credit. Home equity loans are offered as fixed rate amortizing loans for terms of up to 20 years, while home equity lines of credit have a floating rate tied to the prime rate and generally have 30 year terms. The Bank will originate home equity loans and lines of credit up to a LTV ratio of 80% inclusive of other liens on the property. As of June 30, 2016, the Bank’s outstanding balance of home equity loans and lines of credit equaled $6.4 million or 6.87% of total loans receivable.

Commercial Real Estate Loans. The balance of the mortgage loan portfolio consists of commercial real estate loans, which are collateralized by properties in the Bank’s regional lending area. Commercial real estate loans are originated up to a LTV ratio of 80% and require a minimum debt-coverage ratio of 1.25 times. Commercial real estate loans are generally extended as five


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.13

 

year balloon loans with amortization terms of up to 25 years. The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are typically secured by medical, retail, industrial, warehouse, service, apartments or other commercial properties. The largest commercial real estate loan in the Bank’s loan portfolio at June 30, 2016 was a $1.3 million loan secured by a medical office, which was performing in accordance with its original terms at June 30, 2016. As of June 30, 2016, the Bank’s outstanding balance of commercial real estate loans totaled $11.6 million or 12.39% of total loans receivable.

Commercial real estate lending is a desired area of loan growth for the Bank, pursuant to which the Bank is seeking to become a full service community bank to its commercial loan customers through offering a full range of commercial loan products that can be packaged with lower cost commercial deposit products. The Bank’s plan is to focus on lending to small businesses located in its market area, targeting owner occupied businesses such as professional service providers. The Bank recently hired an experienced commercial loan officer with commercial lending relationships in the Bank’s market area to lead this initiative. The Bank intends to enter into a consulting agreement with another local financial institution in order to create a partnership where the Bank can sell to the other financial institution a participation interest in commercial real estate loans originated by the Bank so as to limit the Bank’s risk as it grows its portfolio of commercial real estate loans. The commercial real estate loans would have to comply with both the Bank’s and the other financial institution’s underwriting policies.

Commercial Business Loans. The commercial business loan portfolio is generated through extending loans to small businesses operating in the Bank’s local market area. Commercial business loans offered by the Bank consist of regular lines of credit and revolving lines of credit with terms up to twelve months to finance short-term working capital needs such as accounts receivable and inventory. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank’s outstanding balance of commercial business loans equaled $558,000 or 0.59% of total loans receivable.

Other Consumer Loans. Consumer loans other than home equity loans and line of credit is largely an inactive area of lending diversification for the Bank. As of June 30, 2016, the Bank held $10,000 of other consumer loans or 0.01% of total loans receivable.

Exhibit I-11 provides a summary of the Bank’s lending activities over the past two fiscal years. Total loans originated increased from $174.3 million during fiscal year 2015 to $190.1 million during fiscal year 2016. The increase in loans originated during fiscal year 2016 was substantially driven by an increase in originations of 1-family loans, with such originations increasing from $171.1 million during fiscal year 2015 to $183.0 million during fiscal year 2016. Other areas of lending


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.14

 

activity were comparatively modest during the past two fiscal years, consisting of originations of home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial real estate loans, construction loans and a nominal amount of consumer loans. Originations of loans other than 1-4 family loans increased from $3.2 million during fiscal year 2015 to $7.2 million during fiscal year 2016, which was due to increased originations of home equity loans and lines of credit and construction loans. Comparatively, commercial real estate loan originations declined during fiscal year 2016. Loans sold decreased from $159.5 million during fiscal year 2015 to $157.8 million during fiscal year 2016, while loan repayments increased from $13.0 million during fiscal year 2015 to $13.9 million during fiscal year 2016. Overall, total loans, including loans held for sale, increased by $18.4 million during fiscal year 2016 to total $118.5 million at June 30, 2016.

Asset Quality

Historically, the Bank’s lending emphasis on lending in local and familiar markets generally supported maintenance of relatively favorable credit quality measures. However, following the national recession and bursting of the housing bubble in 2008, the Bank experienced elevated levels of problems assets. Over the past two fiscal years, HV Bank’s balance of non-performing assets ranged from a high of $2.2 million or 1.33% of assets at fiscal yearend 2015 to a low of $1.3 million or 0.69% of assets at fiscal yearend 2016. As shown in Exhibit I-12, non-performing assets at June 30, 2016 consisted of $1.1 million of non-accruing loans and $115,000 of real estate owned. Non-accruing loans held by the Bank at June 30, 2106 were concentrated in 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans totaling $818,000.

To track the Bank’s asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, the Bank has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines. Classified assets are reviewed monthly by senior management and quarterly by the Board. Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Bank establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets. As of June 30, 2016, the Bank maintained loan loss allowances of $487,000, equal to 0.52% of total loans receivable and 42.53% of non-performing loans.

Funding Composition and Strategy

Deposits have consistently served as the Bank’s primary funding source and at June 30, 2016 deposits accounted for 85.56% of HV Bank’s combined balance of deposits and borrowings.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.15

 

Exhibit I-13 sets forth the Bank’s deposit composition for the past two fiscal years. Transaction and savings account deposits comprised 71.09%% of average total deposits during fiscal year 2016, as compared to 68.11% of average total deposits during fiscal year 2015. The increase in the concentration of core deposits comprising total deposits during fiscal year 2016 was realized through a decrease in CDs. Savings account deposits comprised the largest concentration of the Bank’s core deposits during fiscal year 2016, equaling 25.17% of average total deposits and 36.19% of average core deposits.

The balance of the Bank’s deposits consists of CDs, which equaled 28.91% of average total deposits during fiscal year 2016 compared to 31.89% of average total deposits during fiscal year 2015. As of June 30, 2016, jumbo CDs (CD accounts with balances of $100,000 or more) amounted to $18.5 million or 49.37% of total CDs and $12.3 million or 66.47% were scheduled to mature in one year or less. Exhibit I-14 sets forth the maturity schedule of the Bank’s jumbo CDs as of June 30, 2016. The Bank did not maintain any brokered CDs at June 30, 2016.

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Bank to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk. Borrowings utilized by the Bank consist of FHLB advances and overnight repurchase agreements. As of June 30, 2016, the Bank’s borrowings consisted of $20.0 million of FHLB advances and $3.9 million of overnight repurchase agreements. The FHLB advances have scheduled maturities through June 2019. At June 30, 2016, the weighted average interest rate on the FHLB advances equaled 0.86% and the weighted average interest rate on the repurchase agreements equaled 0.08%. Exhibit I-15 provides further detail of the Bank’s borrowings during the past two fiscal years.

Legal Proceedings

The Bank is not currently party to any pending legal proceedings that the Bank’s management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.1

 

II. MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

Introduction

HV Bank serves the Philadelphia metropolitan area through four full service branches and a limited service branch, which serve the counties of Montgomery, Buck and Philadelphia. All of the branch offices, with the exception of the Philadelphia limited service branch, are located north of the city of Philadelphia. Exhibit II-1 provides information on the Bank’s office properties.

The Philadelphia MSA is the nation’s sixth largest metropolitan area in terms of total population, with a 2016 population of approximately 6.1 million. The three counties served by the Bank’s branches had a total population of approximately 3.0 million in 2016. The Greater Philadelphia area economy is typical of the cities in the northeast corridor, where the traditional manufacturing-based economy has diminished and the service sector has been the primary source of growth. Overall, the Philadelphia MSA maintains a fairly diversified economic base, as traditional employers in the manufacturing and financial services industry have been bolstered by growth in the life sciences and healthcare industries as well as the information technology and communication sectors.

Future growth opportunities for HV Bank depend on the future growth and stability of the local and regional economy, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment. These factors have been briefly examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Bank, the relative economic health of the Bank’s market area, and the resultant impact on value.

National Economic Factors

The business potential of a financial institution is partially dependent on the future operating environment and growth opportunities for the banking industry and the economy as a whole. In assessing national economic trends over the past few quarters, manufacturing activity for January 2016 shrank for a fourth straight month with an index reading of 48.2. Comparatively, January service sector activity expanded at a slower rate with an index reading of 53.2. U.S. employers added 151,000 jobs in January, which was the weakest job growth since September 2015. However, the January unemployment rate fell to 4.9%. Retail sales increased 0.2% in January, while orders for durable goods surged 4.9% in January. Housing


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.2

 

data for January showed declines in housing starts and new home sales of 3.8% and 9.2%, respectively, while January existing home sales increased 0.4%. Pending home sales for January fell 2.5%, which was attributable to rising prices and lower inventory. Manufacturing activity for February contracted for a fifth straight month with an index reading of 49.5%, which was up slightly compared to January’s reading. February service sector activity expanded at a slightly higher rate with an index reading of 53.3. Job growth rebounded in February as U.S. employers added 242,000 jobs in February. The February unemployment rate held steady at 4.9%, although wages fell in February. February retail sales and orders for durable goods suggested a slowdown in the U.S. economy, based on respective declines of 0.1% and 2.8%. Comparatively, February housing data showed a pick-up in activity as housing starts rebounded with a 5.2% increase, new home sales rose 2.0% and pending home sales were up 3.5%. However, sales of existing homes dropped 7.1% in February. March job growth slowed slightly in March, as employers added 215,000 jobs in March. The March unemployment rate edged up to 5.0%, due to more Americans entering the labor force. Manufacturing activity for March expanded for the first time since August 2015, with an index reading of 51.8. Service sector activity for March also accelerated with an index reading of 54.5. March retail sales unexpectedly fell 0.3%, while durable-goods orders for March rose 0.8%. March housing data remained somewhat mixed, as existing and pending home sales rose 5.1% and 1.4%, respectively. Comparatively, new home sales dropped 1.5% in March. First quarter GDP increased at a 0.5% annual rate (subsequently revised up to 1.1%), which marked the economy’s worst performance in two years.

Manufacturing activity expanded for a second straight month in April 2016, but at a slightly slower pace with an index reading of 50.8%. April service sector activity recorded stronger growth, based on an index reading of 55.7. The U.S. economy added 160,000 jobs in April, which came in below expectations, and the April unemployment rate remained at 5.0%. Retail sales for April surged 1.3%, which was the highest level of retail sales in more than a year. Housing demand showed signs of firming up in April, as housing starts showed a healthy increase of 6.6%, existing home sales rose 1.7% and new home sales surged 16.6%. New home sales recorded for April was the strongest month since 2008 and the median home price for a new home rose to a record high of $321,000 in April. Other indications that the U.S. economy was gaining traction included a 1.0% increase in April consumer spending, which was the biggest one month jump since August 2009, and manufacturing activity expanded at a slightly faster pace in May with an index reading of 51.3. Comparatively, service sector activity


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.3

 

expanded a lower rate in May with an index reading of 52.9 and the May employment report suggested that the U.S. economy may be slowing. Employers added just 38,000 jobs in May, which was the fewest jobs added in more than five years. While the May unemployment rate dropped to 4.7%, which was the lowest unemployment rate since November 2007, the decrease was attributable to nearly a half-million jobless Americans stopped looking for work during May. Notwithstanding the weak job growth reported for May, retail sales showed a healthy increase of 0.5% in May. Housing starts declined 0.3% in May, suggesting the supply of new homes could have trouble keeping up with steady demand. Sales of new single-family homes declined 6.0% in May, versus a 1.8% increase in May existing home sales. Manufacturing activity expanded for a fourth consecutive month in June with a slightly higher index reading of 53.2. Service sector activity for June also accelerated in June with an index reading of 56.5, which was the highest reading since November 2015. June employment data eased fears about a downturn in the U.S. economy, as employers added a stronger-than-expected 287,000 jobs in June. The unemployment rate for June ticked up to 4.9%. June housing starts were up 4.8% compared to May. Home sales for June also pointed towards a healthy market for housing, with June existing and home sales showing increases of 1.1% and 3.5%, respectively. Second quarter GDP increased at a 1.2% annualized rate, which was less than forecasted and only slight above the first quarter growth rate of 0.8%. Manufacturing and service sector activity expanded at slightly lower rates in July 2016, with respective index readings of 52.6 and 55.5. The U.S. economy added a better-than-expected 255,000 jobs in July, while the July unemployment rate held steady at 4.9%.

In terms of interest rates trends over the past few quarters, long-term Treasury yields trended lower through the first three weeks of January 2016 with the yield on the 10-Treasury note approaching 2.0%. Data showing a slowing U.S. economy, falling commodity prices and investors moving into safe haven investments amid stock market volatility were factors contributing to long-term Treasury yields declining. The Federal Reserve held interest rates steady at its late-January meeting, expressing concerns about financial market turmoil and slow economic growth abroad. The decline in long-term Treasury yields accelerated in early-February, as investors moved into safe haven investments amid concern about the outlook for global economy that fueled a sell-off in global stock markets. Congressional testimony by the Federal Reserve Chairwoman signaling a cautious approach by the Federal Reserve for future interest rate increases pushed the 10-year Treasury yield to a one year low of 1.64% heading into mid-February. Long-term Treasury yields stabilized during the second half of February, as


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.4

 

investors took into consideration mixed data on the health of the U.S. economy. A rebound in February job growth pushed the 10-year Treasury yield higher at the start of March, as the 10-year Treasury yield approached 2.0% going into mid-March. Comments by the Federal Reserve Chairwoman that global economic and financial uncertainty justified a slower path for increasing interest rates contributed to long-term Treasury yields edging lower during the second half of March.

The 10-year Treasury yield hovered around 1.75% during the first half of April 2016, as minutes of the Federal Reserve’s March policy meeting signaled that an interest rate increase in April was unlikely. Long-term Treasury yields edged up slightly during the second half of April, with the Federal Reserve concluding its late-April policy meeting leaving interest rates unchanged and remaining ambiguous about raising interest rates in June. Weaker-than-expected job growth reflected in the April employment data contributed to the 10-year Treasury yield dipping back down to 1.75% through mid-May. Signals from the Federal Reserve that an interest rate hike at its June policy meeting was still in-play factored into long-term Treasury yields ticking up going into the second half of May. Investors bought Treasury bonds in early-June following the much-weaker-than-expected jobs report for May, as the anemic job growth reflected in the May employment data reduced expectations that the Federal Reserve would push up rates at its mid-June meeting. As expected, the Federal Reserve concluded it mid-June policy meeting holding short-term interest rates steady and lowered projections of how much they would raise rates in the coming years. Long-term Treasury yields stabilized heading into the second half of June, which was followed by a sharp decline in the 10-year Treasury yield in late-June as investors worried about the economic and political consequences of Britain’s vote to leave the European Union.

In early-July 2016, investors continued to sell risky assets in favor of safe haven investments, which drove the yield on the 10-year Treasury to a record low of 1.37%. Long-term Treasury yields rose going into mid-July, as investors moved back into riskier assets on the heels of the strong job growth reported for June. During the second half of July and into early-August, long-term Treasury yields remained fairly stable, as the Federal Reserve concluded its late-July policy meeting keeping its target interest rate unchanged as expected. As of August 5, 2016, the bond equivalent yields for U.S. Treasury bonds with terms of one and ten years equaled 0.56% and 1.59%, respectively, versus comparable year ago yields of 0.38% and 2.28%. Exhibit II-2 provides historical interest rate trends.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.5

 

Based on the consensus outlook of economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in July 2016, GDP growth was projected to come in at 2.0% in 2016 and increase to 2.2% in 2017. The unemployment rate was forecasted to equal 4.7% in December 2016 and decrease slightly to 4.6% in June 2017. An average of 164,000 jobs were projected to be added per month during 2016. The majority of economists believed the next interest rate hike by the Federal Reserve would occur in December 2016 and, on average, the economists forecasted that the 10-year Treasury yield would increase to 1.78% by the end of 2016 and increase to 2.06% by June 2017. The surveyed economists also forecasted home prices would rise 5.2% in 2016 and increase an additional 4.3% in 2017. Housing starts were forecasted to increase slightly in 2016 and continue to trend higher in 2017.

The June 2016 mortgage finance forecast from the Mortgage Bankers Association (the “MBA”) was for 2016 existing home sales to increase by 5.0% and for 2016 new home sales to increase by 16.1%. The MBA forecast showed a 2.0% increase in the median sales price for existing homes in 2016 and a 0.8% decrease in the median sales price for new homes in 2016. Total mortgage production was forecasted to increase to $1.663 trillion in 2016, compared to $1.630 trillion in 2015. The forecasted increase in 2016 originations was based on a 10.4% increase in purchase volume, which was partially offset by a 7.9% decrease in refinancing volume. Purchase mortgage originations were forecasted to total $973 billion in 2016, versus refinancing volume totaling $690 billion. Housing starts for 2016 were projected to increase by 9.8% to total $1.217 billion.

Market Area Demographics

Table 2.1 presents information regarding the demographic and economic trends for the Bank’s market area from 2010 to 2016 and projected through 2021. Data for the nation, the state of Pennsylvania and the Philadelphia MSA are included for comparative purposes. The size and scope of the market area is evidenced by the demographic data, which shows that as of 2016 the total population of the state was 12.8 million, with 47.5% of the state’s population in the Philadelphia MSA. Between 2010 and 2016 the annualized population growth rates of the state and the MSA were 0.1% and 0.3%, respectively, which were less than the comparable national growth rate of 0.7%. Both Montgomery and Philadelphia Counties recorded an annualized population growth rate of 0.5%, while Bucks County no population growth for the same time period. Over the next projected five years, the state, MSA and all of the market area counties are expected to continue to experience similar population growth rates as recorded during the past six years.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.6

 

Table 2.1

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Summary Demographic Data

 

     Year      Growth Rate  
     2010      2016      2021      2010-2016     2016-2021  
                          (%)     (%)  

Population (000)

             

USA

     308,746         322,431         334,342         0.7     0.7

Pennsylvania

     12,702         12,806         12,905         0.1     0.2

Philadelphia MSA

     5,965         6,077         6,177         0.3     0.3

Montgomery County

     800         822         839         0.5     0.4

Bucks County

     625         627         630         0.0     0.1

Philadelphia County

     1,526         1,569         1,600         0.5     0.4

Households (000)

             

USA

     116,716         122,265         127,049         0.8     0.8

Pennsylvania

     5,019         5,087         5,143         0.2     0.2

Philadelphia MSA

     2,260         2,311         2,354         0.4     0.4

Montgomery County

     308         317         324         0.5     0.4

Bucks County

     235         238         240         0.2     0.2

Philadelphia County

     600         620         634         0.6     0.5

Median Household Income ($)

             

USA

     NA         55,551         59,865         NA        1.5

Pennsylvania

     NA         55,392         60,286         NA        1.7

Philadelphia MSA

     NA         63,514         67,722         NA        1.3

Montgomery County

     NA         80,501         85,948         NA        1.3

Bucks County

     NA         76,110         80,464         NA        1.1

Philadelphia County

     NA         38,978         42,266         NA        1.6

Per Capita Income ($)

             

USA

     NA         30,002         32,569         NA        1.7

Pennsylvania

     NA         30,881         33,909         NA        1.9

Philadelphia MSA

     NA         34,177         36,843         NA        1.5

Montgomery County

     NA         43,231         46,235         NA        1.4

Bucks County

     NA         38,953         41,411         NA        1.2

Philadelphia County

     NA         23,204         25,551         NA        1.9

2016 Age Distribution (%)

     0-14 Yrs.         15-34 Yrs.         35-54 Yrs.         55-69 Yrs.        70+ Yrs.   

USA

     19.0         27.2         26.0         17.8        10.0   

Pennsylvania

     17.2         26.1         25.4         19.5        11.9   

Philadelphia MSA

     18.3         27.1         26.2         18.2        10.2   

Montgomery County

     17.8         24.3         26.9         19.2        11.8   

Bucks County

     16.8         23.5         26.9         21.2        11.6   

Philadelphia County

     19.0         31.7         24.8         15.7        8.9   

2016 HH Income Dist. (%)

    

 

Less Than

25,000

  

  

    

 

$25,000 to

50,000

  

  

    

 

$50,000 to

100,000

  

  

     $100,000+     

USA

     22.7         23.4         29.6         24.3     

Pennsylvania

     22.5         23.6         30.4         23.5     

Philadelphia MSA

     20.7         20.4         28.8         30.2     

Montgomery County

     14.0         16.9         29.3         39.8     

Bucks County

     13.4         18.8         30.9         37.0     

Philadelphia County

     35.1         25.4         24.4         15.0     

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.7

 

Changes in the number of households in the market area have generally paralleled trends with respect to population. Projected household growth for the next five years for the state, MSA and all of the market area counties are consistent with their historical growth rates over the past six years and, thus, will continue to lag the projected national household growth rate.

Age distribution figures for the market area reveal that the state and Montgomery and Bucks Counties contained somewhat older population bases than the nation as a whole, while Philadelphia County exhibited a younger population base compared to the nation and the state.

Household and per capita income levels are important indicators of a market area’s health and attractiveness in terms of housing and economic activity. The 2016 median household incomes of the Philadelphia MSA, Montgomery and Bucks Counties exceeded the state and national measures. However the median household income of Philadelphia County was notably lower than the state and national measures, reflecting some concentrations of poverty in the city of Philadelphia.

Similarly, per capita income measures generally tracked the household income data, with Montgomery County recording the highest per capita income and Philadelphia County recording the lowest per capita income. Household income distribution measures also indicate that Bucks County and Montgomery County are relatively affluent markets.

Regional Economy

Real Estate Market. According to the National Association of Realtors, which tracks real estate trends in the Bank’s market area, real estate prices have been relatively stable over the most recent year. Single-family home prices in the Greater Philadelphia region averaged $203,900 during the first quarter of 2016, which reflects a slight decrease of 4.6% from the last quarter of 2015. As reported by RealtyTrac, in terms of foreclosure activity, foreclosure filings in Pennsylvania in May 2016 were 12.5% lower than the same time in 2015, with a foreclosure rate of one out of every 1,196 households.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.8

 

Regarding the commercial real estate market, according to Colliers International, the Greater Philadelphia CRE market in 2015 was characterized as an improving market. Overall, the vacancy rate for office space decreased marginally from 12.60% to 11.06% during the last two quarters of 2015. The net absorption rate, construction and rental rate for Greater Philadelphia office space all trended upwards during the second quarter of 2016 compared to a year ago.

Regional Employment

The economy of the Bank’s market area is relatively diverse and has several large components, as shown in the chart below.

Employment data indicates that education, health and social services constitute the most prominent employment sector, comprising approximately 21% of total employment. Trade, transportation, and utilities is the second largest employment sector in the Philadelphia economy, which approximates 19% of total employment, followed by professional and business services (approximating 16% of employment) and government (approximating 11% of total employment). Growth sectors of the local economy have included the life science and healthcare industries, whose expansion has been fostered by the presence of major research universities locally and a highly educated technically proficient workforce.

 

LOGO

Source: IHS Global Insight


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.9

 

The largest employers in the Greater Philadelphia region are provided in Table 2.2 and the market area’s core industries have been described below.

Table 2.2

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Market Area Largest Employers

 

Greater Philadelphia

 
Company    Industry    Employees  

Jefferson Health System Inc

  

Healthcare and Social Assistance

     18,740   

University of Pennsylvania

  

Educational Services

     16,160   

University of Pennsylvania Health System

  

Healthcare and Social Assistance

     14,941   

Temple University

  

State Related Institution of Higher Learning

     14,000   

Comcast Corp.*

  

Media and Technology

     12,858   

Christiana Care Health System

  

Hospital and Outpatient

     10,500   

UPS

  

Air freight express services

     10,261   

Main Line Health

  

Healthcare

     10,075   

Bank of America Corp.

  

Finance and Insurance

     10,000   

Drexel University

  

Research University

     9,829   

Vanguard Group

  

Investment Products

     9,722   

Verizon Communications Inc.

  

Information — Telecommunications

     9,054   

Einstein Healthcare Network

  

Healthcare Services

     8,992   

Temple University Health System

  

Healthcare Services

     8,975   

Wells Fargo (includes former Wachovia Bank)

  

Finance and Insurance

     8,870   

Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority (SEPTA)

  

Transportation and Warehousing

     8,800   

Virtua

  

Healthcare Services

     8,400   

Wawa, Inc.

  

Retail Trade — convenience store

     8,333   

Wal-Mart

  

Retail Trade — discount department stores

     7,996   

Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc.

  

Manufacturing

     7,546   

Reading Health System

  

Regional Healthcare System

     7,300   

CVS Caremark Corp.

  

Retail Trade

     7,097   

Crozer-Keystone Health System

  

Health System

     6,800   

Bayada Home Health Care

  

Nursing, rehabilitative, therapeutic, hospice, and assistive care

     6,751   

Comcast-Spectator

  

Sports and Entertainment

     6,490   

Source: Select Greater Philadelphia.

Life Science and Healthcare. The Philadelphia metropolitan area is a leading region for the life sciences sector, including in the areas of biotech, pharmaceuticals, medical devices, diagnostics, and healthcare. The region is home to nearly 1,200 life science establishments including global pharmaceutical leaders, medical device and diagnostics, biotech and contract research organizations. Greater Philadelphia has more than 197 hospitals and more than 15 major health systems, four children’s hospitals and six medical schools. In addition, the region is home to major teaching hospitals and is a nationally leading location for clinical trials.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.10

 

Advanced Manufacturing . Many of the world’s advanced products including aerospace equipment, biomedical and optoelectronic materials, chemicals, communications and electric equipment, navigation and control instruments and medical instruments are developed in the Greater Philadelphia region. In fact, defense contractors, which include Boeing, AgustaWestland, W.L. Gore and others, continue to create new innovations that have a positive impact on the region’s entrepreneurial ecosystem.

IT and Communications . With about 6,500 IT-producing businesses in Greater Philadelphia, the region has access to cutting-edge IT capabilities fueled by a high concentration of workers in IT occupations at diverse companies including large IT and communications companies like Comcast and SAP. The Greater Philadelphia region features IT producers that provide specialized hardware and software to customers around the world. Greater Philadelphia has also been an attractive market for young Information & Communications Technology (ICT) companies to attract venture capital.

Higher Education . Home to 101 degree-granting institutions, Greater Philadelphia ranks as one of the nation’s leading centers for higher education. This provides a steady pipeline of highly-educated people who enter the workforce or launch startup companies in the Greater Philadelphia region. Annual operations spending generated by colleges and universities in Greater Philadelphia exceeds $10 billion. In addition, these institutions employ over 90,000 people.

Financial Services. In 2012, the financial services sector represented 7.5% of the region’s total employment, constituting the fourth highest employment concentration among the 15 largest MSAs in 2012. Greater Philadelphia has a multifaceted financial activities sector that includes banking, investment, securities, insurance, leasing and real estate.

Montgomery County Employment

Table 2.3 below presents a listing of the largest private employers in Montgomery County where the Bank is headquartered and holds the largest amount of deposits. The county exhibits a diverse employment base, with a major focus on services. Healthcare companies hold the largest level of employment, followed by finance and insurance, and information technology companies. Additionally, manufacturing companies still account for a notable source of jobs among the county’s largest employers.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.11

 

Table 2.3

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Market Area Largest Employers

 

Montgomery County

 
Company    Industry    Employees  

Main Line Health Systems

  

Healthcare and Social Assistance

     14,000   

Abington Health

  

Healthcare and Social Assistance

     6,387   

Genuardi’s Markets

  

Retail Supermarket

     3,520   

Lockheed Martin Corporation

  

Manufacturing — Aerospace

     3,500   

Holy Redeemer Health Systems

  

Healthcare and Social Assistance

     3,414   

ACTS Retirment-Life Communities

  

Healthcare and Social Assistance

     2,500   

Aetna Inc.

  

Healthcare and Social Assistance

     2,400   

Prudential

  

Finance and Insurance

     2,332   

SunGard

  

Information Technology

     2,000   

Teva Pharmaceuticals

  

Healthcare and Social Assistance

     1,600   

Dow Advanced Materials

  

Manufacturing

     1,590   

Montgomery Cty Comm College

  

Educational Services

     1,297   

Unisys Corp.

  

Information Technology

     1,200   

Harleysville Insurance

  

Finance and Insurance

     1,100   

NextGen Healthcare Info Syst, Inc.

  

Healthcare and Social Assistance

     630   

CBIZ Inc. & Mayer Hoff McCann

  

Professional Services

     445   

Source: Montgomery County Economic Development Corporation.

Unemployment Data

Table 2.4 below provides recent unemployment data for the Bank’s market area, which provides an additional indication of the economic and demographic health of the primary market area. Comparative unemployment rates for Bucks, Montgomery and Philadelphia Counties, as well as for the U.S., Pennsylvania and the Philadelphia MSA, are shown in Table 2.4. June 2016 unemployment rates for primary market area counties ranged from a low of 4.2% for Montgomery County to a high of 6.9% for Philadelphia County. Comparative unemployment rates for the U.S., Pennsylvania and the Philadelphia MSA were 5.1%, 5.5% and 5.2%, respectively. Consistent with the national trend, all three of the primary market area counties and the Philadelphia MSA reported lower unemployment rates for June 2016 compared to a year ago. The statewide unemployment rate for June 2016 was unchanged from a year ago.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.12

 

Table 2.4

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Unemployment Trends

 

     Unemployment Rate  

Region

   June 2015     June 2016  

USA

     5.5     5.1

Pennsylvania

     5.5     5.5

Philadelphia MSA

     5.6     5.2

Montgomery County

     4.3     4.2

Bucks County

     4.7     4.6

Philadelphia County

     7.4     6.9

Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Deposit Trends

Table 2.5 displays bank and thrift deposit market trends from June 30, 2011 through June 30, 2015 for the state of Pennsylvania and the counties where the Bank maintains a branch presence. Total state deposits increased at a 4.4% annual rate from 2011 through 2015. Commercial banks maintained a larger market share of deposits in Pennsylvania and in all three counties served by the Bank’s branches. Commercial banks also gained deposit market share in Pennsylvania and in the counties served by the Bank’s branches, during the four year period covered in Table 2.5. Bank and thrift deposits in Montgomery County, where the Bank maintains its headquarters and largest concentration of deposits, increased at a 2.9% annual rate from June 30, 2011 to June 30, 2015, versus comparable growth rates of 3.0% for Bucks County and 0.1% for Philadelphia County.

As of June 30, 2015, HV Bank maintained deposit market shares of 0.4% in Montgomery County, 0.3% in Bucks County and 0.0% in Philadelphia County. Over the past four years, deposit growth at the Bank’s Montgomery County and Buck County branches exceeded and approximated the respective comparable county deposit growth rates, while deposits maintained at the Bank’s Philadelphia County branch declined slightly over the past four years.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.13

 

Table 2.5

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Deposit Summary

 

     As of June 30,         
     2011      2015      Deposit
Growth Rate
2011-2015
 
     Deposits      Market
Share
    No. of
Branches
     Deposits      Market
Share
    No. of
Branches
    
     (Dollars in Thousands)      (%)  

Pennsylvania

     300,267,467         100.0     4,710       $ 356,316,269         100.0     4,394         4.4

Commercial Banks

     231,733,404         77.2     3,466         299,917,006         84.2     3,504         6.7

Savings Institutions

     68,534,063         22.8     1,244         56,399,263         15.8     890         -4.8

Montgomery County

   $ 22,816,701         100.0     373       $ 25,574,490         100.0     325         2.9

Commercial Banks

     15,100,037         66.2     247         19,319,115         75.5     248         6.4

Savings Institutions

     7,716,664         33.8     126         6,255,375         24.5     77         -5.1

Huntingdon Valley Bank

     80,541         0.4     2         93,823         0.4     2         3.9

Bucks County

   $ 14,777,438         100.0     261       $ 16,621,145         100.0     248         3.0

Commercial Banks

     10,190,532         69.0     179         12,671,230         76.2     178         5.6

Savings Institutions

     4,586,906         31.0     82         3,949,915         23.8     70         -3.7

Huntingdon Valley Bank

     43,621         0.3     3         48,978         0.3     2         2.9

Philadelphia County

   $ 50,837,485         100.0     328       $ 51,007,050         100.0     303         0.1

Commercial Banks

     35,593,890         70.0     185         40,241,239         78.9     200         3.1

Savings Institutions

     15,243,595         30.0     143         10,765,811         21.1     103         -8.3

Huntingdon Valley Bank

     3,373         0.0     1         2,709         0.0     1         -5.3

Source: FDIC.

Competition

As implied by the Bank’s low market shares of deposits in the counties served by its branches, competition among financial institutions in the Bank’s market area is significant. Among the Bank’s competitors are much larger and more diversified institutions, which have greater resources than maintained by HV Bank. Financial institution competitors in the Bank’s primary market area include other locally based thrifts and banks, as well as regional, super regional and money center banks. From a competitive standpoint, HV Bank has sought to emphasize its community orientation in the markets served by its branches. In Montgomery County, there are a total of 35 banking institutions, with HV Bank holding the 24 th largest market share of deposits. In Bucks County, there are a total of 34 banking institutions, with HV Bank holding the 26 th largest market share of deposits. In Philadelphia County, there are a total of 35 banking institutions, with HV Bank holding the 34 th largest market share of deposits. Table 2.6 lists the Bank’s largest competitors in the market area counties, based on deposit market share as noted parenthetically.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

II.14

 

Table 2.6

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Market Area Deposit Competitors

 

Location

  

Name

   Market Share     Rank  

Montgomery County

  

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

     19.66  
  

Citizens Bank of PA

     13.29  
  

TD Bank, N.A.

     12.36  
  

PNC Bank, N.A.

     8.84  
  

Univest Bank and Trust Co.

     6.64  
  

BB&T Corp. (NC)

     6.14  
  

Huntingdon Valley Bank

     0.37     24 out of 35   

Bucks County

  

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

     19.85  
  

TD Bank, N.A.

     13.09  
  

Citizens Bank of PA

     8.68  
  

Penn Community Mutual Holdings

     7.52  
  

PNC Financial Services Group

     6.86  
  

Bank of America Corp. (NC)

     6.37  
  

Huntingdon Valley Bank

     0.29     26 out of 34   

Philadelphia County

  

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

     25.35  
  

PNC Bank, N.A.

     16.79  
  

Bank of America Corp. (NC)

     14.70  
  

Citizens Bank of PA

     14.67  
  

Santander Bank, N.A.

     7.74  
  

TD Bank, N.A.

     6.31  
  

Huntingdon Valley Bank

     0.01     34 out of 35   

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.1

 

III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

This chapter presents an analysis of HV Bank’s operations versus a group of comparable savings institutions (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of HV Bank is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to HV Bank, key areas examined for differences are: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

Peer Group Selection

The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines. Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded savings institutions whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE) or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-publicly-traded and closely-held institutions. Institutions that are not listed on a national exchange or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.

Ideally, the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines, should be comprised of locally- or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are approximately 80 fully-converted, publicly-traded institutions nationally and, thus, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions with relatively comparable characteristics. To the extent that differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for the differences. Since HV Bank will be a fully-converted public company upon completion of the offering, we considered only fully-converted public companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.2

 

From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected ten institutions with characteristics similar to those of HV Bank. In the selection process, we applied two “screens” to the universe of all public companies that were eligible for consideration:

 

    Screen #1 Mid-Atlantic institutions with assets less than $550 million, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 7.0% and positive core earnings. Six companies met the criteria for Screen #1 and four were included in the Peer Group: Bay Bancorp, Inc. of Maryland, Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. of Maryland, MSB Financial Corp. of New Jersey and Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania. The two companies which met the selection criteria, but were excluded from the Peer Group were FSB Bancorp, Inc. of New York and WVS Financial Corp. of Pennsylvania. FSB Bancorp, Inc. of New York was excluded due to its recent conversion status (conversion completed in July 2016 and WVS Financial Corp. was excluded due to its significantly different interest-earning asset composition, as its interest-earning asset composition reflected a very high concentration of investment securities and a very low concentration of loans. Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded Mid-Atlantic thrifts.

 

    Screen #2 Midwest institutions with assets less than $550 million, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 7.0% and positive core earnings. Eight companies met the criteria for Screen #2 and six were included in the Peer Group: Equitable Financial Corp. of Nebraska, Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. of Illinois, Poage Bankshares, Inc. of Kentucky, United Community Bancorp of Indiana, Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc. of Ohio and Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of Michigan. Central Federal Corporation met the selection criteria, but was excluded due to its very low trading price (closing stock price of $1.36 per share on August 5, 2016) and WCF Bancorp, Inc. of Iowa was excluded due to its recent conversion status (conversion completed in July 2016). Exhibit III-3 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded Midwest thrifts.

Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the ten Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-4 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market area counties served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and HV Bank, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of HV Bank’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date. Comparative data for all publicly-traded thrifts, publicly-traded Pennsylvania thrifts and Randolph Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts, which is the most recently completed publicly-traded standard conversion offering, have been included in the Chapter III tables as well.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.3

 

Table 3.1

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

As of March 31, 2016

 

                                             As of August 5,
2016
 

Ticker

 

Financial Institution

 

Exchange

 

City

 

State

  

Total
Assets

   

Offices

   

Fiscal
Year End

   

Conv. Date

   

Stock
Price

   

Market
Value

 
                     ($Mil)                       ($)     ($Mil)  

BYBK

  Bay Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   Columbia   MD      463        15        Dec        NA        5.09        55.57   

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.   NASDAQ   Grand Island   NE      234        6        Jun        7/9/2015        8.49        29.52   

HBK

  Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   Towson   MD      393        7        Mar        10/10/2012        13.75        46.94   

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   Jacksonville   IL      302        6        Dec        7/15/2010        28.36        50.96   

MSBF

  MSB Financial Corp.   NASDAQ   Millington   NJ      380        5        Dec        7/17/2015        13.14        78.22   

PBIP

  Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   Philadelphia   PA      538        6        Sep        10/10/2013        14.28        114.92   

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.   NASDAQ   Ashland   KY      436        10        Dec        9/13/2011        18.25        69.72   

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp   NASDAQ   Lawrenceburg   IN      518        8        Jun        1/10/2013        15.00        63.02   

WAYN

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.   NASDAQ   Wooster   OH      438        12        Dec        1/9/2003        13.17        36.64   

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   Midland   MI      386        3        Dec        1/20/2011        25.95        55.80   

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.4

 

In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to HV Bank’s characteristics is detailed below.

 

  Bay Bancorp, Inc. of Maryland. Comparable due similar interest-bearing funding composition, relatively high earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income and relatively high operating expense ratio as a percent of average assets.

 

  Equitable Financial Corp. of Nebraska. Comparable due to similar asset size, similar size of branch network, relatively high earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income and relatively high operating expense ratio as a percent of average assets.

 

  Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. of Maryland. Comparable due to similar interest-earning asset composition, similar interest-bearing funding composition and similar net interest income to average assets ratio.

 

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. of Illinois. Comparable due to similar size of branch network, similar interest-earning asset composition, relatively high earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, relatively high operating expense ratio as a percent of average assets and relatively favorable credit quality measures.

 

  MSB Financial Corp. of New Jersey. Comparable due to similar size of branch network, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar net interest income to average assets ratio and similar concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans as a percent of assets.

 

  Poage Bankshares, Inc. of Kentucky. Comparable due to relatively high operating expense ratio as a percent of average assets and similar concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans as a percent of assets.

 

  Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania. Comparable due to Philadelphia market area, similar size of branch network, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar net interest income to average assets ratio and similar concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans as a percent of assets.

 

  United Community Bancorp of Indiana. Comparable due to similar return on average assets ratio, similar net interest income to average assets ratio and relatively favorable credit quality measures.

 

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc. of Ohio. Comparable due to similar interest-earning asset composition, similar interest-bearing funding composition and relatively favorable credit quality measures.

 

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of Michigan. Comparable due to similar interest-bearing funding composition.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.5

 

In aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintained a higher level of tangible equity than the industry average (15.16% of assets versus 12.33% for all public companies), generated lower earnings as a percent of average assets (0.49% core ROAA versus 0.71% for all public companies) and earned a lower ROE (3.37% core ROE versus 5.91% for all public companies). Overall, the Peer Group’s average P/TB ratio and average core P/E multiple were below and above the respective averages for all publicly-traded thrifts.

 

     All
Publicly-Traded
    Peer Group  

Financial Characteristics (Averages)

    

Assets ($Mil)

   $ 3,334      $ 409   

Market capitalization ($Mil)

   $ 475      $ 60   

Tangible equity/assets (%)

     12.33     15.16

Core return on average assets (%)

     0.71        0.49   

Core return on average equity (%)

     5.91        3.37   

Pricing Ratios (Averages) (1)

    

Core price/earnings (x)

     18.05     21.83

Price/tangible book (%)

     119.47     94.99

Price/assets (%)

     13.82        14.32   

 

(1) Based on market prices as of August 5, 2016.

Ideally, the Peer Group companies would be comparable to HV Bank in terms of all of the selection criteria, but the universe of publicly-traded thrifts does not provide for an appropriate number of such companies. However, in general, the companies selected for the Peer Group were fairly comparable to HV Bank, as will be highlighted in the following comparative analysis. Comparative data for all publicly-traded thrifts, publicly-traded Pennsylvania thrifts and Randolph Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts, which is most recently completed publicly-traded standard conversion offering, have been included in the Chapter III tables as well.

Financial Condition

Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for HV Bank and the Peer Group, reflecting the expected similarities and some differences given the selection procedures outlined above. The Bank’s and the Peer Group’s ratios reflect financial data as of June 30, 2016 and March 31, 2016, respectively. The Bank’s equity ratio of 7.13% of assets was well below the Peer Group’s median equity ratio of 14.84%. All of the Bank’s equity consisted of tangible equity, while the Peer Group’s equity included intangibles equal to 0.46% of assets. The Peer Group’s higher capital position is favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs. In terms of regulatory capital, the Peer Group’s ratios were also well above the comparable ratios for the Bank. However, the Bank’s pro forma capital position will increase with the addition of stock proceeds, providing the Bank with an equity-to-assets ratio that will be more comparable to the Peer Group’s ratio. The increase in HV Bank’s pro forma capital position will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs. At the same time, the Bank’s higher pro forma capitalization will initially depress return on equity.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.6

 

Table 3.2

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of March 31, 2016

 

            Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets     Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates     Regulatory Capital  
            Cash &
Equivalents
    MBS
&
Invest
    BOLI     Net
Loans (1)
    Deposits     Borrowed
Funds
    Sub.
Debt
    Total
Equity
    Goodwill
& Intang
    Tangible
Equity
    Assets     MBS, Cash
&
Investments
    Loans (1)     Deposits     Borrows.
&
Subdebt
    Total
Equity
    Tangible
Equity
    Tier 1
Leverage
    Tier 1
Risk-
Based
    Risk-
Based
Capital
 

Huntingdon Valley Bank

  PA                                        

June 30, 2016

      8.48     22.09     2.14     64.90     77.89     13.15     0.00     7.13     0.00     7.13     8.80     -5.78     18.62     -0.77     127.85     13.22     13.22     7.63     12.04     12.49

All Public Companies

                                         

Averages

      5.37     17.53     1.91     71.78     73.50     11.72     0.40     13.10     0.69     12.33     12.53     8.49     17.99     13.13     20.89     8.81     9.02     12.52     18.27     19.41

Medians

      3.30     16.15     1.89     73.42     72.80     11.15     0.00     11.94     0.06     11.34     9.39     -0.46     14.13     7.45     5.37     3.28     1.67     11.41     16.20     17.09

State of PA

                                         

Averages

      2.54     32.35     1.85     60.21     66.84     17.48     0.30     14.40     1.10     13.31     9.23     0.41     25.05     8.65     10.72     0.27     16.92     14.04     22.47     23.35

Medians

      1.64     24.71     1.83     65.97     71.64     12.86     0.00     12.11     0.47     10.59     8.32     4.15     19.65     6.21     12.46     1.66     1.25     11.96     16.84     17.40

Comparable Recent Conversions(2)

                                         

RNDB

  Randolph Bancorp, Inc.   MA     3.69     10.50     2.21     77.79     79.04     11.67     0.00     7.47     0.09     7.38     5.30     -14.76     12.38     3.11     37.42     -1.97     -2.01     6.83     10.65     11.82

Comparable Group

                                         

Averages

      6.59     18.50     1.83     69.79     78.48     4.81     0.06     15.64     0.48     15.16     7.63     22.53     10.75     7.58     103.97     14.95     14.70     13.33     20.07     21.10

Medians

      3.59     18.96     2.09     70.59     79.49     4.72     0.00     15.53     0.46     14.84     4.59     3.53     10.44     4.33     3.59     1.03     0.52     13.58     19.41     20.66

Comparable Group

                                         

BYBK

  Bay Bancorp, Inc.   MD     3.18     6.14     1.22     85.98     78.95     5.67     0.00     14.44     0.52     13.92     -4.84     30.47     -1.05     -9.50     116.26     1.96     3.00     13.74     16.20     16.68

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.   NE     13.35     0.75     0.00     81.49     83.84     0.00     0.00     15.18     0.00     15.18     16.80     3.51     15.85     10.61     0.00     71.06     75.53     11.32     13.66     14.91

HBK

  Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.   MD     18.18     18.20     3.23     56.10     79.91     3.77     0.00     15.66     1.88     13.78     35.00     1.99     38.47     41.24     146.75     1.23     -7.07     8.50     11.84     12.45

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.   IL     3.37     27.67     2.36     62.50     80.74     1.31     0.00     15.40     0.90     14.50     -1.43     -11.17     1.69     -0.02     -55.29     0.73     1.30     13.41     18.58     19.84

MSBF

  MSB Financial Corp.   NJ     3.82     19.72     1.98     71.22     72.83     5.97     0.00     20.14     0.00     20.14     9.41     6.13     13.14     4.17     -38.88     85.42     86.14     14.16     20.23     21.48

PBIP

  Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   PA     1.36     35.27     2.40     59.94     71.45     6.89     0.00     20.90     0.00     20.90     3.72     3.56     -1.73     -0.36     875.30     -12.79     -9.52     20.76     42.07     43.25

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.   KY     3.13     16.04     1.60     74.57     79.06     3.45     0.64     16.22     0.58     15.64     4.68     9.36     8.09     5.63     -5.68     4.58     4.59     15.51     23.11     23.86

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp   IN     4.49     37.15     3.31     52.02     83.39     2.69     0.00     13.28     0.55     12.73     -0.85     -4.87     6.14     0.07     7.18     -4.24     -4.97     11.69     21.65     22.91

WAYN

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.   OH     1.86     23.26     2.20     69.96     83.54     6.22     0.00     9.30     0.39     8.91     4.50     -9.11     14.13     4.48     15.73     0.84     -0.25     8.85     13.12     14.07

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.   MI     13.13     0.83     0.00     84.15     71.10     12.18     0.00     15.92     0.00     15.92     9.26     195.43     12.78     19.51     -21.67     0.69     -1.72     15.38     20.24     21.52

 

(1) Includes loans held for sale.
(2) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.7

 

The interest-earning asset compositions for the Bank and the Peer Group were somewhat similar, with loans constituting the bulk of interest-earning assets for both HV Bank and the Peer Group. The Bank’s loans-to-assets ratio of 64.90% was lower than the comparable Peer Group median ratio of 70.59%. Comparatively, the Bank’s cash and investments-to-assets ratio of 30.57% was higher than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 22.55%. Overall, HV Bank’s interest-earning assets amounted to 95.47% of assets, which exceeded the comparable Peer Group ratio of 93.14%. The Peer Group’s non-interest earning assets included bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) equal to 2.09% of assets and goodwill/intangibles equal to 0.46% of assets, while the Bank maintained BOLI equal to 2.14% of assets and a zero balance of goodwill/intangibles.

HV Bank’s funding liabilities reflected a funding strategy that was somewhat similar to that of the Peer Group’s funding composition. The Bank’s deposits equaled 77.89% of assets, which was slightly below the Peer Group’s median ratio of 79.49%. Comparatively, the Bank maintained a higher level of borrowings than the Peer Group, as indicated by borrowings-to-assets ratios of 13.15% and 4.72% for HV Bank and the Peer Group, respectively. Total interest-bearing liabilities maintained by the Bank and the Peer Group, as a percent of assets, equaled 91.04% and 84.21%, respectively, with the Peer Group’s lower ratio supported by maintenance of a higher capital position.

A key measure of balance sheet strength for a thrift institution is its interest-earnings assets/interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio. Presently, the Bank’s IEA/IBL ratio is lower than the Peer Group’s ratio, based on IEA/IBL ratios of 104.87% and 110.60%, respectively. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds should serve to provide HV Bank with an IEA/IBL ratio that is more comparable to the Peer Group’s ratio, as the increase in capital provided by the infusion of stock proceeds will serve to lower the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets and will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.8

 

The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items. HV Bank’s and the Peer Group’s growth rates are based on annual growth for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016 and March 31, 2016, respectively. HV Bank recorded an 8.80% increase in assets, versus median asset growth of 4.59% recorded by the Peer Group. Asset growth for the Bank was driven by an 18.62% increase in loans, which was in part funded by a 5.78% decrease in cash and investments. Loans held for sale accounted for approximately 45% of the Bank’s loan growth. Asset growth for the Peer Group was primarily sustained by a 10.44% increase in loans and was supplemented with a 3.53% increase in cash and investments.

HV Bank’s asset growth was funded by a 127.85% increase in borrowings, which also funded a 0.77% reduction in deposits. Comparatively, asset growth for the Peer Group was funded through a 4.33% increase in deposits and a 3.59% increase in borrowings. The Bank posted a tangible capital growth rate of 13.22%, versus a 1.03% tangible capital growth rate posted by the Peer Group. The Bank’s stronger capital growth rate was facilitated by retention of all its earnings on a comparatively lower level of capital than maintained by the Peer Group, while the Peer Group’s lower capital growth reflects retention of earning partially offset by capital management strategies such as dividend payments and stock repurchases. The Bank’s post-conversion capital growth rate will initially be constrained by maintenance of a higher pro forma capital position. Dividend payments and stock repurchases, pursuant to regulatory limitations and guidelines, could also potentially slow the Bank’s capital growth rate in the longer term following the stock offering.

Income and Expense Components

Table 3.3 displays statements of operations for the Bank and the Peer Group. The Bank’s and the Peer Group’s ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016 and March 31, 2016, respectively. HV Bank and the Peer Group reported net income to average assets ratios of 0.62% and 0.43%, respectively. The Bank’s higher return was realized through earnings advantages maintained with respect to loan loss provisions and non-interest operating income, which were partially offset by earnings advantages maintained by the Peer Group with respect to net interest income and operating expenses.

The Peer Group’s higher net interest income to average assets ratio was realized through a higher interest income ratio, which was partially offset by the Bank’s slightly lower interest expense ratio. The Peer Group’s higher interest income ratio was supported by maintaining a higher concentration of interest-earning assets in comparatively higher yielding loans relative to yields earned on cash and investments, which provided the Peer Group with a higher overall yield earned on interest-earning assets (3.79% versus 3.37% for the Bank). Likewise, the Bank’s lower interest expense ratio was supported by a lower cost of funds (0.52% versus 0.69% for the Peer Group). Overall, HV Bank and the Peer Group reported net interest income to average assets ratios of 2.74% and 3.13%, respectively.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.9

 

Table 3.3

Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

Comparable Institution Analysis

For the 12 Months Ended March 31, 2016

 

                    Net Interest Income           Non-Interest
Income
          Non-Op. Items           Yields, Costs, and
Spreads
             
              Net
Income
    Income     Expense     NII     Loss
Provis.
on
IEA
    NII
After
Provis.
    Recurring
Gain on
Sale of
Loans
    Other
Non-Int
Income
    Total
Non-Int
Expense
    Net
Gains/
Losses (2)
    Extrao.
Items
    Provision
for Taxes
    Yield
On
IEA
    Cost
Of
IBL
    Yld-Cost
Spread
    MEMO:
Assets/
FTE
Emp.
    MEMO:
Effective
Tax Rate
 
              (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)           (%)  

Huntingdon Valley Bank

    PA                                     

June 30, 2016

      0.62     3.19     0.45     2.74     0.01     2.73     3.01     0.20     5.02     0.01     0.00     0.32     3.37     0.52     2.85   $ 2,800        33.85

All Public Companies

                                   

Averages

      0.73     3.54     0.60     2.95     0.05     2.89     0.30     0.55     2.76     -0.01     0.00     0.23     3.78     0.79     3.00   $ 6,774        20.72

Medians

      0.69     3.51     0.59     2.90     0.07     2.87     0.04     0.45     2.68     0.00     0.00     0.29     3.78     0.74     3.02   $ 5,775        32.83

State of PA

                                   

Averages

      0.51     3.13     0.60     2.53     0.07     2.47     0.00     0.40     2.18     0.00     0.00     0.18     3.35     0.77     2.58   $ 7,357        26.40

Medians

      0.51     3.27     0.65     2.62     0.07     2.55     0.00     0.35     2.40     0.02     0.00     0.19     3.48     0.83     2.64   $ 7,463        32.24

Comparable Recent Conversions(2)

                                   

RNDB

  Randolph Bancorp, Inc.     MA        0.10     3.44     0.38     3.06     -0.03     3.09     2.78     0.74     6.40     -0.06     0.00     0.05     3.66     0.48     3.18   $ 2,112        30.44

Comparable Group

                                   

Averages

      0.48     3.74     0.53     3.21     0.13     3.08     0.11     0.51     3.05     0.01     0.00     0.20     3.95     0.72     3.23   $ 5,085        37.88

Medians

      0.43     3.60     0.49     3.13     0.14     2.96     0.06     0.48     2.72     0.03     0.00     0.16     3.79     0.69     3.06   $ 4,217        30.05

Comparable Group

                                   

BYBK

  Bay Bancorp, Inc.     MD        0.37     4.68     0.36     4.33     0.24     4.09     0.31     0.70     4.60     0.08     0.00     0.21     4.94     0.54     4.40   $ 3,263        35.91

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.     NE        0.42     3.74     0.47     3.27     0.14     3.12     0.37     0.75     3.57     -0.01     0.00     0.24     3.95     0.68     3.27   $ 3,492        36.52

HBK

  Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.     MD        -0.03     3.33     0.54     2.79     0.13     2.66     0.01     0.24     2.76     -0.07     0.00     0.12     3.61     0.74     2.87   $ 6,345        128.27

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.     IL        1.01     3.79     0.35     3.44     0.05     3.39     0.05     1.23     3.41     0.10     0.00     0.36     4.04     0.47     3.57   $ 3,283        26.12

MSBF

  MSB Financial Corp.     NJ        0.10     3.35     0.56     2.79     0.08     2.71     0.00     0.18     2.62     -0.14     0.00     0.04     3.61     0.81     2.80   $ 6,443        26.48

PBIP

  Prudential Bancorp, Inc.     PA        0.20     3.24     0.65     2.59     0.09     2.51     0.00     0.16     2.42     0.05     0.00     0.10     3.36     0.87     2.49   $ 8,660        33.68

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.     KY        0.72     4.48     0.52     3.96     0.19     3.78     0.13     0.55     3.60     0.06     0.00     0.19     4.77     0.70     4.07   $ 3,787        21.05

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp     IN        0.64     3.02     0.43     2.59     0.01     2.58     0.06     0.74     2.68     0.06     0.00     0.12     3.26     0.56     2.70   $ 4,521        15.25

WAYN

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.     OH        0.45     3.46     0.46     3.00     0.20     2.79     0.05     0.40     2.67     0.00     0.00     0.13     3.63     0.58     3.05   $ 3,912        21.94

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.     MI        0.92     4.30     0.96     3.34     0.15     3.19     0.16     0.18     2.14     0.00     0.00     0.46     4.34     1.26     3.08   $ 7,145        33.62

 

(1) Net gains/losses includes gain/loss on sale of securities and nonrecurring income and expense.
(2) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.10

 

In another key area of core earnings strength, the Bank maintained a significantly higher level of operating expenses than the Peer Group. For the period covered in Table 3.3, the Bank and the Peer Group reported operating expense to average assets ratios of 5.02% and 2.72%, respectively. The Bank’s higher operating expense ratio was consistent with the comparatively higher number of employees maintained relative to its asset size, which is mostly attributable to the significance of the Bank’s mortgage banking operations relative to its asset size. Assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $2.800 million for the Bank, versus $4.217 million for the Peer Group. On a post-offering basis, the Bank’s operating expenses can be expected to increase with the addition of stock benefit plans and certain expenses that result from being a publicly-traded company, with such expenses already impacting the Peer Group’s operating expenses. At the same time, HV Bank’s capacity to leverage operating expenses will be more comparable to the Peer Group’s leverage capacity following the increase in capital realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds.

When viewed together, net interest income and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a thrift’s earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities. In this regard, as measured by their expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses), the Bank’s earnings were less favorable than the Peer Group’s earnings. Expense coverage ratios for HV Bank and the Peer Group equaled 0.55x and 1.15x, respectively.

The Bank’s mortgage banking operations also provided HV Bank with a significantly higher level of non-interest operating income compared to the Peer Group, with such income amounting to 3.21% and 0.54% of HV Bank’s and the Peer Group’s average assets, respectively. Taking non-interest operating income into account in comparing the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, HV Bank’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 84.37% was less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 74.11%.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.11

 

Loan loss provisions had a larger impact on the Peer Group’s earnings, with loan loss provisions established by the Bank and the Peer Group equaling 0.01% and 0.14% of average assets, respectively.

Net non-operating gains and losses had a slightly more favorable impact on the Peer Group’s earnings, as the Bank and the Peer Group reported net non-operating gains equal to 0.01% and 0.03% of average assets, respectively. Typically, gains and losses generated from the sale of assets and other non-operating activities are viewed as earnings with a relatively high degree of volatility, particularly to the extent that such gains and losses result from the sale of investments or other assets that are not considered to be part of an institution’s core operations. Extraordinary items were not a factor in either the Bank’s or the Peer Group’s earnings.

Taxes had a slightly larger impact on the Bank’s earnings, as the Bank and the Peer Group posted effective tax rates of 33.85% and 30.05%, respectively. As indicated in the prospectus, the Bank’s effective marginal tax rate is equal to 40.0%.

Loan Composition

Table 3.4 presents data related to the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions (including the investment in mortgage-backed securities). The Bank’s loan portfolio composition reflected a higher concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities combined, compared to the Peer Group (62.35% of assets versus 42.17% for the Peer Group). The Bank’s higher ratio was primarily the result of maintaining a higher concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent, maintaining a higher concentration of mortgage-backed securities. Loans serviced for others equaled 3.63% and 1.60% of the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s assets, respectively, thereby indicating that loan servicing income had a fairly similar impact on the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s respective earnings. Loan servicing intangibles constituted a relatively small balance sheet item for the Peer Group, versus a zero balance of loan servicing intangibles for the Bank.

Overall, diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of lending was more significant for the Peer Group. Commercial real estate loans constituted the most significant type of lending diversification for the Bank and the Peer Group, equaling 6.28% of the Bank’s assets and 19.12% of the Peer Group’s assets. Commercial business loans accounted for the second largest area of lending diversification for the Peer Group amounting to 4.73% of assets, versus 0.31% of assets for the Bank. Based on the Peer Group’s medians, the Peer Group also maintained higher concentrations of construction/land loans and multi-family loans relative to the Bank’s loan portfolio composition. Consumer loans was the second largest area of lending diversification for the Bank, equaling 3.55% of assets and was only area of lending diversification that was more significant for the Bank. In total, construction/land, commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial business and consumer loans comprised 11.99% and 30.56% of the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s assets, respectively. Overall, the Bank’s asset composition provided for a lower risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio of 58.53%, versus a comparable Peer Group ratio of 66.72%.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.12

 

Table 3.4

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of March 31, 2016

 

               Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets                     
               MBS     1-4
Family(1)
    Constr.
& Land
    Multi-
Family
    Comm
RE
    Commerc.
Business
    Consumer     RWA/
Assets
    Serviced
For Others
     Servicing
Assets
 
               (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)      ($000)  

Huntingdon Valley Bank

   PA                      

June 30, 2016

        9.25     53.10     1.75     0.10     6.28     0.31     3.55     58.53   $ 6,603       $ 0   

All Public Companies

                        

Averages

           9.88     32.94     3.68     9.78     18.55     6.06     1.57     69.31   $ 1,372,511       $ 7,857   

Medians

           7.94     31.90     2.67     3.66     17.81     4.62     0.43     70.49   $ 60,324       $ 406   

State of PA

                        

Averages

           18.93     33.95     2.55     3.66     12.43     4.05     4.17     63.90   $ 157,663       $ 573   

Medians

           17.48     38.05     2.55     2.24     13.41     5.29     3.16     67.01   $ 28,051       $ 418   

Comparable Recent Conversions(2)

                     

RNDB

   Randolph Bancorp, Inc.    MA      7.96     54.60     6.87     0.98     16.23     0.47     0.60     63.46   $ 1,065,062       $ 9,041   

Comparable Group

                        

Averages

           9.67     34.47     3.13     3.74     21.81     6.35     1.28     67.67   $ 34,398       $ 268   

Medians

           6.93     35.24     3.20     2.95     19.12     4.73     0.56     66.72   $ 6,659       $ 203   

Comparable Group

                        

BYBK

   Bay Bancorp, Inc.    MD      3.42     36.15     3.64     3.54     34.20     8.63     0.23     86.94   $ 0       $ 0   

EQFN

   Equitable Financial Corp.    NE      0.39     22.19     4.55     4.16     33.51     16.98     1.32     80.92   $ 99,153       $ 676   

HBK

   Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.    MD      13.73     28.65     3.28     0.74     18.10     4.82     1.06     60.35   $ 0       $ 0   

JXSB

   Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.    IL      6.84     18.81     2.67     2.32     23.16     12.15     4.36     70.96   $ 130,172       $ 592   

MSBF

   MSB Financial Corp.    NJ      6.85     49.99     1.98     3.25     13.87     3.04     0.10     66.86   $ 0       $ 0   

PBIP

   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.    PA      21.39     46.67     4.37     0.86     8.48     0.00     0.12     49.08   $ 0       $ 0   

PBSK

   Poage Bankshares, Inc.    KY      7.00     45.61     3.12     1.02     14.27     6.96     4.16     65.91   $ 0       $ 339   

UCBA

   United Community Bancorp    IN      20.39     34.32     1.16     3.03     12.04     1.63     0.82     52.62   $ 65,974       $ 627   

WAYN

   Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.    OH      16.64     41.54     1.35     2.87     20.14     4.64     0.30     66.59   $ 35,364       $ 378   

WBKC

   Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.    MI      0.00     20.79     5.13     15.59     40.34     4.60     0.28     76.45   $ 13,318       $ 66   

 

(1) Includes loans held for sale.
(2) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

Source: SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.13

 

Interest Rate Risk

Table 3.5 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Bank versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, HV Bank’s interest rate risk characteristics were overall considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s measures. Most notably, the Bank’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio and IEA/IBL ratio were below the comparable Peer Group ratios. Comparatively, the Bank maintained a slight advantage with respect to its lower ratio of non-interest earning assets as a percent of assets. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds should serve to provide the Bank with equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios that are more comparable to the Peer Group’s ratios.

To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for HV Bank and the Peer Group. In general, the comparative fluctuations in the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s ratios implied that the interest rate risk associated with the Bank’s net interest margin was slightly greater, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period covered in Table 3.5. The stability of the Bank’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as interest rate sensitive liabilities will be funding a lower portion of HV Bank’s assets and the proceeds will be substantially deployed into interest-earning assets.

Credit Risk

Overall, based on a comparison of credit risk measures, the Bank’s implied credit risk exposure was viewed to be slightly less relative to the Peer Group’s implied credit risk exposure. As shown in Table 3.6, the Bank’s ratios for non-performing/assets and non-performing loans/loans equaled 0.89% and 1.60%, respectively, versus comparable measures of 2.01% and 2.53% for the Peer Group. It should be noted that the measures for non-performing assets and non-performing loans include accruing loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings. The Bank’s and Peer Group’s loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans equaled 32.42% and 52.11%, respectively. Loss reserves maintained as percent of loans receivable equaled 0.52% for the Bank, versus 1.14% for the Peer Group. Net loan charge-offs were a slightly larger factor for the Peer Group, as net loan charge-offs for the Bank and the Peer Group equaled 0.04% and 0.08% of loans, respectively.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.14

 

Table 3.5

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of March 31, 2016

 

          Balance Sheet Measures        
          Tangible
Equity/
Assets
          Non-IEA
Assets/
Assets
    Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income

 

 
            IEA/
IBL
     
                3/31/2016      12/31/2015      9/30/2015      6/30/2015      3/31/2015      12/31/2014  
          (%)     (%)     (%)     (change in net interest income is annualized in basis points)  

Huntingdon Valley Bank

   PA                        

June 30, 2016

        7.1     104.9     4.5     -12         11         23         -1         1         -27   

All Public Companies

        12.4     112.0     4.7     -4         1         3         0         -7         4   

State of

   PA         13.5     109.0     3.8     3         1         1         -6         4         -1   

Comparable Recent Conversions(1)

                       

RNDB

   Randolph Bancorp, Inc.    MA      8.5     104.5     6.2     NA         NA         8         5         -34         4   

Comparable Group

                       

Average

     15.2     114.0     5.1     -11         2         10         0         -16         13   

Median

     14.8     113.4     5.1     -10         4         4         -2         -3         2   

Comparable Group

                       

BYBK

   Bay Bancorp, Inc.    MD      13.9     112.6     4.7     -31         -16         -13         18         -94         79   

EQFN

   Equitable Financial Corp.    NE      15.2     114.0     4.4     -20         -26         38         22         -27         -19   

HBK

   Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.    MD      13.8     110.5     7.5     -29         21         4         -3         11         13   

JXSB

   Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.    IL      14.5     114.0     6.5     7         13         -4         0         9         -6   

MSBF

   MSB Financial Corp.    NJ      20.1     120.3     5.2     18         16         -16         -1         -1         3   

PBIP

   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.    PA      20.9     123.3     3.4     4         -4         15         -14         8         -6   

PBSK

   Poage Bankshares, Inc.    KY      15.6     112.7     6.3     -40         36         15         -15         -41         51   

UCBA

   United Community Bancorp    IN      12.7     108.8     6.3     1         2         4         5         -1         16   

WAYN

   Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.    OH      8.9     105.9     4.9     8         5         4         -3         -4         0   

WBKC

   Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.    MI      15.9     117.8     1.9     -31         -31         50         -7         -18         -6   

NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.

(1) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

Source: SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.15

 

Table 3.6

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of March 31, 2016

 

          REO/
Assets
    NPAs &
90+Del/
Assets (1)
    Adj NPAs &
90+Del/
Assets (3)
    NPLs/
Loans (1)
    Rsrves/
Loans
HFI
    Rsrves/
NPLs (1)
    Rsrves/
NPAs &
90+Del (1)
    Net Loan
Chargeoffs (2)
    NLCs/
Loans
 
          (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  
Huntingdon Valley Bank    PA                   
June 30, 2016         0.06     0.89     0.69     1.60     0.52     32.42     30.12   $ 36        0.04
All Public Companies                      
Averages         0.13     1.23     0.73     1.48     1.07     105.28     96.72   $ 1,784        0.05
Medians         0.06     1.00     0.66     1.21     0.96     84.50     77.42   $ 180        0.03
State of PA                      
Averages         0.05     1.13     0.96     1.68     0.92     132.50     120.52   $ 3,232        0.08
Medians         0.05     0.84     0.61     0.95     0.89     102.68     100.64   $ 802        0.05
Comparable Recent Conversions(3)                      
RNDB    Randolph Bancorp, Inc.    MA      0.12     1.74     0.73     2.22     1.02     43.16     40.41   $ 177        0.06
Comparable Group                      
Averages         0.11     2.25     1.41     2.94     1.29     50.54     45.91   $ 127        0.05
Medians         0.07     2.01     1.33     2.53     1.14     52.11     43.25   $ 188        0.08
Comparable Group                      
BYBK    Bay Bancorp, Inc.    MD      0.32     2.10     1.97     1.48     0.49     32.91     20.07   $ 570        0.14
EQFN    Equitable Financial Corp.    NE      0.10     2.48     1.09     2.88     1.46     50.42     48.48   $ (87     -0.05
HBK    Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.    MD      0.11     1.93     1.40     2.90     0.77     26.40     22.40   $ 428        0.22
JXSB    Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.    IL      0.10     1.24     0.70     1.80     1.53     84.92     78.06   $ 175        0.09
MSBF    MSB Financial Corp.    NJ      0.00     4.38     1.51     5.97     1.34     22.43     22.04   $ 201        0.08
PBIP    Prudential Bancorp, Inc.    PA      0.00     3.27     2.82     5.40     0.93     17.31     17.31   $ (15     0.00
PBSK    Poage Bankshares, Inc.    KY      0.38     1.29     1.26     1.21     0.65     53.81     38.02   $ 676        0.21
UCBA    United Community Bancorp    IN      0.04     1.19     0.74     2.17     1.83     84.24     81.39   $ 106        0.04
WAYN    Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.    OH      0.01     1.09     0.46     1.53     0.90     58.46     57.92   $ 453        0.16
WBKC    Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.    MI      0.05     3.54     2.18     4.02     3.01     74.47     73.40   $ (1,238     -0.40

 

(1) Includes TDRs for the Company and the Peer Group.
(2) Net loan chargeoffs are shown on a last twelve month basis.
(3) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

Source: SNL Financial, LC and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.16

 

Summary

Based on the above analysis, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of the Bank. Such general characteristics as asset size, capital position, interest-earning asset composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint. Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.1

 

IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS

Introduction

This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Bank’s conversion transaction.

Appraisal Guidelines

The federal regulatory appraisal guidelines required by the FRB, the FDIC and state banking agencies specify the pro forma market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of a converting thrift. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.

The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Bank’s to-be-issued stock. Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in HV Bank’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor HV Bank’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks; and (4) monitor


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.2

 

pending conversion offerings (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally. If material changes should occur during the conversion process, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.

The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Bank and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including HV Bank’s value, or HV Bank’s value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Bank’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.

Valuation Analysis

A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Bank and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Bank relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, market for thrift issues, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Company coming to market at this time.

 

1. Financial Condition

The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition, credit quality and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s financial strengths are noted as follows:

 

   

Overall A/L Composition . In comparison to the Peer Group, the Bank’s interest-earning asset composition showed a higher concentration of cash and investments and a lower concentration of loans. Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.3

 

 

types of loans was more significant for the Peer Group. Overall, in comparison to the Peer Group, the Bank’s interest-earning asset composition provided for a lower yield earned on interest-earning assets and a lower risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio. HV Bank’s funding composition reflected a similar level of deposits and a higher level of borrowings funding assets relative to the Peer Group’s ratios, which translated into a lower cost of funds for the Bank. Overall, as a percent of assets, the Bank maintained a similar level of interest-earning assets and a higher level of interest-bearing liabilities compared to the Peer Group’s ratios, which resulted in a lower IEA/IBL ratio for the Bank. After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Bank’s IEA/IBL ratio should be more comparable to the Peer Group’s ratio. On balance, RP Financial concluded that asset/liability composition was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

    Credit Quality. The Bank’s ratios for non-performing assets as a percent of assets and non-performing loans as a percent of loans were lower than the comparable ratios for the Peer Group. In comparison to the Peer Group, loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans and loans were lower for the Bank. Net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans were similar for the Bank and the Peer Group. The Bank’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was lower than the Peer Group’s ratio. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit quality was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

    Balance Sheet Liquidity . The Bank operated with a higher level of cash and investment securities relative to the Peer Group (30.6% of assets versus 22.6% for the Peer Group). Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Bank’s cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as the net proceeds realized from the stock offering will be initially deployed into cash and investments. The Bank’s future borrowing capacity was considered to be slightly less than the Peer Group’s borrowing capacity, based on the Bank’s comparatively higher level of borrowings currently funding assets. Overall, RP Financial concluded that balance sheet liquidity was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

    Funding Liabilities . The Bank’s interest-bearing funding composition reflected a higher similar concentration of deposits and a slightly higher concentration of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios, which translated into a lower cost of funds for the Bank. Total interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets were higher for the Bank which was attributable to HV Bank’s lower capital position. Following the stock offering, the increase in the Bank’s capital position will reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding the Bank’s assets to a ratio that is more comparable to the Peer Group’s ratio. Overall, RP Financial concluded that funding liabilities were a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

    Capital . The Bank currently operates with a lower tangible equity-to-assets ratio than the Peer Group. However, following the stock offering, HV Bank’s pro forma capital position will be more comparable to the Peer Group’s equity-to-assets ratio. The increase in the Bank’s pro forma capital position will result in greater leverage potential and reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities utilized to fund assets. At the same time, the Bank’s more significant capital surplus will likely result in a lower ROE. On balance, RP Financial concluded that capital strength was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

On balance, HV Bank’s pro forma balance sheet strength was considered to be similar to the Peer Group’s balance sheet strength and, thus, no adjustment was applied for the Bank’s financial condition.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.4

 

2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.

 

    Reported Earnings . The Bank’s reported earnings were higher than the Peer Group’s on a ROAA basis (0.62% of average assets versus 0.43% of average assets for the Peer Group), which was attributable to the Bank’s significantly higher level of non-interest operating income and lower level of loan loss provisions. The earnings advantages maintained by the Bank were somewhat offset by the Peer Group’s higher net interest income ratio and lower operating expenses. Notably, the Bank’s earnings advantage with respect to non-interest operating income was attributable to revenues derived from its mortgage banking operations, which tend to be subject to greater volatility relative to revenues derived from net interest income and other sources of non-interest operating income such as customer service charges and fees. Reinvestment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets will serve to increase the Bank’s earnings, with the benefit of reinvesting proceeds expected to be somewhat offset by higher operating expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company and the implementation of stock benefit plans. Overall, the Bank’s reported earnings were considered to be comparable to the Peer Group’s reported earnings and, thus, RP Financial concluded that this was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Core Earnings . Net interest income, operating expenses, non-interest operating income and loan loss provisions were reviewed in assessing the relative strengths and weaknesses of the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s core earnings. In these measures, the Bank operated with a lower net interest income ratio, a higher operating expense ratio and a higher level of non-interest operating income. The Bank’s lower net interest income ratio and higher operating expense ratio translated into a lower expense coverage ratio in comparison to the Peer Group’s ratio (equal to 0.55x versus 1.15x for the Peer Group). Similarly, the Bank’s efficiency ratio of 84.37% was less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 74.11%. Loan loss provisions had a slightly larger impact on the Peer Group’s earnings. Overall, these measures, as well as the expected earnings benefits the Bank should realize from the redeployment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets and leveraging of post-conversion capital, which will be somewhat negated by expenses associated with the stock benefit plans and operating as a publicly-traded company, indicate that the Bank’s pro forma core earnings will remain less favorable than the Peer Group’s core earnings. Therefore, RP Financial concluded that this was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

   

Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios indicated a slightly greater degree of volatility was associated with the Bank’s net interest margin. Measures of balance sheet interest rate risk, such as capital and IEA/IBL asset ratios were more favorable for the Peer


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.5

 

 

Group and were slightly negated by the slightly lower level of non-interest earning assets maintained by the Bank. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Bank with equity-to-assets and IEA/ILB ratios that are comparable to the Peer Group ratios, as well as enhance the stability of the Bank’s net interest margin. Accordingly, on balance, this was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Credit Risk . Loan loss provisions were a less significant factor in the Bank’s earnings (0.01% of average assets versus 0.14% of average assets for the Peer Group). In terms of future exposure to credit quality related losses, lending diversification into higher risk types of loans was more significant for the Peer Group. The Bank’s credit quality measures generally implied a similar degree of credit risk exposure relative to the comparable credit quality measures indicated for the Peer Group, as the Bank’s lower ratios for non-performing assets and non-performing loans were viewed to be offset by the Peer Group’s higher reserve coverage ratios. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit risk was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Earnings Growth Potential . Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential. First, the Peer Group maintained a higher interest rate spread than the Bank, which would tend to continue to provide the Peer Group with a higher net interest income ratio going forward. Second, the infusion of stock proceeds will provide the Bank with similar growth potential through leverage as currently maintained by the Peer Group. Third, the Bank’s higher ratios of non-interest operating income and operating expenses were viewed as respective advantages and disadvantages to sustain earnings growth during periods when net interest margins come under pressure as the result of adverse changes in interest rates. At the same time, given the significant influence of the Bank’s mortgage banking operations on earnings, the Bank’s earnings growth potential is also viewed subject to a greater degree of volatility compared to the volatility associated with the Peer Group’s earnings growth potential. Overall, earnings growth potential was considered to be a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Return on Equity . Currently, the Bank’s core ROE is slightly higher than the Peer Group’s core ROE. As the result of the increase in capital that will be realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds into the Bank’s equity, the Bank’s pro forma return equity on a core earnings basis will be comparable to the Peer Group’s core ROE. Accordingly, this was a neutral factor in the adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

On balance, HV Bank’s pro forma core earnings strength was considered to be slightly less favorable than the Peer Group’s and, thus, a slight downward adjustment was applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

3. Asset Growth

Comparative twelve-month asset growth rates for the Bank and the Peer Group showed an 8.80% increase in the Bank’s assets, versus a 4.59% increase in the Peer Group’s assets. Asset growth for the Bank was sustained by an 18.62% increase in loans, which was partially


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.6

 

funded with cash and investments. Approximately 45% of the Bank’s loan growth was attributable to an increase in the balance loan held for sale, which are subject to fluctuation based on the timing of loan sales. Similarly, the Peer Group’s asset growth was sustained by a 10.44% increase in loans, which was supplemented with a 3.53% increase in cash and investments. Overall, the Bank’s recent asset growth trends would tend to be viewed fairly comparable to the Peer Group’s asset growth trends in terms of supporting future earnings growth. On a pro forma basis, the Bank’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will be comparable to the Peer Group’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio, providing the Bank with similar leverage capacity as maintained by the Peer Group. On balance, no adjustment was applied for asset growth.

4. Primary Market Area

The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. The Bank’s primary market area is the Philadelphia metropolitan area, where it maintains four full service branch offices and one limited service branch office in the counties of Montgomery, Bucks and Philadelphia. The Bank maintains its largest presence in Montgomery County, where it maintains its administrative office and two branch offices. Montgomery County is an affluent suburb of Philadelphia, with relatively favorable demographic and economic characteristics. The favorable demographic and economic characteristics of the Bank’s market area has also fostered a highly competitive banking environment, in which the Bank competes against other community banks as well as institutions with a regional or national presence.

The Peer Group companies generally operate in markets with slightly slower population growth rates, less densely populated markets and lower per capita income compared to Montgomery County. The respective average and median deposit market shares maintained by the Peer Group companies were well above the Bank’s market share of deposits in Montgomery County. Overall, the degree of competition faced by the Peer Group companies was viewed to be less compared to the Bank’s competitive environment and the growth potential in the markets served by the Peer Group companies was viewed to be less favorable compared to the growth potential offered by Bank’s primary market area. Summary demographic and deposit market share data for the Bank and the Peer Group companies primary market area counties is provided in Exhibit III-4. As shown in Table 4.1, June 2016 unemployment rates for the markets served by the Peer Group companies were, on average, higher than the comparable unemployment rate for Montgomery County. On balance, we concluded that a slight upward adjustment was appropriate for the Bank’s market area.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.7

 

Table 4.1

Market Area Unemployment Rates

HV Bank and the Peer Group Companies(1)

 

     County    June 2016
Unemployment
 

HV Bank - PA

   Montgomery      4.2
   Philadelphia MSA      5.2   

Peer Group Average

        4.9   

Peer Group

     

Bay Bancorp, Inc. – MD

   Howard      3.5   

Equitable Financial Corp. – NE

   Hall      3.5   

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc. – MD

   Baltimore      4.8   

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. – IL

   Morgan      4.7   

MSB Financial Corp. – NJ

   Morris      3.9   

Poage Bankshares, Inc. – KY

   Boyd      8.3   

Prudential Bancorp, Inc. – PA

   Philadelphia      6.9   

United Community Bancorp – IN

   Dearborn      4.8   

Wayne Savings Bancshares – OH

   Wayne      4.0   

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. – MI

   Midland      4.3   

 

(1) Unemployment rates are not seasonally adjusted.

Source: SNL Financial.

5. Dividends

At this time the Company has not established a dividend policy. Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.

Six out of the ten Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 0.84% to 3.93%. The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions equaled 1.23% as of August 5, 2016. Comparatively, as of August 5, 2016, the average dividend yield on the stocks of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts equaled 1.72%. The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.

While the Bank has not established a definitive dividend policy prior to converting, the Bank will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Peer Group’s average dividend yield based on pro forma earnings and capitalization. On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for this factor.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.8

 

6. Liquidity of the Shares

The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All ten of the Peer Group members trade on the NASDAQ. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $29.6 million to $115.0 million as of August 5, 2016, with average and median market values of $59.7 million and $54.9 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding of the Peer Group companies ranged from 10.9 million to 1.8 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 4.7 million and 3.6 million, respectively. The Company’s stock offering is expected to have a pro forma market value and shares outstanding that will be somewhat below the comparable Peer Group averages and medians. Following the stock offering, the Bank’s stock will be traded on NASDAQ. Overall, we anticipate that the Company’s stock will have a less liquid trading market compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies on average and, therefore, concluded a slight downward adjustment was necessary for this factor.

7. Marketing of the Issue

We believe that three separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as HV Bank: (1) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (2) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history; and (3) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in Pennsylvania. All three of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Bank’s to-be-issued stock.

A. The Public Market

The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.9

 

issues and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays various stock price indices as of August 5, 2016.

In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters. The Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) tumbled more than 1,000 points or 6.2% during the first week of trading in 2016, as fresh concerns about China’s economy and a steep decline in oil prices rattled stock markets worldwide. Investor anxiety over the global economy and further declines in oil prices continued to weigh on stocks through most of January, although stocks rebounded at the end of January with higher oil prices and the Bank of Japan’s surprise decision to shift to negative interest rates contributing to gains in the broader stock market. Overall, the DJIA was down 5.5% for the month of January. Stocks closed lower during the first week of February, as investors reacted to oil falling below $30 a barrel and January employment data showing a slowdown in job growth. The broader stock market traded lower heading into mid-February 2016, as investors reacted to the January employment report which showed a slowdown in job growth. A strong retail sales report for January and a jump in oil prices contributed to stocks rallying in mid-February. The positive trend in the broader stock market continued through the second half of February, with the DJIA closing up 0.3% for the month of February. Signs of an improving U.S. economy helped stocks surge to their highest level in two months, in which the late-February rally was led by financial and technology shares. Strong job gains reflected in the February employment report sustained the positive trend in the boarder stock market, as the DJIA posted its third consecutive weekly gain during the first week of March. Higher oil prices and a rebound in energy shares extended the stock market rally into mid-March, with the DJIA moving into positive territory for the year following its fifth consecutive week of gains. After settling into a narrow trading range in the closing weeks of the first quarter, the DJIA closed up 1.5% for the first quarter of 2016. Noted factors contributing to the stock market gains in the first quarter included a recovery in oil prices, data showing a stable U.S. economy and reassuring comments from the Federal Reserve that it would take a slow path for future interest rate increases.

Stocks traded in a narrow range during the first couple weeks of the second quarter of 2016, as investors turned cautious at the start of the first quarter earnings season that was expected to show a decline in corporate profits. Bank stocks contributed to stock market gains in mid-April with the DJIA closing above 18000 for the first time since July 20, 2015, as first quarter earnings reports posted by some of the large banks came in above lowered expectations. The


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.10

 

broader stock market traded in a narrow range heading into the last week of April, as investors turned cautious ahead of the late-April meeting of the Federal Reserve. The broader stock market trended lower in late-April 2016, as investors reacted to weak first quarter GDP growth and the Bank of Japan’s decision not to launch additional stimulus measures. Fresh worries about a slowing global economy and lower oil prices extended the downturn in stocks during the first week of May, as U.S. stock indexes fell for a second consecutive week. Volatility prevailed in the broader stock market heading into mid-May. Energy shares led the stock market higher as crude oil prices hit a new high for 2016, while consumer-focused companies led indexes lower following weak earnings reports posted by some of the large retailers. The DJIA traded down for three consecutive sessions at the start of the second half of May, as a handful of upbeat economic data releases and comments from Federal Reserve officials raised the possibility of a June rate increase. Technology and financial stocks led a rebound in stock market in late-May, as strong housing data, rising oil prices and growing investor confidence that higher interest rates would not undermine stock prices combined to lift major U.S. stock indexes. The positive trend in the broader stock market continued through the last full trading week of May, with major U.S. stock indexes matching their biggest weekly gains in months. Comments by Federal Reserve Chairwoman Janet Yellen reiterating that Federal Reserve policymakers were looking at a possible rate increase at its June or July meeting served to trim May stock market gains at the close of the month. During the first two weeks of June, the broader stock market seesawed in a narrow range. Weak job growth reflected in the May employment report pulled stocks lower at the start of June, which was followed by a stock market rebound led by a rally in energy stocks as oil approached $50 a barrel. Volatility prevailed in the broader stock market during the second half of June, with Britain’s late-June vote on whether to exit the European Union (“Brexit”) impacting global stock markets. Stocks traded higher ahead of the Brexit vote and then plunged sharply lower, as the shock from Britain’s vote to leave the European Union swept across global stock markets. Stocks rebounded to close out the month of June, led by the sectors that were hit hardest by the Brexit vote.

The rally in the broader stock market continued at the start of July 2016, with the stronger-than-expected job growth reflected in the June employment report propelling the S&P 500 to a record high close. Stocks continued to trend higher going in the second half of July, as a string of economic data releases that showed improvement in home building, retail sales and job creation helped to propel the DJIA higher for nine consecutive sessions. Following the extended rally, the DJIA closed lower for seven consecutive sessions going into early-August. A decline in


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.11

 

oil prices amid concerns of a glut in the supply of oil and weaker-than-expected second quarter GDP growth were factors that contributed to the downturn in the broader stock market. A rally in energy and financial shares helped to snap the seven day losing streak in the DJIA ahead of the July employment report. Better-than-expected job growth reflected in the July employment report fueled a rally in the broader stock market to close out the first week of trading in August. On August 5, 2016, the DJIA closed at 18543.53, an increase of 6.7% from one year ago and an increase of 6.4% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ Composite Index closed at 5221.12, an increase of 3.5% from one year ago and an increase of 4.3% year-to-date. The S&P 500 closed at 2182.87 on August 5, 2016, an increase of 5.1% from one year ago and an increase of 6.8% year-to-date.

The market for thrift stocks has also experienced varied trends in recent quarters. Thrift shares participated in the broader stock market sell-off during the first week of 2016, while a weak retail sales report for December and other signs of a slowing U.S. economy furthered the downward trend in thrift prices going into the second half of January. The sell-off in financial shares tended to more significant among institutions with lending exposure to the energy sector and international markets. Thrift stocks rebounded with the broader stock market at the close of January, which was followed by a pullback during first week of February amid disappointing economic reports for January manufacturing activity and January job growth. Disappointing job growth reported in the January employment data pulled thrift shares lower going into mid-February 2016, which was followed by a rebound as investors favored beaten down financial shares following the release of a strong retail sales report for January. A strong durable-goods report for January contributed to further gains in the thrift sector heading into late-February. Financial and technology shares led the broader stock higher at the start of March, as stocks rallied on signs of an improving U.S. economy. The advance in thrift shares continued through the first full week of March, as strong job gains reflected in the February employment data served to further ease recession worries. Thrift stocks continued to edge higher through the end of March, as most sectors traded higher after the Federal Reserve signaled a more gradual pace of interest rate increases.

Financial shares traded lower at the start of the second quarter of 2016, as investors anticipated a decline in first quarter profitability for the banking sector. Better-than-expected first quarter earnings reports posted by some of the money center banks contributed to a mid-April rebound for bank and thrift stocks in general. Thrift stocks advanced ahead of the late-April policy meeting of the Federal Reserve, which was followed by a downturn in thrift shares at the close of April and into the first week of May. The pullback in financial shares was fueled by


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.12

 

growing expectations that the Federal Reserve was not in a hurry to raise interest rates, based on economic data that showed a slowdown in first quarter GDP growth and a decline in April job growth. Thrift shares seesawed along with the broader stock market heading into mid-May, initially rallying with a rebound in oil prices followed by a pullback as some favorable economic reports spurred increased expectations that the Federal Reserve could move to increase interest rates at its next meeting in June. Financial shares outpaced the broader stock market going into the second half of May, as minutes from the Federal Reserve’s April meeting suggested that a June interest rate increase was a possibility. A surge in April new home sales added to gains in the banking sector heading into late-May. Financial shares led the market lower in early-June and then settled into narrow trading range heading into mid-June, as the weak jobs report for May dimmed expectation that the Federal Reserve would move to lift interest rates this summer. Going into the second half June, thrift shares paralleled trends in the broader stock market. After trending higher ahead of the Brexit vote, financial shares were among the hardest hit sectors on Britain’s surprising vote to exit the European Union. Also, similar to the broader stock market, thrift shares rallied at the close of the second quarter.

The positive trend for thrift stocks continued at the start of July, with the strong jobs report fueling additional gains for the thrift sector. Some stronger-than-expected second quarter earnings reports coming out of the banking sector, along with favorable data on the U.S. economy, helped to sustain the positive trend in thrift shares going into the second half of July. Financial shares traded in a narrow range to closeout July and into early-August, as the Federal Reserve concluded its late-July policy meeting with no change in its target interest rate as expected. Financial shares posted healthy gains on the heels of the favorable jobs report for July, as the S&P 500’s financial sector moved into positive territory for the first time in 2016. On August 5, 2016, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 812.1, a decrease of 2.4% from one year ago and a decrease of 1.0% year-to-date.

B. The New Issue Market

In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Bank’s pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates,


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.13

 

stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.

As shown in Table 4.2, two standard conversions, two second-step conversions and one first-step MHC offering have been completed during the past three months. For purposes of our analysis, the standard conversion offerings are considered to be more relevant for HV Bank’s pro forma pricing. The average closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio of the two recent standard conversion offerings equaled 68.7%. On average, the two standard conversion offerings reflected price appreciation of 15.9% after the first week of trading. As of August 5, 2016, the two recent standard conversion offerings reflected an 18.5% increase in their stock price on average.

Shown in Table 4.3 are the current pricing ratios for the three fully-converted offerings completed during the past three months that trade on NASDAQ, two of which were second-step offerings. The current average and median P/TB ratios of the fully-converted recent conversions equaled 82.65% and 78.73%, respectively, based on closing stock prices as of August 5, 2016.

C. The Acquisition Market

Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on the Bank’s pro forma market value of acquisition activity for thrift institutions operating in Pennsylvania. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were eleven acquisitions of thrifts headquartered in Pennsylvania completed from the beginning of 2013 through August 5, 2016 and there are currently two acquisitions pending for thrifts based in Pennsylvania. The recent acquisition activity involving Pennsylvania savings institutions may imply a certain degree of acquisition speculation for the Bank’s stock. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Bank’s offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as the Bank’s market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence HV Bank’s stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in HV Bank’s stock would tend to be less compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.

* * * * * * * * * * *


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.14

 

Table 4.2

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Conversions Completed the Last Three Months

 

Institutional Information   Pre-Conversion Data     Offering Information     Contribution to
Char. Found.
    Insider Purchases           Pro Forma Data           Post-IPO Pricing Trends  
    Financial Info.     Asset Quality       Form     % of
Public Off.
Inc. Fdn.
(%)
    % Off Incl. Fdn.+Merger Shares           Pricing Ratios(2)(5)     Financial
Charac.
          Closing Price:  
    Assets
($Mil)
    Equity/
Assets
(%)
    NPAs/
Assets
(%)
    Res.
Cov.
(%)
    Excluding Foundation         Benefit Plans     Mgmt &

Dirs.
(%)(1)

    Initial
Div.
Yield
(%)
                                              First
Trainging
Day
($)
    %
Chge
(%)
    After
First
Week(3)
($)
    %
Chge
(%)
    After
First
Week(3)
(%)
    %
Chge
(%)
    Thru
8/5/2016
($)
    %
Chge
(%)
 

Institution

 

Conversion

Date

 

Ticker

          Gross
Proc.
($Mil)
    %
Offer
(%)
    % of
Mid.
(%)
    Exp./
Proc.
(%)
        ESOP
(%)
    Recog.
Plans
(%)
    Stk
Option
(%)
        P/TB
(%)
    Core
P/E
(x)
    P/A
(%)
    Core
ROA
(%)
    TE/A
(%)
    Core
ROE
(%)
    IPO
Price
($)
                 
Standard Conversions                                                            

Randolph Bancorp, Inc – MA*

Best Hometown Bancorp,

Inc. – IL

 

7/1/16 RNDB-NASDAQ

6/30/16 BTHT-OTC Pink

  $

$

432

100

  

  

   

 

7.71

6.81


   

 

0.53

0.90


   

 

159

447


  $

$

56.9

8.3

  

  

   

 

97

100


   

 

132

127


   

 

3.2

14.9


   

 

C/S

N.A.

  

  

   

 

$455K/3.10%

N.A.

  

  

   

 

8.0%

8.0%

  

  

   

 

4.0%

4.0%

  

  

   

 

10.0%

10.0%

  

  

   

 

5.0%

7.8%

  

  

   

 

0.00%

0.00%

  

  

   

 

72.4%

65.0%

  

  

   

 

143.2x

NM

  

  

   

 

12.2%

7.8%

  

  

   

 

0.1%

-0.6%

  

  

   

 

16.9%

12.0%

  

  

   

 

0.5%

-5.0%

  

  

   

 

$10.00

$10.00

  

  

   

 

$12.18

$11.00

  

  

   

 

21.8%

10.0%

  

  

   

 

$12.27

$10.90

  

  

   

 

22.7%

9.0%

  

  

   

 

$12.76

$10.80

  

  

   

 

27.6%

8.0%

  

  

   

 

$12.79

$10.90

  

  

   

 

27.9%

9.0%

  

  

Averages - Standard

Conversions:

  $ 266        7.26     0.72     303   $ 32.6        98     130     9.0     N.A.        N.A.        8.0%        4.0%        10.0%        6.4%        0.00%        68.7%        143.2x        10.0%        -0.3%        14.4%        -2.2%        $10.00        $11.59        15.9%        $11.59        15.9%        $11.78        17.8%        $11.84        18.5%   

Medians - Standard

Conversions:

  $ 266        7.26     0.72     303   $ 32.6        98     130     9.0     N.A.        N.A.        8.0%        4.0%        10.0%        6.4%        0.00%        68.7%        143.2x        10.0%        -0.3%        14.4%        -2.2%        $10.00        $11.59        15.9%        $11.59        15.9%        $11.78        17.8%        $11.84        18.5%   

Second Step Conversions

                                                           

WCF Bancorp,Inc. – IA

Fairport Savings

Bank – MA*

 

7/14/16 WCFB-NASDAQ

7/14/16 FSBC-NASDAQ

  $

$

114

258

  

  

   

 

13.18

8.56


   

 

0.80

0.05


   

 

56

626


  $

$

17.1

10.3

  

  

   

 

83

53


   

 

132

115


   

 

7.3

11.0


   

 

N.A.

N.A.

  

  

   

 

N.A.

N.A.

  

  

   

 

8.0%

0.0%

  

  

   

 

4.0%

0.0%

  

  

   

 

10.0%

0.0%

  

  

   

 

0.4%

2.9%

  

  

   

 

0.00%

0.00%

  

  

   

 

71.3%

63.7%

  

  

   

 

54.9x

62.8x

  

  

   

 

16.1%

7.3%

  

  

   

 

0.3%

0.1%

  

  

   

 

22.5%

11.5%

  

  

   

 

0.8%

1.0%

  

  

   

 

$8.00

$10.00

  

  

   

 

$8.79

$12.23

  

  

   

 

9.9%

22.3%

  

  

   

 

$8.62

$12.76

  

  

   

 

7.7%

27.6%

  

  

   

 

$8.59

$12.40

  

  

   

 

7.4%

24.0%

  

  

   

 

$8.60

$12.40

  

  

   

 

7.5%

24.0%

  

  

Averages - Second Step

Conversions:

  $ 186        10.87     0.43     341   $ 13.7        68     123     9.2     N.A.        N.A.        4.0%        2.0%        5.0%        1.7%        0.00%        67.5%        58.8x        11.7%        0.2%        17.0%        0.9%        $9.00        $10.51        16.1%        $10.69        17.7%        $10.50        15.7%        $10.50        15.8%   

Medians - Second Step

Conversions:

  $ 186        10.87     0.43     341   $ 13.7        68     123     9.2     N.A.        N.A.        4.0%        2.0%        5.0%        1.7%        0.00%        67.5%        58.8x        11.7%        0.2%        17.0%        0.9%        $9.00        $10.51        16.1%        $10.69        17.7%        $10.50        15.7%        $10.50        15.8%   

Mutual Holding Companies

                                                           

HarborOne Mutual

Bancshares – MA*

  6/30/16 HONE-NASDAQ   $ 2,245        8.54     1.32     50   $ 144.5        45     132     2.7     C/S        $964K/2.67%        8.0%        4.0%        10.0%        2.3%        0.00%        106.4%        76.9x        13.6%        0.2%        12.7%        1.4%        $10.00        $10.00        0.0%        $12.69        26.9%        $13.40        34.0%        $14.07        40.7%   

Averages - MHC

Conversions:

  $ 2,245        8.54     1.32     50   $ 144.5        45     132     2.7     N.A.        N.A.        8.0%        4.0%        10.0%        2.3%        0.00%        106.4%        76.9x        13.6%        0.2%        12.7%        1.4%        $10.00        $10.00        0.0%        $12.69        26.9%        $13.40        34.0%        $14.07        40.7%   

Medians -  MHC

Conversions:

  $ 2,245        8.54     1.32     50   $ 144.5        45     132     2.7     N.A.        N.A.        8.0%        4.0%        10.0%        2.3%        0.00%        106.4%        76.9x        13.6%        0.2%        12.7%        1.4%        $10.00        $10.00        0.0%        $12.69        26.9%        $13.40        34.0%        $14.07        40.7%   

Averages -  All

Conversions:

  $ 630        8.96     0.72     268   $ 47.4        76     128     7.8     N.A.        N.A.        6.4%        3.2%        8.0%        3.7%        0.00%        75.8%        96.2x        11.4%        0.0%        15.1%        -0.3%        $9.60        $10.84        12.8%        $11.45        18.8%        $11.59        20.2%        $11.75        21.8%   

Medians -  All

Conversions:

  $ 266        8.54     0.72     303   $ 32.6        68     130     9.0     N.A.        N.A.        8.0%        4.0%        10.0%        2.3%        0.00%        68.7%        76.9x        11.7%        0.2%        14.4%        0.9%        $10.00        $10.51        15.9%        $11.59        17.7%        $11.78        17.8%        $11.84        18.5%   

 

Note: *- Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD = RP Fin. Did the business plan, "NT" - Not Traded; "NA" - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.

(1)    As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.

(2)    Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.

(3)    Latest price if offering is less than one week old.

(4)    Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.

 

(5)    Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.

(6)    Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.

(7)    Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.

(8)    Former credit union.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.15

 

Table 4.3

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

As of August 5, 2016

 

              Market
Capitalization
   

 

Per Share Data

   

 

Pricing Ratios(2)

   

 

Dividends(3)

    Financial Characteristics(5)  
                Core
12 Month
EPS(1)
    Book
Value/
Share
      Amount/
Share
    Yield     Payout
Ratio(4)
    Total
Assets
    Equity/
Assets
    Tang. Eq./
T. Assets
    NPAs/
Assets
    Reported     Core  
              Price/
Share
    Market
Value
        P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core                   ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE  
              ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)  

All Non-MHC Public Companies(6 )

                                       

Averages

  $ 17.67      $ 474.57      $ 1.01      $ 15.52        18.26x        110.61     13.82     119.47     18.05x      $ 0.30        1.72     47.88   $ 3,334        12.83     12.16     1.27     0.69     5.91     0.71     5.91

Median

  $ 14.69      $ 113.94      $ 0.73      $ 13.84        17.48x        106.86     13.27     115.16     17.95x      $ 0.24        1.64     35.25   $ 932        11.89     11.39     1.06     0.62     5.35     0.72     5.51

Comparable Group

                                       

Averages

  $ 11.26      $ 40.39      $ 0.13      $ 13.81        NA        81.25     13.97     82.65     NA      $ 0.07        0.78     108.13   $ 292        17.01     16.96     0.71     0.16     1.44     0.20     1.66

Medians

  $ 12.40      $ 24.08      $ 0.15      $ 13.91        NA        78.73     15.61     78.73     NA      $ 0.00        0.00     108.13   $ 266        16.99     16.89     0.71     0.20     1.57     0.17     1.99

Comparable Group

                                       

FSBC

   FSB Bancorp, Inc.    NY   $ 12.40      $ 24.08      $ 0.16      $ 15.75        NM        78.73     9.02     78.73     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     NM      $ 266        11.46     11.46     0.05     0.20     2.28     0.17     1.99

RNDB

   Randolph Bancorp, Inc.    MA   $ 12.79      $ 75.06      $ 0.07      $ 13.91        NM        91.91     15.61     92.52     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     NM      $ 481        16.99     16.89     1.36     0.08     0.46     0.09     0.50

WCFB

   WCF Bancorp, Inc.    IA   $ 8.60      $ 22.04      $ 0.15      $ 11.76        NM        73.11     17.27     76.69     NM      $ 0.20        2.34     108.13   $ 128        22.58     22.52     NA        0.21     1.57     0.33     2.50

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35%.
(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.
(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.16

 

In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for thrift conversions and the local acquisition market for thrift stocks. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that no adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.

8. Management

The Bank’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Bank’s operations. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Bank’s Board of Directors and senior management. While the Company does not have the resources to develop a great deal of management depth, given its asset size and the impact it would have on operating expenses, management and the Board have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Bank’s present organizational structure. The Bank currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant.

Similarly, the returns, equity positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies. Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.

9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

In summary, as a fully-converted, FDIC insured institution, HV Bank will be operating in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members — all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions. Exhibit IV-6 reflects HV Bank’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios. On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.17

 

Summary of Adjustments

Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Bank’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:

 

 

Key Valuation Parameters:

  

Valuation Adjustment

  Financial Condition    No Adjustment
  Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings    Slight Downward
  Asset Growth    No Adjustment
  Primary Market Area    Slight Upward
  Dividends    No Adjustment
  Liquidity of the Shares    Slight Downward
  Marketing of the Issue    No Adjustment
  Management    No Adjustment
  Effect of Government Regulations and Regulatory Reform    No Adjustment

Valuation Approach

In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the FDIC, the FRB and the Department, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Bank’s to-be-issued stock – price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches – all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Bank’s prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions and expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8).

In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.

RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:

 

    P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock and the P/E approach was carefully considered in this valuation. At the same time, since reported earnings may include certain non-recurring items, we also reviewed reported earnings for adjustments to arrive at core earnings estimates for the Bank and the Peer Group and resulting price/core earnings ratios.

 

    P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a useful indicator of pro forma value, taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.18

 

    P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.

The Company will adopt “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”), which will cause earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of the adoption of ASC 718-40 in the valuation.

Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, which takes into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above, RP Financial concluded that, as of August 5, 2016, the pro forma market value of HV Bank’s conversion stock was $16,500,000 at the midpoint, equal to 1,650,000 shares at $10.00 per share.

1. Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Bank’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The Bank’s reported earnings equaled $1.026 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016. In deriving HV Bank’s core earnings, the only adjustment made to reported earnings was to eliminate the gain on sale of securities equal to $21,000. As shown below, on a tax effected basis, assuming an effective marginal tax rate of 40.0% applied to pre-tax earnings, the Bank’s core earnings were determined to equal $1.013 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016.

 

     Amount  
     ($000)  

Net income before tax

   $ 1,026   

Deduct: Gain on sale of investment securities(1)

     (13
  

 

 

 

Core earnings estimate

   $ 1,013   

 

(1) Tax effected at 40.0%.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.19

 

Based on the Bank’s reported and estimated core earnings and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Bank’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $16.5 million midpoint value equaled 18.00 times and 18.26 times, respectively, which provided for discounts of 18.52% and 16.35% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples of 22.09 times and 21.83 times, respectively (see Table 4.4). In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples which equaled 18.81 times and 19.31 times, respectively, the Bank’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the midpoint value indicated discounts of 4.31% and 5.44%, respectively. The Bank’s pro forma P/E ratios based on reported earnings at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 15.05x and 24.71x, respectively, and based on core earnings at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 15.26x and 25.08x, respectively.

2. Price-to-Book (“P/B”) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Bank’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, as derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Bank’s pro forma book value. Based on the $16.5 million midpoint valuation, the Bank’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 62.85%. In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 91.89% and 94.99%, respectively, the Bank’s ratios reflected a discount of 31.60% on a P/B basis and a discount of 33.84% on a P/TB basis. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 89.87% and 93.80%, respectively, the Bank’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 30.07% and 33.00%, respectively. At the top of the super range, the Bank’s P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 70.67%. In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Bank’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 23.09% and 25.60%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Bank’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 21.36% and 24.66%, respectively. RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable, given the nature of the calculation of the P/B ratio which mathematically results in a ratio discounted to book value.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.20

 

Table 4.4

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

Huntingdon Valley Bank

As of August 5, 2016

 

              Market
Capitalization
   

 

Per Share Data

   

 

Pricing Ratios(2)

   

 

Dividends(3)

    Financial Characteristics(5)  
                Core
12 Month
EPS(1)
    Book
Value/
Share
      Amount/
Share
    Yield     Payout
Ratio(4)
    Total
Assets
    Comm Eq/
Assets
    Comm T. Eq./
Assets
    NPAs/
Assets
    Reported     Core  
              Price/
Share
    Market
Value
        P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core                   ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE  
              ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)  

Huntingdon Valley Bank

   PA                                        

Supermaximum

     $ 10.00      $ 21.82      $ 0.40      $ 14.15        24.71x        70.67     10.91     70.67     25.08x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 200        15.44     15.44     0.81     0.44     2.86     0.44     2.82

Maximum

     $ 10.00      $ 18.98      $ 0.47      $ 14.97        21.06x        66.80     9.61     66.80     21.37x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 197        14.39     14.39     0.82     0.46     3.17     0.45     3.13

Midpoint

     $ 10.00      $ 16.50      $ 0.55      $ 15.91        18.00x        62.85     8.45     62.85     18.26x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 195        13.45     13.45     0.83     0.47     3.49     0.46     3.44

Minimum

     $ 10.00      $ 14.03      $ 0.66      $ 17.20        15.05x        58.14     7.26     58.14     15.26x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 193        12.49     12.49     0.84     0.48     3.86     0.48     3.81

All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)

                                          

Averages

     $ 17.67      $ 474.57      $ 1.01      $ 15.52        18.26x        110.61     13.82     119.47     18.05x      $ 0.30        1.72     47.88   $ 3,334        12.83     12.16     1.27     0.69     5.91     0.71     5.91

Median

     $ 14.69      $ 113.94      $ 0.73      $ 13.84        17.48x        106.86     13.27     115.16     17.95x      $ 0.24        1.64     35.25   $ 932        11.89     11.39     1.06     0.62     5.35     0.72     5.51

All Non-MHC State of PA(6)

                                          

Averages

     $ 14.05      $ 496.14      $ 0.56      $ 13.92        17.72x        103.06     14.43     114.82     19.14x      $ 0.27        1.76     68.81   $ 2,986        13.86     12.83     1.66     0.45     3.57     0.55     4.10

Medians

     $ 14.22      $ 138.12      $ 0.74      $ 13.62        17.48x        102.14     14.97     110.49     19.85x      $ 0.20        1.57     44.44   $ 1,281        11.89     10.53     1.25     0.43     3.78     0.53     4.92

State of PA(6)

                                          

PBIP

   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.    PA   $ 14.27      $ 115.03      $ 0.10      $ 13.93        NM        102.41     21.40     102.41     NM      $ 0.12        0.84     92.31   $ 538        20.90     20.90     3.27     0.20     0.85     0.17     0.71

BNCL

   Beneficial Bancorp, Inc.    PA   $ 13.56      $ 1,046.02      $ 0.35      $ 13.31        NM        101.87     18.96     122.78     NM      $ 0.24        1.77     25.00   $ 5,514        18.61     15.95     NA        0.37     1.70     0.53     2.43

ESSA

   ESSA Bancorp, Inc.    PA   $ 14.16      $ 161.21      $ 0.82      $ 15.59        17.48x        90.85     9.12     100.14     17.34x      $ 0.36        2.54     44.44   $ 1,767        10.04     9.20     NA        0.50     4.89     0.51     4.92

MLVF

   Malvern Bancorp, Inc.    PA   $ 15.66      $ 102.74      $ 0.79      $ 13.21        18.64x        118.57     12.90     118.57     19.85x      $ 0.11        0.00     NM      $ 796        10.88     10.88     0.46     0.75     6.45     0.70     6.06

NWBI

   Northwest Bancshares, Inc.    PA   $ 14.91      $ 1,527.87      $ 0.74      $ 11.28        NM        132.23     17.04     172.60     20.25x      $ 0.60        4.02     147.50   $ 8,964        12.89     10.18     1.25     0.45     3.48     0.83     6.40

WVFC

   WVS Financial Corp.    PA   $ 11.75      $ 23.97        NA      $ 16.22        17.03x        72.44     7.14     72.44     NM      $ 0.16        1.36     34.78   $ 336        9.85     9.85     NA        0.40     4.08     NA        NA   

Comparable Group

                                          

Averages

     $ 15.42      $ 59.72      $ 0.62      $ 16.57        22.09x        91.89     14.32     94.99     21.83x      $ 0.24        1.23     34.64   $ 409        15.64     15.16     2.25     0.48     3.33     0.49     3.37

Medians

     $ 13.89      $ 54.94      $ 0.49      $ 15.50        18.81x        89.87     13.41     93.80     19.31x      $ 0.18        1.13     30.48   $ 415        15.53     14.84     2.01     0.43     3.79     0.44     3.86

Comparable Group

                                          

BYBK

   Bay Bancorp, Inc.    MD   $ 5.05      $ 55.14      $ 0.18      $ 6.18        31.56x        81.69     11.13     84.54     28.77x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 463        14.44     13.92     2.10     0.35     2.51     0.39     2.76

EQFN

   Equitable Financial Corp.    NE   $ 8.51      $ 29.59      $ 0.27      $ 10.23        32.01x        83.17     12.62     83.17     31.35x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 234        15.18     15.18     2.48     0.42     3.17     0.42     3.24

HBK

   Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.    MD   $ 13.50      $ 46.08      $ 0.03      $ 18.03        NM        74.88     11.73     85.09     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 393        15.66     13.78     1.93     -0.03     -0.15     0.03     0.15

JXSB

   Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.    IL   $ 28.20      $ 50.68      $ 1.56      $ 26.60        16.89x        106.02     16.19     112.43     18.13x      $ 0.40        1.42     81.44   $ 302        15.40     14.50     1.24     0.98     6.46     0.91     6.01

MSBF

   MSB Financial Corp.    NJ   $ 13.10      $ 77.98      $ 0.11      $ 12.66        NM        103.45     19.70     103.45     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 380        20.14     20.14     4.38     0.17     0.89     0.26     1.35

PBIP

   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.    PA   $ 14.27      $ 115.03      $ 0.10      $ 13.93        NM        102.41     21.40     102.41     NM      $ 0.12        0.84     92.31   $ 538        20.90     20.90     3.27     0.20     0.85     0.17     0.71

PBSK

   Poage Bankshares, Inc.    KY   $ 18.21      $ 69.56      $ 0.86      $ 18.50        21.42x        98.42     15.96     102.09     21.06x      $ 0.32        1.76     30.59   $ 436        16.22     15.64     1.29     0.72     4.40     0.73     4.48

UCBA

   United Community Bancorp    IN   $ 14.69      $ 61.72      $ 0.76      $ 16.37        18.60x        89.73     11.92     93.63     19.31x      $ 0.24        1.63     30.38   $ 518        13.28     12.73     1.19     0.64     4.80     0.62     4.64

WAYN

   Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.    OH   $ 13.17      $ 36.64      $ 0.70      $ 14.63        18.81x        90.01     8.37     93.98     18.81x      $ 0.36        2.73     51.43   $ 438        9.30     8.91     1.09     0.45     4.78     0.45     4.78

WBKC

   Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.    MI   $ 25.46      $ 54.75      $ 1.66      $ 28.55        15.34x        89.17     14.20     89.17     15.34x      $ 1.00        3.93     60.24   $ 386        15.92     15.92     3.54     0.92     5.55     0.92     5.55

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35%.
(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.
(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(5) Equity and tangible equity equal common equity and tangible common equity, respectively. ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.21

 

3. Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Bank’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein. At the $16.5 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Bank’s value equaled 8.45% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 14.32%, which implies a discount of 40.99% has been applied to the Bank’s pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 13.41%, the Bank’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a discount of 36.99%.

Comparison to Recent Offerings

As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings cannot be a primary determinate of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals). As discussed previously, two standard conversion offerings were completed during the past three months. One of the standard conversion offerings was closed at the top of its super range and the other standard conversion offering was closed at slightly below the top of its super range. In comparison to the 68.70% average closing forma P/TB ratio of the two recent standard conversions, the Bank’s P/TB ratio of 62.85% at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 8.52%. At the top of the super range, the Bank’s P/TB ratio of 70.67% reflects an implied premium of 4.39% relative to the recent standard conversions average P/TB ratio at closing. Comparative pre-conversion financial data for Randolph Bancorp, which is the most recently completed publicly-traded standard conversion offering, has been included in the Chapter III tables and show that, in comparison to HV Bank, Randolph Bancorp maintained a similar tangible equity-to-assets ratio (7.38% versus 7.14% for HV Bank), a lower return on average assets (0.10% versus 0.62% for HV Bank) and a higher ratio of non-performing assets as a percent of assets (1.74% versus 0.89% for HV Bank).

Valuation Conclusion

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of August 5, 2016, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.22

 

equaled $16,500,000 at the midpoint, equal to 1,650,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% valuation range indicates a minimum value of $14,025,000 and a maximum value of $18,975,000. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 1,402,500 at the minimum and 1,897,500 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a super maximum value of $21,821,250 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the super maximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 2,182,125. The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.4 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.


RP ® Financial, LC.    LIST OF EXHIBITS

EXHIBITS


RP ® Financial, LC.    LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

I-1

 

Map of Office Locations

I-2

 

Audited Financial Statements

I-3

 

Key Operating Ratios

I-4

 

Investment Portfolio Composition

I-5

 

Yields and Costs

I-6

 

Loan Loss Allowance Activity

I-7

 

Interest Rate Risk Analysis

I-8

 

Fixed and Adjustable Rate Loans

I-9

 

Loan Portfolio Composition

I-10

 

Contractual Maturity by Loan Type

I-11

 

Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales and Repayments

I-12

 

Non-Performing Assets

I-13

 

Deposit Composition

I-14

 

Maturity of Jumbo Time Deposits

I-15

 

Borrowing Activity

II-1

 

Description of Office Properties

II-2

 

Historical Interest Rates

 


RP ® Financial, LC.    LIST OF EXHIBITS

LIST OF EXHIBITS (continued)

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

III-1

 

General Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Institutions

III-2

 

Public Market Pricing of Mid-Atlantic Thrift Institutions

III-3

 

Public Market Pricing of Midwest Thrift Institutions

III-4

 

Peer Group Market Area Comparative Analysis

IV-1

 

Stock Prices: As of August 5, 2016

IV-2

 

Historical Stock Price Indices

IV-3

 

Stock Indices as of August 5, 2016

IV-4

 

Market Area Acquisition Activity

IV-5

 

Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes

IV-6

 

Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios

IV-7

 

Pro Forma Analysis Sheet

IV-8

 

Pro Forma Effect of Conversion Proceeds

V-1

 

Firm Qualifications Statement

 


EXHIBIT I-1

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Map of Office Locations


Exhibit I-1

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Map of Office Locations

 

LOGO

Source: SNL Financial LC


EXHIBIT I-2

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Audited Financial Statements

[Incorporated by Reference]


EXHIBIT I-3

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Key Operating Ratios


Exhibit I-3

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Key Operating Ratios

 

     At or For the Years
Ended June 30,
 
     2016     2015  

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

    

Performance Ratios:

    

Return on average assets

     0.62     0.38

Return on average equity

     8.69     5.55

Interest rate spread (1)

     2.85     2.65

Net interest margin (2)

     2.90     2.68

Efficiency ratio (3)

     84.26     90.83

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     108.72     107.23

Asset Quality Ratios:

    

Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets

     0.69     1.33

Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans

     0.97     1.66

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans

     42.53     31.15

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans

     0.52     0.61

Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the year

     0.04     0.29

Capital Ratios: (4)

    

Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

     12.04     12.46

Tier 1 leverage (core) capital (to adjusted tangible assets)

     7.63     6.82

Tier 1 risk-based capital (to risk weighted assets)

     12.04     12.46

Total risk-based capital (to risk weighted assets)

     12.49     13.02

Average equity to average total assets

     7.10     6.76

Other Data:

    

Number of full service offices

     4        4   

Number of employees

     65        57   

 

(1) Represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the year.
(2) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the year.
(3) The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(4) Capital ratios are for Huntingdon Valley Bank.

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT I-4

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Investment Portfolio Composition


Exhibit I-4

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Investment Portfolio Composition

 

     At June 30,  
     2016      2015  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Securities available-for-sale:

           

U.S. Government securities

   $ 1,493       $ 1,521       $ 2,958       $ 2,927   

Corporate notes

     8,423         8,327         5,822         5,683   

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     9,879         9,831         16,467         16,026   

Mortgage-backed securities

     6,980         7,009         7,033         6,888   

Municipal securities

     3,524         3,566         4,402         4,324   

Bank certificates of deposit

     2,994         3,027         2,249         2,240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 33,293       $ 33,281       $ 38,931       $ 38,088   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities held-to-maturity:

           

Municipal securities

   $ 5,825       $ 5,941       $ 4,744       $ 4,732   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities held-to-maturity

   $ 5,825       $ 5,941       $ 4,744       $ 4,732   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT I-5

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Yields and Costs


Exhibit I-5

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Yields and Costs

 

     For the Years Ended June 30,  
   2016     2015  
     Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/

Expense
     Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/

Expense
     Yield/
Cost
 

Interest-earning assets:

              

Loans (1)

   $ 100,165      $ 4,446         4.44   $ 92,498      $ 4,181         4.52

Cash and cash equivalents

     16,068        113         0.70     26,033        77         0.30

Investment securities

     40,423        715         1.77     39,957        750         1.88

Restricted investment in bank stock

     676        28         4.14     702        49         6.98
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     157,332        5,302         3.37     159,190        5,057         3.18
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Noninterest-earning assets

     8,930             8,206        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 166,262           $ 167,396        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Interest-bearing liabilities:

              

NOW accounts

   $ 30,178        38         0.13   $ 27,7988        35         0.13

Money market deposit accounts

     27,030        68         0.25     28,8866        711         0.25

Passbook and statement savings accounts

     34,441        105         0.30     33,341        97         0.29

Checking accounts

     3,511        12         0.34     4,379        17         0.39

Certificates of deposit

     38,696        426         1.10     44,196        501         1.13
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total deposits

   $ 133,856      $ 649         0.48   $ 138,600      $ 721         0.52
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     8,863        94         1.06     7,000        60         0.86

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     1,998        3         0.15     2,854        4         0.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   $ 144,717      $ 746         0.52   $ 148,454      $ 785         0.53
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

              

Checking

     8,336             7,119        

Other

     1,399             515        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

   $ 154,452           $ 156,088        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Equity

     11,810             11,308        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 166,262           $ 167,396        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest income

     $ 4,556           $ 4,272      
    

 

 

        

 

 

    

Interest rate spread (2)

          2.85          2.65
       

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net interest-earning assets (3)

   $ 12,615           $ 10,736        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest margin (4)

          2.90          2.68
       

 

 

        

 

 

 

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     108.72          107.23     
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

 

(1) Includes loans held for sale.
(2) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest-earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by total interest-earning assets.

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT I-6

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Loan Loss Allowance Activity


Exhibit I-6

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Loan Loss Allowance Activity

 

     At or For the Years
Ended June 30,
 
   2016     2015  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 514      $ 705   

Charge-offs:

    

Residential:

    

One- to four-family

     —          (233

Home equity & HELOCs

     —          —     

Commercial real estate

     (34     (31

Commercial business

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer

     (3     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (37     (271
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

    

Residential:

    

One- to four-family

     —          —     

Home equity & HELOCs

     —          —     

Commercial real estate

     —          —     

Commercial business

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer

     1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (36     (270

Provision for loan losses

     9        79   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 487      $ 514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

     0.04     0.29

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of year

     42.53     31.15

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of year

     0.52     0.61

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s Prospectus.


EXHIBIT I-7

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Interest Rate Risk Analysis


Exhibit I-7

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Interest Rate Risk Analysis

 

Change in

Interest Rates

(basis points) (1)

          Estimated Increase     EVE as a Percentage of Fair
Value of Assets (3)
 
          (Decrease) in EVE           Increase  
   Estimated
EVE (2)
     Amount     Percent     EVE
Ratio (4)
    (Decrease)
(basis points)
 
(Dollars in thousands)  

+400

   $ 13,635       $ (4,613     (25.28 )%      7.51     (216

+300

     14,726         (3,522     (19.30 )%      8.04     (163

+200

     16,061         (2,187     (11.99 )%      8.67     (100

+100

     17,394         (854     (4.68 )%      9.29     (38

  —  

     18,248         —          —          9.67     —     

-100

     17,090         (1,159     (6.35 )%      9.08     (59

 

(1) Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
(2) EVE is the fair value of expected cash flows from assets, less the fair value of the expected cash flows arising from our liabilities adjusted for the value of off-balance sheet contracts.
(3) Fair value of assets represents the amount at which an asset could be exchanged between knowledgeable and willing parties in an arms-length transaction.
(4) EVE Ratio represents EVE divided by the fair value of assets.

 

Rate Shift (1)

   Net Interest
Income

Year 1 Forecast
     Year 1 Change
from Level
 
(Dollars in thousands)  

+400

   $ 5,840         17

+300

     5,633         13

+200

     5,421         8

+100

     5,224         5

      0

     4,998         —     

-100

     4,757         -5

 

(1) Expressed in basis points.

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT I-8

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Fixed and Adjustable Rate Loans


Exhibit I-8

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Fixed and Adjustable Rate Loans

The following table sets forth our fixed and adjustable-rate loans at June 30, 2016 that are contractually due after June 30, 2017.

 

     Due After June 30, 2017  
     Fixed      Adjustable      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Residential:

        

One- to four-family

   $ 49,335       $ 22,574       $ 71,909   

Home equity & HELOCs

     6,120         —           6,120   

Commercial real estate

     10,671         739         11,410   

Commercial business

     —           —           —     

Construction

     204         —           204   

Consumer

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 66,330       $ 23,313       $ 89,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT I-9

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Loan Portfolio Composition


Exhibit I-9

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Loan Portfolio Composition

 

     At June 30,     At June 30,  
     2016     2015  
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Residential:

        

One- to four-family

   $ 71,980        76.75   $ 63,425        75.70

Home equity & HELOCs

     6,448        6.87     6,662        7.95

Commercial real estate

     11,620        12.39     12,662        15.11

Commercial business

     558        0.59     634        0.76

Construction

     3,179        3.39     365        0.44

Consumer

     10        0.01     31        0.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     93,795        100.00     83,779        100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred loan origination costs

     142          54     

Loans in process

     —            —       

Allowance for loan losses

     (487       (514  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total loans receivable, net

   $ 93,450        $ 83,319     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT I-10

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Contractual Maturity by Loan Type


Exhibit I-10

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Contractual Maturity by Loan Type

 

     One- to
Four-Family
Real Estate
Loans
     Home
Equity &
HELOCs
     Commercial
Real Estate
Loans
     Commercial
Business
Loans
     Construction
Loans
     Consumer
Loans
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Due During the Years

Ending June 30,

                    

2017

   $ 71       $ 328       $ 210       $ 558       $ 2,975       $ 10       $ 4,152   

2018

     350         58         2,042         —           —           —           2,450   

2019

     146         78         1,397         —           —           —           1,621   

2020 to 2021

     74         556         1,347         —           204         —           2,181   

2022 to 2026

     1,467         363         2,596         —           —           —           4,426   

2027 to 2031

     4,925         891         487         —           —           —           6,303   

2032 and beyond

     64,947         4,174         3,541         —           —           —           72,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 71,980       $ 6,448       $ 11,620       $ 558       $ 3,179       $ 10       $ 93,795   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT I-11

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales and Repayments


Exhibit I-11

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales and Repayments

 

     For the Year Ended
June 30,
 
     2016      2015  
     (In thousands)  

Total loans at beginning of year (1)

   $ 100,040       $ 98,189   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loan originations:

     

Residential:

     

One- to four-family

     182,962         171,114   

Home equity & HELOCs

     2,989         298   

Commercial real estate

     1,198         2,399   

Commercial business

     —           —     

Construction

     2,970         460   

Consumer loans

     4         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans originated

     190,123         174,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and loan principal repayments:

     

Principal repayments

     13,914         12,973   

Loan sales

     157,778         159,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loan activity

     18,431         1,851   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans at end of year

   $ 118,471       $ 100,040   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes loans held for sale

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT I-12

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Non-Performing Assets


Exhibit I-12

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Non-Performing Assets

 

     At June 30,  
     2016     2015  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

    

Residential:

    

One- to four-family

   $ 818      $ 1,277   

Home equity & HELOCs

     227        147   

Commercial real estate

     100        226   

Commercial business

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,145      $ 1,650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

   $ 1,145      $ 1,650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate owned

     115        574   

Other non-performing assets

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 1,260      $ 2,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Total non-performing loans to total loans

     1.22     1.97

Total non-performing loans to total assets

     0.63     0.99

Total non-performing assets to total assets

     0.69     1.33

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT I-13

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Deposit Composition


Exhibit I-13

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Deposit Composition

 

     For the Years Ended June 30,  
     2016     2015  
     Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposit type:

              

NOW accounts – interest bearing

   $ 30,178         22.55     0.13   $ 27,798         20.06     0.13

Money market deposit accounts

     27,030         20.19     0.25     28,886         20.84     0.25

Passbook and statement savings accounts

     34,441         25.73     0.30     33,341         24.06     0.29

Checking accounts

     3,511         2.62     0.34     4,379         3.16     0.39

Certificates of deposit

     38,696         28.91     1.10     44,196         31.89     1.13
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 133,856         100.00     0.48   $ 138,600         100.00     0.52
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT I-14

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Maturity of Jumbo Time Deposits


Exhibit I-14

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Maturity of Jumbo Time Deposits

 

     At
June 30, 2016
 
     (In thousands)  

Three months or less

   $ 2,745   

Over three months through six months

     1,384   

Over six months through one year

     8,180   

Over one year to three years

     4,673   

Over three years

     1,535   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18,517   
  

 

 

 

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT I-15

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Borrowing Activity


Exhibit I-15

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Borrowing Activity

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our Federal Home Loan Bank advances at and for the periods shown:

 

     At or For the Years Ended
June 30,
 
     2016     2015  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at end of year

   $ 20,000      $ 7,000   

Average balance during year

   $ 8,863      $ 7,000   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

   $ 20,000      $ 7,000   

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

     0.86     0.78

Weighted average interest rate during year

     1.06     0.52

We have also entered into overnight repurchase agreements, which are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our securities sold under agreements to repurchase at and for the periods shown:

 

     At or For the Years Ended
June 30,
 
     2016     2015  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at end of year

   $ 3,929      $ 3,502   

Average balance during year

   $ 1,998      $ 2,854   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

   $ 3,929      $ 4,688   

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

     0.08     0.16

Weighted average interest rate during year

     0.15     0.14

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT II-1

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Description of Office Properties


Exhibit II-1

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Description of Office Properties

 

Location

   Leased or Owner      Year Acquired or Leased      Net Book Value of Real
Property
 

Administrative Offices:

        

Executive Office:

3501 Masons Mill Road

Suite 401

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

     Leased         2011       $ 2   

Mortgage Production Office:

1388 W. Street Road

Warminster, PA 18974

     Leased         2010         60   

Mortgage Origination Office:

539 Bethlehem Pike

Montgomeryville, PA 18936

     Leased         2013         —     

Banking Offices:

        

Main Office:

2617 Huntingdon Pike

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

     Leased         2006         2   

Plumsteadville:

5725 Easton Road

Plumsteadville, PA 18949

     Owned         2002         1,181   

Warrington Plaza Shopping Center:

Route 611 & Street Road

Warrington, PA 18976

     Leased         1994         20   

Justa Farm Shopping Center:

1990 County Line Road

Huntingdon Valley, PA 19006

     Leased         1995         98   

Limited Service Office:

8580 Verree Road

Philadelphia, PA 19111

     Leased         2007         —     

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT II-2

Historical Interest Rates


Exhibit II-2

Historical Interest Rates(1)

 

          Prime     90 Day     One Year     10 Year  

Year/Qtr. Ended

   Rate     T-Note     T-Note     T-Note  

2004:

   Quarter 1      4.00     0.95     1.20     3.86
   Quarter 2      4.00     1.33     2.09     4.62
   Quarter 3      4.75     1.70     2.16     4.12
   Quarter 4      5.25     2.22     2.75     4.24

2005:

   Quarter 1      5.75     2.80     3.43     4.51
   Quarter 2      6.00     3.12     3.51     3.98
   Quarter 3      6.75     3.55     4.01     4.34
   Quarter 4      7.25     4.08     4.38     4.39

2006:

   Quarter 1      7.75     4.63     4.82     4.86
   Quarter 2      8.25     5.01     5.21     5.15
   Quarter 3      8.25     4.88     4.91     4.64
   Quarter 4      8.25     5.02     5.00     4.71

2007:

   Quarter 1      8.25     5.04     4.90     4.65
   Quarter 2      8.25     4.82     4.91     5.03
   Quarter 3      7.75     3.82     4.05     4.59
   Quarter 4      7.25     3.36     3.34     3.91

2008:

   Quarter 1      5.25     1.38     1.55     3.45
   Quarter 2      5.00     1.90     2.36     3.99
   Quarter 3      5.00     0.92     1.78     3.85
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.11     0.37     2.25

2009:

   Quarter 1      3.25     0.21     0.57     2.71
   Quarter 2      3.25     0.19     0.56     3.53
   Quarter 3      3.25     0.14     0.40     3.31
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.06     0.47     3.85

2010:

   Quarter 1      3.25     0.16     0.41     3.84
   Quarter 2      3.25     0.18     0.32     2.97
   Quarter 3      3.25     0.18     0.32     2.97
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.12     0.29     3.30

2011:

   Quarter 1      3.25     0.09     0.30     3.47
   Quarter 2      3.25     0.03     0.19     3.18
   Quarter 3      3.25     0.02     0.13     1.92
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.02     0.12     1.89

2012:

   Quarter 1      3.25     0.07     0.19     2.23
   Quarter 2      3.25     0.09     0.21     1.67
   Quarter 3      3.25     0.10     0.17     1.65
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.05     0.16     1.78

2013:

   Quarter 1      3.25     0.07     0.14     1.87
   Quarter 2      3.25     0.04     0.15     2.52
   Quarter 3      3.25     0.02     0.10     2.64
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.07     0.13     3.04

2014:

   Quarter 1      3.25     0.05     0.13     2.73
   Quarter 2      3.25     0.04     0.11     2.53
   Quarter 3      3.25     0.02     0.13     2.52
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.04     0.25     2.17

2015:

   Quarter 1      3.25     0.03     0.26     1.94
   Quarter 2      3.25     0.01     0.28     2.35
   Quarter 3      3.25     0.00     0.33     2.06
   Quarter 4      3.50     0.16     0.65     2.27

2016:

   Quarter 1      3.50     0.21     0.59     1.78
   Quarter 2      3.50     0.26     0.45     1.49

As of August 5, 2016

     3.50     0.28     0.56     1.59

 

(1) End of period data.

Sources: Federal Reserve and The Wall Street Journal.


EXHIBIT III-1

General Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Institutions


Exhibit III-1

Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

August 5, 2016

 

                                                      As of  
                                                      August 5, 2016  
                              Total             Fiscal    Conv.    Stock      Market  

Ticker

  

Financial Institution

   Exchange    Region   

City

   State    Assets      Offices      Mth End    Date    Price      Value  
                              ($Mil)                       ($)      ($Mil)  

ANCB

   Anchor Bancorp    NASDAQ    WE    Lacey    WA      420         10       Jun    1/26/11      26.14         67   

ASBB

   ASB Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    SE    Asheville    NC      784         13       Dec    10/12/11      24.90         94   

ACFC

   Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation    NASDAQ    SE    Jacksonville    FL      893         12       Dec    2/4/11      6.00         93   

BKMU

   Bank Mutual Corporation    NASDAQ    MW    Milwaukee    WI      2,533         66       Dec    10/30/03      7.68         350   

BFIN

   BankFinancial Corporation    NASDAQ    MW    Burr Ridge    IL      1,512         20       Dec    6/24/05      12.21         239   

BYBK

   Bay Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Columbia    MD      463         15       Dec    1/0/00      5.09         56   

BNCL

   Beneficial Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Philadelphia    PA      4,815         69       Dec    1/13/15      14.34         1,106   

BHBK

   Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Norwood    MA      2,162         11       Dec    7/22/14      14.03         384   

BOFI

   BofI Holding, Inc.    NASDAQ    WE    San Diego    CA      7,706         2       Jun    3/14/05      17.94         1,134   

BYFC

   Broadway Financial Corporation    NASDAQ    WE    Los Angeles    CA      387         3       Dec    1/9/96      1.79         52   

BLMT

   BSB Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Belmont    MA      1,916         7       Dec    10/5/11      23.08         210   

CFFN

   Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.    NASDAQ    MW    Topeka    KS      9,317         47       Sep    12/22/10      14.23         1,953   

CARV

   Carver Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    New York    NY      NA         9       Mar    10/25/94      4.46         16   

CFBK

   Central Federal Corporation    NASDAQ    MW    Worthington    OH      353         5       Dec    12/30/98      1.36         22   

CHFN

   Charter Financial Corporation    NASDAQ    SE    West Point    GA      1,051         21       Sep    4/9/13      13.39         201   

CSBK

   Clifton Bancorp Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Clifton    NJ      1,253         12       Mar    4/2/14      14.89         351   

CWAY

   Coastway Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Warwick    RI      573         11       Dec    1/15/14      12.60         56   

DCOM

   Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Brooklyn    NY      5,517         25       Dec    6/26/96      17.42         656   

ESBK

   Elmira Savings Bank    NASDAQ    MA    Elmira    NY      560         13       Dec    3/1/85      19.30         53   

ENFC

   Entegra Financial Corp.    NASDAQ    SE    Franklin    NC      1,055         16       Dec    10/1/14      17.55         113   

EQFN

   Equitable Financial Corp.    NASDAQ    MW    Grand Island    NE      234         6       Jun    7/9/15      8.49         30   

ESSA

   ESSA Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Stroudsburg    PA      1,763         27       Sep    4/4/07      14.00         159   

FCAP

   First Capital, Inc.    NASDAQ    MW    Corydon    IN      736         17       Dec    1/4/99      33.68         112   

FBNK

   First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Farmington    CT      2,702         27       Dec    6/30/11      16.39         259   

FDEF

   First Defiance Financial Corp.    NASDAQ    MW    Defiance    OH      2,359         34       Dec    10/2/95      43.11         387   

FNWB

   First Northwest Bancorp    NASDAQ    WE    Port Angeles    WA      995         10       Jun    1/30/15      13.21         167   

FBC

   Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.    NYSE    MW    Troy    MI      13,737         99       Dec    4/30/97      27.31         1,545   

FSBW

   FS Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    WE    Mountlake Terrace    WA      805         12       Dec    7/10/12      27.80         85   

FSBC

   FSB Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Fairport    NY      258         5       Dec    7/14/16      12.40         24   

GTWN

   Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Georgetown    MA      306         4       Dec    7/12/12      20.45         38   

HBK

   Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Towson    MD      393         7       Mar    10/10/12      13.75         47   

HIFS

   Hingham Institution for Savings    NASDAQ    NE    Hingham    MA      1,850         13       Dec    12/20/88      133.90         285   

HMNF

   HMN Financial, Inc.    NASDAQ    MW    Rochester    MN      638         13       Dec    6/30/94      14.22         64   

HFBL

   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana    NASDAQ    SW    Shreveport    LA      363         7       Jun    12/22/10      23.15         46   

IROQ

   IF Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MW    Watseka    IL      584         6       Jun    7/8/11      18.91         76   

ISBC

   Investors Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Short Hills    NJ      21,190         148       Dec    5/8/14      11.35         3,558   

JXSB

   Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MW    Jacksonville    IL      302         6       Dec    7/15/10      28.36         51   

KRNY

   Kearny Financial Corp.    NASDAQ    MA    Fairfield    NJ      4,486         42       Jun    5/19/15      13.05         1,198   

MLVF

   Malvern Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Paoli    PA      764         9       Sep    10/12/12      15.99         105   

MELR

   Melrose Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Melrose    MA      241         1       Dec    10/22/14      15.50         42   

EBSB

   Meridian Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Peabody    MA      3,729         31       Dec    7/29/14      15.22         817   

CASH

   Meta Financial Group, Inc.    NASDAQ    MW    Sioux Falls    SD      3,072         11       Sep    9/20/93      56.26         480   

MSBF

   MSB Financial Corp.    NASDAQ    MA    Millington    NJ      380         5       Dec    7/17/15      13.14         78   

NYCB

   New York Community Bancorp, Inc.    NYSE    MA    Westbury    NY      48,516         263       Dec    11/23/93      14.50         7,062   

NFBK

   Northfield Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Woodbridge    NJ      3,673         39       Dec    1/25/13      15.43         746   

NWBI

   Northwest Bancshares, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Warren    PA      8,916         160       Dec    12/18/09      15.10         1,538   

OCFC

   OceanFirst Financial Corp.    NASDAQ    MA    Toms River    NJ      2,588         51       Dec    7/3/96      18.86         486   

ORIT

   Oritani Financial Corp.    NASDAQ    MA    Township of Washington    NJ      3,603         27       Jun    6/24/10      16.29         737   

PBHC

   Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Oswego    NY      665         18       Dec    10/17/14      12.10         53   

PBBI

   PB Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Putnam    CT      498         8       Jun    1/8/16      8.52         67   

PBSK

   Poage Bankshares, Inc.    NASDAQ    MW    Ashland    KY      436         10       Dec    9/13/11      18.25         70   


Exhibit III-1

Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

August 5, 2016

 

                                                      As of  
                                                      August 5, 2016  
                              Total             Fiscal    Conv.    Stock      Market  

Ticker

  

Financial Institution

   Exchange    Region   

City

   State    Assets      Offices      Mth End    Date    Price      Value  
                              ($Mil)                       ($)      ($Mil)  

PROV

   Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.    NASDAQ    WE    Riverside    CA      1,174         14       Jun    6/28/96      19.40         155   

PFS

   Provident Financial Services, Inc.    NYSE    MA    Iselin    NJ      9,026         89       Dec    1/16/03      20.65         1,359   

PBIP

   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Philadelphia    PA      538         6       Sep    10/10/13      14.28         115   

RNDB

   Randolph Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Stoughton    MA      390         6       Dec    7/1/16      12.79         75   

RVSB

   Riverview Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    WE    Vancouver    WA      921         17       Mar    10/1/97      4.85         109   

SVBI

   Severn Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MA    Annapolis    MD      765         4       Dec    1/0/00      6.47         78   

SIFI

   SI Financial Group, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Willimantic    CT      1,508         25       Dec    1/13/11      13.11         160   

SBCP

   Sunshine Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    SE    Plant City    FL      523         12       Dec    7/15/14      14.19         75   

TBNK

   Territorial Bancorp Inc.    NASDAQ    WE    Honolulu    HI      1,850         29       Dec    7/13/09      28.47         275   

TSBK

   Timberland Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    WE    Hoquiam    WA      852         22       Sep    1/13/98      15.50         108   

TRST

   TrustCo Bank Corp NY    NASDAQ    MA    Glenville    NY      4,763         146       Dec    1/0/00      6.91         661   

UCBA

   United Community Bancorp    NASDAQ    MW    Lawrenceburg    IN      518         8       Jun    1/10/13      15.00         63   

UCFC

   United Community Financial Corp.    NASDAQ    MW    Youngstown    OH      2,036         31       Dec    7/9/98      6.83         318   

UBNK

   United Financial Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Glastonbury    CT      6,319         54       Dec    3/4/11      13.49         678   

WSBF

   Waterstone Financial, Inc.    NASDAQ    MW    Wauwatosa    WI      1,738         13       Dec    1/23/14      15.75         459   

WAYN

   Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.    NASDAQ    MW    Wooster    OH      438         12       Dec    1/9/03      13.17         37   

WCFB

   WCF Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MW    Webster City    IA      NA         2       Dec    7/14/16      8.60         22   

WEBK

   Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Wellesley    MA      620         6       Dec    1/26/12      21.15         52   

WBB

   Westbury Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MW    West Bend    WI      655         8       Sep    4/10/13      19.40         80   

WFD

   Westfield Financial, Inc.    NASDAQ    NE    Westfield    MA      1,369         14       Dec    1/4/07      7.58         139   

WBKC

   Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.    NASDAQ    MW    Midland    MI      386         3       Dec    1/20/11      25.95         56   

WSFS

   WSFS Financial Corporation    NASDAQ    MA    Wilmington    DE      5,686         53       Dec    11/26/86      36.24         1,071   

WVFC

   WVS Financial Corp.    NASDAQ    MA    Pittsburgh    PA      338         6       Jun    11/29/93      11.90         24   

GCBC

   Greene County Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)    NASDAQ    MA    Catskill    NY      851         15       Jun    12/30/98      17.05         145   

HONE

   HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)    NASDAQ    NE    Brockton    MA      2,245         17       Dec    6/30/16      14.07         452   

KFFB

   Kentucky First Federal Bancorp (MHC)    NASDAQ    MW    Frankfort    KY      294         7       Jun    3/3/05      8.21         69   

LSBK

   Lake Shore Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)    NASDAQ    MA    Dunkirk    NY      474         11       Dec    4/4/06      13.58         82   

MGYR

   Magyar Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)    NASDAQ    MA    New Brunswick    NJ      562         6       Sep    1/24/06      9.76         57   

OFED

   Oconee Federal Financial Corp. (MHC)    NASDAQ    SE    Seneca    SC      483         7       Jun    1/14/11      19.30         113   

PVBC

   Provident Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)    NASDAQ    NE    Amesbury    MA      737         8       Dec    7/16/15      15.88         151   

TFSL

   TFS Financial Corporation (MHC)    NASDAQ    MW    Cleveland    OH      12,467         38       Sep    4/23/07      18.40         5,250   

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


EXHIBIT III-2

Public Market Pricing of Mid-Atlantic Thrift Institutions


Exhibit III-2

Mid-Atlantic Public Market Pricing

As of August 5, 2016

 

               Market     Per Share Data                                                                                                  
               Capitalization     Core     Book                                   Dividends(3)     Financial Characteristics(5)  
               Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(2)     Amount/           Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang. Eq./     NPAs/     Reported     Core  
               Share     Value     EPS(1)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share     Yield     Ratio(4)     Assets     Assets     T. Assets     Assets     ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE  
               ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)  

All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)

  

                                   

Averages

  

  $ 17.96      $ 481.41      $ 1.02      $ 15.55        22.53x        112.00     13.91     120.99     32.47x      $ 0.30        1.69     47.44   $ 3,337        12.74     12.07     1.13     0.69     5.90     0.71     5.93

Median

  

  $ 14.89      $ 113.48      $ 0.75      $ 13.84        18.86x        108.39     13.21     115.73     19.70x      $ 0.24        1.61     37.68   $ 932        11.79     11.32     0.92     0.62     5.50     0.72     5.58

Comparable Group

  

                                       

Averages

  

  $ 14.31      $ 853.42      $ 0.69      $ 12.81        19.34x        1.14        0.15        1.29        17.07x      $ 0.32        2.01     60.14   $ 5,434        13.55     12.69     1.53     0.62     5.19     0.69     5.56

Medians

     $ 14.28      $ 351.05      $ 0.62      $ 13.17        17.24x        1.13        0.14        1.21        16.84x      $ 0.24        1.67     52.00   $ 1,767        12.42     10.18     1.08     0.50     3.83     0.70     5.42

Comparable Group

  

                                       

BYBK

  Bay Bancorp, Inc.      MD      $ 5.09      $ 55.57      $ 0.18      $ 6.18        31.81x        82.33     11.21     85.21     29.00x      $ 0.00        0.00     NA      $ 496        13.62     13.22     NA        0.35     2.51     0.39     2.76

BNCL

  Beneficial Bancorp, Inc.      PA      $ 14.34      $ 1,106.19      $ 0.35      $ 13.31        NM        107.73     20.05     129.85     NM      $ 0.24        1.67     25.00   $ 5,514        18.61     15.95     NA        0.37     1.70     0.53     2.43

CARV

  Carver Bancorp, Inc.      NY      $ 4.46      $ 16.48      ($ 0.11   $ 2.69        44.60x        165.72     2.32     165.72     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     NA      $ 754        7.30     7.30     2.54     0.05     0.59     -0.07     -0.84

CSBK

  Clifton Bancorp Inc.      NJ      $ 14.89      $ 351.05      $ 0.19      $ 13.13        NM        113.43     27.30     113.43     NM      $ 0.24        1.61     126.32   $ 1,286        24.07     24.07     NA        0.40     1.45     0.39     1.43

DCOM

  Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.      NY      $ 17.42      $ 655.95        NA      $ 14.60        7.74x        119.35     11.81     132.79     NA      $ 0.56        3.21     24.89   $ 5,556        9.89     8.98     0.26     1.63     16.36     NA        NA   

ESBK

  Elmira Savings Bank      NY      $ 19.30      $ 52.77      $ 1.17      $ 16.69        16.08x        115.65     9.34     158.62     16.53x      $ 0.92        4.77     76.67   $ 575        9.64     7.65     NA        0.74     7.57     0.72     7.44

ESSA

  ESSA Bancorp, Inc.      PA      $ 14.00      $ 159.39      $ 0.82      $ 15.59        17.28x        89.82     9.02     99.01     17.14x      $ 0.36        2.57     44.44   $ 1,767        10.04     9.20     NA        0.50     4.89     0.51     4.92

FSBC

  FSB Bancorp, Inc.      NY      $ 12.40      $ 24.08        NA        NA        NM        109.05     NA        109.05     NA        NA        NA        NA      $ 280        7.93     7.93     NA        0.23     2.67     NA        NA   

HBK

  Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.      MD      $ 13.75      $ 46.94      $ 0.06      $ 18.06        NM        76.12     8.98     92.02     NM        NA        NA        NA      $ 523        11.80     9.96     NA        -0.14     -0.90     0.04     0.25

ISBC

  Investors Bancorp, Inc.      NJ      $ 11.35      $ 3,557.93      $ 0.58      $ 9.99        19.57x        113.59     16.38     117.39     19.69x      $ 0.24        2.11     39.66   $ 21,718        14.42     NA        0.53     0.87     5.50     0.86     5.42

KRNY

  Kearny Financial Corp.      NJ      $ 13.05      $ 1,198.28      $ 0.18      $ 12.50        NM        104.41     26.63     115.37     NM      $ 0.08        0.61     44.44   $ 4,500        25.50     23.65     NA        0.36     1.36     0.36     1.37

MLVF

  Malvern Bancorp, Inc.      PA      $ 15.99      $ 104.91      $ 0.79      $ 13.21        19.04x        121.07     13.17     121.07     20.26x      $ 0.11        0.00     NA      $ 796        10.88     10.88     0.46     0.75     6.45     0.70     6.06

MSBF

  MSB Financial Corp.      NJ      $ 13.14      $ 78.22      $ 0.11      $ 12.66        NM        103.77     19.76     103.77     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     NA      $ 396        19.04     19.04     NA        0.17     0.89     0.26     1.35

NYCB

  New York Community Bancorp, Inc.      NY      $ 14.50      $ 7,061.64      $ 1.19      $ 12.40        NM        116.93     14.40     196.06     12.15x      $ 0.68        4.69     NA      $ 49,036        12.32     7.73     NA        -0.07     -0.57     1.14     9.47

NFBK

  Northfield Bancorp, Inc.      NJ      $ 15.43      $ 745.61        NA      $ 12.73        32.83x        121.17     19.93     129.68     NA      $ 0.32        2.07     63.83   $ 3,741        16.45     15.53     0.91     0.61     3.58     NA        NA   

NWBI

  Northwest Bancshares, Inc.      PA      $ 15.10      $ 1,537.91      $ 0.74      $ 11.28        NM        133.92     17.26     174.80     20.51x      $ 0.60        3.97     147.50   $ 8,964        12.89     10.18     1.25     0.45     3.48     0.83     6.40

OCFC

  OceanFirst Financial Corp.      NJ      $ 18.86      $ 485.62      $ 1.34      $ 15.89        18.86x        118.66     12.00     143.57     14.09x      $ 0.52        2.76     52.00   $ 4,047        10.11     8.51     1.32     0.63     6.47     0.87     9.01

ORIT

  Oritani Financial Corp.      NJ      $ 16.29      $ 737.08      $ 0.90      $ 11.83        13.46x        137.72     20.09     137.72     18.08x      $ 0.70        4.30     99.17   $ 3,669        14.59     14.59     NA        1.50     9.92     1.12     7.38

PBHC

  Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.      NY      $ 12.10      $ 52.73      $ 0.62      $ 13.70        16.58x        88.35     NA        95.97     19.63x      $ 0.20        1.65     27.40   $ 671        NA        NA        NA        0.50     NA        0.43     4.10

PFS

  Provident Financial Services, Inc.      NJ      $ 20.65      $ 1,359.05      $ 1.37      $ 18.68        15.41x        110.53     14.73     171.87     15.09x      $ 0.72        3.49     52.24   $ 9,227        13.33     NA        NA        0.95     7.02     0.95     7.02

PBIP

  Prudential Bancorp, Inc.      PA      $ 14.28      $ 115.11      $ 0.10      $ 13.93        NM        102.48     21.41     102.48     NM      $ 0.12        0.84     92.31   $ 538        20.90     20.90     3.27     0.20     0.85     0.17     0.71

SVBI

  Severn Bancorp, Inc.      MD      $ 6.47      $ 78.16      $ 1.16      $ 6.86        5.58x        94.31     10.05     94.70     5.58x      $ 0.00        0.00     NA      $ 794        12.53     12.50     4.24     2.03     17.94     2.03     17.94

TRST

  TrustCo Bank Corp NY      NY      $ 6.91      $ 659.86      $ 0.43      $ 4.51        15.85x        153.36     13.66     153.56     16.02x      $ 0.26        3.80     60.21   $ 4,831        8.91     8.90     NA        0.88     10.00     0.87     9.90

WSFS

  WSFS Financial Corporation      DE      $ 36.24      $ 1,070.86      $ 2.39      $ 20.89        17.51x        173.50     18.36     212.48     15.17x      $ 0.24        0.66     11.59   $ 5,834        10.58     NA        0.54     1.13     10.82     1.29     12.33

WVFC

  WVS Financial Corp.      PA      $ 11.86      $ 24.19        NA      $ 16.22        17.19x        73.12     7.21     73.12     NA      $ 0.16        1.35     34.78   $ 336        9.85     9.85     NA        0.40     4.08     NA        NA   

MHCs

                                            

GCBC

  Greene County Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)      NY      $ 17.05      $ 144.51        NA      $ 8.77        16.08x        194.49     16.63     194.49     NA      $ 0.38        2.06     35.14   $ 869        8.55     8.55     NA        1.12     12.67     NA        NA   

LSBK

  Lake Shore Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)      NY      $ 13.58      $ 81.99        NA        NA        17.18x        108.14     NA        108.14     NA      $ 0.28        NA        35.44   $ 480        16.05     16.05     NA        0.99     6.29     NA        NA   

MGYR

  Magyar Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)      NJ      $ 9.76      $ 56.81        NA      $ 8.16        NM        119.59     10.00     119.59     NA        NA        0.00     NA      $ 568        8.36     8.36     NA        0.19     2.26     NA        NA   

Under Acquisition

  

                                       

AF

  Astoria Financial Corporation      NY      $ 14.83      $ 1,502.89      $ 0.68      $ 15.45        22.82x        96.00     10.10     108.88     21.96x      $ 0.16        1.08     24.62   $ 15,017        11.29     10.18     NA        0.49     4.47     0.51     4.62

OSHC

  Ocean Shore Holding Co.      NJ      $ 21.93      $ 141.61      $ 1.12      $ 18.03        19.76x        121.60     13.49     127.12     19.65x      $ 0.24        1.09     21.62   $ 1,043        11.09     10.66     0.93     0.65     6.19     0.66     6.22

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35%.
(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.
(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2015 by RP ® Financial, LC.


EXHIBIT III-3

Public Market Pricing of Midwest Thrift Institutions


Exhibit III-3

Public Market Pricing of Midwest Thrifts

As of August 5, 2016

 

            Market     Per Share Data                                                                                                  
            Capitalization     Core     Book                                   Dividends(3)     Financial Characteristics(5)  
            Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(2)     Amount/           Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang. Eq./     NPAs/     Reported     Core  
            Share     Value     EPS(1)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share     Yield     Ratio(4)     Assets     Assets     T. Assets     Assets     ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE  
            ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)  

All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)

  

                                   

Averages

  $ 17.96      $ 481.41      $ 1.02      $ 15.55        22.53x        112.00     13.91     120.99     32.47x      $ 0.30        1.69     47.44   $ 3,337        12.74     12.07     1.13     0.69     5.90     0.71     5.93

Median

  $ 14.89      $ 113.48      $ 0.75      $ 13.84        18.86x        108.39     13.21     115.73     19.70x      $ 0.24        1.61     37.68   $ 932        11.79     11.32     0.92     0.62     5.50     0.72     5.58

Comparable Group

                                       

Averages

  $ 19.44      $ 320.55      $ 1.13      $ 16.81        18.61x        111.33     14.39     116.94     18.97x      $ 0.30        1.58     51.07   $ 2,099        13.38     13.03     1.02     0.82     6.44     0.80     6.35

Medians

  $ 15.38      $ 77.71      $ 0.79      $ 16.34        17.82x        110.64     14.47     113.95     18.81x      $ 0.24        1.75     42.35   $ 662        12.91     12.47     1.03     0.81     5.77     0.74     5.74

Comparable Group

                                       

BKMU

  Bank Mutual Corporation   WI   $ 7.68      $ 350.13      $ 0.35      $ 6.29        22.59x        122.06     13.36     122.06     22.14x      $ 0.22        2.86     61.76   $ 2,620        10.95     10.95     0.70     0.62     5.50     0.63     5.62

BFIN

  BankFinancial Corporation   IL   $ 12.21      $ 238.61      $ 0.39      $ 10.50        33.00x        116.24     16.02     116.83     31.61x      $ 0.20        1.64     51.35   $ 1,500        13.78     13.72     0.66     0.49     3.39     0.51     3.54

CFFN

  Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.   KS   $ 14.23      $ 1,952.87      $ 0.61      $ 10.06        23.33x        141.43     21.13     141.43     23.47x      $ 0.34        2.39     137.70   $ 9,242        14.94     14.94     0.58     0.72     5.77     0.72     5.74

CFBK

  Central Federal Corporation   OH   $ 1.36      $ 21.71      $ 0.21      $ 1.70        6.45x        79.91     6.35     79.91     6.45x      $ 0.00        0.00     NA      $ 353        10.91     10.91     2.25     1.34     12.67     1.34     12.67

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.   NE   $ 8.49      $ 29.52      $ 0.27      $ 10.23        31.94x        82.98     12.59     82.98     31.27x        NA        NA        NA      $ 234        15.18     15.18     NA        0.42     3.17     0.42     3.24

FCAP

  First Capital, Inc.   IN   $ 33.68      $ 112.44      $ 2.03        NA        17.82x        148.04     NA        165.08     16.61x      $ 0.84        2.49     44.44   $ 739        NA        NA        1.31     0.93     NA        0.99     8.97

FDEF

  First Defiance Financial Corp.   OH   $ 43.11      $ 386.76      $ 3.04      $ 31.95        14.27x        134.93     16.05     173.23     14.19x      $ 0.88        2.04     28.48   $ 2,410        11.89     9.52     1.13     1.20     9.91     1.21     9.96

FBC

  Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.   MI   $ 27.31      $ 1,545.08        NA      $ 23.49        11.72x        116.26     11.48     116.26     NA      $ 0.00        0.00     NA      $ 13,725        11.63     11.63     1.03     1.27     10.67     NA        NA   

HMNF

  HMN Financial, Inc.   MN   $ 14.22      $ 63.83      $ 1.07      $ 16.34        12.93x        87.04     9.77     88.62     13.35x      $ 0.00        0.00     NA      $ 653        11.22     11.05     NA        0.82     7.35     0.79     7.09

IROQ

  IF Bancorp, Inc.   IL   $ 18.91      $ 75.90      $ 0.79      $ 20.50        21.99x        92.26     12.99     92.26     24.07x      $ 0.16        0.85     15.12   $ 584        14.08     14.08     0.94     0.59     4.02     0.54     3.67

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.   IL   $ 28.36      $ 50.96      $ 1.56      $ 26.60        16.98x        106.61     16.28     113.06     18.24x      $ 0.40        1.41     81.44   $ 313        15.27     14.53     NA        0.98     6.46     0.91     6.01

CASH

  Meta Financial Group, Inc.   SD   $ 56.26      $ 479.57      $ 4.67      $ 39.03        14.65x        144.15     15.25     180.51     12.06x      $ 0.52        0.92     13.54   $ 3,144        10.58     8.63     0.04     1.13     11.36     1.37     13.75

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.   KY   $ 18.25      $ 69.72      $ 0.86      $ 18.50        21.47x        98.64     16.00     102.32     21.11x      $ 0.32        1.75     30.59   $ 436        16.22     15.73     1.29     0.72     4.40     0.73     4.48

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp   IN   $ 15.00      $ 63.02      $ 0.76      $ 16.37        18.99x        91.61     12.17     95.59     19.72x      $ 0.24        1.60     30.38   $ 518        13.28     12.80     1.19     0.64     4.80     0.62     4.64

UCFC

  United Community Financial Corp.   OH   $ 6.83      $ 317.54      $ 0.35      $ 5.46        18.87x        124.98     15.26     125.75     19.39x      $ 0.12        1.76     29.01   $ 2,081        12.21     12.15     NA        0.86     6.96     0.84     6.77

WSBF

  Waterstone Financial, Inc.   WI   $ 15.75      $ 459.34      $ 0.73      $ 13.74        21.58x        114.66     25.53     114.84     21.58x      $ 0.32        2.03     31.51   $ 1,799        22.26     22.24     1.53     1.14     5.04     1.14     5.04

WAYN

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.   OH   $ 13.17      $ 36.64      $ 0.85      $ 14.83        15.49x        88.80     8.16     92.66     15.49x      $ 0.36        2.73     42.35   $ 449        9.18     8.84     NA        0.54     5.83     0.54     5.83

WCFB

  WCF Bancorp, Inc.   IA   $ 8.60      $ 22.04      $ 0.10      $ 5.95        NM        144.48     18.66     143.99     NM      $ 0.20        2.33     108.13   $ 113        12.91     NA        NA        0.35     2.68     0.22     1.69

WBB

  Westbury Bancorp, Inc.   WI   $ 19.40      $ 79.51      $ 1.29      $ 19.30        13.96x        100.54     11.85     100.54     15.05x        NA        NA        NA      $ 671        11.79     11.79     0.65     0.80     6.84     0.74     6.35

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.   MI   $ 25.95      $ 55.80      $ 1.66      $ 28.55        15.63x        90.88     14.47     90.88     15.63x        NA        NA        60.24   $ 386        15.92     15.92     NA        0.92     5.55     0.92     5.55

MHCs

                                         

KFFB

  Kentucky First Federal Bancorp (MHC)   KY   $ 8.21      $ 69.29      $ 0.20      $ 7.95        NM        103.27     23.69     131.56     NM      $ 0.40        4.87     200.00   $ 294        22.94     18.94     NA        0.56     2.45     0.56     2.45

TFSL

  TFS Financial Corporation (MHC)   OH   $ 18.40      $ 5,262.72        NA      $ 5.87        NM        313.44     41.69     315.27     NA      $ 0.40        2.17     142.86   $ 12,624        13.30     13.23     1.66     0.65     4.69     NA        NA   

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35%.
(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core = NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.
(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


EXHIBIT III-4

Peer Group Market Area Comparative Analysis


Exhibit III-4

Peer Group Market Area Comparative Analysis

 

                        Proj.                  Per Capita Income     Deposit  
          Population      Pop.      2010-2016     2016-2021     2016      % State     Market  

Institution

   County    2010      2016      2021      % Change     % Change     Amount      Average     Share(1)  

Bay Bancorp, Inc.

   Howard, MD      287,085         316,627         337,725         1.6     1.3     51,648         136.6     0.39

Equitable Financial Corp.

   Hall, NE      58,607         62,421         65,434         1.1     0.9     24,046         82.5     6.54

Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.

   Baltimore, MD      805,029         833,355         860,871         0.6     0.7     35,431         93.7     1.21

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

   Morgan, IL      35,547         34,692         34,211         -0.4     -0.3     29,817         94.2     24.86

MSB Financial Corp.

   Morris, NJ      492,276         501,318         509,537         0.3     0.3     52,009         138.7     1.00

Poage Bankshares, Inc.

   Boyd, KY      49,542         48,562         48,257         -0.3     -0.1     26,801         105.4     0.91

Prudential Bancorp, Inc.

   Philadelphia, PA      1,526,006         1,569,473         1,599,807         0.5     0.4     23,204         75.1     21.68

United Community Bancorp

   Dearborn, IN      50,047         49,234         49,011         -0.3     -0.1     26,820         103.0     41.44

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.

   Wayne, OH      114,520         115,982         117,420         0.2     0.2     25,247         88.5     12.78

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.

   Midland, MI      83,629         83,266         83,153         -0.1     0.0     30,041         108.2     17.32
       Averages:      350,229         361,493         370,543         0.3     0.3     32,506         102.6     12.81
       Medians:      99,075         99,624         100,287         0.3     0.3     28,319         98.6     9.66

Huntingdon Valley Bank

   Montgomery, PA      799,874         822,319         838,886         0.5     0.4     43,231         140.0     0.37

 

(1) Total institution deposits in headquarters county as percent of total county deposits as of June 30, 2015.

Sources: SNL Financial LC, FDIC.


EXHIBIT IV-1

Stock Prices:

As of August 5, 2016


Exhibit IV-1A

Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part One

Prices As of August 5, 2016

 

            Market Capitalization     Price Change Data     Current Per Share Financials  
            Price/     Shares     Market     52 Week (1)           % Change From     LTM     LTM Core     BV/     TBV/     Assets/  
    Share(1)     Outstanding     Capitalization     High     Low     Last Wk     Last Wk     52 Wks (2)     MRY (2)     EPS (3)     EPS (3)     Share     Share (4)     Share  
            ($)     (000)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     ($)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  

Companies

                           

ANCB

  Anchor Bancorp   WA     26.14        2,550        66.6        26.94        20.60        26.00        0.52        16.41        0.95        0.20        0.19        24.78        24.78        169.22   

ASBB

  ASB Bancorp, Inc.   NC     24.90        3,787        94.3        27.24        22.70        25.15        -0.99        9.21        -4.07        1.27        1.01        23.80        23.80        212.70   

ACFC

  Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation   FL     6.00        15,523        93.1        6.75        5.03        6.00        0.00        11.11        2.39        0.30        0.26        5.44        5.44        59.38   

BKMU

  Bank Mutual Corporation   WI     7.68        45,590        350.1        8.50        6.44        7.64        0.52        3.64        -1.54        0.34        0.35        6.29        6.29        57.47   

BFIN

  BankFinancial Corporation   IL     12.21        19,542        238.6        13.29        11.38        12.20        0.08        1.92        -3.33        0.37        0.39        10.50        10.45        76.75   

BYBK

  Bay Bancorp, Inc.   MD     5.09        10,918        55.6        5.40        4.57        5.05        0.79        0.79        0.59        0.16        0.18        6.18        5.97        45.39   

BNCL

  Beneficial Bancorp, Inc.   PA     14.34        77,140        1,106.2        14.43        11.94        13.56        5.75        10.48        7.66        0.24        0.35        13.31        11.04        71.48   

BHBK

  Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.   MA     14.03        27,336        383.5        16.58        13.22        14.25        -1.54        -3.77        -8.36        0.28        0.29        14.31        13.90        81.97   

BOFI

  BofI Holding, Inc.   CA     17.94        63,219        1,134.2        35.98        13.47        16.82        6.66        -46.22        -14.77        1.85        1.84        10.73        10.73        120.24   

BYFC

  Broadway Financial Corporation   CA     1.79        29,077        52.0        2.50        1.17        1.77        1.13        40.93        18.54        0.25        NA        1.62        1.62        14.05   

BLMT

  BSB Bancorp, Inc.   MA     23.08        9,101        210.1        23.98        19.59        23.00        0.35        8.87        -1.33        1.05        NA        16.82        16.82        217.45   

CFFN

  Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.   KS     14.23        137,236        1,952.9        14.33        11.39        14.17        0.42        18.39        13.30        0.61        0.61        10.06        10.06        67.34   

CARV

  Carver Bancorp, Inc.   NY     4.46        3,696        16.5        7.60        1.92        4.32        3.24        -24.79        18.93        0.10        -0.11        2.69        2.69        204.04   

CFBK

  Central Federal Corporation   OH     1.36        16,024        21.7        1.68        1.10        1.33        1.88        -1.09        2.65        0.21        0.21        1.70        1.70        22.05   

CHFN

  Charter Financial Corporation   GA     13.39        15,031        201.3        14.76        11.81        13.04        2.68        8.07        1.36        0.56        0.61        13.29        11.11        94.99   

CSBK

  Clifton Bancorp Inc.   NJ     14.89        23,576        351.0        15.43        13.09        14.98        -0.60        7.35        3.84        0.19        0.19        13.13        13.13        54.54   

CWAY

  Coastway Bancorp, Inc.   RI     12.60        4,467        56.3        14.01        10.88        12.60        0.00        9.57        -3.67        0.58        0.58        15.23        15.23        134.29   

DCOM

  Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.   NY     17.42        37,655        655.9        18.87        15.61        17.30        0.69        1.04        -0.40        2.25        NA        14.60        13.12        147.56   

ESBK

  Elmira Savings Bank   NY     19.30        2,734        52.8        21.13        16.83        18.92        2.01        -3.62        -2.93        1.20        1.17        16.69        12.17        210.20   

ENFC

  Entegra Financial Corp.   NC     17.55        6,466        113.5        19.90        16.11        17.62        -0.40        -3.47        -9.34        1.02        1.17        21.23        20.77        184.48   

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.   NE     8.49        3,477        29.5        9.09        7.65        8.51        -0.24        1.68        -3.63        0.27        0.27        10.23        10.23        67.42   

ESSA

  ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   PA     14.00        11,385        159.4        14.22        12.00        14.16        -1.13        8.02        2.34        0.81        0.82        15.59        14.14        155.18   

FCAP

  First Capital, Inc.   IN     33.68        3,339        112.4        35.00        23.08        32.50        3.62        29.54        29.04        1.89        2.03        NA        NA        221.45   

FBNK

  First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.   CT     16.39        15,818        259.3        18.40        14.42        16.10        1.80        2.89        -5.86        0.92        0.90        15.95        15.95        175.69   

FDEF

  First Defiance Financial Corp.   OH     43.11        8,971        386.8        43.44        34.80        41.69        3.41        12.21        14.11        3.02        3.04        31.95        24.89        268.59   

FNWB

  First Northwest Bancorp   WA     13.21        12,677        167.5        14.26        11.62        13.08        0.99        6.96        -6.64        0.33        0.31        14.97        NA        79.68   

FBC

  Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.   MI     27.31        56,576        1,545.1        27.32        17.25        26.41        3.41        33.81        18.17        2.33        NA        23.49        23.49        242.59   

FSBW

  FS Bancorp, Inc.   WA     27.80        3,056        85.0        27.85        21.95        26.80        3.73        19.42        6.94        2.83        3.15        24.88        23.47        256.51   

FSBC

  FSB Bancorp, Inc.   NY     12.40        1,942        24.1        13.70        8.27        12.35        0.40        36.32        19.97        0.30        NA        NA        NA        144.16   

GTWN

  Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.   MA     20.45        1,841        37.6        23.75        17.80        20.86        -1.99        13.80        8.09        0.65        NA        17.60        17.60        162.90   

HBK

  Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.   MD     13.75        3,414        46.9        16.00        13.19        13.50        1.85        3.00        -3.58        -0.17        0.06        18.06        14.94        153.14   

HIFS

  Hingham Institution for Savings   MA     133.90        2,131        285.3        137.87        109.14        131.00        2.21        14.71        11.77        9.92        9.81        69.69        69.69        900.46   

HMNF

  HMN Financial, Inc.   MN     14.22        4,489        63.8        14.44        10.81        14.21        0.07        21.85        23.12        1.10        1.07        16.34        16.05        145.55   

HFBL

  Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana   LA     23.15        1,968        45.6        25.00        20.80        21.90        5.71        8.33        -0.43        1.74        1.74        22.05        22.05        193.96   

IROQ

  IF Bancorp, Inc.   IL     18.91        4,014        75.9        19.97        16.36        18.54        1.99        14.60        2.21        0.86        0.79        20.50        20.50        145.54   

ISBC

  Investors Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     11.35        313,474        3,557.9        13.13        10.67        11.36        -0.09        -8.39        -8.76        0.58        0.58        9.99        NA        69.28   

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.   IL     28.36        1,797        51.0        33.08        23.20        28.20        0.56        19.45        7.91        1.67        1.56        26.60        25.08        174.18   

KRNY

  Kearny Financial Corp.   NJ     13.05        91,822        1,198.3        13.42        11.01        13.02        0.23        14.57        3.00        0.18        0.18        12.50        11.31        49.01   

MLVF

  Malvern Bancorp, Inc.   PA     15.99        6,561        104.9        17.70        14.51        15.66        2.11        4.99        -8.94        0.84        0.79        13.21        13.21        121.37   

MELR

  Melrose Bancorp, Inc.   MA     15.50        2,698        41.8        15.85        13.75        15.48        0.14        9.54        1.44        0.28        0.28        16.55        16.55        89.44   

EBSB

  Meridian Bancorp, Inc.   MA     15.22        53,689        817.1        15.71        12.02        14.70        3.54        16.90        7.94        0.49        0.49        10.93        10.67        73.18   

CASH

  Meta Financial Group, Inc.   SD     56.26        8,524        479.6        56.53        36.22        54.69        2.87        13.77        22.49        3.84        4.67        39.03        31.17        368.85   

MSBF

  MSB Financial Corp.   NJ     13.14        5,953        78.2        13.95        10.98        13.10        0.31        13.28        5.12        0.11        0.11        12.66        12.66        66.51   

NYCB

  New York Community Bancorp, Inc.   NY     14.50        487,068        7,062.5        19.18        14.10        14.45        0.35        -22.29        -11.15        -0.08        1.19        12.40        7.40        100.68   

NFBK

  Northfield Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     15.43        48,322        745.6        16.68        14.31        14.93        3.35        1.25        -3.08        0.47        NA        12.73        11.90        77.43   

NWBI

  Northwest Bancshares, Inc.   PA     15.10        101,849        1,537.9        15.22        11.78        14.91        1.27        18.90        12.77        0.40        0.74        11.28        8.64        88.01   

OCFC

  OceanFirst Financial Corp.   NJ     18.86        25,749        485.6        21.00        15.98        18.86        0.00        5.30        -5.84        1.00        1.34        15.89        13.14        157.19   

ORIT

  Oritani Financial Corp.   NJ     16.29        45,247        737.1        17.63        14.70        16.22        0.43        3.17        -1.27        1.21        0.90        11.83        11.83        81.09   

PBHC

  Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.   NY     12.10        4,358        52.7        13.32        10.51        12.09        0.08        5.22        -6.24        0.73        0.62        13.70        12.61        153.96   

PBBI

  PB Bancorp, Inc.   CT     8.52        7,880        67.1        10.15        6.63        8.48        0.42        20.27        -0.11        0.15        0.16        10.75        9.87        63.13   

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.   KY     18.25        3,820        69.7        18.85        15.35        18.21        0.22        17.14        6.73        0.85        0.86        18.50        17.84        114.17   

PROV

  Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.   CA     19.40        7,975        154.7        20.00        15.77        19.49        -0.46        20.27        2.70        0.90        0.91        16.76        16.76        146.87   

PFS

  Provident Financial Services, Inc.   NJ     20.65        65,814        1,359.1        21.20        17.71        20.15        2.48        4.40        2.48        1.34        1.37        18.68        NA        140.20   

PBIP

  Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   PA     14.28        8,047        114.9        16.20        13.76        14.27        0.07        -2.26        -6.05        0.22        0.21        14.05        14.05        69.13   

RNDB

  Randolph Bancorp, Inc.   MA     12.79        5,869        75.1        12.85        12.06        12.76        0.23        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        77.74   

RVSB

  Riverview Bancorp, Inc.   WA     4.85        22,508        109.2        5.48        4.15        4.69        3.41        14.12        3.41        0.29        0.29        4.89        3.75        41.43   

SVBI

  Severn Bancorp, Inc.   MD     6.47        12,081        78.2        6.47        4.65        6.37        1.57        29.40        12.52        1.16        1.16        6.86        6.83        65.74   

SIFI

  SI Financial Group, Inc.   CT     13.11        12,217        160.2        14.47        11.25        13.37        -1.94        10.40        -3.96        0.48        NA        13.00        11.54        124.23   

SBCP

  Sunshine Bancorp, Inc.   FL     14.19        5,261        74.7        15.25        13.55        14.30        -0.77        -2.00        -6.64        -0.39        -0.37        13.73        11.82        97.84   

TBNK

  Territorial Bancorp Inc.   HI     28.47        9,663        275.1        29.44        24.87        26.90        5.84        11.78        2.63        1.64        1.61        23.36        23.36        191.55   

TSBK

  Timberland Bancorp, Inc.   WA     15.50        6,939        107.6        16.10        10.16        15.11        2.58        42.86        24.90        1.48        1.48        13.61        12.80        123.67   

TRST

  TrustCo Bank Corp NY   NY     6.91        95,600        660.6        6.94        5.17        6.63        4.22        11.09        12.54        0.44        0.43        4.51        4.50        50.53   

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp   IN     15.00        4,201        63.0        15.42        12.95        14.69        2.10        7.91        0.07        0.79        0.76        16.37        15.69        123.30   

UCFC

  United Community Financial Corp.   OH     6.83        46,500        317.6        6.86        4.65        6.64        2.86        33.92        15.76        0.36        0.35        5.46        5.43        44.74   

UBNK

  United Financial Bancorp, Inc.   CT     13.49        50,293        678.5        14.16        10.28        13.15        2.59        -0.37        4.74        0.89        1.01        12.81        10.39        127.55   

WSBF

  Waterstone Financial, Inc.   WI     15.75        29,164        459.3        15.95        12.38        15.68        0.45        19.68        11.70        0.73        0.73        13.74        13.72        61.69   

WAYN

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.   OH     13.17        2,782        36.6        13.52        11.69        13.17        0.00        4.44        -0.30        0.85        0.85        14.83        14.21        161.48   

WCFB

  WCF Bancorp, Inc.   IA     8.60        2,563        22.0        10.97        8.50        8.54        0.70        -5.69        -5.05        0.16        0.10        5.95        NA        44.05   

WEBK

  Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.   MA     21.15        2,459        52.0        21.15        18.05        20.17        4.86        6.98        11.32        1.31        NA        22.23        22.23        263.01   

WBB

  Westbury Bancorp, Inc.   WI     19.40        4,098        79.5        20.26        17.20        19.56        -0.82        12.07        7.78        1.39        1.29        19.30        19.30        163.67   

WFD

  Westfield Financial, Inc.   MA     7.58        18,330        138.9        8.85        7.30        7.87        -3.68        2.16        -9.76        0.30        0.30        7.89        7.89        71.26   


Exhibit IV-1A

Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part One

Prices As of August 5, 2016

 

            Market Capitalization     Price Change Data     Current Per Share Financials  
            Price/     Shares     Market     52 Week (1)           % Change From     LTM     LTM Core     BV/     TBV/     Assets/  
    Share(1)     Outstanding     Capitalization     High     Low     Last Wk     Last Wk     52 Wks (2)     MRY (2)     EPS (3)     EPS (3)     Share     Share (4)     Share  
            ($)     (000)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     ($)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  

Companies

                           

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.   MI     25.95        2,150        55.8        27.73        25.25        25.46        1.92        1.76        -2.59        1.66        1.66        28.55        28.55        179.47   

WSFS

  WSFS Financial Corporation   DE     36.24        29,549        1,070.9        37.10        26.26        35.19        2.98        28.37        11.99        2.07        2.39        20.89        NA        197.44   

WVFC

  WVS Financial Corp.   PA     11.90        2,040        24.3        12.60        10.73        11.75        1.28        5.40        -3.25        0.69        NA        16.22        16.22        164.59   

GCBC

  Greene County Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   NY     17.05        8,476        144.5        21.30        13.70        16.66        2.34        25.18        6.73        1.06        NA        8.77        8.77        102.50   

MHCs

                           

HONE

  HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   MA     14.07        32,121        451.9        14.25        12.53        13.40        5.00        NA        NA        NA        NA        10.10        9.67        70.57   

KFFB

  Kentucky First Federal Bancorp (MHC)   KY     8.21        8,440        69.3        10.37        8.00        8.26        -0.61        -0.64        -12.10        0.20        0.20        7.95        6.24        34.84   

LSBK

  Lake Shore Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   NY     13.58        6,039        82.0        15.10        12.97        13.44        1.01        1.08        1.31        0.79        NA        NA        NA        79.48   

MGYR

  Magyar Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   NJ     9.76        5,821        56.8        11.00        9.51        9.76        0.00        -2.40        -2.50        0.18        NA        8.16        8.16        97.61   

OFED

  Oconee Federal Financial Corp. (MHC)   SC     19.30        5,871        113.3        20.75        16.50        19.33        -0.16        -0.26        3.49        0.86        0.86        14.36        13.79        82.20   

PVBC

  Provident Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   MA     15.88        9,499        150.8        16.35        11.26        15.93        -0.31        24.45        22.25        NA        NA        11.26        11.26        80.06   

TFSL

  TFS Financial Corporation (MHC)   OH     18.40        285,336        5,250.2        19.42        15.58        18.20        1.10        6.67        -2.28        0.28        NA        5.87        5.84        44.24   

AF

  Astoria Financial Corporation   NY     14.83        101,341        1,502.9        18.13        13.92        14.67        1.09        -8.63        -6.44        0.65        0.68        15.45        13.62        148.18   

Under Acquisition

                           

CBNK

  Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.   MA     18.56        5,234        97.1        19.00        16.00        18.98        -2.21        11.00        7.04        0.57        0.66        17.19        17.19        134.08   

EVER

  EverBank Financial Corp   FL     18.64        125,324        2,336.0        21.18        12.32        17.96        3.79        -8.45        16.65        0.90        0.91        13.62        13.24        218.27   

LSBG

  Lake Sunapee Bank Group   NH     17.59        8,385        147.5        18.89        13.25        18.44        -4.61        17.74        25.37        1.08        1.16        16.86        10.69        189.70   

 

(1) Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2) Or since offering price if converted of first listed in the past 52 weeks. Percent change figures are actual year-to-date and are not annualized.
(3) EPS (earnings per share) is based on actual trailing 12 month data and is not shown on a pro forma basis.
(4) Excludes intangibles (such as goodwill, value of core deposits, etc.).
(5) ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(6) Annualized based on last regular quarterly cash dividend announcement.
(7) Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(8) Excluded from averages due to actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
(9) For MHC institutions, market value reflects share price multiplied by public (non-MHC) shares.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 

 


Exhibit IV-1B

Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part Two

Prices As of August 5, 2016

 

            Key Financial Ratios     Asset Quality Ratios     Pricing Ratios     Dividend Data (6)  
            Equity/     Tang Equity/     Reported Earnings     Core Earnings     NPAs/     Rsvs/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Div/     Dividend     Payout  
    Assets(1)     Assets(1)     ROA(5)     ROE(5)     ROA(5)     ROE(5)     Assets     NPLs     Earnings     Book     Assets     Tang Book     Core Earnings     Share     Yield     Ratio (7)  
            (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)  

Companies

                               

ANCB

  Anchor Bancorp   WA     14.65        14.65        0.12        0.78        0.12        0.75        NA        NA        NM        105.46        15.44        105.46        135.32        NA        NA        NM   

ASBB

  ASB Bancorp, Inc.   NC     11.78        11.78        0.62        5.20        0.50        4.13        1.46        94.69        19.61        104.61        12.32        104.61        24.74        NA        NA        NM   

ACFC

  Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation   FL     9.16        9.16        0.54        5.55        0.48        4.90        NA        NA        20.00        110.29        10.10        110.29        22.67        0.00        0.00        NM   

BKMU

  Bank Mutual Corporation   WI     10.95        10.95        0.62        5.50        0.63        5.62        0.70        115.90        22.59        122.06        13.36        122.06        22.14        0.22        2.86        61.76   

BFIN

  BankFinancial Corporation   IL     13.78        13.72        0.49        3.39        0.51        3.54        0.66        194.35        33.00        116.24        16.02        116.83        31.61        0.20        1.64        51.35   

BYBK

  Bay Bancorp, Inc.   MD     13.62        13.22        0.35        2.51        0.39        2.76        NA        NA        31.81        82.33        11.21        85.21        29.00        0.00        0.00        NM   

BNCL

  Beneficial Bancorp, Inc.   PA     18.61        15.95        0.37        1.70        0.53        2.43        NA        NA        59.75        107.73        20.05        129.85        40.66        0.24        1.67        25.00   

BHBK

  Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.   MA     17.49        17.08        0.35        1.81        0.37        1.87        0.68        119.52        50.11        98.07        17.15        100.94        48.06        0.12        0.86        25.00   

BOFI

  BofI Holding, Inc.   CA     8.99        8.99        1.75        19.32        1.74        19.23        NA        NA        9.70        167.15        14.93        167.15        9.74        NA        NA        NM   

BYFC

  Broadway Financial Corporation   CA     11.56        11.56        1.94        17.13        NA        NA        NA        NA        7.16        110.21        12.74        110.21        NA        0.04        0.00        NM   

BLMT

  BSB Bancorp, Inc.   MA     7.73        7.73        0.53        6.41        NA        NA        0.41        156.87        21.98        137.25        10.61        137.25        NA        NA        NA        NM   

CFFN

  Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.   KS     14.94        14.94        0.72        5.77        0.72        5.74        0.58        18.85        23.33        141.43        21.13        141.43        23.47        0.34        2.39        137.70   

CARV

  Carver Bancorp, Inc.   NY     7.30        7.30        0.05        0.59        -0.07        -0.84        2.54        28.41        44.60        165.72        2.32        165.72        NM        0.00        0.00        NM   

CFBK

  Central Federal Corporation   OH     10.91        10.91        1.34        12.67        1.34        12.67        2.25        106.47        6.45        79.91        6.35        79.91        6.45        0.00        0.00        NM   

CHFN

  Charter Financial Corporation   GA     13.99        11.97        0.78        4.24        0.83        4.52        0.81        120.88        23.91        100.73        14.10        120.51        22.08        0.20        1.49        35.71   

CSBK

  Clifton Bancorp Inc.   NJ     24.07        24.07        0.40        1.45        0.39        1.43        NA        NA        NM        113.43        27.30        113.43        79.24        0.24        1.61        126.32   

CWAY

  Coastway Bancorp, Inc.   RI     11.34        11.34        0.46        3.60        0.46        3.60        1.64        26.53        21.72        82.71        9.38        82.71        21.72        NA        NA        NM   

DCOM

  Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.   NY     9.89        8.98        1.63        16.36        NA        NA        0.26        144.15        7.74        119.35        11.81        132.79        NA        0.56        3.21        24.89   

ESBK

  Elmira Savings Bank   NY     9.64        7.65        0.74        7.57        0.72        7.44        NA        NA        16.08        115.65        9.34        158.62        16.53        0.92        4.77        76.67   

ENFC

  Entegra Financial Corp.   NC     11.51        11.29        0.64        5.00        0.73        5.71        NA        NA        17.21        82.68        9.51        84.48        15.03        NA        NA        NM   

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.   NE     15.18        15.18        0.42        3.17        0.42        3.24        NA        NA        31.94        82.98        12.59        82.98        31.27        NA        NA        NM   

ESSA

  ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   PA     10.04        9.20        0.50        4.89        0.51        4.92        NA        NA        17.28        89.82        9.02        99.01        17.14        0.36        2.57        44.44   

FCAP

  First Capital, Inc.   IN     NA        NA        0.93        NA        0.99        8.97        1.31        58.89        17.82        148.04        NA        165.08        16.61        0.84        2.49        44.44   

FBNK

  First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.   CT     9.08        9.08        0.51        5.59        0.50        5.47        1.07        70.55        17.82        102.78        9.33        102.78        18.21        0.28        1.71        28.26   

FDEF

  First Defiance Financial Corp.   OH     11.89        9.52        1.20        9.91        1.21        9.96        1.13        99.53        14.27        134.93        16.05        173.23        14.19        0.88        2.04        28.48   

FNWB

  First Northwest Bancorp   WA     18.78        NA        0.41        2.09        0.39        1.97        NA        NA        40.03        88.26        16.58        NA        42.62        NA        NA        NM   

FBC

  Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.   MI     11.63        11.63        1.27        10.67        NA        NA        1.03        122.95        11.72        116.26        11.48        116.26        NA        0.00        0.00        NM   

FSBW

  FS Bancorp, Inc.   WA     9.70        9.20        1.20        11.54        1.34        12.87        0.09        NM        9.82        111.71        10.84        118.42        8.81        0.40        1.44        12.01   

FSBC

  FSB Bancorp, Inc.   NY     7.93        7.93        0.23        2.67        NA        NA        NA        NA        40.90        109.05        NA        109.05        NA        NA        NA        NM   

GTWN

  Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.   MA     10.80        10.80        0.39        3.63        NA        NA        NA        NA        31.46        116.22        12.55        116.22        NA        0.20        0.98        30.00   

HBK

  Hamilton Bancorp, Inc.   MD     11.80        9.96        -0.14        -0.90        0.04        0.25        NA        NA        NM        76.12        8.98        92.02        228.17        NA        NA        NM   

HIFS

  Hingham Institution for Savings   MA     7.74        7.74        1.20        15.26        1.18        15.08        0.30        179.47        13.50        192.13        14.87        192.13        13.65        1.20        0.90        15.12   

HMNF

  HMN Financial, Inc.   MN     11.22        11.05        0.82        7.35        0.79        7.15        0.95        215.46        12.93        87.04        9.77        88.62        13.31        0.00        0.00        NM   

HFBL

  Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana   LA     11.37        11.37        0.91        7.53        0.91        7.53        NA        NA        13.30        104.99        11.94        104.99        13.30        0.36        1.56        18.97   

IROQ

  IF Bancorp, Inc.   IL     14.08        14.08        0.59        4.02        0.54        3.67        0.94        99.47        21.99        92.26        12.99        92.26        24.07        0.16        0.85        15.12   

ISBC

  Investors Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     14.42        NA        0.87        5.50        0.86        5.42        0.53        196.01        19.57        113.59        16.38        117.39        19.69        0.24        2.11        39.66   

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.   IL     15.27        14.53        0.98        6.46        0.91        6.01        NA        NA        16.98        106.61        16.28        113.06        18.24        0.40        1.41        81.44   

KRNY

  Kearny Financial Corp.   NJ     25.50        23.65        0.36        1.36        0.36        1.37        NA        NA        NM        104.41        26.63        115.37        72.01        0.08        0.61        44.44   

MLVF

  Malvern Bancorp, Inc.   PA     10.88        10.88        0.75        6.45        0.70        6.06        0.46        178.34        19.04        121.07        13.17        121.07        20.26        0.11        0.00        NM   

MELR

  Melrose Bancorp, Inc.   MA     18.53        18.53        0.31        1.54        0.31        1.54        0.00        NM        55.36        93.64        17.36        93.64        55.32        NA        NA        NM   

EBSB

  Meridian Bancorp, Inc.   MA     14.93        14.63        0.73        4.42        0.73        4.41        NA        NA        31.06        139.29        20.80        142.62        31.15        0.12        0.79        24.49   

CASH

  Meta Financial Group, Inc.   SD     10.58        8.63        1.13        11.36        1.37        13.75        0.04        536.37        14.65        144.15        15.25        180.51        12.06        0.52        0.92        13.54   

MSBF

  MSB Financial Corp.   NJ     19.04        19.04        0.17        0.89        0.26        1.35        NA        NA        NM        103.77        19.76        103.77        119.45        0.00        0.00        NM   

NYCB

  New York Community Bancorp, Inc.   NY     12.32        7.73        -0.07        -0.57        1.14        9.47        0.13        365.48        NM        116.93        14.40        196.06        12.15        0.68        4.69        NM   

NFBK

  Northfield Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     16.45        15.53        0.61        3.58        NA        NA        0.91        71.26        32.83        121.17        19.93        129.68        NA        0.32        2.07        63.83   

NWBI

  Northwest Bancshares, Inc.   PA     12.89        10.18        0.45        3.48        0.83        6.40        1.25        56.86        37.75        133.92        17.26        174.80        20.51        0.60        3.97        147.50   

OCFC

  OceanFirst Financial Corp.   NJ     10.11        8.51        0.63        6.47        0.87        9.01        1.32        38.34        18.86        118.66        12.00        143.57        14.09        0.52        2.76        52.00   

ORIT

  Oritani Financial Corp.   NJ     14.59        14.59        1.50        9.92        1.12        7.38        NA        NA        13.46        137.72        20.09        137.72        18.08        0.70        4.30        99.17   

PBHC

  Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.   NY     NA        NA        0.50        NA        0.43        4.10        NA        NA        16.58        88.35        NA        95.97        19.63        0.20        1.65        27.40   

PBBI

  PB Bancorp, Inc.   CT     17.02        15.85        0.24        2.01        0.25        2.11        NA        NA        57.08        79.24        13.49        86.28        54.63        0.12        1.41        76.15   

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.   KY     16.22        15.73        0.72        4.40        0.73        4.48        1.29        53.81        21.47        98.64        16.00        102.32        21.11        0.32        1.75        30.59   

PROV

  Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.   CA     11.41        11.41        0.66        5.60        0.67        5.65        NA        NA        21.56        115.73        13.21        115.73        21.37        0.52        2.68        54.44   

PFS

  Provident Financial Services, Inc.   NJ     13.33        NA        0.95        7.02        0.95        7.02        NA        NA        15.41        110.53        14.73        171.87        15.09        0.72        3.49        52.24   

PBIP

  Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   PA     20.33        20.33        0.34        1.51        0.31        1.40        NA        NA        64.91        101.64        20.66        101.64        69.11        0.12        0.84        54.55   

RNDB

  Randolph Bancorp, Inc.   MA     7.49        7.49        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

RVSB

  Riverview Bancorp, Inc.   WA     11.80        9.31        0.72        6.00        0.72        6.03        NA        NA        16.72        99.25        11.71        129.31        16.81        0.08        1.65        25.00   

SVBI

  Severn Bancorp, Inc.   MD     12.53        12.50        2.03        17.94        2.03        17.94        4.24        27.07        5.58        94.31        10.05        94.70        5.58        0.00        0.00        NM   

SIFI

  SI Financial Group, Inc.   CT     10.46        9.40        0.38        3.66        NA        NA        NA        NA        27.31        100.85        10.55        113.57        NA        0.16        1.22        33.33   

SBCP

  Sunshine Bancorp, Inc.   FL     14.03        12.32        -0.31        -2.17        -0.34        -2.37        NA        NA        NM        103.34        14.50        120.03        NM        NA        NA        NM   

TBNK

  Territorial Bancorp Inc.   HI     12.19        12.19        0.84        6.86        0.82        6.74        NA        NA        17.36        121.88        14.86        121.88        17.67        0.72        2.53        49.39   

TSBK

  Timberland Bancorp, Inc.   WA     11.01        10.42        1.25        11.51        1.25        11.53        1.89        92.57        10.47        113.87        12.53        121.12        10.45        0.36        2.32        25.00   

TRST

  TrustCo Bank Corp NY   NY     8.91        8.90        0.88        10.00        0.87        9.90        0.91        112.28        15.85        153.36        13.66        153.56        16.02        0.26        3.80        60.21   

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp   IN     13.28        12.80        0.64        4.80        0.62        4.64        1.19        84.24        18.99        91.61        12.17        95.59        19.72        0.24        1.60        30.38   

UCFC

  United Community Financial Corp.   OH     12.21        12.15        0.86        6.96        0.84        6.77        NA        NA        18.87        124.98        15.26        125.75        19.39        0.12        1.76        29.01   

UBNK

  United Financial Bancorp, Inc.   CT     10.04        8.30        0.73        7.07        0.83        8.06        0.92        64.75        15.16        105.27        10.57        129.85        13.31        0.48        3.56        53.93   

WSBF

  Waterstone Financial, Inc.   WI     22.26        22.24        1.14        5.04        1.14        5.04        1.53        83.33        21.58        114.66        25.53        114.84        21.58        0.32        2.03        31.51   

WAYN

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.   OH     9.18        8.84        0.54        5.83        0.54        5.83        NA        NA        15.49        88.80        8.16        92.66        15.49        0.36        2.73        42.35   

WCFB

  WCF Bancorp, Inc.   IA     12.91        NA        0.35        2.68        0.22        1.69        NA        103.48        53.68        144.48        18.66        143.99        84.95        0.20        2.33        108.13   

WEBK

  Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.   MA     8.45        8.45        0.50        5.84        NA        NA        NA        NA        16.14        95.14        8.04        95.14        NA        0.16        0.76        9.92   

WBB

  Westbury Bancorp, Inc.   WI     11.79        11.79        0.80        6.84        0.74        6.35        0.65        140.14        13.96        100.54        11.85        100.54        15.05        NA        NA        NM   

WFD

  Westfield Financial, Inc.   MA     11.07        11.07        0.40        3.88        0.40        3.90        NA        NA        25.27        96.07        10.63        96.07        25.37        0.12        1.58        40.00   


Exhibit IV-1B

Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part Two

Prices As of August 5, 2016

 

            Key Financial Ratios     Asset Quality Ratios     Pricing Ratios     Dividend Data (6)  
            Equity/     Tang Equity/     Reported Earnings     Core Earnings     NPAs/     Rsvs/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Div/     Dividend     Payout  
    Assets(1)     Assets(1)     ROA(5)     ROE(5)     ROA(5)     ROE(5)     Assets     NPLs     Earnings     Book     Assets     Tang Book     Core Earnings     Share     Yield     Ratio (7)  
            (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)  

Companies

                               

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.   MI     15.92        15.92        0.92        5.55        0.92        5.55        NA        NA        15.63        90.88        14.47        90.88        15.63        NA        NA        60.24   

WSFS

  WSFS Financial Corporation   DE     10.58        NA        1.13        10.82        1.29        12.33        0.54        131.74        17.51        173.50        18.36        212.48        15.17        0.24        0.66        11.59   

WVFC

  WVS Financial Corp.   PA     9.85        9.85        0.40        4.08        NA        NA        NA        NA        17.25        73.37        7.23        73.37        NA        0.16        1.34        34.78   

GCBC

  Greene County Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   NY     8.55        8.55        1.12        12.67        NA        NA        NA        NA        16.08        194.49        16.63        194.49        NA        0.38        2.23        35.14   

MHCs

                               

HONE

  HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   MA     14.31        13.79        0.15        1.67        0.28        3.20        NA        NA        NA        139.36        19.94        145.48        NA        NA        NA        NA   

KFFB

  Kentucky First Federal Bancorp (MHC)   KY     22.94        18.94        0.56        2.45        0.56        2.45        NA        NA        41.05        103.27        23.69        131.56        41.05        0.40        4.87        200.00   

LSBK

  Lake Shore Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   NY     16.05        16.05        0.99        6.29        NA        NA        NA        NA        17.18        108.14        NA        108.14        NA        0.28        2.06        35.44   

MGYR

  Magyar Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   NJ     8.36        8.36        0.19        2.26        NA        NA        NA        NA        54.22        119.59        10.00        119.59        NA        NA        NA        NM   

OFED

  Oconee Federal Financial Corp. (MHC)   SC     17.47        16.89        1.05        6.25        1.05        6.26        1.03        35.46        22.44        134.41        23.48        140.00        22.38        0.40        2.07        46.51   

PVBC

  Provident Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   MA     14.06        14.06        0.61        4.20        0.78        5.37        NA        NA        NA        141.06        19.84        141.06        NA        NA        NA        NA   

TFSL

  TFS Financial Corporation (MHC)   OH     13.30        13.23        0.65        4.69        NA        NA        1.66        32.38        65.71        313.44        41.69        315.27        NA        0.40        2.17        142.86   

AF

  Astoria Financial Corporation   NY     11.29        10.18        0.49        4.47        0.51        4.62        NA        NA        22.82        96.00        10.10        108.88        21.96        0.16        1.08        24.62   

Under Acquisition

                               

CBNK

  Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.   MA     12.79        12.79        0.42        3.20        0.49        3.76        NA        NA        32.56        107.99        13.81        107.99        28.07        0.36        1.94        61.40   

EVER

  EverBank Financial Corp   FL     6.79        6.63        0.48        6.72        0.49        6.81        0.58        58.58        20.71        136.82        8.59        140.80        20.41        0.24        1.29        26.67   

LSBG

  Lake Sunapee Bank Group   NH     8.89        5.83        0.60        6.49        0.64        6.99        NA        NA        16.29        104.33        9.27        164.50        15.10        0.56        3.18        51.85   

 

(1) Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2) Or since offering price if converted of first listed in the past 52 weeks. Percent change figures are actual year-to-date and are not annualized.
(3) EPS (earnings per share) is based on actual trailing 12 month data and is not shown on a pro forma basis.
(4) Exludes intangibles (such as goodwill, value of core deposits, etc.).
(5) ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(6) Annualized based on last regular quarterly cash dividend announcement.
(7) Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(8) Excluded from averages due to actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
(9) For MHC institutions, market value reflects share price multiplied by public (non-MHC) shares.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


EXHIBIT IV-2

Historical Stock Price Indices


Exhibit IV-2

Historical Stock Price Indices(1)

 

                                     SNL        SNL  
                            NASDAQ        Thrift        Bank  

Year/Qtr. Ended

   DJIA        S&P 500        Composite        Index        Index  

2004:

   Quarter 1      10357.7           1126.2           1994.2           1585.3           562.20   
   Quarter 2      10435.5           1140.8           2047.8           1437.8           546.62   
   Quarter 3      10080.3           1114.6           1896.8           1495.1           556.00   
   Quarter 4      10783.0           1211.9           2175.4           1605.6           595.10   

2005:

   Quarter 1      10503.8           1180.6           1999.2           1516.6           551.00   
   Quarter 2      10275.0           1191.3           2057.0           1577.1           563.27   
   Quarter 3      10568.7           1228.8           2151.7           1527.2           546.30   
   Quarter 4      10717.5           1248.3           2205.3           1616.4           582.80   

2006:

   Quarter 1      11109.3           1294.8           2339.8           1661.1           595.50   
   Quarter 2      11150.2           1270.2           2172.1           1717.9           601.14   
   Quarter 3      11679.1           1335.9           2258.4           1727.1           634.00   
   Quarter 4      12463.2           1418.3           2415.3           1829.3           658.60   

2007:

   Quarter 1      12354.4           1420.9           2421.6           1703.6           634.40   
   Quarter 2      13408.6           1503.4           2603.2           1645.9           622.63   
   Quarter 3      13895.6           1526.8           2701.5           1523.3           595.80   
   Quarter 4      13264.8           1468.4           2652.3           1058.0           492.85   

2008:

   Quarter 1      12262.9           1322.7           2279.1           1001.5           442.5   
   Quarter 2      11350.0           1280.0           2293.0           822.6           332.2   
   Quarter 3      10850.7           1166.4           2082.3           760.1           414.8   
   Quarter 4      8776.4           903.3           1577.0           653.9           268.3   

2009:

   Quarter 1      7608.9           797.9           1528.6           542.8           170.1   
   Quarter 2      8447.0           919.3           1835.0           538.8           227.6   
   Quarter 3      9712.3           1057.1           2122.4           561.4           282.9   
   Quarter 4      10428.1           1115.1           2269.2           587.0           260.8   

2010:

   Quarter 1      10856.6           1169.4           2398.0           626.3           301.1   
   Quarter 2      9744.0           1030.7           2109.2           564.5           257.2   
   Quarter 3      9744.0           1030.7           2109.2           564.5           257.2   
   Quarter 4      11577.5           1257.6           2652.9           592.2           290.1   

2011:

   Quarter 1      12319.7           1325.8           2781.1           578.1           293.1   
   Quarter 2      12414.3           1320.6           2773.5           540.8           266.8   
   Quarter 3      10913.4           1131.4           2415.4           443.2           198.9   
   Quarter 4      12217.6           1257.6           2605.2           481.4           221.3   

2012:

   Quarter 1      13212.0           1408.5           3091.6           529.3           284.9   
   Quarter 2      12880.1           1362.2           2935.1           511.6           257.3   
   Quarter 3      13437.1           1440.7           3116.2           557.6           276.8   
   Quarter 4      13104.1           1426.2           3019.5           565.8           292.7   

2013:

   Quarter 1      14578.5           1569.2           3267.5           602.3           318.9   
   Quarter 2      14909.6           1606.3           3404.3           625.3           346.7   
   Quarter 3      15129.7           1681.6           3771.5           650.8           354.4   
   Quarter 4      16576.7           1848.4           4176.6           706.5           394.4   

2014:

   Quarter 1      16457.7           1872.3           4199.0           718.9           410.8   
   Quarter 2      16826.6           1960.2           4408.2           723.9           405.2   
   Quarter 3      17042.9           1972.3           4493.4           697.7           411.0   
   Quarter 4      17823.1           2058.9           4736.1           738.7           432.8   

2015:

   Quarter 1      17776.1           2067.9           4900.9           749.3           418.8   
   Quarter 2      17619.5           2063.1           4986.9           795.7           448.4   
   Quarter 3      16284.7           1920.0           4620.2           811.7           409.4   
   Quarter 4      17425.0           2043.9           5007.4           809.1           431.5   

2016:

   Quarter 1      17685.1           2059.7           4869.9           788.1           381.4   
   Quarter 2      17930.0           2098.9           4842.7           780.9           385.6   

As of August 5, 2016

     18543.5           2182.9           5221.1           812.1           412.9   

 

(1) End of period data.

Sources: SNL Financial and The Wall Street Journal.


EXHIBIT IV-3

Stock Indices as of August 5, 2016


Index Values

 

 

Industry:    Savings Bank/Thrift/Mutual
Geography:    United States and Canada

 

 

 

            Last      Change (%)    

Price /

Earnings

 
     Close      Update      1 Day     1 Week     MTD     QTD     YTD     1 Year     3 Years     (x)  

SNL Custom** Indexes

                      

SNL Banking Indexes

                      

SNL U.S. Bank and Thrift

     397.05         8/8/2016         0.05        3.61        2.94        7.02        (4.13     (9.07     11.54        13.4   

SNL U.S. Thrift

     811.30         8/8/2016         (0.10     1.69        1.40        3.89        0.28        (0.13     21.92        29.0   

SNL TARP Participants

     66.42         8/8/2016         0.37        1.06        0.33        12.92        27.01        9.83        (18.97     14.4   

S&P 500 Bank

     219.62         8/5/2016         2.95        3.10        3.10        7.07        (6.24     (12.23     8.28        NA   

NASDAQ Bank

     2,900.52         8/8/2016         (0.34     2.83        2.06        6.09        1.66        0.55        21.36        NA   

SNL Asset Size Indexes

                      

SNL U.S. Thrift < $250M

     1,099.70         8/8/2016         0.77        0.77        0.92        3.15        1.64        7.16        23.90        47.8   

SNL U.S. Thrift $250M-$500M

     5,120.21         8/8/2016         (0.12     0.09        0.44        1.79        1.21        5.69        33.04        25.1   

SNL U.S. Thrift < $500M

     1,751.77         8/8/2016         (0.04     0.14        0.49        1.96        1.37        5.99        33.00        27.5   

SNL U.S. Thrift $500M-$1B

     2,320.70         8/8/2016         (0.39     0.31        0.49        2.36        2.84        10.74        41.22        21.8   

SNL U.S. Thrift $1B-$5B

     2,831.22         8/8/2016         (0.25     1.42        1.25        3.88        3.68        9.98        37.31        22.7   

SNL U.S. Thrift $5B-$10B

     844.50         8/8/2016         (0.14     3.05        2.49        4.51        5.29        (1.01     5.14        24.8   

SNL U.S. Thrift > $10B

     156.24         8/8/2016         0.02        1.42        1.12        3.78        (4.00     (6.48     15.08        36.4   

SNL Market Cap Indexes

                      

SNL Micro Cap U.S. Thrift

     867.68         8/8/2016         (0.19     (0.03     (0.03     2.44        (0.87     5.72        31.37        22.3   

SNL Micro Cap U.S. Bank & Thrift

     582.42         8/8/2016         (0.05     0.17        0.15        2.34        2.91        8.19        32.03        16.3   

SNL Small Cap U.S. Thrift

     618.51         8/8/2016         (0.32     1.32        1.38        3.57        5.04        10.17        33.40        20.4   

SNL Small Cap U.S. Bank & Thrift

     520.11         8/8/2016         (0.25     1.87        1.55        5.45        4.56        7.76        28.10        17.8   

SNL Mid Cap U.S. Thrift

     310.22         8/8/2016         0.28        3.19        2.61        7.14        3.11        (2.03     19.04        22.9   

SNL Mid Cap U.S. Bank & Thrift

     333.01         8/8/2016         (0.31     3.41        2.58        6.32        3.01        0.14        19.06        17.6   

SNL Large Cap U.S. Thrift

     156.38         8/8/2016         (0.44     0.40        0.23        (0.43     (7.47     (7.24     9.94        65.9   

SNL Large Cap U.S. Bank & Thrift

     256.35         8/8/2016         0.12        3.77        3.11        7.25        (5.76     (11.46     9.29        12.5   

SNL Geographic Indexes

                      

SNL Mid-Atlantic U.S. Thrift

     3,021.07         8/8/2016         (0.49     0.77        0.58        1.05        (3.79     (4.51     13.29        24.4   

SNL Midwest U.S. Thrift

     3,039.93         8/8/2016         0.01        1.67        1.41        6.30        5.82        14.37        45.45        40.1   

SNL New England U.S. Thrift

     2,342.04         8/8/2016         (0.14     1.29        1.23        2.45        4.10        9.42        23.38        26.4   

SNL Southeast U.S. Thrift

     381.94         8/8/2016         2.31        5.68        5.39        21.41        14.49        (3.22     24.46        21.3   

SNL Southwest U.S. Thrift

     678.99         8/8/2016         (0.55     5.13        5.13        7.33        (0.98     3.14        30.76        13.2   

SNL Western U.S. Thrift

     103.23         8/8/2016         0.28        7.21        5.05        3.60        (5.48     (21.76     18.07        14.4   

SNL Stock Exchange Indexes

                      

SNL U.S. Thrift NYSE

     133.98         8/8/2016         (0.06     1.66        1.48        3.03        (2.79     (10.49     7.53        18.3   

SNL U.S. Thrift NASDAQ

     2,347.37         8/8/2016         (0.12     1.70        1.36        4.28        1.66        4.58        28.12        31.6   

SNL U.S. Thrift Pink

     261.04         8/8/2016         (0.05     (0.36     (0.04     2.04        1.72        8.52        38.46        17.8   

SNL Other Indexes

                      

SNL U.S. Thrift MHCs

     6,019.41         8/8/2016         0.22        1.68        1.53        6.71        (1.16     7.45        58.33        62.7   

Broad Market Indexes

                      

DJIA

     18,529.29         8/8/2016         (0.08     0.68        0.53        3.34        6.34        6.65        19.56        NA   

S&P 500

     2,180.89         8/8/2016         (0.09     0.46        0.34        3.91        6.70        4.97        28.48        NA   

S&P Mid-Cap

     1,562.57         8/8/2016         0.00        0.48        0.20        4.41        11.73        5.00        26.31        NA   

S&P Small-Cap

     746.67         8/5/2016         1.33        0.36        0.36        5.41        11.16        4.97        24.74        NA   

 

 

Source: SNL Financial | Page 1 of 2


Index Values

 

 

S&P 500 Financials

     323.41         8/5/2016         1.93        1.42        1.42        4.87         0.52        (4.70     15.60         NA   

SNL U.S. Financial Institutions

     701.22         8/8/2016         0.05        2.61        2.11        5.72         (1.10     (7.21     15.65         15.4   

MSCI US IMI Financials

     1,210.41         8/5/2016         1.75        1.16        1.16        4.94         2.17        (2.91     16.24         NA   

NASDAQ

     5,213.14         8/8/2016         (0.15     0.56        0.99        7.65         4.11        3.36        42.08         NA   

NASDAQ Finl

     3,394.44         8/8/2016         (0.26     1.39        1.27        4.31         4.72        1.37        19.81         NA   

NYSE

     10,788.00         8/8/2016         0.05        0.54        0.02        2.84         6.35        0.23        11.97         NA   

Russell 1000

     1,208.93         8/5/2016         0.83        0.37        0.37        4.08         6.81        3.20        27.28         NA   

Russell 2000

     1,231.30         8/5/2016         1.45        0.93        0.93        6.89         8.40        (0.04     15.83         NA   

Russell 3000

     1,289.60         8/5/2016         0.88        0.41        0.41        4.28         6.92        2.94        26.31         NA   

S&P TSX Composite

     14,755.62         8/8/2016         0.73        1.19        1.19        4.91         13.42        3.17        17.55         NA   

MSCI AC World (USD)

     415.58         8/5/2016         0.58        (0.12     (0.12     4.08         4.06        (2.38     9.99         NA   

MSCI World (USD)

     1,716.65         8/5/2016         0.52        (0.30     (0.30     3.84         3.24        (2.62     12.17         NA   

Bermuda Royal Gazette/BSX

     1,226.40         8/5/2016         0.74        1.58        1.58        3.97         (5.96     (3.13     6.08         NA   

Intraday data is available for certain exchanges. In all cases, the data is at least 15 minutes delayed.

 

** - Non-publicly traded institutions and institutions outside of your current subscription are not included in custom indexes. Custom indexes including foreign institutions do not take into account currency translations. Data is as of the previous close.

All SNL indexes are market-value weighted; i.e., an institution’s effect on an index is proportional to that institution’s market capitalization.

Source: MSCI. MSCI makes no express or implied warranties or representations and shall have no liability whatsoever with respect to any MSCI data contained herein. The MSCI data may not be further redistributed or used as a basis for other indices or any securities or financial products.

 

Mid-Atlantic: DE, DC, MD, NJ, NY, PA, PR    Midwest: IA, IN, IL, KS, KY, MI, MN, MO, ND, NE, OH, SD, WI
New England: CT, ME, MA, NH, RI, VT    Southeast: AL, AR, FL, GA, MS, NC, SC, TN, VA, WV
Southwest: CO, LA, NM, OK, TX, UT    West: AZ, AK, CA, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, WA, WY

 

 

Source: SNL Financial | Page 2 of 2


EXHIBIT IV-4

Market Area Acquisition Activity


Exhibit IV-4

Pennsylvania Thrift Acquisitions 2013-Present

 

                          Target Financials at Announcement     Deal Terms and Pricing at Announcement  
                          Total                 LTM     LTM     NPAs/     Rsrvs/     Deal     Value/                             Prem/  
Announce   Complete                     Assets     E/A     TE/A     ROAA     ROAE     Assets     NPLs     Value     Share     P/B     P/TB     P/E     P/A     Cdeps  

Date

  Date    

Buyer Short Name

     

Target Name

      ($000)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($M)     ($)     (%)     (%)     (x)     (%)     (%)  

06/02/2016

    Def. Agrmt      Prudential Bancorp Inc.   PA   Polonia Bancorp, Inc.   PA     291,611        12.86        12.86        -0.05        -0.35        NA        NA        38.0        11.299        100.90        100.90        NM        13.02        0.35   

04/04/2016

    Def. Agrmt      DNB Financial Corp.   PA   East River Bank   PA     310,742        9.78        9.78        0.76        7.73        0.45        248.74        49.0        19.254        154.90        154.90        21.16        15.77        11.48   

12/30/2015

    04/30/2016      Emclaire Financial Corp.   PA   United-American Savings Bank   PA     90,717        8.73        8.73        0.75        8.87        1.26        37.63        14.1        42.670        166.84        166.84        19.68        15.52        15.32   

12/08/2015

    07/01/2016      Univest Corp. of Pennsylvania   PA   Fox Chase Bancorp, Inc.   PA     1,098,797        16.02        16.02        0.91        5.62        1.11        112.81        244.3        20.387        134.27        134.27        23.17        22.24        10.50   

11/04/2015

    02/29/2016      C&G Savings Bank   PA   Cresson Community Bank   PA     58,986        12.44        12.44        0.36        3.02        0.75        22.73        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

10/22/2015

    04/14/2016      Beneficial Bancorp Inc   PA   Conestoga Bank   PA     719,013        8.70        8.70        0.59        6.75        0.92        133.46        100.1        NA        160.00        160.00        24.52        13.92        9.21   

09/03/2015

    01/08/2016      NexTier Inc.   PA   Eureka Financial Corporation   PA     154,626        15.15        15.15        1.01        6.78        0.54        473.84        35.3        28.500        146.94        146.94        21.43        22.83        13.06   

03/03/2015

    10/09/2015      WSFS Financial Corp.   DE   Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania   PA     420,829        15.79        15.79        0.60        3.82        2.24        54.85        93.4        22.358        135.48        135.48        35.49        22.20        9.25   

11/19/2014

    08/01/2015      FSB Mutual Holdings Inc.   PA   First Federal Savings and Loan Association of Bucks County   PA     739,405        10.87        10.87        0.72        6.70        0.36        163.82        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

10/29/2014

    02/10/2015      WesBanco Inc.   WV   ESB Financial Corporation   PA     1,945,398        10.55        8.59        0.91        8.95        1.04        37.63        352.7        19.189        165.54        207.37        19.78        19.98        18.27   

06/04/2014

    10/24/2014      National Penn Bancshares Inc.   PA   TF Financial Corporation   PA     846,016        11.46        10.96        0.83        7.37        1.20        99.83        141.6        43.183        140.31        147.62        19.02        16.74        7.67   

04/14/2014

    10/31/2014      CB Financial Services Inc.   PA   FedFirst Financial Corporation   PA     319,027        16.25        15.96        0.73        4.28        1.54        69.16        55.0        22.929        104.45        106.78        25.20        17.24        2.37   

12/20/2013

    05/30/2014      Provident Financial Services   NJ   Team Capital Bank   PA     949,224        9.24        9.24        0.71        7.09        0.86        123.93        124.4        16.205        190.58        190.58        19.20        13.11        9.72   
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        Average:       611,107        12.14        11.93        0.68        5.89        1.02        131.54            145.47        150.15        22.87        17.51        9.75   
        Median:       420,829        11.46        10.96        0.73        6.75        0.98        106.32            146.94        147.62        21.30        16.74        9.72   

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


EXHIBIT IV-5

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes


Exhibit IV-5

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes

Directors

Carl Hj. Asplundh, Jr. began working for Asplundh Tree Expert Company in 1953. He is now retired. He was Chairman of the Board of that company from 1996 until 2000. At various times he served on the boards of Doylestown Hospital, The Heritage Conservancy of Bucks County, and Bryn Athyn Academy. Mr. Asplundh’s business and financial experience and contacts in the local community are among his qualifications to serve as a director.

John D. Behm is the co-founder and co-Managing Principal of the Philadelphia and Princeton offices of Cresa, a tenant-only commercial real estate firm. Mr. Behm began working at Cresa in 1996 and has worked on a variety of commercial real estate matters at Cresa, including process management, real estate administration, planning, managing and negotiating leases, building sales/purchases, build-to-suit projects, land sales/purchases, and renewals and dispositions for end users of space on a local, national and international basis. Mr. Behm’s commercial real estate and business experience and contacts in the local community are among his qualifications as a director.

Scott W. Froggatt is currently a Senior Vice President at Land Services USA, Inc., a large title insurance agency located in Philadelphia, a position he has held since August 2015. Previously, Mr. Froggatt was an Executive Vice President at Robert Chalphin Associates Inc., a title insurance agency. Mr. Froggatt worked for Robert Chalphin Associates since 1981. Prior to joining Robert Chalphin Associates, Mr. Froggatt was vice president/title insurance underwriting at UGT – MidAtlantic Inc., and vice president/audits, marketing, management and commercial closings at Stewart of Pennsylvania Inc. He has served on many committees for Pennsylvania Land Title Association, and has earned the designation of Associate Land Title Professional. He also is a Trustee of the Old School Baptist Meetinghouse. Mr. Froggatt’s business and financial experience and contacts in the local community are among his qualifications to serve as a director.

Joseph F. Kelly is currently President/Owner of J.M.J.M. Inc., a construction company, a position he has held since 1991. In addition, Mr. Kelly owns and manages several residential and commercial properties. Mr. Kelly has served on many homeowners and condominium association boards. He has worked in various capacities, including property management. He is also a licensed real estate builder owner salesperson. Mr. Kelly’s business experience, including experience with his construction company and as the owner/manager of residential and commercial properties, are among his qualifications to serve as a director.

Travis J. Thompson was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of Huntingdon Valley Bank in January 2013 and Chairman of the Board in July 2016. From 2006 through 2012, Mr. Thompson was an executive officer of Suburban Marble & Granite Inc., first as its Chief Operating Officer and later as its President. From 1998 to 2006, Mr. Thompson was an associate, shareholder and managing shareholder at the law firm of Liederbach, Hahn, Foy, VanBlunk & Thompson PC, which merged into the law firm of Stark & Stark. Mr. Thompson was solicitor to Huntingdon Valley Bank for most of this period and represented several other local community banks in the late 1990s and early 2000s. Mr. Thompson’s business and legal experience, as well as his long relationship with Huntingdon Valley Bank, are among his qualifications to serve as a director.


Exhibit IV-5 (continued)

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Joseph C. O’Neill, Jr. was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on July 1, 2016. He was previously Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Huntingdon Valley Bank beginning in January 2010, and assumed the additional duties of Chief Operating Officer from January 2013 until June 2016. In his current position, Mr. O’Neill is responsible for Huntingdon Valley Bank’s finance, accounting and deposit operations, including policies and procedures, as well as coordination and maintenance of accounting and management reporting systems. Mr. O’Neill is also responsible for regulatory reporting, tax and cost accounting and Huntingdon Valley Bank’s investment portfolio. From 1999 to 2009, Mr. O’Neill held various positions with General Motors and General Motors Acceptance Corporation, including chief financial officer for General Motors’ wholly owned thrift subsidiary, vice president for financial reporting for GMAC Commercial Mortgage and divisional controller for GMAC Residential Mortgage.

Charles S. Hutt has been employed by Huntingdon Valley Bank since 2007. He was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer on July 1, 2016. Previously, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer beginning in January 2013. Between 2007 and 2013, Mr. Hutt was Senior Vice President of Residential Lending at Huntingdon Valley Bank. Mr. Hutt is responsible for Huntingdon Valley Bank’s lending portfolio, as well as for retail loan originations and sales operations.

J. Chris Jacobsen was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in June 2016. In his current position, Mr. Jacobsen is responsible for the retail branch network, information technology, compliance, marketing and human resources. Mr. Jacobsen has more than 25 years of banking experience, including serving as Senior Vice President/Retail Banking at Roxborough-Manayunk Bank from 2000 to 2003 when it was acquired by Citizens Bank. Following the acquisition, Mr. Jacobsen was appointed Senior Vice President/Business Strategy at Citizens Bank where he worked on mergers and acquisitions. In 2005, Mr. Jacobsen joined St. Edmond’s Federal Savings Bank and was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, a position he held until 2012 when the bank was acquired by Beneficial Bank where Mr. Jacobsen subsequently served as Market Director prior to joining Huntingdon Valley Bank.

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.


EXHIBIT IV-6

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios


Exhibit IV-6

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

    Huntingdon Valley
Bank Historical at

June 30, 2016
    Pro Forma at June 30, 2016, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of (1)  
      1,402,500 Shares     1,650,000 Shares     1,897,500 Shares     2,182,125 Shares (2)  
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Equity

  $ 12,971        7.14   $ 17,703        9.41   $ 18,626        9.83   $ 19,549        10.26   $ 20,611        10.73
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Tier 1 leverage
capital (3)(4)

  $ 12,951        7.63   $ 17,683        10.04   $ 18,606        10.49      $ 19,529        10.94   $ 20,591        11.44

Tier 1 leverage requirement

    8,483        5.00        8,804        5.00        8,865        5.00        8,926        5.00        8,996        5.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 4,468        2.63   $ 8,879        5.04   $ 9,741        5.49   $ 10,603.        5.94   $ 11,595        6.44
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital (3)(4)

  $ 12,951        12.04   $ 17,683        15.96   $ 18,606        16.70   $ 19,529        17.43   $ 20,591        18.27

Tier 1 risk-based requirement

    8,607        8.00        8,864        8.00        8,913        8.00        8,961        8.00        9,018        8.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 4,344        4.04   $ 8,819        7.96   $ 9,693        8.70   $ 10,568        9.43   $ 11,573        10.27
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (3)(4)

  $ 13,438        12.49   $ 18,170        16.40   $ 19,093        17.14   $ 20,016        17.87   $ 21,078        18.70

Total risk-based requirement

    10,759        10.00        11,080        10.00        11,141        10.00        11,202        10.00        11,272        10.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 2,679        2.49   $ 7,090        6.40   $ 7,952        7.14   $ 8,814        7.87   $ 9,806        8.70
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 risk-based
capital (3)(4)

  $ 12,951        12.04   $ 17,683        15.96   $ 18,606        16.70   $ 19,529        17.43   $ 20,591        18.27

Common equity tier 1 risk-based
requirement

    6,993        6.50        7,202        6.50        7,241        6.50        7,281        6.50        7,327        6.50   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 5,958        5.54   $ 10,481        9.46   $ 11,365        10.20   $ 12,248        10.93   $ 13,264        11.77
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Exhibit IV-6 (continued)

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

Reconciliation of capital infused into Huntingdon Valley Bank:

        

Net proceeds

   $ 6,415      $ 7,635      $ 8,855      $ 10,259   

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan

     (561     (660     (759     (873

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

     (1,122     (1,320     (1,518     (1,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma increase

   $ 4,732      $ 5,655      $ 6,578      $ 7,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Pro forma capital levels assume that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering with funds we lend and that our stock-based benefit plan purchases 4% of the shares sold in the offering for restricted stock awards. Pro forma capital calculated under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund these plans. See “Management” for a discussion of the employee stock ownership plan.
(2) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(3) Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total average assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets
(4) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

Source: Huntingdon Valley Bank’s prospectus.

 


EXHIBIT IV-7

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Pro Forma Analysis Sheet


Exhibit IV-7

PRO FORMA ANALYSIS SHEET

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Prices as of August 5, 2016

 

                Peer Group     Pennsylvania     All-Publicly-Traded  

Price Multiple

   Symbol    Subject (1)     Mean     Median     Mean     Median     Mean     Median  

Price-earnings ratio (x)

   P/E      18.00x        22.09x        18.81x        17.72x        17.48x        18.26x        17.48x   

Price-core earnings ratio (x)

   P/Core      18.26x        21.83x        19.31x        19.14x        19.85x        18.05x        17.95x   

Price-book ratio (%)

   = P/B      62.85     91.89     89.87     103.06     102.14     110.61     106.86

Price-tangible book ratio (%)

   = P/TB      62.85     94.99     93.80     114.82     110.49     119.47     115.16

Price-assets ratio (%)

   = P/A      8.45     14.32     13.41     14.43     14.97     13.82     13.27

 

Valuation Parameters

                  

Pre-Conversion Earnings (Y)

   $ 1,026,000       ESOP Stock Purchases (E)      8.00 % (5) 

Pre-Conversion Earnings (CY)

   $ 1,013,000       Cost of ESOP Borrowings (S)      0.00 % (4) 

Pre-Conversion Book Value (B)

   $ 12,971,000       ESOP Amortization (T)      20.00 years   

Pre-Conv. Tang. Book Val. (TB)

   $ 12,971,000       RRP Amount (M)      4.00

Pre-Conversion Assets (A)

   $ 182,023,000       RRP Vesting (N)      5.00 years  (5) 

Reinvestment Rate (2)(R)

     1.01%       Foundation (F)      0.00

Est. Conversion Expenses (3)(X)

     7.45%       Tax Benefit (Z)      0   

Tax Rate (TAX)

     40.00%       Percentage Sold (PCT)      100.00
      Option (O1)      10.00 % (6) 
      Estimated Option Value (O2)      24.00 % (6) 
      Option vesting (O3)      5.00  (6) 
      Option pct taxable (O4)      25.00 % (6) 

 

Calculation of Pro Forma Value After Conversion

 

1. V=

                   P/E * (Y)                                                                                                                                                       V=       $ 16,500,000   
   1 - P/E * PCT * ((1-X-E-M-F)*R*(1-TAX) - (1-TAX)*E/T - (1-TAX)*M/N) - (1-(TAX*O4))*(O1*O2)/O3)      

2. V=

                   P/Core * (Y)                                                                                                                                                     V=       $ 16,500,000   
   1 - P/core * PCT * ((1-X-E-M-F)*R*(1-TAX) - (1-TAX)*E/T - (1-TAX)*M/N) - (1-(TAX*O4))*(O1*O2)/O3)      

3. V=

                   P/B * (B+Z)                  V=       $ 16,500,000   
   1 - P/B * PCT * (1-X-E-M-F)      

4. V=

                   P/TB * (TB+Z)                  V=       $ 16,500,000   
   1 - P/TB * PCT * (1-X-E-M-F)      

5. V=

                   P/A * (A+Z)                  V=       $ 16,500,000   
   1 - P/A * PCT * (1-X-E-M-F)      

 

                          Shares             Aggregate  
     Shares Issued      Price Per      Gross Offering      Issued To      Total Shares      Market Value  

Conclusion

   To the Public      Share      Proceeds      Foundation      Issued      of Shares Issued  

Supermaximum

     2,182,125         10.00       $ 21,821,250         0         2,182,125       $ 21,821,250   

Maximum

     1,897,500         10.00         18,975,000         0         1,897,500         18,975,000   

Midpoint

     1,650,000         10.00         16,500,000         0         1,650,000         16,500,000   

Minimum

     1,402,500         10.00         14,025,000         0         1,402,500         14,025,000   

 

(1) Pricing ratios shown reflect the midpoint value.
(2) Net return reflects a reinvestment rate of 1.01% and a tax rate of 40.0% percent.
(3) Offering expenses shown at estimated midpoint value.
(4) No cost is applicable since holding company will fund the ESOP loan.
(5) ESOP and MRP amortize over 20 years and 5 years, respectively; amortization expenses tax effected at 40.0%.
(6) 10 percent option plan with an estimated Black-Scholes valuation of 24.00% of the exercise price, including a 5 year vesting with 25 percent of the options (granted to directors) tax effected at 40.0%.


EXHIBIT IV-8

Huntingdon Valley Bank

Pro Forma Effect of Conversion Proceeds


Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Huntingdon Valley Bank

At the Minimum

 

1.

   Pro Forma Market Capitalization            $ 14,025,000   
  

Less: Foundation Shares

             —     
             

 

 

 

2.

  

Offering Proceeds

           $ 14,025,000   
  

Less: Estimated Offering Expenses

             1,195,795   
             

 

 

 
  

Net Conversion Proceeds

           $ 12,829,205   

3.

   Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds           
   Net Conversion Proceeds            $ 12,829,205   
   Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation              0   
   Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)              1,683,000   
             

 

 

 
   Net Proceeds Reinvested            $ 11,146,205   
   Estimated net incremental rate of return              0.61
             

 

 

 
   Reinvestment Income            $ 67,546   
  

Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)

             0   
  

Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)

             33,660   
  

Less: Amortization of Options (4)

             60,588   
  

Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)

             67,320   
             

 

 

 
   Net Earnings Impact            ($ 94,022
                 Before
Conversion
     Net Earnings
Increase
    After Conversion  

4.

   Pro Forma Earnings           
   12 Months ended June 30, 2016 (reported)       $ 1,026,000       ($ 94,022   $ 931,978   
   12 Months ended June 30, 2016 (core)       $ 1,013,000       ($ 94,022   $ 918,978   
          Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit Of
Contribution
    After Conversion  

5.

   Pro Forma Net Worth           
   June 30, 2016    $ 12,971,000       $ 11,146,205       $ 0      $ 24,117,205   
   June 30, 2016 (Tangible)    $ 12,971,000       $ 11,146,205       $ 0      $ 24,117,205   
          Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit
Of Contribution
    After Conversion  

6.

   Pro Forma Assets           
   June 30, 2016    $ 182,023,000       $ 11,146,205       $ 0      $ 193,169,205   

 

(1) Includes ESOP and RRP stock purchases equal to 8.0 and 4.0 percent of total shares issued, respectively.
(2) ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3) ESOP borrowings are amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 40.0 percent rate.
(4) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assumes 25 percent is taxable.
(5) RRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 40.0 percent.


Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Huntingdon Valley Bank

At the Midpoint Value

 

1.

   Pro Forma Market Capitalization            $ 16,500,000   
  

Less: Foundation Shares

             —     
             

 

 

 

2.

  

Offering Proceeds

           $ 16,500,000   
  

Less: Estimated Offering Expenses

             1,229,950   
             

 

 

 
  

Net Conversion Proceeds

           $ 15,270,050   

3.

   Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds           
   Net Conversion Proceeds            $ 15,270,050   
   Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation              0   
   Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)              1,980,000   
             

 

 

 
   Net Proceeds Reinvested            $ 13,290,050   
   Estimated net incremental rate of return              0.61
             

 

 

 
   Reinvestment Income            $ 80,538   
  

Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)

             0   
  

Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)

             39,600   
  

Less: Amortization of Options (4)

             71,280   
  

Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)

             79,200   
             

 

 

 
   Net Earnings Impact            ($ 109,542
                 Before
Conversion
     Net Earnings
Increase
    After Conversion  

4.

   Pro Forma Earnings           
   12 Months ended June 30, 2016 (reported)       $ 1,026,000       ($ 109,542   $ 916,458   
   12 Months ended June 30, 2016 (core)       $ 1,013,000       ($ 109,542   $ 903,458   
          Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit Of
Contribution
    After Conversion  

5.

   Pro Forma Net Worth           
   June 30, 2016    $ 12,971,000       $ 13,290,050       $ 0      $ 26,261,050   
   June 30, 2016 (Tangible)    $ 12,971,000       $ 13,290,050       $ 0      $ 26,261,050   
          Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit
Of Contribution
    After Conversion  

6.

   Pro Forma Assets           
   June 30, 2016    $ 182,023,000       $ 13,290,050       $ 0      $ 195,313,050   

 

(1) Includes ESOP and RRP stock purchases equal to 8.0 and 4.0 percent of total shares issued, respectively.
(2) ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3) ESOP borrowings are amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 40.0 percent rate.
(4) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assumes 25 percent is taxable.
(5) RRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 40.0 percent.


Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Huntingdon Valley Bank

At the Maximum Value

 

1.

   Pro Forma Market Capitalization         $ 18,975,000   
  

Less: Foundation Shares

  

       —     
             

 

 

 

2.

  

Offering Proceeds

  

     $ 18,975,000   
  

Less: Estimated Offering Expenses

  

       1,264,105   
             

 

 

 
  

Net Conversion Proceeds

  

     $ 17,710,895   

3.

   Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds        
   Net Conversion Proceeds         $ 17,710,895   
   Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation           0   
   Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)           2,277,000   
             

 

 

 
   Net Proceeds Reinvested         $ 15,433,895   
   Estimated net incremental rate of return           0.61
             

 

 

 
   Reinvestment Income         $ 93,529   
  

Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)

  

       0   
  

Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)

  

       45,540   
  

Less: Amortization of Options (4)

  

       81,972   
  

Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)

  

       91,080   
             

 

 

 
   Net Earnings Impact            ($ 125,063
                 Before
Conversion
     Net Earnings
Increase
    After Conversion  

4.

   Pro Forma Earnings           
   12 Months ended June 30, 2016 (reported)       $ 1,026,000       ($ 125,063   $ 900,937   
   12 Months ended June 30, 2016 (core)       $ 1,013,000       ($ 125,063   $ 887,937   
          Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit Of
Contribution
    After Conversion  

5.

   Pro Forma Net Worth           
   June 30, 2016    $ 12,971,000       $ 15,433,895       $ 0      $ 28,404,895   
   June 30, 2016 (Tangible)    $ 12,971,000       $ 15,433,895       $ 0      $ 28,404,895   
          Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit
Of Contribution
    After Conversion  

6.

   Pro Forma Assets           
   June 30, 2016    $ 182,023,000       $ 15,433,895       $ 0      $ 197,456,895   

 

(1) Includes ESOP and RRP stock purchases equal to 8.0 and 4.0 percent of total shares issued, respectively.
(2) ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3) ESOP borrowings are amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 40.0 percent rate.
(4) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assumes 25 percent is taxable.
(5) RRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 40.0 percent.


Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Huntingdon Valley Bank

At the Supermaximum Value

 

1.

   Pro Forma Market Capitalization            $ 21,821,250   
  

Less: Foundation Shares

             —     
             

 

 

 

2.

  

Offering Proceeds

           $ 21,821,250   
  

Less: Estimated Offering Expenses

             1,303,383   
             

 

 

 
  

Net Conversion Proceeds

           $ 20,517,867   

3.

   Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds           
   Net Conversion Proceeds            $ 20,517,867   
   Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation              0   
   Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)              2,618,550   
             

 

 

 
   Net Proceeds Reinvested            $ 17,899,317   
   Estimated net incremental rate of return              0.61
             

 

 

 
   Reinvestment Income            $ 108,470   
  

Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)

             0   
  

Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)

             52,371   
  

Less: Amortization of Options (4)

             94,268   
  

Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)

             104,742   
             

 

 

 
   Net Earnings Impact            ($ 142,911
                 Before
Conversion
     Net Earnings
Increase
    After Conversion  

4.

   Pro Forma Earnings           
   12 Months ended June 30, 2016 (reported)       $ 1,026,000       ($ 142,911   $ 883,089   
   12 Months ended June 30, 2016 (core)       $ 1,013,000       ($ 142,911   $ 870,089   
          Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit Of
Contribution
    After Conversion  

5.

   Pro Forma Net Worth           
   June 30, 2016    $ 12,971,000       $ 17,899,317       $ 0      $ 30,870,317   
   June 30, 2016 (Tangible)    $ 12,971,000       $ 17,899,317       $ 0      $ 30,870,317   
          Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit
Of Contribution
    After Conversion  

6.

   Pro Forma Assets           
   June 30, 2016    $ 182,023,000       $ 17,899,317       $ 0      $ 199,922,317   

 

(1) Includes ESOP and RRP stock purchases equal to 8.0 and 4.0 percent of total shares issued, respectively.
(2) ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3) ESOP borrowings are amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 40.0 percent rate.
(4) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assumes 25 percent is taxable.
(5) RRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 40.0 percent.


EXHIBIT V-1

RP ® Financial, LC.

Firm Qualifications Statement


RP FINANCIAL, LC.

Advisory | Planning | Valuation

FIRM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT

RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) provides financial and management consulting, merger advisory and valuation services to the financial services companies, including banks, thrifts, credit unions, insurance companies, mortgage companies and others. We offer a broad array of services, high quality and prompt service, hands-on involvement by our senior staff, careful structuring of strategic initiatives and sophisticated valuation and other analyses consistent with industry practices and regulatory requirements. Our staff has extensive consulting, valuation, financial advisory and industry backgrounds.

STRATEGIC PLANNING SERVICES

RP Financial’s strategic planning services, for established or de novo banking companies, provide effective feasible plans with quantifiable results to enhance shareholder value, achieve regulatory approval or realize other objectives. We conduct situation analyses; establish mission/vision statements, develope strategic goals and objectives; and identify strategies to enhance value, address capital, increase earnings, manage risk and tackle operational or organizational matters. Our proprietary financial simulation models facilitate the evaluation of the feasibility, impact and merit of alternative financial strategies.

MERGER ADVISORY SERVICES

RP Financial’s merger advisory services include targeting buyers and sellers, assessing acquisition merit, conducting due diligence, negotiating and structuring deal terms, preparing merger business plans and financial simulations, rendering fairness opinions, preparing fair valuation analyses and supporting post-merger strategies. RP Financial is also expert in de novo charters, shelf charters and failed bank deals with loss sharing or other assistance. Through financial simulations, valuation proficiency and regulatory familiarity, RP Financial’s merger advisory services center on enhancing shareholder returns.

VALUATION SERVICES

RP Financial’s extensive valuation practice includes mergers, thrift stock conversions, insurance company demutualizations, merger valuation and goodwill impairment, ESOPs, going private, secondary offerings and other purposes. We are highly experienced in performing appraisals conforming with regulatory guidelines and appraisal standards. RP Financial is the nation’s leading valuation firm for thrift stock conversions, with offerings ranging up to $4 billion.

MANAGEMENT STUDIES

RP Financial provides effective organizational planning, and we are often engaged to prepare independent management studies required for regulatory enforcement actions. We evaluate Board, management and staffing needs, assess existing talent and capabilities and make strategic recommendations for new positions, replacement, succession and other organizational matters.

ENTERPRISE RISK ASSESSMENT SERVICES

RP Financial provides effective enterprise risk assessment consulting services to assist our clients in evaluating the degree to which they have properly identified, understood, measured, monitored and controlled enterprise risk as part of a deliberate risk/reward strategy and to help them implement strategies to mitigate risk, enhance performance, ensure effective reporting and compliance with laws and regulations and avoid potential future damage to their reputation and associated consequences and to mitigate residual risk and unanticipated losses.

OTHER CONSULTING SERVICES

RP Financial provides other consulting services including evaluating regulatory changes, development diversification and branching strategies, conducting feasibility studies and other research, and preparing management studies in response to regulatory enforcement actions. We assist clients with CRA plans and revising policies and procedures. Our other consulting services are aided by proprietary valuation and financial simulation models.

KEY PERSONNEL (Years of Relevant Experience & Contact Information)

 

Ronald S. Riggins, Managing Director (34)    (703) 647-6543    rriggins@rpfinancial.com
William E. Pommerening, Managing Director (31)    (703) 647-6546    wpommerening@rpfinancial.com
Marcus Faust, Director (27)    (703) 647-6553    mfaust@rpfinancial.com
Gregory E. Dunn, Director (32)    (703) 647-6548    gdunn@rpfinancial.com
James P. Hennessey, Director (29)    (703) 647-6544    jhennessey@rpfinancial.com
James J. Oren, Director (28)    (703) 647-6549    joren@rpfinancial.com
Carla H. Pollard, Senior Vice President (26)    (703) 647-6556    cpollard@rpfinancial.com

 

RP Financial, LC.

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Arlington, VA 22201

  

Phone: (703) 528-1700

Fax: (703) 528-1788

www.rpfinancial.com

 

1